Document:

FORM 51-102F3

MATERIAL CHANGE REPORT

 

		1.	Name and Address of Company

 

Ur-Energy Inc.

55 Metcalfe Street, Suite 1300

Ottawa, Ontario K1P 6L5

 

		2.	Date of Material Change

 

December 16, 2013

 

		3.	News Release

 

Attached as Schedule A is a copy
of the news release issued by Ur-Energy Inc. (the “Company” or “Ur-Energy”) on December 16, 2013 at Denver,
Colorado via PR Newswire.

 

		4.	Summary of Material Change

 

The Company provided an update
of progress to closing the previously-announced acquisition of Pathfinder Mines Corporation (“Pathfinder”), announcing
it has reached an agreement with the seller to revise the terms of the transaction in recognition of current market conditions.

 

		5.	Full Description of Material Change

 

The Company
provided an update of progress to closing the previously-announced acquisition of Pathfinder Mines Corporation (“Pathfinder”),
announcing it has reached an agreement with the seller to revise the terms of the transaction in recognition of current market
conditions.

 

On July 24, 2012 the Company
announced the execution of a Share Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) to acquire Pathfinder (see Company news release
“Ur-Energy Enters into Definitive Agreement to Acquire Pathfinder Mines Corporation”). The transaction called for the
purchase of all issued and outstanding shares of Pathfinder from its sole shareholder, an AREVA affiliate, for US$13,250,000. An
initial escrow payment of US$1,325,000 was made upon execution of the SPA and is being held by the seller. The Company also agreed
to assume certain existing reclamation obligations at the Pathfinder licensed projects.

 

Under the revised terms, the
cash purchase price is reduced by 50% in exchange for a conditional 5% gross royalty on production from Pathfinder’s Shirley
Basin property. Payment of the royalty is conditional on the future spot market price for U3O8 achieving
certain levels, and is subject to an adjustable cap.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

The revised terms of the transaction are
as follows:

		1.	A cash payment of approximately US$6,625,000, including:

		a.	the US$1,325,000 escrow payment, currently held by COGEMA; and

		b.	an additional US$5,300,000 cash payment at closing; subject to

		c.	certain other adjustments per the original agreement’s terms (e.g., sharing of operating expenses and revenues
since execution of the SPA).

		2.	A 5% gross royalty on Pathfinder’s Shirley Basin property, upon the following conditions:

		a.	if the reported spot price exceeds $55 prior to June 30, 2016 the royalty is capped at US$6,625,000;

		b.	if the reported spot price exceeds $45, but does not exceed $55 prior to June 30, 2016 the royalty cap is reduced to US$3,700,000;

		c.	if the reported spot price does not exceed $45 prior to June 30, 2016 the royalty is terminated; and

		d.	at the Company’s option, the royalty can be terminated at any time by paying the balance owed in cash.

Certain of the parties’
indemnification obligations are reduced to match the revised cash terms of the transaction.

 

A copy of the Amended and Restated
Share Purchase Agreement is attached here as Schedule B. A copy of the Royalty Agreement is attached here as Schedule C.

 

		6.	Reliance on subsection 7.1(2) or (3) of National Instrument 51-102

 

Not applicable.

 

		7.	Omitted Information

 

Not applicable.

 

		8.	Executive Officer

 

Roger L. Smith, CFO/CAO 

Ur-Energy Inc.

10758 W. Centennial Road, Suite 200
 Littleton, Colorado 80127

Telephone: 720-981-4588  

 

		9.	Date of Report

 

December 23,
2013

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Schedule A

 

Ur-Energy Updates on Pathfinder Mines
Acquisition 

 

Littleton, Colorado (PR Newswire
– December 16, 2013) Ur-Energy Inc. (TSX:URE, NYSE MKT:URG) (“Ur-Energy” or the “Company”)
is providing an update on the progress to closing the previously announced agreement to acquire Pathfinder Mines Corporation (“Pathfinder”).
Significantly, in recognition of current market conditions, Ur-Energy has reached an agreement with the seller to revise the terms
of the transaction. The parties are working to satisfy the remaining closing conditions to progress to a closing.

 

On July 24, 2012 the Company announced
the execution of a Share Purchase Agreement (“SPA”) to acquire Pathfinder (see Company news release “Ur-Energy
Enters into Definitive Agreement to Acquire Pathfinder Mines Corporation”). The transaction called for the purchase of all
issued and outstanding shares of Pathfinder from its sole shareholder, COGEMA Resources, Inc., an AREVA affiliate (“COGEMA”),
for US$13,250,000. An initial escrow payment of US$1,325,000 was made upon execution of the SPA and is being held by COGEMA. The
Company also agreed to assume certain existing reclamation obligations at the Pathfinder licensed projects.

 

Under the revised terms, the cash purchase
price is reduced by 50% in exchange for a conditional 5% gross royalty on production from Pathfinder’s Shirley Basin property.
Payment of the royalty is conditional on the future spot market price for U3O8 achieving certain levels,
and is subject to an adjustable cap.

 

The revised terms of the transaction are as follows:

		3.	A cash payment of approximately US$6,625,000, including:

		a.	the US$1,325,000 escrow payment, currently held by COGEMA; and

		b.	an additional US$5,300,000 cash payment at closing; subject to

		c.	certain other adjustments per the original agreement’s terms (e.g., sharing of operating expenses and revenues
since execution of the SPA).

		4.	A 5% gross royalty on Pathfinder’s Shirley Basin property, upon the following conditions:

		a.	if the reported spot price exceeds $55 prior to June 30, 2016 the royalty is capped at US$6,625,000;

		b.	if the reported spot price exceeds $45, but does not exceed $55 prior to June 30, 2016 the royalty cap is reduced to US$3,700,000;

		c.	if the reported spot price does not exceed $45 prior to June 30, 2016 the royalty is terminated; and

		d.	at the Company’s option, the royalty can be terminated at any time by paying the balance owed in cash.

		5.	Certain of the parties’ indemnification obligations are reduced to match the revised cash terms of the transaction.

Wayne W. Heili, President and CEO of Ur-Energy
commented, “I greatly appreciate the thoughtful cooperation of AREVA in arriving at the revised agreement terms. Much time
has passed since we first agreed to complete this transaction, and many circumstances have changed, but the respectful relationship
between AREVA and Ur-Energy has never been in question. I am pleased to be at the stage of finalizing the closing arrangements
at this time. Adding the Shirley Basin and Lucky Mc properties to our flagship Lost Creek Property and other exploration projects
provides Ur-Energy excellent prospects for the expansion of our operations over coming years. This transaction brings a highly
accretive set of assets and historic mineral resources.”

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

About Pathfinder Mines Corporation

Pathfinder owns the Shirley Basin and Lucky
Mc (pronounced “Lucky Mac”) mine sites in the Shirley Basin and Gas Hills mining districts of Wyoming, respectively,
from which it historically produced more than seventy-one million pounds of uranium, primarily from the 1960s through the 1990s.
Internal historic reports prepared by Pathfinder estimate the presence of remaining resources at the two projects totalling approximately
15 million pounds U3O8. These historic reports estimate that the Shirley Basin project holds over 10 million
pounds U3O8 at a GT (grade-thickness) cut off of 0.25 ft%. The average grade reported for the property is
0.21% U3O8. Lucky Mc holds an additional 4.7 million pounds U3O8 at similar grade.
These historic resource calculations were reviewed by Ur-Energy during a due diligence investigation but a qualified person
has not done sufficient work to classify the historical estimates as current mineral resources or mineral reserves under National
Instrument 43-101 and Ur-Energy is not treating the historic estimate as current mineral resources or mineral reserves. The
tailings facility at the Shirley Basin site is one of the few remaining facilities in the U.S. that is licensed by the United States
Nuclear Regulatory Commission (“NRC”) to receive and dispose of byproduct waste material from other in-situ uranium
mines.

 

About Ur-Energy

Ur-Energy is a junior uranium mining company
operating the Lost Creek in-situ recovery uranium facility in south-central Wyoming. The Lost Creek processing facility has a
two million pounds per year nameplate capacity with a one million pound annual rate planned from the mining areas at Lost Creek.
Ur-Energy engages in the identification, acquisition, exploration development, and operation of uranium projects in the United
States and Canada. Shares of Ur-Energy trade on the Toronto Stock Exchange under the symbol “URE” and on the NYSE
MKT under the symbol “URG”. Ur-Energy’s corporate office is located in Littleton, Colorado; its registered office
is in Ottawa, Ontario. Ur-Energy’s website is www.ur-energy.com.

 

FOR FURTHER INFORMATION, PLEASE CONTACT

 

	Rich Boberg, Director IR/PR	 	Wayne Heili, President and CEO
	303-269-7707   	 	307-265-2373
	866-981-4588	 	866-981-4588
	rich.boberg@ur-energy.com	 	wayne.heili@ur-energy.com

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking
Information

This release may contain “forward-looking
statements” within the meaning of applicable securities laws regarding events or conditions that may occur in the future
(e.g., ability and timing to complete all conditions to closing; anticipated expansion of resources and operations as a
result of the assets acquired; the accretive value of the acquisition) and are based on current expectations that, while considered
reasonable by management at this time, inherently involve a number of significant business, economic and competitive risks, uncertainties
and contingencies. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from any forward-looking statements include, but
are not limited to, capital and other costs varying significantly from estimates; failure to establish estimated resources and
reserves; the grade and recovery of ore which is mined varying from estimates; production rates, methods and amounts varying from
estimates; delays in obtaining or failures to obtain required governmental, environmental or other project approvals; inflation;
changes in exchange rates; fluctuations in commodity prices; delays in development and other factors. Readers should not place
undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The forward-looking statements contained herein are based on the beliefs, expectations
and opinions of management as of the date hereof and Ur-Energy disclaims any intent or obligation to update them or revise them
to reflect any change in circumstances or in management’s beliefs, expectations or opinions that occur in the future.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Schedule B

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

AMONG

 

AREVA NC INC.,

 

UR-ENERGY
USA INC.

 

AND

 

ur-energy
inc.

 

 

 

 

 

DATED

DECEMBER 16, 2013

 

 

 

    	 

    	 

    

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

	 	Page
	 	 
	Article I. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS	2
	 	 
	1.1	Certain Definitions	2
	 	 	 
	1.2	Other Terms; Time Zone	13
	 	 	 
	1.3	Interpretation	13
	 	 	 
	1.4	Certain Terms	13
	 	 	 
	1.5	Supersedure and Replacement of the July 24, 2012 SPA	13
	 	 	 
	Article II. PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE TRANSFERRED SHARES	14
	 	 
	2.1	Sale	14
	 	 	 
	Article III. PURCHASE PRICE AND PAYMENT	14
	 	 
	3.1	Base Purchase Price and Royalty Agreement	14
	 	 	 
	3.2	Pre-Closing Process and Adjustments	15
	 	 	 
	3.3	Post-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment	15
	 	 	 
	3.4	Payment	18
	 	 	 
	3.5	Interest	18
	 	 	 
	Article IV. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING	19
	 	 
	4.1	Conditions to Buyer’s Obligations	19
	 	 	 
	4.2	Conditions to Seller’s Obligations	19
	 	 	 
	4.3	Mutual Conditions	20
	 	 	 
	4.4	Frustration of Closing Conditions	21
	 	 	 
	4.5	Cooperation	21
	 	 	 
	Article V. CLOSING	21
	 	 
	5.1	General	21
	 	 	 
	5.2	Seller’s Closing Deliveries	22
	 	 	 
	5.3	Buyer’s Closing Deliveries	23
	 	 	 
	Article VI. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER	24
	 	 
	6.1	Corporate Status	24
	 	 	 
	6.2	Capitalization, Title to the Shares	25
	 	 	 
	6.3	Authority and Binding Effect	25

 

    	-i-

    	 

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	6.4	No Conflicts	26
	 	 	 
	6.5	Real Property, Leased Real Property, Unpatented Mining Claims and Personal Property	26
	 	 	 
	6.6	Contracts	29
	 	 	 
	6.7	Reference Accounts	30
	 	 	 
	6.8	Litigation	31
	 	 	 
	6.9	Compliance with Law	31
	 	 	 
	6.10	Brokers, Finders and Agents	32
	 	 	 
	6.11	Intellectual Property	32
	 	 	 
	6.12	Insurance	32
	 	 	 
	6.13	Employees and Labor Matters	33
	 	 	 
	6.14	Benefit Plans	33
	 	 	 
	6.15	Environmental Matters	34
	 	 	 
	6.16	Taxes	37
	 	 	 
	6.17	Bank Accounts	40
	 	 	 
	6.18	Absence of Certain Changes	40
	 	 	 
	6.19	No Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules	41
	 	 	 
	Article VII. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND BUYER’S PARENT GUARANTOR	41
	 	 	 
	7.1	Corporate Status	42
	 	 	 
	7.2	No Conflicts	42
	 	 	 
	7.3	Brokers, Finders and Agents	42
	 	 	 
	7.4	Financial Capacity	42
	 	 	 
	7.5	Absence of Litigation	42
	 	 	 
	7.6	Compliance with NRC and DEQ Criteria	42
	 	 	 
	7.7	Purchase as Investment	42
	 	 	 
	7.8	No Listed Transaction	43
	 	 	 
	Article VIII. COVENANTS OF SELLER 	43
	 	 	 
	8.1	Management of the Company; Conduct of the Business	43
	 	 	 
	8.2	Intercompany Indebtedness; Post-retirement Benefits Accounts	45
	 	 	 
	8.3	Intragroup Agreements	46

 

    	-ii-

    	 

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	8.4	Exclusive Dealing	46
	 	 	 
	8.5	Data Delivery	46
	 	 	 
	8.6	Access to the Company and Seller	48
	 	 	 
	8.7	Assumption of Company Retiree Health Plan	48
	 	 	 
	8.8	Continuation Coverage	49
	 	 	 
	8.10	Benefit Plans	49
	 	 	 
	8.11	ConverDyn Agreements	49
	 	 	 
	8.12	Bargaining Unit/Collective Bargaining Agreements	49
	 	 	 
	8.13	[INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]	50
	 	 	 
	8.15	Disposition of Bank Accounts Following Closing	50
	 	 	 
	Article IX. COVENANTS OF BUYER	50
	 	 	 
	9.1	Taxes	50
	 	 	 
	9.2	Letters of Credit; Remediation Obligations	51
	 	 	 
	9.3	No Intermediary Transaction Tax Shelter	52
	 	 	 
	9.4	Commingled Tailings Claims	52
	 	 	 
	Article X. MUTUAL COVENANTS	52
	 	 	 
	10.1	Appropriate Action; Consents; Filings	52
	 	 	 
	10.2	News Releases and Disclosure	53
	 	 	 
	10.3	Confidentiality Agreement	53
	 	 	 
	10.4	Non Solicitation	53
	 	 	 
	10.5	Costs and Expenses	54
	 	 	 
	10.6	Use of the Retained Names	54
	 	 	 
	10.7	Maintenance of and Access to Records; Cooperation	54
	 	 	 
	10.8	Further Assurances	55
	 	 	 
	10.9	Schedules; Supplements and Amendments to Schedules	55
	 	 	 
	10.10	Tax Matters	56
	 	 	 
	Article XI. TERMINATION	58
	 	 	 
	11.1	Termination	58
	 	 	 
	11.2	Procedure Upon Termination	59
	 	 	 
	11.3	Effect of Termination	59

 

    	-iii-

    	 

    

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

	 	Page
	 	 
	Article XII. INDEMNIFICATION	61
	 	 	 
	12.1	Indemnification by Seller	61
	 	 	 
	12.2	Indemnification by Buyer	62
	 	 	 
	12.3	When Payable	62
	 	 	 
	12.4	Notice of Claim; Right to Participate in and Defend Third Party Claims; Specified Procedures for Tax Matters	63
	 	 	 
	12.5	Survival	64
	 	 	 
	12.6	Certain Specifications or Limitations on Indemnification	65
	 	 	 
	12.7	Duty to Mitigate	67
	 	 	 
	12.8	Exclusions	67
	 	 	 
	12.9	Remedies Exclusive	68
	 	 	 
	12.10	Calculation of Losses	68
	 	 	 
	12.11	Insurance	69
	 	 	 
	12.12	Subrogation of Rights	69
	 	 	 
	12.13	Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments	69
	 	 	 
	Article XIII. BUYER’S PARENT GUARANTEE	69
	 	 	 
	13.1	Guarantee	69
	 	 	 
	13.2	Nature of Guarantee	70
	 	 	 
	13.3	Waivers	70
	 	 	 
	13.4	Successors and Assigns of Buyer’s Parent Guarantor	70
	 	 	 
	Article XIV. MISCELLANEOUS	70
	 	 	 
	14.1	Amendments; Waivers	70
	 	 	 
	14.2	Entire Agreement	71
	 	 	 
	14.3	Governing Law	71
	 	 	 
	14.4	Dispute Resolution	71
	 	 	 
	14.5	Notices	73
	 	 	 
	14.6	Assignment	74
	 	 	 
	14.7	Construction	77
	 	 	 
	14.8	Severability	77
	 	 	 
	14.9	Third Persons	77

 

    	-iv-

    	 

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	14.10	Independent Assessment; No Additional Representations	78
	 	 	 
	14.11	Schedules and Exhibits	78
	 	 	 
	14.12	Headings	78
	 	 	 
	14.13	Signatures; Counterparts	78

 

    	-v-

    	 

    

 

LIST
OF EXHIBITS

 

	Exhibit 1.1.1	Accounting Principles
	 	 
	Exhibit 1.1.2	Company Budget From the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA Through Closing
	 	 
	Exhibit 4.3.1	Governmental Approvals
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.3	Identification Officers and Directors of Company and All Subsidiaries – And – Resignation Letter of Each
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.4	Officer’s Certificate (Company and Seller) Related to Intragroup Agreements
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.5	Royalty Agreement
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.11	Bessines Data
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.12	Corporate Resolutions Related to Retiree Health Benefits and Employee Benefits, Including COBRA Continuation
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.14 	Assignment of Company-Owned Production Royalties to AREVA NC Inc.
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.16	Officer’s Certification of Termination of ConverDyn Agreements
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.18	Tax Group and Allocated Group Letter
	 	 
	Exhibit 5.2.19	Entity Certificate of Seller’s Non-Foreign Status (FIRPTA Certificate)
	 	 
	Exhibit 6.7	Reference Accounts
	 	 
	Exhibit 6.13	Correspondence related to Collective Bargaining Agreements dated June 26, 2012
	 	 
	Exhibit 8.11	ConverDyn Agreements
	 	 
	Exhibit 14.6.3	Post-Merger Agreement to be Bound (AREVA NP Certification)

 

    	- i -

    	 

    

 

LIST
OF SCHEDULES

 

 

	Schedule 1.1(a)	Knowledge of Parties – Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor
	 	 
	Schedule 1.1(b)	Knowledge of Parties – Seller
	 	 
	Schedule 1.1(c)	Lucky Mc Tailings Site Subject to the Lucky Mc NRC License
	 	 
	Schedule 6.1.3	Subsidiaries; Other Equity Interests
	 	 
	Schedule 6.3	Seller’s Corporate Approvals and Accompanying Resolutions
	 	 
	Schedule 6.4	Governmental Authority Approvals
	 	 
	Schedule 6.5.1	Real Property, Leased Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims
	 	 
	Schedule 6.5.2	Water Rights
	 	 
	Schedule 6.5.3	Permitted Liens
	 	 
	Schedule 6.5.4	Notification of Lease Termination, Cancellation or Default
	 	 
	Schedule 6.5.5	Unpatented Mining Claims
	 	 
	Schedule 6.5.6	Tangible Assets and Personal Property
	 	 
	Schedule 6.5.7	Production Royalties Encumbering Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims
	 	 
	Schedule 6.6.1	Material Contracts
	 	 
	Schedule 6.6.2	Material Contracts Subject to Termination or in Material Breach
	 	 
	Schedule 6.8	Company Litigation
	 	 
	Schedule 6.9.1A	Compliance with Law:  Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Within Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.9.1B	Compliance with Law:  Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Outside Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.9.2A	Material Permits (other than Environmental Permits) on Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Within Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.9.2B	Material Permits (other than Environmental Permits) on Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Outside Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)

    	- ii -

    	 

    

 

	Schedule 6.13	Employment Contracts
	 	 
	Schedule 6.14	Benefit Plans
	 	 
	Schedule 6.14.1	Benefit Plans in Effect at the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15A	Material Compliance in Environmental Laws on Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Within Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15B	Material Compliance in Environmental Laws on Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Outside Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.2A	Material Environmental Permits relating to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Within Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.2B	Material Environmental Permits relating to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Outside Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.3A	Notice from Governmental Authority relating to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Within Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.3B	Notice from Governmental Authority relating to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Outside Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.6A	Disposal Sites of Hazardous Material since 2000 (Within Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.6B	Disposal Sites of Hazardous Material since 2000 (Outside Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.7A	Status of Presence of Asbestos, UF, PCBs, Pesticides on Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Within Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.7B	Status of Presence of Asbestos, UF, PCBs, Pesticides on Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims (Outside Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.15.8A	Letters of Credit (Within Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site and Related to Lucky Mc Tailings Site)

 

    	- iii -

    	 

    

 

	Schedule 6.15.8B	Additional Letters of Credit (Outside Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site)
	 	 
	Schedule 6.16	Taxes
	 	 
	Schedule 6.16.1	Extension of Time for Filing Tax Return
	 	 
	Schedule 6.16.16	Tax Allocation or Sharing Agreements
	 	 
	Schedule 6.17	Bank Accounts
	 	 
	Schedule 6.18	Changes to Business
	 	 
	Schedule 7.1.3	Buyer’s and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor’s Corporate Approvals and Accompanying Resolutions
	 	 
	Schedule 7.4	Buyer Financing Arrangements
	 	 
	Schedule 7.5	Buyer Litigation
	 	 
	Schedule 8.1	Conduct of Business between Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and Closing or Termination
	 	 
	Schedule 8.5	Documents Withheld by Seller

 

    	- iv -

    	 

    

 

AMENDED
AND RESTATED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND
RESTATED SHARE PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 16, 2013 (the
“Execution Date”) among AREVA NC Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), Ur-Energy
USA Inc., a Colorado corporation (“Buyer”) and Ur-Energy Inc., a corporation continued under the Canada
Business Corporations Act (“Buyer’s Parent Guarantor”). Terms used herein with initial capital
letters have the respective meanings ascribed to them in Article I.

 

RECITALS:

 

WHEREAS, following
a corporate merger of COGEMA Resources Inc. (“COGEMA”) with and into its corporate parent AREVA NC Inc. pursuant to
an Agreement of Merger dated November 20, 2013, which became effective as of December 12, 2013, AREVA NC Inc. continued as the
surviving corporation, thereby assuming all of GOGEMA’s properties, assets, rights, powers, obligations, and liabilities,
including all rights, obligations and liabilities under the July 24, 2012 SPA (defined below);

 

WHEREAS, Seller now
directly owns all issued and outstanding shares of Pathfinder Mines Corporation, a Delaware corporation, having an office located
at 935 Pendell Boulevard, Mills, Wyoming 82644, United States of America (“Company”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company
owns uranium mining assets in the Gas Hills and Shirley Basin mining districts in the State of Wyoming, United States of America;

 

WHEREAS, the Company
currently conducts decommissioning and reclamation activities at its Shirley Basin and Lucky Mc mining sites and operates a by-product
disposal facility at its Shirley Basin uranium tailings facility, in each case under licenses issued by the United States Nuclear
Regulatory Commission and permits and other authorizations issued by various Wyoming state agencies;

 

WHEREAS, Seller desires
to sell and transfer to Buyer all the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (the “Transferred
Shares”), and Buyer desires to purchase the Transferred Shares and accept their transfer from the Seller, on the
terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, Seller, Buyer
and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor entered into a Share Purchase Agreement dated as of July 24, 2012, providing terms and conditions
for sale of the Transferred Shares to Buyer (“July 24, 2012 SPA”), which was amended by four amendments
thereto, and now desire to make further amendments thereto, and for convenience desire to supersede and replace the July 24, 2012
SPA, as previously amended, in its entirety with this Amended and Restated Share Purchase Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in
consideration of the foregoing, and the representations, warranties, mutual covenants and undertakings contained herein, subject
to and on the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Parties agree as follows:

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Article
I.

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

 

1.1           Certain
Definitions.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following
terms have the meanings set forth or referenced below:

 

“AAA”
means the American Arbitration Association.

 

“Accounting
Principles” means United States generally accepted accounting principles or IFRS, as modified by the items set forth
in Exhibit 1.1.1.

 

“Acquisition
Proposal” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

 

“Additional
Letters of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.15.8B.

 

“Adjusted
Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.3.

 

“Adjustment
Amounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.3.

 

“Affiliate”
means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more Persons, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control
with, the Person specified. For the purpose of this definition, the term “control” as applied to any
Person means the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities or interests
of, or the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of, any such Person, whether through voting rights,
equity ownership, as a general partner or trustee, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Affiliated
Group” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.16.17.

 

“Agreement”
means this amended and restated share purchase agreement, including the Recitals, Exhibits and Schedules hereto, as the same may
be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Arbitration
Panel” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.2(a).

 

“Bank Accounts”
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.17.

 

“Base Purchase
Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

“Basket”
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.6.1(b).

 

“Benefit
Plan(s)” means any Employee Plan that is now or has ever been maintained or contributed to by the Company (or any
of its Affiliates) for the benefit of any current or Former Employee (in such employee’s capacity as an employee of the Company)
or other current or former service provider to the Company (in such person’s capacity as a service provider to the Company),
or pursuant to which the Company may have any Liability.

 

    	- 2 -

    	 

    

 

“Bessines
Data” has the meaning set forth in the definition “Data”.

 

“Books
and Records” means all books, ledgers, files, reports, budgets, plans, financial and operating records of the Company.

 

“Budget”
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.1, and is set forth in Exhibit 1.1.2.

 

“Business
Day” means any day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banks are required by Law to be closed
in France, Canada or in the United States of America.

 

“Buyer”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Buyer
Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

 

“Buyer
Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.

 

“Buyer
Material Adverse Effect” means any material adverse effect on the business, properties, financial condition, results
of operations or prospects of the Buyer, taken as a whole, other than any effect resulting or arising from:

 

(i)          general
business or economic conditions in the industries or markets in which the Buyer operates;

 

(ii)         national
or international political conditions, including any engagement in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a
national emergency or war or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack;

 

(iii)        changes
in Law or IFRS, or generally accepted accounting principles applicable to Buyer;

 

(iv)        the
entry into or announcement of this Agreement, the compliance by the Parties to this Agreement with the provisions of this Agreement,
or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(v)         any
action taken by Buyer at the request, or with the consent, of the Seller;

 

(vi)        any
occurrence, event, fact or circumstance with respect to which the Seller has Knowledge as of the Execution Date, other than breaches
by Buyer of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder; or

 

(vii)       any
change in financial, banking, securities, commodities, derivatives or futures markets (including any disruption thereof and any
decline in price of any security, commodity or derivative or any futures contract or any related market index).

 

“Buyer’s
Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

 

    	- 3 -

    	 

    

 

“Buyer’s
Parent Guarantee” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.

 

“Buyer’s
Parent Guarantor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Cap”
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.6.1(c).

 

“Closing”
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.2.

 

“Closing
Accounts Payable” means the ending balance of the trade accounts payable account as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing
Date, pursuant to Section 3.3.1(a).

 

“Closing
Accounts Receivable” means the ending balance of the trade accounts receivable account as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing
Date, pursuant to Section 3.3.1(a).

 

“Closing
Cash” means the aggregate cash balance in Company’s bank accounts as of the Closing, net of the amounts of
outstanding checks that have not cleared such bank accounts as of the Closing, which is agreed by the Parties will be zero ($0.00)
on the Closing Date.

 

“Closing
Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.1.

 

“Closing
Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.6.

 

“Closing
Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness of the Company as of Closing, which is agreed by the Parties to be zero ($0.00)
with all Indebtedness, including Intercompany Indebtedness, of the Company having been paid or transferred out of the Company,
with the exception of any liability amounts set out in the Reference Accounts pertaining to reclamation or restoration obligations.

 

“Closing
Project Costs” means the amount of expenses incurred by the Company from the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012
SPA through 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date, pursuant to the Budget for such costs set forth in Exhibit 1.1.2 (page 2).

 

“Closing
Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

“Closing
Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1(a).

 

“Code”
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury regulations and rules thereunder.

 

“Collective
Bargaining Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13.

 

“Commingled
Tailings Claim” means any amount that the Company is or may become eligible to receive from the DOE or any other
Governmental Authority pursuant to any commingled tailings or similar program providing for payments to Persons that performed
reclamation of uranium tailings facilities containing tailings from the processing of uranium ore that was sold to the United States
government or any agency, department, entity, body or communion thereof.

 

“Company”
has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

    	- 4 -

    	 

    

 

“Company
Retiree Health Plan” means the “AREVA Group Welfare Plan (Retirees)” or other health insurance plan sponsored
by AREVA NC Inc. or by a U.S. Affiliate of AREVA NC Inc. in effect at the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and Closing Date
pursuant to which certain Former Employees or dependents of Former Employees of the Company are receiving or may be entitled to
receive post-retirement welfare benefits, as set forth in Section 16.14.1.

 

“Company
Tax Returns” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.2(c).

 

“Confidentiality
Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.

 

“Contract”
means any oral or written agreement, commitment, lease, license or contract, but excluding Benefit Plans, Environmental Permits
and Permits.

 

“Control”
as applied to any Person means the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities
or interests of, or the power to direct or cause the direction of the affairs or management of, any such Person, whether through
voting rights, equity ownership, as a general partner or trustee, by contract or otherwise.

 

“ConverDyn”
means ConverDyn, a Delaware general partnership and for purposes of this Agreement, its predecessors in interest including
without limitation Allied Chemical Company, an operating company of Allied Corporation.

 

“ConverDyn
Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.11.

 

“Corporate
Approvals” means the corporate or similar organizational approvals that will have to be obtained by Seller, Buyer
and/or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, as the case may be, prior to or on the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, the Execution
Date and Closing Date in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

“Corporate
Records” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.8.

 

“Data”
means all written materials, data and records owned or controlled by Company and within the possession and control of the Company,
Seller or Seller’s Affiliates on the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA or the Closing Date, whether in paper, electronic
or other form, including

 

(a) related to the
Company property, mineral and other interests in, or otherwise relating to, the Shirley Basin and Gas Hills mining districts of
Wyoming, including all geologic, hydrological, drilling, engineering, resource and reserve calculations, environmental reports,
operational information and data;

 

(b) all geological,
exploration and development data of the Company relating to mineral exploration and development within the United States, including:

 

(i) geological
and hydrological data, estimates of reserves and resources, including underlying data and documents;

 

(ii) environmental
data and reports;

 

    	- 5 -

    	 

    

 

(iii) regulatory
documents, correspondence, files and records;

 

(iv) drilling and related exploration
and development data from projects in the United States included within the records that were moved from the Company office in
Mills, Wyoming to Bessines, France, and which were made available, from July 11 through July 17, 2012, in Bessines, to Buyer for
review and the creation by Seller and Buyer, jointly, of the inventory set forth in Exhibit 5.2.11 (the “Bessines
Data”).

 

(v) records, reports, opinions,
correspondence, plats, surveys, drawings, photographs, maps and summaries relating or representing title to the Real Property and
Unpatented Mining Claims, and including such land and title documents related to other real property and unpatented mining claims
of the Company wherever located and without regard to whether the Company has a current property or mineral interest therein;

 

(vi) maintenance
records and other documents relating to the payment for and maintenance of the Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims, and
including such land maintenance and payment documents related to other real property and unpatented mining claims of the Company
wherever located and without regard to whether the Company has a current property or mineral interest therein;

 

(c) all other data,
records and files in the following categories:

 

(i) general
correspondence, files and records; and

 

(ii) any financial data which is not
otherwise a part of the Books and Records of the Company.

 

For avoidance of doubt,
neither Data nor Bessines Data shall include drilling and related exploration and development data from projects outside the United
States, or the portion of the Bessines Data sold to a Third Person in January 2012, as set forth in Schedule 8.5.

 

“Data Disk(s)”
means the disks delivered by Seller to Buyer on which the documents and information related to the Company and the business operations
of the Company were disclosed to Buyer’s Representatives, including specifically those disks prepared or dated on or about
May 24, 2011, July 12, 2011, July 15, 2011 and December 13, 2011, and shall also include the disk made by the Parties and to be
dated July 24, 2012, of other documents provided to Buyer or its Representatives in due diligence and, in addition, the Data Disk(s)
shall be deemed to include any documents or other information emailed to Buyer or Buyer Representatives up to the Execution Date.

 

“DEQ”
means the Wyoming Department of Environmental Quality.

 

“Direct
Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.1.

 

“Dispute”
has the meaning set forth in Section 14.4.1.

 

    	- 6 -

    	 

    

 

“Disputed
Items” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(a).

 

“DOE”
means the Department of Energy of the United States of America.

 

“Employee
Plan” means any pension, profit sharing, retirement, stock purchase, stock option, stock ownership, stock appreciation
rights, phantom stock or other equity, leave of absence, layoff, vacation, dependent care, cafeteria, life, health, accident, disability,
worker’s compensation or other insurance, severance, separation or other employee benefit plan or program including, but
not limited to, any “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA.

 

“Environment”
means the ambient air, water, groundwater, surface and subsurface soil.

 

“Environmental
Laws” means all Laws applicable to the conduct and the operation of the business of the Company in force on or prior
to the Closing, and relating to uranium exploration, development, mining and processing, Hazardous Materials and the protection,
reclamation and remediation of the Environment.

 

“Environmental
Permits” means any licenses, permits, authorizations, agreements and approvals issued by any Governmental Authorities
(including the NRC and DEQ) and required to be obtained by the Company under Environmental Laws for the conduct and the operation
of the business of the Company as previously and currently conducted. The material Environmental Permits held by the Company are
listed in Schedules 6.15.2A and 6.15.2B.

 

“ERISA”
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

“ERISA
Affiliate” means any Person that would be treated as a single employer with any other Person pursuant to Section
414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 

“Escrow
Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.1(a).

 

“Escrow
Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.1(b).

 

“Escrow
Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.1(a).

 

“Estimated
Closing Project Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

 

“Execution
Date” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Execution
Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA” means July 24, 2012.

 

“Exhibit”
means any exhibit to this Agreement.

 

“Final
Closing Accounts Payable” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(e).

 

“Final
Closing Accounts Receivable” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(e).

 

“Final
Closing Project Costs” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(e).

 

    	- 7 -

    	 

    

 

“Final
Closing Statement” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(e).

 

“Financial
Arrangement” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.6.4(c).

 

“Financial
Source” has the meaning set forth in Section 14.6.4(c).

 

“Former
Employee” means any individual formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

“Governmental
Approval(s)” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.1.

 

“Governmental
Authority” means any federal, tribal, state, regional, local government or other political subdivision thereof, any
entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial or regulatory authority, or any court of competent jurisdiction,
administrative agency or commission or other governmental authority.

 

“Hazardous
Materials” means any chemicals, materials or substances which are defined, listed, identified or regulated as a
“radioactive material”, “radioactive waste”, “hazardous
waste” or “hazardous substance” under any applicable Environmental Laws.

 

“IFRS”
means International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

“Indebtedness”
means, as to any Person, (a) all obligations of such Person for repayment of borrowed money, including obligations for payment
of principal, accrued but unpaid interest and penalties, other than obligations in respect of the Letters of Credit and (b) other
accrued current Liabilities.

 

“Indemnified
Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.1.

 

“Indemnifying
Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.1.

 

“Independent
Accounting Firm” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2(b).

 

“Insolvent”
for purposes of Section 7.4 has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4.

 

“Intercompany
Indebtedness” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.2(a).

 

“Intellectual
Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.

 

“Intragroup
Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.1(i).

 

“July 24,
2012 SPA” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Knowledge”
as to Buyer means the actual knowledge of those persons listed on Schedule 1.1(a) and to Seller means the actual knowledge
of those person(s) on Schedule 1.1(b).

 

“Law”
means any applicable foreign or domestic statute, law, rule, regulation, order, ordinance, code, or decree, judicial decision issued
by any Governmental Authority.

 

    	- 8 -

    	 

    

 

“Leased
Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.1(a).

 

“Legal
Proceeding” means any judicial, administrative or arbitration actions, suits, proceedings (public, private, civil
or criminal) by or before a Governmental Authority.

 

“Letters
of Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.15.8A.

 

“Liability”
(or “Liabilities,” plural) means any liability, obligation, loss or contingency.

 

“LIBOR”
means the interest rate applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market for deposits of three (3) months duration.

 

“Liens”
means any lien, security interests, mortgages, charges, pledges, conditional sales contracts, and other title retention arrangements,
restrictions (including, in the case of real property, rights of way, use restrictions, and other reservations or limitations of
any nature) or encumbrances.

 

“Long-Term
Surveillance Fee” means the amount that will be required to be paid to the United States of America pursuant to the
Uranium Mill Tailings Radiation Control Act of 1978 in connection with the termination of the Lucky Mc NRC License.

 

“Losses”
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

 

“Lucky
Mc Mine and/or Lucky Mc Mine Site” is the area within the DEQ issued mine permit No. 356C, as of the Execution Date,
for the Company’s mine site commonly referred to as the Lucky Mc Mine, in the Gas Hills mining district.

 

“Lucky
Mc NRC License” means the NRC Source Material License SUA 672, as amended.

 

“Lucky
Mc Tailings Site” means the Lucky Mc Tailings reclamation site located in Fremont County, Wyoming, and depicted on
the map set forth in Schedule 1.1(c), conveyed to the United States Department of Energy on June 11, 2010 and currently
subject to the Lucky Mc NRC License.

 

“Material
Adverse Effect” means any material adverse effect on the business, properties, financial condition, results of operations
or prospects of the Company, taken as a whole, other than any effect resulting or arising from:

 

(i)          general
business or economic conditions in the industries or markets in which the Company operates;

 

(ii)         national
or international political conditions, including any engagement in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a
national emergency or war or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack;

 

(iii)        changes
in Law or IFRS;

 

    	- 9 -

    	 

    

 

(iv)        the
entry into or announcement of this Agreement, the compliance by the Parties to this Agreement with the provisions of this Agreement,
or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(v)         any
action taken by Seller or the Company at the request, or with the consent, of the Buyer;

 

(vi)        any
occurrence, event, fact or circumstance with respect to which the Buyer has Knowledge as of the Execution Date, other than breaches
by Seller of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder; or

 

(vii)       any
change in financial, banking, securities, commodities, derivatives or futures markets (including any disruption thereof and any
decline in price of any security, commodity or derivative or any futures contract or any related market index).

 

“Material
Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.1.

 

“Monthly
Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

 

“Notice”
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.1 and Section 14.5.

 

“NRC”
means the Nuclear Regulatory Commission of the United States of America.

 

“Order”
means any order, injunction, judgment, decree, writ, assessment or arbitration award of a Governmental Authority.

 

“Ordinary
Course” means the ordinary course of the normal, day-to-day operations of the Company, consistent with its
recent past practices.

 

“Organizational
Documents” means the certificate of incorporation, the articles of incorporation or other constituent documents of
any corporate, limited liability, partnership, trust or other entity, each as amended to date.

 

“Owned
Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.1(a).

 

“Party”
or “Parties” means Seller, Buyer and/or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, as applicable.

 

“Permit(s)”
means all licenses, permits, authorizations and approvals issued to the Company by any Governmental Authority and used in the operation
of the business of the Company, other than Environmental Permits.

 

    	- 10 -

    	 

    

 

“Permitted
Liens” means (a) Liens for Taxes, impositions, assessments, fees, rents or other governmental charges levied
or assessed or imposed not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith; (b) statutory Liens (including materialmen’s,
warehousemen’s, mechanic’s, repairmen’s, landlord’s and other similar Liens) arising in the Ordinary Course
securing payments not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith; (c) Liens of public record and arising by, through
or under third parties other than the Seller or the Company; (d) the rights of lessors and lessees under leases covering the
Leased Real Property, and the rights of third parties under any Contract, executed in the Ordinary Course; (e) the rights
of licensors and licensees under licenses executed in the Ordinary Course; (f) restrictive covenants, easements and defects,
imperfections or irregularities of title or Liens, if any, as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect
on the business of the Company; (g) purchase money Liens and Liens securing payments under leases that constitute capital
leases under IFRS, as identified on Schedule 6.6.1; (h) restrictions on transfer with respect to which consents or
waivers will be obtained prior to the Closing; (i) Liens entered into in the Ordinary Course which do not secure the payment
of Indebtedness and which do not materially and adversely affect the ability of the Company to conduct its business; (j) Liens
listed on Schedule 6.5.3; (k) Liens securing obligations in respect of Letters of Credit; and (l) Liens created
by Buyer or its Affiliates or their respective successors and assigns.

 

“Person”
means any individual, partnership, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, joint venture, limited liability company
or Governmental Authority.

 

“Post-Closing
Covenant” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.5.2(c).

 

“Post-Closing
Covenant Survival Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.5.2(c).

 

“Post-Closing
CTC Payments” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4.

 

“Post-Closing
Straddle Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.2(a).

 

“Pre-Closing
Covenant” has the meanings set forth in Section 12.5.2(c).

 

“Pre-Closing
Straddle Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.2(a).

 

“Pre-Closing
Tax Period” means any Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date.

 

“Real Property”
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.1.

 

“Reclamation
Liability” means all labor, materials, equipment, supplies, intellectual property, work, planning, licensing fees,
professional fees, posting of financial sureties and all other costs, expenses, liabilities and obligations required by applicable
law, regulation, rule, license condition, court or administrative order, judgment, settlement, consent decree, or other applicable
governmental requirement, and in any way related to reclamation, restoration, repair, maintenance, surveillance, monitoring, reporting,
inspection, of land, water, air, personal property or the environment.

 

“Reference
Date” means December 31, 2011.

  

“Reference
Accounts” means the unaudited financial statements of the Company as of the Reference Date.

 

“Representatives”
means, with respect to any Person, the directors, officers, employees, accountants, agents, attorneys, consultants,
advisors and other representatives of such Person.

 

“Retained
Name(s)” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.6.

 

    	- 11 -

    	 

    

 

“Royalty
Agreement” means the Royalty Agreement dated December 16, 2013 from the Company to and in favor of the Seller, whereby
the Company has agreed to pay to the Seller a 5% gross proceeds royalty on uranium produced from the Shirley Basin Mine Site located
in Carbon County, Wyoming, all on and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth therein.

 

“Schedules”
has the meaning set forth in Article VI.

 

“Seller”
has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Seller
Group Insurance Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.12.

 

“Seller
Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.

 

“Seller
Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.1.

 

“Seller
Tax Returns” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.2(b).

 

“SENES”
means SENES Consultants Limited, a Canadian limited company having its registered office at 121 Granton Drive, Unit 12, Richmond
Hill, Ontario L4B 3N4, Canada.

 

“SENES
Environmental Report” means the report issued by SENES on May 31, 2010 and as provided to Buyer as file 2.6.1 on
the Data Disk dated May 24, 2011.

 

“Shirley
Basin Mine and/or Shirley Basin Mine Site” is the area within the DEQ issued mine permit No. 345C, as of the Execution
Date, for the Company’s mine site commonly referred to as the Shirley Basin Mine, in the Shirley Basin mining district.

 

“Shirley
Basin NRC License” means the NRC Source Material License SUA 442, as amended.

 

“Straddle Period”
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.2(a).

 

“Sub-Basket”
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.6.1(a).

 

“Survival
Period” has the meanings set forth in Section 12.5.2(a).

 

“Tax Authority”
means any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax.

 

“Tax Benefit”
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.10.

 

“Tax Items”
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.10.1.

 

    	- 12 -

    	 

    

 

“Tax Return(s)”
means any report, return, election, document, schedule, attachment, estimated tax filing, declaration or other filing provided
to any Tax Authority including any amendments thereto.

 

“Taxes”
means any income, profit, sales, use, value added, transfer, withholding, excise, severance, stamp, occupation or property taxes,
customs duties, charges or other similar levies or taxes of any kind whatsoever, as well as social security contributions, together
with any interest, additions or penalties with respect thereto, whether disputed or not.

 

“Third
Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4.1.

 

“Third
Persons” means Persons other than Seller, Buyer, Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, the Company and any of their respective
Affiliates.

 

“Transfer
Taxes” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.1.

 

“Transferred
Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

“Union”
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13.

 

“Unpatented
Mining Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.1(c).

 

“Water
Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.5.2.

 

1.2           Other
Terms; Time Zone.

 

Other terms may be
defined elsewhere in the text of this Agreement and, unless otherwise indicated, have that defined meaning throughout this Agreement.
Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, or otherwise agreed to in writing by Seller and Buyer, all times referred to in this
Agreement shall be Eastern Time (U.S.), either Daylight or Standard Time, as in effect on the applicable date.

 

1.3           Interpretation.

 

Words of the masculine
gender will be deemed and construed to include correlative words of the feminine and neuter genders. Words importing the singular
number will include the plural number, and vice versa, unless the context will otherwise indicate. References to Articles, Sections
and other subdivisions of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement are, when underlined, made to the Articles, Sections and
other subdivisions of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement.

 

1.4           Certain
Terms.

 

The words “hereof”,
“herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement
as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically stated to the contrary. The word
“including” means “including without limitation.” All references to “$” or dollar amounts are
to lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

    	- 13 -

    	 

    

 

1.5           Supersedure
and Replacement of the July 24, 2012 SPA.

 

Effective as of the
Execution Date, this Agreement supersedes and replaces the July 24, 2012 SPA, and all exhibits, schedules and amendments thereto,
in their entirety, and none of Buyer, Buyer’s Parent Guarantor or Seller shall have any liabilities or obligations thereunder.

 

Article
II.

 

PURCHASE
AND SALE OF THE TRANSFERRED SHARES

 

2.1 Sale.

 

2.1.1.          On
the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, at the Closing and effective as of the Closing, Seller shall sell and
transfer to Buyer all of the Transferred Shares, and Buyer shall purchase all of the Transferred Shares and accept their transfer
from Seller. The Transferred Shares will consist of all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.

 

2.1.2.          On
the Closing Date the Buyer will acquire all of the Transferred Shares from the Seller free and clear of all Liens other than (a)
transfer restrictions imposed by applicable Law; and (b) Liens on the Transferred Shares, if any, created by Buyer or its Affiliates.

 

Article
III.

 

PURCHASE
PRICE AND PAYMENT

 

3.1 Base Purchase Price.

 

The aggregate unadjusted
purchase price for the Transferred Shares (the “Base Purchase Price”) is six million six hundred twenty
five thousand dollars ($6,625,000). The Base Purchase Price is subject to pre-closing adjustment in accordance with Section
3.2 (the Base Purchase Price, as so adjusted, being referred to herein as the “Closing Purchase Price”).
The Closing Purchase Price is subject to post-closing adjustment in accordance with Section 3.3 (the Closing Purchase Price,
as so adjusted, the “Adjusted Purchase Price”).

 

    	- 14 -

    	 

    

 

3.2 Pre-Closing
Process and Adjustments.

 

(a) Commencing on
the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, the Company or Seller shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to the Buyer
on or before the fifteenth (15th) day of each subsequent month an accounting of the previous month’s shared operational
expenses and income (where the first reporting period shall be from the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA through the last
calendar day of the next month) including a comparison to the Budget (Exhibit 1.1.2, page 2) and/or with detail as to any
emergency expenditures made in accordance with Sections 8.1.1 and 8.1.2, until the month immediately preceding the Closing
Date (“Monthly Reports”). Within fifteen (15) Business Days of receipt, Buyer may provide notice and
dispute any expense or entry of income not previously approved by Buyer if the expense is made pursuant to Sections 8.1.1 and
8.1.2. Within ten (10) Business Days of receipt of such notice, Company shall provide satisfactory proof of the expense(s)
disputed, modify or withdraw any such expenses from the Monthly Report. Any disputed expense(s) which remain unresolved at Closing
Date, shall be resolved pursuant to the process provided for, post-Closing, in Section 3.3.2, below.

 

(b) No later than
5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) Business Day prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver, or shall cause to be delivered, to Buyer
a written notice and accounting setting forth all expenses made and income received or due pursuant to the Budget (Exhibit 1.1.2)
from the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA to the most recent month end immediately prior to the Closing Date (the “Estimated
Closing Project Costs”), and any unexpected expenses approved pursuant to Sections 8.1.1 and 8.1.2, for which
approved expenses and Estimated Closing Project Costs Buyer will be responsible and of which income Buyer will be entitled to fifty
percent (50%) at Closing, as set forth in this Article III. The Parties are agreed that at Closing there will be no Closing
Cash ($0.00) and no Closing Indebtedness of the Company ($0.00). For clarity, the Estimated Closing Project Costs are not to be
considered “Closing Indebtedness.”

 

(c) The Base Purchase
Price will be increased by (i) an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the then-undisputed Estimated Closing Project Costs for
which Buyer has been provided Monthly Reports pursuant to Section 3.2(a) at least thirty (30) days prior to Closing, and
(ii) fifty percent (50%) of any unexpected expenses approved pursuant to the terms of Sections 8.1.1 and 8.1.2. Seller and
Buyer each acknowledge its obligation to bear fifty percent (50%) of the fees incurred in obtaining Governmental Approvals in accordance
with Section 10.5(a) through and including (c), which are not to be included in the Budget or Closing Project Costs.

 

3.3 Post-Closing
Purchase Price Adjustment.

 

3.3.1. Closing Statement.

 

(a) As soon as practicable,
but in any event no later than thirty (30) days after the Closing Date, Seller will prepare and deliver to Buyer a statement
certified by an authorized officer of Seller (the “Closing Statement”) setting forth in reasonable detail
the actual ending balance of trade accounts receivable (the “Closing Accounts Receivable”) and trade
accounts payable (the “Closing Accounts Payable”) as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date and the total
actual expenses and income from the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA up to and including the Closing Date (the “Closing
Project Costs”), which shall be calculated applying the Accounting Principles, and which shall have no newly reported
expenses from months prior to the Closing Date for which Buyer has previously received Monthly Reports pursuant to Section 3.2(a).
Buyer will, and will cause the Company to, cooperate fully and completely with Seller in the preparation of the Closing Statement,
including that Buyer will afford access to such Books and Records and, to the extent permitted by its accountants, the accounting
work papers and physical access to their premises, as may be required in connection therewith.

 

    	- 15 -

    	 

    

 

(b) Buyer will have
thirty (30) days to review the Closing Statement and calculations delivered pursuant to Section 3.3.1(a). If Buyer does
not dispute any items set forth in the Closing Statement under Section 3.3.1(a) within such time period, the Closing Statement
will be deemed final, conclusive and binding on the Parties and will constitute the Final Closing Statement for the purposes of
Sections 3.3.2(e), 3.3.3 and 3.4.

 

(c) If Buyer disputes
the Closing Statement, including any dispute over expenses incurred for unexpected emergency situations as contemplated by Sections
8.1.1 and 8.1.2, Buyer will, no later than thirty (30) days after Seller’s delivery of the Closing Statement, provide
Seller with a written notice setting forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts in dispute, including if there remain any
disputed Estimated Closing Project Costs which were not paid by Buyer pursuant to Section 3.2(a), and the basis for all
such disputes. The Parties will resolve any disputes regarding the Closing Statement pursuant to Section 3.3.2.

 

3.3.2. Disputes Regarding
the Closing Statement.

 

(a) The Parties will
make reasonable efforts to settle any disputes regarding the Closing Statement identified in the notice or notices delivered pursuant
to Section 3.3.1(c) (the “Disputed Items”) in accordance with Section 14.4.1.

 

(b) Any Disputed Items
not settled pursuant to Section14.4.1 will be promptly referred to and finally settled by submission of such unresolved
Disputed Items to Brock and Company CPA PC, 900 S. Main Street, Suite 200, Longmont CO 80501

or such other independent accounting firm as the Parties may agree in writing (the “Independent Accounting Firm”).
Buyer and Seller will provide the Independent Accounting Firm with the notice delivered pursuant to Section 3.3.1(c) and
any other information and documentation that it may reasonably request as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

(c) The Independent
Accounting Firm will act as an expert in accounting, and not as arbitrator, and will limit its examination to the unresolved Disputed
Items and matters directly affected thereby. Buyer and Seller will request the Independent Accounting Firm to use its best efforts
to render its written opinion as to the proper calculation of the unresolved Disputed Items within twenty (20) Business Days following
its appointment. Such written opinion, and changes to the Closing Statement reflected therein, will be final, conclusive and binding
upon Seller and Buyer, except in case of fraud or manifest error, and will not be subject to any appeal.

 

    	- 16 -

    	 

    

 

(d) The fees and disbursements
of the Independent Accounting Firm will be allocated between the Buyer and the Seller in the same proportion that the aggregate
amount of unresolved Disputed Items submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm that is unsuccessfully disputed by each (as finally
determined by the Independent Accounting Firm) bears to the total amount of such unresolved Disputed Items submitted to the Independent
Accounting Firm. By way of illustration, if Seller has submitted Disputed Items for a total of $60 (all of which Buyer disputes)
and the Independent Accounting Firm determines that $20 thereof will be accepted for purposes of the Closing Statement, then Buyer
will have unsuccessfully disputed $20, Seller will have unsuccessfully disputed $40, and the fees and disbursements of the Independent
Accounting Firm will be allocated one-third (1/3) to Buyer and two-thirds (2/3) to Seller. In connection with its review, the Independent
Accounting Firm will, pursuant to the terms of this Section 3.3.2(d) also determine the allocation of its fees and expenses
between Buyer and Seller, which determination will be conclusive and binding upon the Parties.

 

(e) The Closing Statement,
as deemed final, conclusive and binding upon the Parties pursuant to Sections 3.3.1(b) and 3.3.2(c), is the “Final
Closing Statement.” The calculations of the Closing Accounts Receivable, Closing Accounts Payable and Closing Project
Costs shown on the Final Closing Statement are the “Final Closing Accounts Receivable,” “Final Closing
Accounts Payable” and “Final Closing Project Costs.”

 

3.3.3. Adjustments.

 

The Closing Purchase
Price will be adjusted, first, upward, by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the Final Closing Project Costs and, then,
less the pre-closing adjustment amount previously paid by Buyer pursuant to Section 3.2(c) plus one hundred percent (100%)
of the Final Closing Accounts Receivable less one hundred percent (100%) of the Final Closing Accounts Payable (the “Adjustment
Amount”). In the event the Adjustment Amount is a positive amount, Buyer shall pay the Adjustment Amount to the Seller.
In the event the Adjustment Amount is a negative amount, Seller shall pay the Adjustment Amount to the Buyer. The sum of the Closing
Purchase Price and the Adjustment Amount is the “Adjusted Purchase Price.”

 

3.4         Payment.

 

3.4.1.    Escrow Payment:

 

(a) On the Execution
Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, Buyer made an escrow payment to Seller of one million three hundred twenty-five thousand dollars
($1,325,000) (the “Escrow Payment”), which is equal to twenty percent (20%) of the Base Purchase Price.
The Escrow Payment was placed into an interest-bearing account belonging to Seller, which bears interest at a rate equal to or
greater than the 1 Year LIBOR rate + one percent (1%), the particulars of which Seller provided to Buyer, in writing at least two
(2) Business Days prior to the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA (the “Escrow Account”).

 

(b) The Escrow Payment
and any earned or accrued interest thereon (together, the “Escrow Amount”) shall be credited against
the Closing Purchase Price at the Closing. The Escrow Payment shall not be refundable to Buyer, except as provided in Section
11.3.2.

 

3.4.2.    In the event
the Parties do not proceed to Closing, Buyer shall have no obligation to pay any of the Estimated Closing Project Costs.

 

    	- 17 -

    	 

    

 

3.4.3.     On
the Closing Date:

 

(a)          Buyer
will pay to Seller the Closing Purchase Price, as adjusted in accordance with Section 3.2, less the Escrow Amount, by wire
transfer of immediately available funds to such bank account as Seller designates in writing to Buyer at least two (2) Business
Days prior to Closing; and

 

(b)          The
Escrow Amount shall be released from the Escrow Account and wired to the bank account designated by Seller for receiving the amount
of the Closing Purchase Price referred to in Section 3.4.3(a).

 

3.4.4.     Adjustment
Amount:

 

Buyer will pay the Adjustment
Amount, required to be paid to Seller pursuant to Section 3.3.3, if any, within ten (10) Business Days following
the determination of the Final Closing Statement, by irrevocable wire transfer of immediately available funds to such bank account
as Seller designates in writing at least two (2) Business Days prior to the expiration of such ten (10) Business Day period.

 

3.5 Interest.

 

All sums payable hereunder which are not paid in a timely manner
will bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus one percent (1%) from the date payment was due through and including the date
on which payment is made.

 

Article
IV.

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

4.1    Conditions
to Buyer’s Obligations.

 

The obligation of Buyer
to consummate the transactions provided for in this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each
of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by Buyer:

 

4.1.1.          Representations
and Warranties.

 

The representations
and warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto, subject to the provisions
of Article VI, will be true and correct in all material respects or, if any representation and warranty is qualified as
to “materially” or “Material Adverse Effect,” such representation and warranty will be true and correct
in all respects, at and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier
date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true as of such earlier date), provided that in the event of a
breach of a representation or warranty, the condition set forth in this Section 4.1.1 will be deemed satisfied unless the
effect of all such breaches of representations and warranties taken together would result or could be reasonably expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

    	- 18 -

    	 

    

 

4.1.2.          Performance
of Covenants.

 

Seller has performed
or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with
by it at or prior to the Closing.

 

4.1.3.          Deliveries.

 

Seller has delivered
or caused to be delivered the documents, instruments, certificates and evidence required to be delivered by Seller pursuant to
Section 5.2.

 

4.2   Conditions
to Seller’s Obligations.

 

The obligation of Seller
to consummate the transactions provided for by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to the Closing, of each
of the following conditions, any of which may be waived by Seller:

 

4.2.1.          Representations
and Warranties.

 

The representations
and warranties of Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant
hereto, subject to the provisions of Article VII, will be true and correct in all material respects or, if any representation
and warranty is qualified as to “materially” or “Buyer Material Adverse Effect” such representation and
warranty will be true and correct in all respects, at and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations
and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true as of such earlier date);
provided that in the event of a breach of a representation or warranty, the condition set forth in this Section 4.2.1
will be deemed satisfied unless the effect of all such breaches of representations and warranties taken together would or could
be reasonably expected to result in a Buyer Material Adverse Effect or materially interfere with Buyer or Buyer’s Parent
Guarantor’s ability to perform their respective obligations under the Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated
hereby.

 

4.2.2.          Performance
of Covenants.

 

Buyer and Buyer’s
Parent Guarantor have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement
to be performed or complied with by them at or prior to the Closing.

 

4.2.3.          Deliveries.

 

Buyer has delivered
or caused to be delivered the documents, instruments, certificates and evidence required to be delivered by Buyer pursuant to Section 5.3.

 

    	- 19 -

    	 

    

 

4.3         Mutual
Conditions.

 

The obligations of
Seller and Buyer to consummate the transactions provided for by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction, at or prior to
the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

4.3.1.          Governmental
Approvals.

 

The approvals, consents,
transfers and/or clearances from each relevant Governmental Authority listed in Exhibit 4.3.1 (the “Governmental
Approvals”) have been obtained and the applicable waiting periods and times for administrative objection and appeal,
as the case may be, have expired or been terminated; provided, however, that such approvals, consents, transfers and/or clearances
shall have been obtained, as far as Environmental Permits are concerned, upon substantially the same terms as existing Environmental
Permits, including bonding determinations by each relevant Governmental Authority, which taken together shall not exceed by more
than twenty five percent (25%) the aggregate amount of the Letters of Credit to be replaced by Buyer pursuant to Section 5.3.2.
For further clarity, Buyer shall have no obligation with respect to the Letter of Credit related to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site
(Schedule 6.15.8A, Item B.1).

 

4.3.2.          No
Prohibition.

 

No Order issued by
any court of competent jurisdiction or any other Governmental Authority preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby will be in effect.

 

4.3.3.          Replacement
of Letters of Credit.

 

Buyer will have obtained
the replacement of the Letters of Credit for an aggregate amount not exceeding by twenty five percent (25%) the aggregate amount
of the Letters of Credit, as set forth in Section 4.3.1, with no obligation by Buyer to replace the Letter of Credit related
to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site (Schedule 6.15.8A, Item B.1).

 

4.3.4.          Lucky
Mc Tailings Site.

 

The Lucky Mc NRC License
will have been either (i) terminated by the NRC, and written notice of such termination will have been given to the Company by
the NRC, and the time for filing of any protests or appeals shall have passed without any such appeals or protests having been
filed; or (ii) assigned or otherwise transferred in the form set forth in Exhibit 4.3.4 hereto or other form satisfactory
to Buyer with no representations and warranties or other obligations for Reclamation Liabilities or other Liabilities related to
the Lucky Mc Tailings Site being retained by the Company or its successors, to Seller or a Seller’s Affiliate, and the assignment
or transfer of the Lucky Mc NRC License will have been approved in writing by the NRC, and the time for filing any protests of
appeals of such approval of the transfer or assignment shall have passed, without any such appeals or protests having been filed.
For further clarity, Company, Buyer and Buyer’s Indemnified Parties will be fully indemnified by Seller with respect to the
Lucky Mc Tailings Site pursuant to Section 12.1(d).

 

    	- 20 -

    	 

    

 

4.4        Frustration
of Closing Conditions.

 

Neither Seller nor
Buyer may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in Sections 4.1 to 4.3, as the case may be, if such failure
was caused by such Party’s unexcused failure to comply with any provision of this Agreement.

 

4.5        Cooperation.

 

The Parties agree to
cooperate and to diligently proceed with any actions required and more generally to do whatever is or would be necessary, to ensure
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 4.1 to Section 4.3. Each Party shall keep the other Party reasonably
informed of the status of these actions and give the other Party written notice of the satisfaction of any of these conditions.

 

Article
V.

CLOSING

 

5.1        General.

 

5.1.1.          The
Closing will take place at the offices of AREVA NC Inc., located at 1155 F Street, Suite 800, Washington D.C. 20004, (or such other
place as the Parties may designate in writing) at a time and on a date to be specified by the Parties (the “Closing
Date”), with a targeted Closing Date to occur on December 20, 2013, it being agreed that this Agreement may be terminated
by either Party if the Closing has not occurred by the Closing Deadline as set forth in Section 11.1.6, unless another time,
date or place is agreed to in writing by the Parties.

 

5.1.2.          As
used in this Agreement, “Closing” means the time at which Seller and Buyer consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement. Subject to applicable Laws, legal title, equitable title and risk of loss with respect to the Transferred
Shares will be transferred to Buyer at the Closing, which transfer will be deemed effective for Tax, accounting and other computational
purposes as of 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date. All proceedings to be taken and all documents to be executed and delivered by all
Parties at the Closing shall be deemed to have been taken and executed and delivered simultaneously and no proceedings shall be
deemed to have been taken nor documents executed or delivered until all have been taken, executed and delivered.

 

5.2           Seller’s
Closing Deliveries.

 

At the Closing, Seller shall deliver, or
shall cause to be delivered, to Buyer the following:

 

5.2.1.          a
copy of each Corporate Approval listed in Schedule 6.3, in each case certified by an appropriate officer;

 

5.2.2.          share
certificate(s) representing the Transferred Shares, duly endorsed for transfer to Buyer or accompanied by stock powers duly executed
in blank;

 

    	- 21 -

    	 

    

 

5.2.3.          resignation
letters (effective upon and subject to the occurrence of Closing) from the directors and officers of the Company, in the form
as set forth in Exhibit 5.2.3;

 

5.2.4.          evidence
in the form of the officer’s certification set forth in Exhibit 5.2.4 of the termination of the Intragroup Agreements
(other than the Royalty Agreement), effective prior to or upon Closing, and repayment of all sums due and performance of all obligations
called for prior to the Closing Date by any of the parties thereunder all signed by an authorized officer of Company and Seller,
or Seller’s Affiliate;

 

5.2.5.          an
executed copy of the Royalty Agreement in the form as set forth in Exhibit 5.2.5.

 

5.2.6.          evidence
of termination of the Lucky Mc NRC License, or evidence of the Governmental Approval of the assignment or transfer of the Lucky
Mc NRC License to Seller or a Seller’s Affiliate pursuant to Section 4.3.4;

 

5.2.7.          Intentionally
Left Blank;

 

5.2.8.          the
minute books, stock or equity records, corporate seal and other materials related to the corporate administration of the Company
which are in its control (the “Corporate Records”), as well as the Books and Records of the Company,
which must be delivered prior to or on the Closing at the Company’s office in Mills, Wyoming, or such other place as Buyer
and Seller may first agree upon in writing, or otherwise in accordance with Section 8.5;

 

5.2.9.          a
certificate of an authorized officer of Seller confirming the matters set forth in Sections 4.1.1 and 4.1.2;

 

5.2.10.         certificates,
dated as of a date not earlier than the tenth (10th) Business Day prior to the Closing Date, as to the good standing of the Company,
executed by the appropriate officials of the States of Delaware and Wyoming, and a copy of the certificate of merger filed with
the Delaware Secretary of State, as certified by the Delaware Secretary of State, with respect to the merger of COGEMA with and
into Seller;

 

5.2.11.         delivery
of Data, including the Bessines Data, the latter to have been delivered for verification by Buyer pursuant to Section 8.5;

 

5.2.12.         evidence
of resolutions in the form of Exhibit 5.2.12 that the Company Retiree Health Plan and all related Liabilities were assumed
in full by Seller or an ERISA Affiliate of Seller prior to the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA as required under Section
8.7, both executed by authorized officers of each of Company, and Seller or Seller’s ERISA Affiliate;

 

5.2.13.         evidence
of resolutions in the form of Exhibit 5.2.12 of assumption of Liability for the continuation of COBRA coverage as required
under Section 8.8, executed by authorized officers of each of Company and Seller or Seller’s ERISA Affiliate;

 

    	- 22 -

    	 

    

 

5.2.14.         a
copy of assignment agreement in the form of Exhibit 5.2.14, fully executed by authorized officers of each of Company and
Seller, assigning and delegating to Seller, prior to Closing, the production royalties owned by and any continuing obligations
thereunder of the Company as required under Section 8.9;

 

5.2.15.         evidence
of resolutions in the form of Exhibit 5.2.12 that the Benefit Plans were assigned to and assumed in full by Seller or an
ERISA Affiliate of Seller prior to the Closing Date as required under Section 8.10, both executed by authorized officers
of each of Company and Seller or Seller’s ERISA Affiliate;

 

5.2.16.         a
copy of the officer’s certification in the form of Exhibit 5.2.16 confirming termination of the ConverDyn Agreements,
executed by the President of each of Company and Seller, as required under Section 8.11;

 

5.2.17.         a
copy of the letter(s) of repudiation of the Collective Bargaining Agreements, in the form of Exhibit 6.13, as required under
Section 8.12, with confirmation of delivery by Federal Express;

 

5.2.18.         as
required by Section 8.14, evidence in the form of an executed copy of Exhibit 5.2.18 (Tax Group and Allocated Group
Letter), that the Tax sharing or allocation agreements set forth in Schedule 6.16.16 have been terminated as to Company
or amended to exclude Company and that all obligations of Company have been terminated;

 

5.2.19.         a
certificate of non-foreign status, as set forth in Exhibit 5.2.19, that satisfies the requirements of Section 1445 of the
Code, executed by an authorized officer of Seller.

 

5.3      Buyer’s
Closing Deliveries.

 

At the Closing, Buyer
will deliver, or will cause to be delivered, to Seller:

 

5.3.1.          the
Closing Purchase Price (less the Escrow Amount) adjusted pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2;

 

5.3.2.          evidence
of the replacement of the Letters of Credit by new letters of credit or other collateral security subject to the provisions of
Section 9.2.1, except Buyer shall have no obligation to replace the Letter of Credit related to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site
(Schedule 6.15.8A, Item B.1);

 

5.3.3.          a
certificate of an authorized officer of each of Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor confirming the matters set forth in Sections 4.2.1
and 4.2.2; and

 

5.3.4.          a
copy of each Corporate Approval listed in Schedule 7.1.3, in each case certified by an appropriate officer.

 

    	- 23 -

    	 

    

 

Article
VI.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

 

Subject to all exceptions disclosed in
the schedules attached to this Agreement, Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows in this Article VI;
provided, however, from time to time prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall have the right to supplement or amend such schedules,
to disclose matters or circumstances occurring after the Execution Date, or of which Seller in good faith did not have actual present
Knowledge at the Execution Date (these and the schedules of Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor as specified in Article
VII, collectively, the “Schedules” as such may be so amended and supplemented from time to time between
the Execution Date and the Closing Date). If such amendments and supplements disclose facts or other circumstances which in Buyer’s
good faith opinion would, in the aggregate or individually, result in a failure of the conditions set forth in Article IV,
Buyer, as its sole remedy, may elect to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Article XI.

 

6.1      Corporate
Status.

 

6.1.1.          Seller.
Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Delaware General Corporation Law. COGEMA
was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Seller. COGEMA merged with and into Seller pursuant to that certain Agreement of Merger dated
November 20, 2013 and in accordance with Delaware General Corporation Law, including Title 8, Section 251 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. Each of COGEMA and Seller duly and validly entered into and consummated the merger. The Certificate of Merger
for the foregoing merger was filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on December 12, 2013, and the merger became effective on
and as of such date. Seller is the surviving corporation and assumed all of GOGEMA’s properties, assets, rights, powers,
obligations, and liabilities by operation of law as a result of such merger. Seller has full corporate power and authority to enter
into this Agreement and to perform the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.1.2.          The
Company. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Delaware General Corporation
Law and has all requisite corporate power to carry out its business as currently conducted. The Company is qualified to do business
as a foreign corporation in the State of Wyoming.

 

6.1.3.          Subsidiaries;
Other Equity Interests. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.1.3, the Company does not own, and has not, since 2000, owned
directly or indirectly, any capital stock of or other equity interests in any corporation, partnership, or other Person and is
not a member of or a participant in any partnership, joint venture or similar enterprise. To Seller’s Knowledge the subsidiaries
of the Company which have been terminated, dissolved, merged into the Company, or otherwise ceased to exist since 2000 are designated
as such in Schedule 6.1.3.

 

    	- 24 -

    	 

    

 

6.1.4.          Organizational
Documents and Corporate Records. To Seller’s Knowledge, Seller has made available to Buyer true, correct and complete
copies of the Organizational Documents and Corporate Records of the Company.

 

6.2      Capitalization,
Title to the Shares.

 

The authorized capital
stock of the Company consists solely of 2,500 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of which 2,500 shares are issued
and outstanding. The Transferred Shares represent all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company and,
except as set forth above, there are no other authorized, issued or outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company. All of
the Transferred Shares are owned by Seller free and clear of any Liens, and all of such Transferred Shares have been validly issued,
are fully paid and non-assessable, and have not been issued in violation of any pre-emptive or similar rights or applicable Law.
There is no option, warrant, call, subscription, convertible security, right (including pre-emptive right) or Contract of any character
to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound obligating the Company to issue, exchange, transfer, sell, repurchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire any capital stock of the Company or obligating the Company to grant, extend, accelerate the vesting
of or enter into any such option, warrant, call, subscription, convertible security, right or Contract. There are no outstanding
or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock or similar rights with respect to the Company. Except for this Agreement and restrictions
imposed by applicable securities Laws, there are no registration rights, agreements, no voting trust, proxy or other Contract and
no restrictions on transfer with respect to any capital stock of the Company.

 

6.3      Authority
and Binding Effect.

 

This Agreement and
the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly approved by the board of directors of Seller and constitute the valid and binding
obligations of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent enforceability
may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting the enforcement of creditors'
rights generally and by general equitable principles. Schedule 6.3 contains a list of the Seller's Corporate Approvals.

 

6.4      No
Conflicts.

 

Neither the execution
and delivery of this Agreement by Seller, nor (subject to the procurement of the Governmental Approvals listed in Exhibit 4.3.1)
the performance of Seller's obligations hereunder, will conflict with or constitute default under or result in a breach or violation
of (a) the terms of the Organizational Documents of Seller or the Company; (b) to the Knowledge of Seller, violate any applicable
Law or require any filing with, consent, approval or authorization of, or notice to, any Governmental Authority not identified
in Schedule 6.4; (c) (i) result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the Transferred Shares or any assets or properties
of the Company or (ii) constitute an event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would result in any such creation of a
Lien upon any of the Transferred Shares or any assets or properties of the Company; or (d) conflict with, result in a breach of,
constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time) a default under, result in the acceleration of obligations under, create
in any Third Person the right to terminate, accelerate, modify or cancel, or require any notice, consent or waiver under, any Contract
to which Seller or Company is a party, by which Seller or the Company is bound or to which the assets of Seller or the Company
are subject.

 

    	- 25 -

    	 

    

 

6.5      Real
Property, Leased Real Property, Unpatented Mining Claims and Personal Property.

 

6.5.1.          To
Seller’s Knowledge, Schedule 6.5.1 contains a complete list of:

 

(a) all real
property, including rights of way, easements, patented mining claims and overrides or similar royalty interests owned by the Company
as of the Execution Date and the Closing Date ("Owned Real Property");

 

(b) all real
property, including State of Wyoming and private leases, leased by the Company as of the Execution Date and the Closing Date ("Leased
Real Property", and collectively with the Owned Real Property, the "Real Property")
and

 

(c) all unpatented
federal mining claims and millsites owned, controlled, or held by the Company as of the Execution Date and the Closing Date (the
"Unpatented Mining Claims").

 

To Seller’s Knowledge,
and except as set forth in Schedule 6.5.1, the Company does not control, use or occupy in any manner whatsoever any real
property other than the Real Property and the Unpatented Mining Claims, except that Seller is of the opinion that Company has rights
of access to the Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims, to conduct all operations, mining and business of the Company at its
Lucky Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site, and provided further that Seller represents that Company has received no written
notice from any Governmental Authority or Third Person challenging access, or the validity of such rights of way, or raising any
issue with regard to such rights of way.

 

To Seller’s Knowledge,
the Company has no ongoing obligations under any instruments by which interests in previously owned real property or unpatented
mining claims of the Company were sold, abandoned or otherwise disposed of, or otherwise with respect to such previously owned
real property or unpatented mining claims.

 

6.5.2.          Schedule
6.5.2 sets out (a) all water rights owned, leased or used by the Company, including all surface and underground water and water
rights, (b) Permits (and applications for Permits) for water rights, (c) Permits (and applications for Permits) for the use, transfer
or change of water rights, (d) ditch and ditch rights, (e) well and well rights, (f) reservoir and reservoir rights, (g) stock
or interests in irrigation or ditch companies appurtenant to the Real Property and the Unpatented Mining Claims (collectively,
the “Water Rights”). To Seller’s Knowledge, the Company is the owner or holder of such Water Rights
free and clear of Liens, other than Permitted Liens set forth in Schedule 6.5.2.

 

6.5.3.          Except
as listed in Schedule 6.5.3, to Seller’s Knowledge:

 

    	- 26 -

    	 

    

 

		(a)	the Company has good and valid title to the Owned Real Property free and clear of Liens, other
than Permitted Liens, and Seller is of the opinion that Company has valid rights under Law in all rights of way and access to the
Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims to conduct all operations, mining and business of the Company at its Lucky Mc Mine Site
and Shirley Basin Mine Site;

 

		(b)	no Person other than the Company is in possession of, or is otherwise entitled to occupation or
use rights with respect to, the Real Property;

 

		(c)	no written notice has been received from any Governmental Authority and, there is no claim of any
Governmental Authority pending against the Company with respect to any planned expropriation or condemnation of any Real Property
or Unpatented Mining Claims.

 

6.5.4.          To
Seller’s Knowledge, the Company has a valid leasehold interest in the Leased Real Property. To Seller’s Knowledge,
all leases of Leased Real Property are in full force and effect, and the Company has not committed any defaults (or taken or failed
to take any actions that with the passage of time will become a default) thereunder. Except as set forth in Schedule 6.5.4 hereto,
the Company has not received any written notice of termination or cancellation of or any default under any lease agreement under
which the Company uses the Leased Real Property or any senior claim of priority by a Third Person concerning any patented mining
claim included in the Real Property.

 

6.5.5.          To
the Seller's Knowledge, except as set forth in Schedule 6.5.5:

 

		(a)	the Company owns or otherwise has good and valid title in the Unpatented Mining Claims;

 

		(b)	subject to the paramount title of the United States and the rights of Third Persons to use the
surface of the Unpatented Mining Claims pursuant to applicable Law, the Seller owns the Unpatented Mining Claims free and clear
of all Liens except Permitted Liens;

 

		(c)	with respect to the Unpatented Mining Claims:

 

		(i)	all were located by persons or entities qualified to locate federal unpatented mining claims;

 

		(ii)	all were properly laid out and monumented on ground open to appropriation by mineral location,
except for any overlaps to avoid gaps in coverage;

 

		(iii)	location notices and certificates were properly recorded and filed with appropriate governmental
agencies;

 

		(iv)	all required claim maintenance fees have been paid in the manner required by Law in order to maintain
the Unpatented Mining Claims through the end of the current assessment year (inclusive of the Closing Date);

 

    	- 27 -

    	 

    

 

		(v)	all evidence of payment of claim maintenance fees, and other filings and recordings required to
maintain the Unpatented Mining Claims in good standing through the end of the current assessment year (inclusive of the Closing
Date) have been properly and timing recorded or filed with appropriate governmental agencies;

 

		(vi)	there are no patented or unpatented mining claims or millsites currently being maintained by any
Third Person that are senior to and in conflict with the Unpatented Mining Claims;

 

		(vii)	except as set forth in Schedule 6.5.5, the Company has received no written notice of termination
or cancellation of, or other land status determination letter concerning any Unpatented Mining Claim or any senior claim of priority
by a Third Person concerning any Unpatented Mining Claim; and

 

		(viii)	Seller makes no representation or warranty as to whether any Unpatented Mining Claim contains a
discovery of valuable minerals.

 

6.5.6.          The
Company has valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the buildings, machinery, equipment and other tangible assets and
personal properties used by it and located on its premises or those of Seller or Seller’s Affiliates, as shown in the Reference
Accounts (Exhibit 6.7) or acquired after the Reference Date thereof, including the Data and Bessines Data and the other
items set forth on Schedule 6.5.6, all of which are free and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens as set forth therein.
With respect to the Data, formerly part of the Bessines Data, sold to a Third Person in December 2011, Seller represents and warrants
that there are no continuing obligations of Company to the Third Person as a result of the sale of that Data.

 

6.5.7.          To
Seller’s Knowledge, Schedule 6.5.7 constitutes a complete list of all production royalties in effect as of the Execution
Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and Closing Date encumbering the Real Property and the Unpatented Mining Claims which form parts
of the Lucky Mc Mine Site or Shirley Basin Mine Site, and encumbering any other real property or mining claims outside the Lucky
Mc Mine Site and Shirley Basin Mine Site, and all such production royalties, if due, have been timely and properly paid.

 

6.5.8.          The
Royalty Agreement encumbers the Real Property and the Unpatented Mining Claims that form parts of the Shirley Basin Mine Site as
further described in, and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth in, the Royalty Agreement.

 

6.6      Contracts.

 

6.6.1.          To
Seller’s Knowledge, Schedule 6.6.1 contains a complete list of the following types of Contracts to which the Company
is a party and which are in effect as of the Closing Date (the “Material Contracts”), and a copy of each
Material Contract has been provided to Buyer either during due diligence up to the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and
is set forth on the Data Disks, or on or prior to the Execution Date:

 

    	- 28 -

    	 

    

 

		(a)	each operating or royalty agreement, deed and each other Contract that would impose a production
royalty or similar burden, as are listed on Schedule 6.5.7;

 

		(b)	each capital lease, lease of real or personal property, including lease of office space, and each
surface use agreement, right of way, and easement applicable to Real Property or Unpatented Mining Claims forming part of either
the Lucky Mc Mine or Shirley Basin Mine;

 

		(c)	each Contract relating to Water Rights pertaining to the Lucky Mc Mine or the Shirley Basin Mine;

 

		(d)	each Contract which involves the purchase or the sale of goods or the rendering of services outside
the Ordinary Course, or which involves aggregate payments in excess of $10,000 in any single year;

 

		(e)	each Contract, loan or credit agreement, security agreement, mortgage, pledge or other agreement
or instrument evidencing Indebtedness of the Company in excess of $10,000;

 

		(f)	each Contract or agreement entered into since 2000, and pertaining to areas within a one mile perimeter
around either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or Shirley Basin Mine Site, or to real property which has been abandoned or disposed of since
2000 and which includes (i) obligations of a Third Person with regard to the confidential treatment of information and Data belonging
to the Company; (ii) obligations of the Company with regard to the confidential treatment of information belonging to a Third Person;
(iii) a covenant of a Third Person not to compete in the geographic area of the Company’s operations; and (iv) a covenant
from the Company not to compete in any geographic area with respect to business operations of a Third Person;

 

		(g)	each Contract since 2000 pertaining to the Lucky Mc Mine Site or Shirley Basin Mine Site that is
a joint venture agreement, partnership agreement or similar agreement relating to a common enterprise with any Person (other than
the Company);

 

		(h)	each Contract for capital expenditures of more than $10,000 during the twelve (12) months following
the Execution Date;

 

		(i)	each Contract between the Company and its Affiliates (the "Intragroup Agreements,"
as set forth on Exhibit 5.2.4) that is in full force and effect on the Execution Date or otherwise has any continuing
obligations or Liabilities; and

 

    	- 29 -

    	 

    

 

		(j)	each non Ordinary Course Contract that would result in payments to or by the Company in an amount
equal to or greater than $10,000 in any calendar year and that cannot be terminated within ninety (90) days of termination notice
or without material termination fees or penalties.

 

6.6.2.          Except
as set forth on Schedule 6.6.2, each of the Material Contracts to which the Company is a party (a) is in full force and
effect; and (b) represents the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and, to Seller's Knowledge, represents the legal,
valid and binding obligation of the other parties thereto, in each case enforceable in accordance with its terms. Except as set
forth on Schedule 6.6.2, to the Seller's Knowledge the Company is not in material breach of any Material Contract to which
it is a party, and neither Seller nor the Company has received any written or, to Seller's Knowledge, oral notice of termination
or breach of any Material Contract. Except as set forth in Schedule 6.6.2, the Company has no ongoing Liabilities or obligations
under Contracts to which it was a party but which has been terminated or has expired which, collectively, would result in or reasonably
could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided, however, that Seller makes no representation as to continuing
obligations of confidentiality which may exist under otherwise fully performed, terminated or expired agreements of the Company.

 

6.7     Reference
Accounts.

 

True, correct and complete
copies of the Reference Accounts are attached hereto as Exhibit 6.7. The Reference Accounts have been prepared in accordance
with the Accounting Principles. The Reference Accounts have been derived from the Books and Records of the Company and present
fairly in all material respects the financial position, existing Liabilities and results of operations of the Company as of the
dates and for the periods presented therein; provided, however, Seller makes no warranty or representation with respect to any
liability amounts set out in the Reference Accounts pertaining to reclamation or restoration obligations. The Company and Buyer
shall have no obligations or any Liabilities related to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site, including without limitation the Long-Term
Surveillance Fee.

 

6.8     Litigation.

 

Except as reserved
for or noted in the Reference Accounts or disclosed on Schedule 6.8, as of the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and
through the Closing Date, Seller has received no notice of, and there is no Legal Proceeding which Seller has received notice of
and is pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, threatened against the Company or affecting any of the Real Property or Unpatented
Mining Claims, and all appeals from any litigation have been exhausted or time for such appeal has run.

 

6.9     Compliance
with Law.

 

		6.9A	With respect to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims
that are within either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or the Shirley Basin Mine Site, or activities or operations within either the Lucky
Mc Mine Site or Shirley Basin Mine Site:

 

    	- 30 -

    	 

    

 

		6.9.1A	To Seller's Knowledge, except as disclosed on Schedule 6.9.1A, and except with respect to
(a) compliance with Laws concerning labor and employment matters (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant
to Section 6.13); (b) compliance with Laws concerning Benefit Plans (as to which certain representations and warranties
are made pursuant to Section 6.14); (c) compliance with Environmental Laws (as to which certain representations and warranties
are made pursuant to Section 6.15); (d) compliance with Laws concerning Taxes (as to which certain representations and warranties
are made pursuant to Section 6.16), and (e) compliance with Laws concerning the holding of meetings of the board of directors
or the shareholders of the Company and/or corporate formalities in connection therewith; the Company, since at least January 1,
2000, has been and is in compliance in material respects with all applicable Laws.

 

		6.9.2A	Schedule 6.9.2A sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all material Permits of
the Company (other than Environmental Permits, which are set forth on Schedule 6.15.2A) in effect as of the Closing Date.
The Company possesses all such Permits necessary to conduct its business operations as currently conducted except where the failure
to possess such Permit would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such Permits are in full force and
effect and there are no Legal Proceedings pending or, to Seller's Knowledge, threatened, seeking the revocation, cancellation,
suspension or adverse modification thereof.

 

		6.9.B	With respect to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims
that are not within either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or the Shirley Basin Mine Site, or activities or operations that are not within
either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or Shirley Basin Mine Site, (and for purposes of this Section 6.9.B, “Real Property”
and “Unpatented Mining Claims” shall mean generally the real property and unpatented mining claims of the Company,
outside either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or the Shirley Basin Mine Site, whether currently or historically held by the Company):

 

		6.9.1B	Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.9.1B, and except with respect to (a) compliance with Laws
concerning labor and employment matters (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant to Section 6.13);
(b) compliance with Laws concerning Benefit Plans (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant to Section
6.14); (c) compliance with Environmental Laws (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant to Section
6.15); (d) compliance with Laws concerning Taxes (as to which certain representations and warranties are made pursuant to Section
6.16), and (e) compliance with Laws concerning the holding of meetings of the board of directors or the shareholders of the
Company and/or corporate formalities in connection therewith; the Company, since at least January 1, 2000, has been and is in compliance
in material respects with all applicable Laws.

 

		6.9.2B	Schedule 6.9.2B sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all material Permits of
the Company (other than Environmental Permits, which are set forth on Schedule 6.15.2B) in effect as of the Closing Date.
The Company possesses all such Permits necessary to conduct its business operations as currently conducted except where the failure
to possess such Permit would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All such Permits are in full force and
effect and there are no Legal Proceedings pending or, to Seller's Knowledge, threatened, seeking the revocation, cancellation,
suspension or adverse modification thereof.

 

    	- 31 -

    	 

    

 

6.10         Brokers,
Finders and Agents.

 

No broker, finder or
investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder's or other fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by Seller or the Company.

 

6.11         Intellectual
Property.

 

The Company does not
own, possess or have the right to use any patent, trademark, or copyrights (the “Intellectual Property”).
The Company has incorporated in Delaware, and qualified as a foreign corporation in Wyoming, under the Company’s name “Pathfinder
Mines Corporation.”

 

6.12         Insurance.

 

The Company and the
operations of the business of the Company (as currently conducted) are insured under various policies of general liability and
other forms of insurance provided by Seller or Affiliates of Seller (such policies, collectively, the "Seller Group
Insurance Policies"), which policies when taken together are of the type and in the amounts customary and adequate
for the Company and the operations of the business of the Company (as currently conducted) in all material respects. There are
no outstanding claims of the Company, or, to Seller’s Knowledge, facts that would support a claim by Company, under any of
those Seller Group Insurance Policies. Effective as of the Closing, the Company and the operations of the business of the Company
will cease to be insured under any of the Seller Group Insurance Policies.

 

6.13         Employees
and Labor Matters.

 

(a)          Seller
confirms that there are no employees of the Company as of the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, and Company will not hire
or reinstate any employee between the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and the Closing Date; (b) Except as described in
Schedule 6.13, Company has no continuing obligations or rights pursuant to any employment agreements with any employees
or Former Employees of Company; (c) Seller has represented to Buyer that there were two collective bargaining agreements between
the Company and the United Steelworkers of America (the “Collective Bargaining Agreements”) but that
Company does not employ any bargaining unit employees and has not had any bargaining unit employees for at least the past ten years. 
Prior to the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, Seller/Company notified the United Steelworkers of America (the “Union”)(in
the form of Exhibit 6.13) that, based on the cessation of the mining and milling operations at both mines for many years,
and the absence of any bargaining unit employees employed at the mines and represented by the Union for many years, Seller/Company
no longer recognizes the Union as the collective bargaining representative at Lucky Mc Mine and Shirley Basin Mine and hence the
Collective Bargaining Agreements no longer have any force or effect and therefore are repudiated. As of the Execution Date of the
July 24, 2012 SPA and the Closing Date, the Company will have no Liabilities to employees or Former Employees in respect of payments
for past services or accrued and unpaid bonuses, commissions, vacation pay or the like, or payments required under any general
policy or practice of the Company.  At the Closing Date, the Company and the Seller each represent that it has no Knowledge
of any activity or proceeding of any labor organization or employee group to organize, and that neither has received any protest,
objection or other response to the notification of repudiation in Exhibit 6.13, or if either the Company or Seller has obtained
Knowledge after the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA of any such activity or proceeding of any labor organization or employee
group to organize, or has received after the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA any protest, objection or other response to
the notification of repudiation in Exhibit 6.13, Seller and Company shall disclose that to the Buyer promptly upon receipt
and prior to the Closing Date. Any such protest, objection or other response to the notification of repudiation in Exhibit 6.13
shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, or be construed as outside the Ordinary Course of Business, or give Buyer a right
to terminate this Agreement.  The Company has at all times operated in material compliance with the requirements of all Laws
related to labor and employment and with the terms of the Collective Bargaining Agreements.

 

    	- 32 -

    	 

    

 

6.14         Benefit
Plans.

 

Except as set forth
on Schedule 6.14:

 

6.14.1.          Schedule
6.14.1 lists each Benefit Plan in effect as of the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and the Closing Date pursuant to
which certain Former Employees or dependents of Former Employees are receiving or may be entitled to receive post-retirement health
benefits (the “Company Retiree Health Plans”).

 

6.14.2.          To
Seller's Knowledge, each Benefit Plan that is intended to be qualified under section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and has
been determined by the IRS to be so qualified, and nothing has occurred since the date of such determination that could reasonably
be expected to give the IRS grounds to revoke such determination.

 

6.14.3.          Each
Benefit Plan has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and applicable Law.

 

6.14.4.          No
Benefit Plan is, or within the past six (6) years has been, subject to Title IV of ERISA or subject to section 412 of the Code
or section 302 of ERISA.

 

6.14.5.          The
Seller has not, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, has any other "disqualified person" or "party in interest"
(as defined in section 4975(e)(2) of the Code and section 3(14) of ERISA, respectively), engaged in any transaction in connection
with any Benefit Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of a material penalty pursuant to section 502
of ERISA or a material excise tax pursuant to section 4975 of the Code.

 

6.14.6.          Following
the Closing, the Company will not have any Liability or obligation under any Benefit Plan that provides for material post-employment
or retiree welfare benefits, except to the extent required by Part 6 of Title I of ERISA or section 4980B of the Code.

 

    	- 33 -

    	 

    

 

6.14.7.          No
material Liability, claim, action or litigation has been made, commenced or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened with respect
to any Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits payable in the Ordinary Course and appeals of denied claims).

 

6.15         Environmental
Matters.

 

		6.15A	With respect to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims
that are within either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or the Shirley Basin Mine Site, or activities or operations within either the Lucky
Mc Mine Site or Shirley Basin Mine Site, and for purposes of this Section 6.15.A, Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims
refers only to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims that are wholly within either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or the Shirley
Basin Mine Site:

 

To Seller's Knowledge, except as set forth
on Schedule 6.15A, or the other Schedules referred to below in this Section 6.15.A:

 

		6.15.1A	The Company has been and is in compliance in material respects with all Environmental Laws and
there is no condition or activity at the Real Property or Unpatented Mining Claims which could reasonably be expected to result
in a violation of, or Liability under, any Environmental Law.

 

		6.15.2A	All material Environmental Permits are valid and in full force and effect. A list of such material
Environmental Permits as of the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and the Closing Date is set forth on Schedule 6.15.2A.

 

		6.15.3A	Except as set forth in Schedule 6.15.3A, the Company has not, since January 1, 2003, received
any written notice from a Governmental Authority or Third Person alleging that the business of the Company as currently operated
does not comply in any material respect with Environmental Laws and/or with Environmental Permits.

 

		6.15.4A	At the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and through Closing Date, no Legal Proceeding relating
to an alleged violation by the Company of any applicable Environmental Laws is pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, is threatened.

 

		6.15.5A	The independent SENES Environmental Report is based upon full disclosure by the Company to SENES
of all material information requested to conduct the analyses and prepare the report. The SENES Environmental Report is not intended
to be a comprehensive, detailed environmental audit and assessment of the Company’s properties, but rather a concise overview
that addresses the main points of interest. The SENES Environmental Report was prepared to provide any prospective purchaser with
a broad sense of the environmental status of the Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims, as of the date the SENES Environmental
Report was prepared. It is intended to provide the Buyer with a basis to conduct its own due diligence.

 

    	- 34 -

    	 

    

 

		6.15.6A.	All transfer, transportation or disposal of Hazardous
Materials by the Company to properties not owned, leased or operated by the Company since 2000 has been in compliance with applicable
Environmental Laws in effect at the time of such transfer, transportation or disposal. Set forth on Schedule 6.15.6A is
a list of all sites to which, to the Seller’s Knowledge, the Company has sent or with which it has arranged for the disposal
of Hazardous Materials, since 2000.

 

		6.15.7A	Set forth in Schedule 6.15.7A, is what Seller believes, and it being understood Seller has
made no specific investigation, may be the status of the possible presence on the Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims of
asbestos, urea formaldehyde at levels above natural background, PCBs or pesticides, in unknown concentrations and at unknown locations
above applicable health-based regulatory levels established pursuant to Environmental Law, presence or prior presence of underground
storage tanks located on, under or about the Real Property, and/or subsequently removed or filled.

 

		6.15.8 A.	A list of all letters of credit issued and outstanding
as of the Closing Date for purpose of securing the performance of the Company's obligations under the Environmental Laws or pursuant
to the Environmental Permits is set forth in Schedule 6.15.8A (the "Letters of Credit").
The amounts set forth in these Letters of Credit do not necessarily reflect the surety amounts currently required under
the Environmental Laws or pursuant to the Environmental Permits, as those amounts may change at any time due to a number of reasons,
such as changes in the status of operations or remediation, changes (including inflation adjustments) in the estimated remediation
costs, and changes required due to review and direction of Government Authorities. The Letters of Credit are the only bonds or
other surety the Company has in place.

 

		6.15.B	With respect to Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims
that are not within either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or the Shirley Basin Mine Site, or activities or operations not within either
the Lucky Mc Mine Site or Shirley Basin Mine Site (and for purposes of this Section 6.15.B, “Real Property”
and “Unpatented Mining Claims” shall mean generally the real property and unpatented mining claims of the Company,
outside either the Lucky Mc Mine Site or the Shirley Basin Mine Site, whether currently or historically held by the Company):

 

		6.15.1 B	The
Company has been and is in compliance in material respects with all Environmental Laws and there is no condition or activity at
the Real Property or Unpatented Mining Claims which could reasonably be expected to result in a violation of, or Liability under,
any Environmental Law.

 

		6.15.2 B	All
material Environmental Permits are valid and in full force and effect. A list of such material Environmental Permits as of the
Execution Date is set forth on Schedule 6.15.2B.

 

    	- 35 -

    	 

    

 

 

		6.15.3 B	Except as set forth in Schedule 6.15.3B, the Company has not, since January 1, 2003, received
any written notice from a Governmental Authority or Third Person alleging that the business of the Company as currently operated
does not comply in any material respect with Environmental Laws and/or with Environmental Permits.

 

		6.15.4 B	At the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and through Closing Date, no Legal Proceeding relating
to an alleged violation by the Company of any applicable Environmental Laws is pending or, to Seller’s Knowledge, is threatened.

 

		6.15.5 B	Intentionally Left Blank

 

		6.15.6 B.	 All transfer, transportation or disposal of Hazardous
Materials by the Company to properties not owned, leased or operated by the Company since 2000 has been in compliance with applicable
Environmental Laws in effect at the time of such transfer, transportation or disposal. Set forth on Schedule 6.15.6B is
a list of all sites to which, to the Seller’s Knowledge, the Company has sent or with which it has arranged for the disposal
of Hazardous Materials, since 2000.

 

		6.15.7 B	Set forth in Schedule 6.15.7B is what Seller
believes, and it being understood Seller has made no specific investigation, may be the status of the possible presence on the
Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims of asbestos, urea formaldehyde at levels above natural background, PCBs or pesticides,
in unknown concentrations and at unknown locations above applicable health-based regulatory levels established pursuant to Environmental
Law, presence or prior presence of underground storage tanks located on, under or about the Real Property, and/or subsequently
removed or filled.

 

		6.15.8 B.	A list of all letters of credit issued and outstanding
as of the Closing Date for purpose of securing the performance of the Company's obligations under the Environmental Laws or pursuant
to the Environmental Permits is set forth in Schedule 6.15.8B (the "Additional Letters of Credit").
The amounts set forth in these Letters of Credit do not necessarily reflect the surety amounts currently required under
the Environmental Laws or pursuant to the Environmental Permits, as those amounts may change at any time due to a number of reasons,
such as changes in the status of operations or remediation, changes (including inflation adjustments) in the estimated remediation
costs, and changes required due to review and direction of Government Authorities. These Additional Letters of Credit are the
only bonds or other surety the Company has in place with respect to Real Property or Unpatented Mining Claims, or any other obligation
of Company except those secured by the Letters of Credit.

 

    	- 36 -

    	 

    

 

6.16         Taxes.

 

Except as set forth on the applicable subsection
of Schedule 6.16:

 

6.16.1.    Since
January 1, 2003, the Company has filed with the appropriate Tax Authority all Tax Returns required to be filed by it under any
applicable Laws on or before the Closing Date (taking into account applicable extensions). All such Tax Returns are correct and
complete in all material respects. Except as set forth on Schedule 6.16.1, the Company is currently not the beneficiary
of any extension of time within which to file any Tax Return. Neither Seller nor Company has Knowledge regarding any unfiled Tax
Return prior to 2003.

 

6.16.2.    Since
January 1, 2003, each Affiliated Group has filed all income Tax Returns that it was required to file for each taxable period during
which the Company was a member of such Affiliated Group. All such income Tax Returns are correct and complete in all material respects.
All income Taxes owed by each Affiliated Group (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) have been paid for each taxable period
during which the Company was a member of such Affiliated Group. Neither Seller nor Company has any Knowledge regarding any unfiled
Affiliated Group Tax Return prior to 2003. Additionally, neither Seller nor Company has Knowledge regarding neither the correctness
of such returns prior to 2003, nor the status of any unpaid taxes prior to 2003.

 

6.16.3.    All
Taxes due and owing by the Company since 2003 (whether or not shown on any Tax Returns) have been paid.

 

6.16.4.    No
deficiencies for Taxes of the Company have been claimed or proposed or assessed in writing by any Tax Authority that have not been
settled without imposing any material continuing obligations on the Company. There are no pending or, to Seller's Knowledge, threatened
audits, assessments or other actions for or relating to any Liability in respect of Taxes of the Company. The Company has not waived
any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency,
made any request in writing for any such extension or waiver, or executed or filed a power of attorney with respect to any Taxes
with any Tax Authority.

 

6.16.5.    As
of the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and through the Closing Date, no director or officer (or employee responsible for
Tax matters) of Seller and its subsidiaries has any information that would lead them to expect that any Taxing Authority would
assess any additional income Taxes against any Affiliated Group for any taxable period during which the Company was a member of
such Affiliated Group. There is no dispute or claim concerning any income Tax Liability of any Affiliated Group for any taxable
period during which the Company was a member of such Affiliated Group either (A) claimed or raised by any Taxing Authority in writing
or (B) as to which Seller and the directors and officers (and employees responsible for Tax matters) of Seller and its subsidiaries
has Knowledge based upon personal contact with any agent of such Taxing Authority. No Affiliated Group has waived any statute of
limitations in respect of any income Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to an income Tax assessment or deficiency
for any taxable period during which the Company was a member of such Affiliated Group.

 

6.16.6.    No
ruling with respect to Taxes has been requested by or on behalf of the Company.

 

    	- 37 -

    	 

    

 

6.16.7.    None
of the assets, properties or rights of the Company includes any lease made pursuant to former Section 168(f)(8) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1954.

 

6.16.8.    The
Company (and, with respect to any Tax of an Affiliated Group of which the Company is a member, the parent thereof) has neither
(a) made, changed or revoked, or permitted to be made, changed or revoked, any election or method of accounting with respect to
Taxes affecting or relating to the Company since the filing of the applicable Tax Return relating to Tax periods ending on or before
January 1, 2006, nor (b) entered into, or permitted to be entered into, any closing or similar agreement or settlement with respect
to Taxes affecting or relating to the Company.

 

6.16.9.    The
Company does not have a permanent establishment or trade or business located in a jurisdiction outside the United States.

 

6.16.10.  There
are no Liens for Taxes upon the assets of the Company or the Transferred Shares (other than Permitted Liens as set forth in Schedule
6.16).

 

6.16.11.  The
Company is a United States Person within the meaning of the Code.

 

6.16.12.  The
Company has withheld, collected and paid all Taxes required to be withheld in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any
employee, creditor, independent contractor or other Third Person.

 

6.16.13.  The
Company has not distributed stock of another Person, or has had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that
was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Section 355 or Section 361 of the Code, and has not engaged in
any transaction that is required to be reported or registered under Section 6111 of the Code or Treasury Regulations thereunder,
or any predecessor of such section, or that constitutes a potentially abusive tax shelter under Treasury Regulations promulgated
under Section 6112 of the Code.

 

6.16.14.  The
Company has complied with Foreign Bank Account Reporting requirements of 31 USC 5314; 31 CFR§ 103.24, 103.27 and 103.32.

 

6.16.15.  The
Company is not a party to any Contract, arrangement or plan that would result, separately or in the aggregate, in a payment by
reason of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that would not be deductible under Section 280G of the Code (or any corresponding
provision of national, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign Tax law), and the disallowance of a deduction under Section
162(m) of the Code (or any corresponding provision of national, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign Tax law) for employee
remuneration will not apply to any amount paid or payable by the Company through the Closing Date under any Contract, Benefit Plan,
program, arrangement or understanding currently in effect.

 

6.16.16.  Except
as set forth in Schedule 6.16.16, the Company is not a party to any Tax allocation or sharing agreement and does not have
any Liability for the Taxes of any Person other than the Company (a) under Reg. § 1.1502.6 (or any similar provision of state,
local or non U.S. Law), (b) as a transferee or successor, (c) by Contract, or (d) otherwise; and provided further that prior to
the Closing, Company terminate and no longer be a party to any such Tax allocation or sharing agreement set forth in Schedule
6.16.16.

 

    	- 38 -

    	 

    

 

6.16.17.  Since
2003, the Company has not been a member of a group filing a consolidated U.S. federal or consolidated, combined, or unitary state
or local income Tax Return, other than a group the common parent of which is Seller (any such group, an “Affiliated
Group”). Neither Company nor Seller has Knowledge that prior to 2003 for so long as Seller has owned Company, that
Company was a member of a group filing a consolidated U.S. federal or consolidated, combined, or unitary state or local income
Tax Return other than a group the common parent of which is Seller.

 

6.16.18.  The
unpaid Taxes of the Company (a) did not, as of the most recent fiscal month ending prior to the Closing Date, exceed the reserve
for Tax Liabilities (other than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income)
set forth on the face of the Company's balance sheet for the most recent fiscal month end prior to the Closing Date (or in any
notes thereto) and (b) do not exceed that reserve as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with
the past custom and practice of the Company in filing their Tax Returns. Since the date of the most recent fiscal month end prior
to the Closing Date, the Company has not incurred any Liability for Taxes arising from extraordinary gains or losses, as that term
is used in IFRS, outside the Ordinary Course of business consistent with past custom and practice.

 

6.16.19.  The
Company will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable
period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (a) change in method of accounting for a taxable period
ending on or prior to the Closing Date; (b) "closing agreement"' as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding
provision of national, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign Tax Law) executed on or prior to the Closing Date; (c) intercompany
transaction or excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding provision
of national, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign Tax Law); (d) installment sale or open transaction disposition made
on or prior to the Closing Date; or (e) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

6.16.20.  The
Company's Tax attributes, will not, as a result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, be subject to elimination or
reduction pursuant to the attribute reduction rules of Treasury Regulation § 1502-36 (or any corresponding provision of national,
state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign Tax Law).

 

6.17     Bank
Accounts.

 

Schedule 6.17
sets forth a true, correct and complete list of all accounts and deposit boxes maintained by the Company at any bank or other financial
institution as of the Execution Date (the “Bank Accounts”)
and the names of the Persons authorized to effect transactions in such accounts and with access to such boxes.

 

    	- 39 -

    	 

    

 

6.18         Absence
of Certain Changes.

 

At the Closing Date
and except as set forth on Schedule 6.18 and other than as permitted under Section 8.1, since the Reference Date
(a) there has not been any event, occurrence, development or circumstance that has had or that could reasonably be expected to
have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) the operations of the business of the Company have been conducted in the Ordinary Course.

 

6.19         No
Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules. 

 

Except
for the representations and warranties contained in this Article VI (as modified by the Schedules hereto, as supplemented
or amended in accordance with this agreement), none of Seller or any other Person makes any express or implied representation or
warranty with respect to Seller, the Company, their respective assets, properties, businesses, operations, results of operations,
financial condition or Liabilities, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transferred Shares, or any other matters,
and Seller disclaims any other representations or warranties, express or implied, including warranties of merchantability or fitness
for a particular purpose, and whether made by Seller, the Company or any other Person. Except for the representations and warranties
contained in this Article VI (as modified by the Schedules hereto, as supplemented or amended in accordance with this agreement),
Seller hereby disclaims all Liability and responsibility for any representation, warranty, projection, forecast, statement, or
information made, communicated, or furnished (orally or in writing) to Buyer or its Affiliates or Representatives (including any
opinion, information, projection, or advice that may have been or may be provided to Buyer by any director, officer, employee,
agent, consultant, or Representative of Seller, the Company or any other Person) with respect to Seller or the Company, their respective
assets, properties, businesses, operations, results of operations, financial condition or Liabilities, the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement or the Transferred Shares. Seller makes no representation or warranty regarding the probable success or profitability
of the Company.

 

    	- 40 -

    	 

    

 

Article
VII.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND BUYER’S PARENT GUARANTOR

 

Subject to all exceptions
disclosed in the Schedules attached to this Agreement, Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, jointly and severally, represent
and warrant to Seller as follows in this Article VII provided, however, from time to time prior to the Closing Date, Buyer
and/or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor shall have the right to supplement or amend such Schedules, to disclose matters or circumstances
occurring after the Execution Date, or of which Buyer and/or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor in good faith did not have actual present
Knowledge at the Execution Date. If such amendments and supplements disclose facts or other circumstances which in the good faith
opinion of Seller would, in the aggregate or individually, result in a failure of the conditions set forth in Article IV
hereinabove, Seller, as its sole remedy, may elect to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Article XI:

 

7.1      Corporate
Status.

 

7.1.1.          Buyer.
Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of Colorado. Buyer has full corporate
power and authority to enter into and perform this Agreement, and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

7.1.2.          Buyer’s
Parent Guarantor. Buyer’s Parent Guarantor is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the Canada Business
Corporations Act. Buyer’s Parent Guarantor has full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to provide
the Buyer’s Parent Guarantee as contemplated hereby.

 

7.1.3.          Authority
and Binding Effect. This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly approved by the boards of directors
of Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor and constitute the valid and binding obligations of Buyer and Buyer’s Parent
Guarantor, enforceable against Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms except to the
extent enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting the
enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles. Schedule 7.1.3 contains the Corporate
Approvals of Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor.

 

7.2       No
Conflicts.

 

Neither the execution
and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, nor (subject to the procurement of the Governmental
Approvals listed in Exhibit 4.3.1) the performance of Buyer’s or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor’s obligations
hereunder, will conflict with or constitute default under or result in a breach or a violation of: (a) the terms of Buyer’s
and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor’s Organizational Documents; (b) to the Knowledge of Buyer and Buyer’s Parent
Guarantor, any applicable Law; or (c) to the Knowledge of Buyer and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, any Contract to which Buyer
or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor is party.

 

    	- 41 -

    	 

    

 

7.3           Brokers,
Finders and Agents.

 

No broker, finder or
investment banker is entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission in connection with this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by Buyer or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor.

 

7.4           Financial
Capacity.

 

Buyer has and will
have sufficient unrestricted cash on hand or borrowing availability under committed credit facilities to obtain the replacement
of the Letters of Credit (with no obligation to replace the Letter of Credit for the Lucky Mc Tailings Site (Schedule 6.15.8A
Item B.1)) and to pay all required amounts to be paid to Seller hereunder, including the Adjusted Purchase Price, as more fully
set forth in the description of financing arrangements attached as Schedule 7.4. Buyer has not incurred any obligation
or Liability of any nature whatsoever which would impair or adversely affect its available resources or its ability to perform
its obligations under this Agreement. Buyer is not now insolvent, has not been insolvent for the past twenty four (24) months and
will not be rendered insolvent by any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the incurrence of any Liabilities or obligations
in connection herewith. “Insolvent” for purposes of this Section 7.4 means: (a) the
inability of Buyer to pay its debts as they become due; or (b) the sum of Buyer’s debts and other payable Liabilities
exceeds the present fair saleable value of Buyer’s assets.

 

7.5           Absence
of Litigation.

 

Except as disclosed
on Schedule 7.5, there is no litigation, arbitration, or to Buyer’s Knowledge investigation or other similar proceeding
pending against or affecting Buyer or any of its Affiliates that, if adversely determined, would reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect on the enforceability of Buyer’s obligations under this Agreement or Buyer’s ability to
perform its obligations under this Agreement in a timely manner or to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
without material delay.

 

7.6           Compliance
with NRC and DEQ Criteria.

 

Buyer, through one
of its Affiliates, holds an NRC license and DEQ permit to mine and therefore has a good faith belief that the NRC and DEQ will
allow for the change of control of the Environmental Permits of Company to Buyer in order to consummate this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Buyer has not received any written or oral notice from the NRC or DEQ indicating
that the Buyer would not meet the relevant qualifications set forth by the NRC or DEQ in order to consummate this Agreement and
those transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

7.7           Purchase
as Investment.

 

Buyer is purchasing
the Transferred Shares for its own account as an investment without the present intent to sell, transfer or otherwise distribute
the Transferred Shares to any other Person other than an Affiliate of Buyer. The Buyer, together with its directors, executive
officers and advisors, is familiar with investments of the nature of the Transferred Shares, understands that this investment involves
certain risks, and has substantial knowledge and experience in financial and business matters such that it is capable of evaluating,
and has evaluated, the merits and risks inherent in purchasing the Transferred Shares, and is able to bear the economic risks of
such investment.

 

    	- 42 -

    	 

    

 

7.8           No
Listed Transaction. 

 

The transactions contemplated
by this Agreement do not facilitate, and are not otherwise a part of, a “listed transaction” within the meaning of
Section 6707A of the Code or Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b).

 

7.9           No
Other Representations or Warranties; Schedules. 

 

Except
for the representations and warranties contained in this Article ViI (as modified by the Schedules hereto, as supplemented
or amended in accordance with this agreement), none of buyer, buyer’s parent guarantor or any other Person makes any express
or implied representation or warranty with respect to buyer, buyer’s parent guarantor, their respective assets, businesses,
financial condition or Liabilities, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or any other matters, and buyer and buyer’s
parent guarantor disclaim any other representations or warranties, express or implied.

 

Article
VIII.

COVENANTS OF SELLER

 

8.1   Management
of the Company; Conduct of the Business.

 

8.1.1.          During
the period from the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA through the earlier to occur of the Closing or the termination of this
Agreement in accordance with its terms, including Article XI, except as set forth in Schedule 8.1, as expressly contemplated
by this Agreement or as agreed to by Buyer by prior written consent, Seller will cause the Company to be managed and its operations
to be conducted in the Ordinary Course, including operating within the budget set forth in Exhibit 1.1.2 (the “Budget”),
except for unexpected expenditures required due to events beyond the reasonable control of Company, such as acts of God, newly-imposed
governmental requirements (including requirements to perform environmental restoration or remediation), or emergency situations.
If any such exception situations arise necessitating such expenditures, Seller will notify Buyer, generally, as to the emergency
as soon as practicable, but in any event within not more than two (2) Business Days, by telephone or email, and will provide written
notice of the exception situation within five (5) Business Days. In the event (a) of any such exception of which Buyer is not timely
notified, or (b) without Buyer’s prior written consent (i) any such exception which exceeds fifteen percent (15%), if the
Budget item is not related to land or environmental restoration or remediation (e.g., if administrative expense), or (ii)
if in the aggregate such exceptions exceed the Budget by thirty percent (30%) or more, then the exceptions shall be deemed to have
had a Material Adverse Effect and Buyer may terminate this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.1.3.
In furtherance of the foregoing, during the period from the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA through the earlier to occur
of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, except as set forth on Schedule 8.1, Seller
will not permit, except with Buyer’s prior written consent, the Company to:

 

    	- 43 -

    	 

    

 

(a)          amend
its Organizational Documents;

 

(b)          liquidate,
dissolve, recapitalize or otherwise wind up its business;

 

(c)          change
its financial accounting methods, policies or practices, except as required by IFRS, or change any Tax election, Tax accounting
methods, policies or practices, except as required by applicable Law, or fail to file a Tax Return when due (including extensions);

 

(d)          sell,
assign, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of any assets or properties except for those rights listed in Exhibit 5.2.14
to this Agreement;

 

(e)          merge
or consolidate with, or purchase substantially all of the assets or business of or equity interests in, any Person;

 

(f)          amend
or modify any existing Material Contract, enter into any new Material Contract or into any other Contract(s) the value of which
in the aggregate exceeds $10,000 (except with respect to the Royalty Agreement) or terminate any existing Material Contract;

 

(g)          (i) declare,
agree to pay or pay dividends on, or agree to make or make other distributions (whether in cash, securities or property) in respect
of, any Transferred Shares or other equity interests of the Company, except as set forth in Schedule 8.1 and permitted by
Section 8.2; (ii) adjust, split, combine or reclassify the Transferred Shares or any other equity interests of the
Company; (iii) issue or authorize the issuance of any other securities or other interests in respect of, in lieu of or in
substitution for, the Transferred Shares or any other equity interests of the Company; or (iv) permit the transfer of or allow
for the creation of any Lien encumbering any Transferred Shares;

 

(h)          grant
or permit any Lien on assets or properties of the Company other than in connection with the Royalty Agreement or a transaction
permitted under this Section 8.1.1;

 

(i)          cancel,
terminate or materially modify any of the current Seller Group Insurance Policies, Letters of Credit, or Additional Letters of
Credit, or allow any of the coverage thereunder to lapse, unless simultaneously with such termination, cancellation, lapse or material
modification replacement policies providing coverage equal to or greater than the coverage under the canceled, terminated or lapsed
policies for substantially similar premiums are in full force and effect; provided, however, that Seller shall be entitled to cancel
or terminate any such Seller Group Insurance Policies as of the Closing, and such Letters of Credit or Additional Letters of Credit
pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2.2, while it is recognized that Buyer will deliver required letters of credit or
other surety pursuant to Buyer’s obligations set forth in Section 5.3.2;

 

    	- 44 -

    	 

    

 

(j)          increase
the compensation of any officer or director, or hire any employees or consultants; or

 

(k)          agree,
whether in writing or otherwise, to do any of the foregoing.

 

8.1.2.          During
the period from the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA through the earlier to occur of the Closing or the termination of this
Agreement in accordance with its terms, except as set forth on Schedule 8.1, Seller shall cause the Company to, except with
Buyer’s prior written consent:

 

(a)          conduct
its business in the Ordinary Course consistent with past practice and in compliance with Law and or otherwise as specifically contemplated
within this Agreement; and provided, the provisions of Section 8.1.1, relating to unexpected expenditures required due to
events beyond the reasonable control of Company, such as acts of God, newly-imposed governmental requirements (including requirements
to perform environmental restoration or remediation), or emergency situations shall apply mutatis mutandis;

 

(b)          timely
perform all obligations and make all payments required under all leases of Leased Real Property and all other Contracts when due;

 

(c)          timely
pay all claim maintenance fees and make all filings and recordings required in connection therewith as necessary to maintain the
Unpatented Mining Claims;

 

(d)          timely
perform all obligations and make all payments required under all Environmental Permits and other Permits when due;

 

(e)          use
commercially reasonable efforts to achieve the assignment or transfer of the Lucky Mc NRC License to Seller or a Seller’s
Affiliate, or termination of that Lucky Mc NRC License by the NRC;

 

(f)           timely
pay all Taxes; and

 

(g)          promptly
inform Buyer of any material correspondence or other material communications from any Governmental Authority or Third Person pertaining
to the Company or the Property.

 

8.2           Intercompany
Indebtedness; Post-retirement Benefits Accounts.

 

(a)          At
or prior to the Closing, Seller will cause all the Company’s Indebtedness, payables and/or receivables due by the Company
to Seller or any of the Company’s Affiliates or due to the Company by Seller or any of the Company’s Affiliates (“Intercompany
Indebtedness”), including Company’s cash at bank to be cleared through cancellation, repayment, assignment,
distribution of dividends or otherwise so that on the Closing, there shall be, within the Company, no outstanding Intercompany
Indebtedness.

 

    	- 45 -

    	 

    

 

(b)          At
or prior to the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, Seller will cause all of Company’s post-retirement benefits accounts
to be cleared through cancellation, repayment, assignment, distribution of dividends or otherwise so that by the Execution Date,
there shall be, within the Company, no outstanding Intercompany Indebtedness with relationship to the post-retirement benefits
accounts of the Company Retiree Health Plan.

 

8.3           Intragroup
Agreements.

 

Seller shall terminate
and/or shall cause its relevant Affiliates (other than the Company) to terminate the Intragroup Agreements listed in Exhibit 5.2.4
(other than the Royalty Agreement), and to pay and/or cause to be paid by/to its relevant Affiliates (including the Company) all
outstanding amounts due thereunder in each case effective prior to the Closing Date, all of which shall be demonstrated through
the officer’s certification set forth in Exhibit 5.2.4.

 

8.4           Exclusive
Dealing.

 

From August 5, 2011
through the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, Seller has not and will not,
and will not permit any of its Affiliates (including the Company) or its Representatives, or Representatives of such Affiliates,
to take any action, directly or indirectly, to encourage, initiate, solicit or engage in discussions or negotiations with, or provide
any information to, any Person other than Buyer (and its Affiliates and Representatives) concerning any direct or indirect purchase
of any securities of the Company or any direct or indirect merger, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets,
contribution, recapitalization, investment or similar transaction directly or indirectly involving the Company, or for the direct
or indirect purchase of any assets of the Company including the Lucky Mc Mine, Shirley Basin Mine, or Data including the Bessines
Data (an “Acquisition Proposal”). Seller caused the Company, and the Affiliates and Representatives of
Seller and the Company to, immediately cease and cause to be terminated any and all existing activities, discussions or negotiations
with any Third Persons conducted before August 5, 2011 with respect to any Acquisition Proposal or that could reasonably be expected
to lead to an Acquisition Proposal. For further clarity, any violation of this Section 8.4 shall be a material breach of
this Agreement on the part of Seller the effect of which would permit Buyer to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Articles
IV and XI.

 

8.5           Data
Delivery.

 

8.5.1. Seller will
cause all Data of the Company, to the extent within the possession or control of Company, Seller and their Affiliates, including
the Bessines Data, to be in the possession of the Company in its Mills, Wyoming office or such other place as Buyer and Seller
may agree upon in writing prior to or as of the Closing subject to the provisions of Section 5.2.8 regarding Corporate Records;
provided that Seller is not required to provide the Company with any Data that

 

    	- 46 -

    	 

    

 

(a) Seller and/or its
Affiliates (excluding Company) are prohibited from disclosing to the Company under applicable Law, or

 

(b) is subject to a
legal privilege of either Seller or any of its Affiliates (excluding Company), or

 

(c) is held by Seller
subject to an obligation of confidentiality which would prohibit disclosure to the Company.

 

Documents, by subject
and type, which have been withheld for any of the foregoing Section 8.5 (a) through (c), including the reason withheld,
and including the portion of the Bessines Data sold to a Third Person in January 2012, are set forth in Schedule 8.5, and
such Schedule 8.5 shall not be amended without prior approval of Buyer.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Parties have agreed that Seller will retain personnel records of the Company’s Former Employees, including radiation
exposure records, in support of Seller’s obligations and Liabilities related to Company Retiree Health Plan benefits, and
Benefits Plans, which shall be made available to Company or Buyer pursuant to Sections 10.7 and 10.8, as may be required
by Company or Buyer following Closing.

 

8.5.2. The Bessines
Data, currently in possession of one of Seller’s Affiliates in Bessines, which has been made available to Buyer in Bessines
from July 11, 2012 to July 17, 2012 for review and the creation by Seller and Buyer, jointly, of the inventory set forth in Exhibit
5.2.11, shall be shipped from Bessines no later than thirty (30) days after the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA to
the Mills, Wyoming office or such other place as Buyer and Seller may agree upon in writing after the Execution Date of the July
24, 2012 SPA, to facilitate verification there by Buyer that all Bessines Data has been delivered to Mills, or the aforementioned
agreed place, in anticipation of Closing, such verification to be conducted jointly with a Seller Representative during business
hours and during not more than, collectively, five (5) Business Days, a schedule to be agreed between Seller and Buyer, and to
be completed not later than thirty (30) days after Notice given by Seller to Buyer that the Bessines Data have arrived to Mills,
Wyoming or an alternative place as agreed between Seller and Buyer. Should Buyer fail to proceed to such verification in the thirty
(30) day period after Seller’s Notice, the closing delivery condition set forth in Section 5.2.11 will be deemed waived
insofar as the verification of the Bessines Data pursuant to this Section 8.5, provided, however, that Seller must have
fully cooperated in making the Bessines Data and a Seller Representative available at reasonable times for the verification before
such failure to complete shall be deemed a waiver of that aspect of the closing deliverable. 

 

8.5.3 All other Data
and Books and Records of the Company not located in the Mills, Wyoming office at the Execution Date shall also be shipped to the
Mills office, or such other place as Buyer and Seller may agree upon in writing, as soon as reasonably practicable following the
Execution Date, but in any event to arrive within ninety (90) days after the Execution Date, including the Data and Books and Records
located in the Bethesda, Maryland but excluding the Books and Records which shall be delivered prior to or on the Closing as stated
in Section 5.2.8.

 

    	- 47 -

    	 

    

 

8.5.4 After the Closing,
if Seller discovers additional Data, or Books and Records of any sort, in its possession which is/are not excluded by the foregoing
exceptions, Seller shall deliver such additional Data to Buyer as soon as practicable and without further payment due from Buyer. 
After the Closing, if Buyer discovers any materials in the Data that do not relate to the Company or its U.S. operations, assets
or properties, or are in the exclusions set forth in Section 8.5.1 (a) through (c), including personnel records of the Company’s
Former Employees as set forth in the last paragraph of Section 8.5.1, Buyer will promptly notify Seller and return such
material to Seller without further payment.

 

8.6           Access
to the Company and Seller.

 

(a)          Prior
to the Closing Date and subject to applicable Laws and the Confidentiality Agreement, Seller will afford to Buyer and its Representatives
access to the Company, including its Books and Records in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.7.

 

(b)          Between
the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and Closing, Seller will provide periodic operational reports to Buyer every sixty
(60) days, in addition to the Monthly Reports required by Section 3.2(a).

 

(c)          After
the Closing Date, Seller will afford to Buyer and the Company, their accountants, auditors and attorneys, during normal business
hours and upon reasonable notice, reasonable access to the accounting, financial and Tax records, and other books and records of
Seller and Seller’s Parent or Seller’s Affiliates pertaining to the Company, as reasonably necessary for, and related
to, the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, including providing assistance as may reasonably be sought by Buyer with preparation
of the first post-Closing Tax Returns and consolidated financial statements of the Buyer.

 

(d)          In
the event of and for so long as Buyer or the Company is actively investigating, contesting or defending against any Legal Proceeding
in connection with any fact, situation, circumstance, status, condition, activity, practice, plan, occurrence, event, incident,
action, failure to act or transaction existing or occurring on or prior to the Closing Date involving the Company, Seller and its
Affiliates will cooperate in the investigation, contest or defense, make reasonably available their personnel and provide such
testimony and access to their books and records as may be necessary in connection with the investigation, contest or defense, at
the cost and expense of Buyer unless and to the extent Buyer is entitled to indemnification therefor under Article XII or
otherwise under this Agreement.

 

8.7           Assumption
of Company Retiree Health Plan.

 

Prior to the Execution
Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, Seller shall have assumed (or shall have caused one of its ERISA Affiliates to assume) sponsorship
of the Company Retiree Health Plan and all Liabilities thereto, and shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company and Buyer
from any such Liabilities as provided in Article XII.

 

    	- 48 -

    	 

    

 

8.8           Continuation
Coverage.

 

Seller or a Seller
Affiliate will offer continuation coverage in accordance with the provisions of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation
Act of 1985, as amended (within the meaning of Code Section 4980B and the Treasury Regulations thereunder) (“COBRA”)
to all qualified beneficiaries (within the meaning assigned to such term under Section 4980 of the Code and related Treasury Regulations)
of the Company for the duration of the period that each such individual is entitled to coverage pursuant to COBRA. Seller will
take any and all necessary actions to ensure that none of Company, Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates is required to provide
COBRA to any such individual at any time continuation coverage.

 

8.9           
Production Royalties Due to the Company.

 

Prior to the Closing
Date, Seller has caused the Company to transfer, convey, assign and delegate to Seller, all rights and titles owned by the Company
in the production royalties listed in Exhibit 5.2.14, without any warranty or representation from the Company, express or
implied and without recourse including any right to indemnification or other continuing obligation from the Company or Buyer as
a result of such transfer, conveyance and assignment. In addition to execution prior to Closing of an assignment agreement in the
form of Exhibit 5.2.14, Seller shall and shall cause the Company to execute on or prior to the Closing Date any additional
documents and deeds necessary or advisable to give effect to the foregoing.

 

8.10         Benefit
Plans.

 

Prior to the Execution
Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, through execution of resolutions in the form set forth in Exhibit 5.2.12, Seller will cause
the Company to transfer, convey and assign to a Seller’s Affiliate, all rights and obligations of the Company in the Benefit
Plans listed in Schedule 6.14.1, without any warranty or representation from the Company, express or implied and without
any right to indemnification from the Company as a result of such transfer, conveyance and assignment.

 

8.11         ConverDyn
Agreements.

 

Prior to the Closing
Date, the ConverDyn Agreements, as identified in Exhibit 8.11, will be terminated by Company, Seller and ConverDyn, and
further Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Company and Buyer from any obligation or Liability related to all the
ConverDyn Agreements as provided in Article XII.

 

8.12         Bargaining
Unit/Collective Bargaining Agreements.

 

Prior to the Execution
Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, Company has delivered written notice to the Union formerly with Collective Bargaining Agreements
at Lucky Mc and Shirley Basin, in the form of Exhibit 6.13, repudiating the Collective Bargaining Agreements.

 

8.13         [INTENTIONALLY
LEFT BLANK]

 

8.14   Taxes and Tax
Sharing or Allocation Agreements Terminated.

 

Prior to Closing, Seller
will cause Company and Seller’s Affiliates to terminate or amend all Tax sharing or allocation agreements to which it is
a party as listed in Schedule 6.16.16, and terminate all rights and obligations of the Company in any such Tax sharing or
allocation agreement, evidenced in the form of Exhibit 5.2.18, with effect prior to the Closing Date.

 

    	- 49 -

    	 

    

 

8.15         Disposition
of Bank Accounts.

 

Prior to Closing Date,
Seller will cause the Company to close the Bank Account(s) identified in Schedule 6.17, and provide confirmation to Buyer
of the closed account.

 

Article
IX.

COVENANTS OF BUYER

 

9.1           Taxes.

 

9.1.1.          All
transfer, documentary, sales, use, stamp, conveyance, registration or recording charges and other similar Taxes (excluding any
Taxes on or attributable to income or gains) and related fees (including any penalties, interest and additions to Tax) (“Transfer
Taxes”) arising out of or incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including
the sale of the Transferred Shares) will be borne by Buyer. Further, Buyer will file or cause the Company to timely file all necessary
Tax Returns and other documentation with respect to such Transfer Taxes. The Parties shall cooperate to minimize the amount of
Transfer Taxes to the extent feasible, including providing such certificates to, or seeking rulings or advice from, any Tax Authority.

 

9.1.2.          (a) Any
Tax refunds that are received by Buyer or the Company after the Closing Date, and any amounts credited against Tax to which Buyer
or the Company are or become entitled, that relate or are attributable to taxable periods or portions thereof ending on or before
the Closing Date (other than Tax refunds or credits arising from the carryback of Tax attributes recognized in a taxable period
ending after the Closing Date), will be for the account of Seller, and Buyer will pay, or will cause to be paid, to Seller any
such refund or the amount of any such credit within fifteen (15) Business Days after receiving such a refund or becoming entitled
to such a credit; and (b) to the extent that a claim for refund or a proceeding results in a payment or credit against Tax
by a taxing Governmental Authority to Buyer or the Company, of any amount accrued for any taxable periods or portions thereof ending
before the Closing Date, Buyer will pay such amount to Seller within fifteen (15) Business Days after receipt or entitlement thereto;
provided, however, that the amount payable to Seller shall be reduced by (i) any expenses incurred by Buyer with respect to obtaining
such refund or credit and (ii) any amount of expense (including additional Tax expense) that Buyer may reasonably be expected to
incur as a result of such refund or credit. Buyer shall reasonably cooperate, and shall cause the Company or any Affiliate to reasonably
cooperate, with Seller in filing any claims for Tax refunds or credits in respect of Taxes paid by the Company or any Affiliate
for a Pre-Closing Tax Period or a Pre-Closing Straddle Period, at the expense of Seller.

 

    	- 50 -

    	 

    

 

9.2           Letters
of Credit; Remediation Obligations.

 

9.2.1     Buyer
acknowledges that the Reclamation Liabilities of the Company are continuing in nature following the Closing; provided, however,
the Parties agree that neither Company nor Buyer will have any obligation for such Reclamation Liabilities for the Lucky Mc Tailings
Site. Buyer shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain, or to cause Company to obtain, no later than three (3) Business Days prior
to the Closing Date, and provide to the relevant Governmental Authority, replacement letters of credit, financial guarantees, or
other surety, or provide cash deposits or other collateral security, in a manner and in amounts acceptable to the relevant Governmental
Authority that issued any Permit or Environmental Permit requiring the Company to provide surety for its obligations thereunder
and in amounts and containing other terms and conditions (including drawing conditions) that are or will be sufficient to replace
the Letters of Credit at Closing, with no obligation of Buyer to replace the Letter of Credit related to Lucky Mc Tailings Site
(Schedule 6.15.8A, Item B.1).

 

9.2.2     Buyer
will cooperate with Seller to cause the Letters of Credit and Additional Letters of Credit to be released as soon as possible following
the Closing, except that Buyer shall have no obligation to assist with the release of the Letter of Credit related to the Lucky
Mc Tailings Site (Schedule 6.15.8A, Item B.1).  Buyer shall reimburse the Seller and its Affiliates for any amounts
drawn on the Letters of Credit or Additional Letters of Credit by a Governmental Authority from and after the Closing Date and
for any actual costs and expenses in any way related to the Letters of Credit and Additional Letters of Credit, that are incurred
by Seller on or after the thirtieth (30th) day after the Closing Date, and again, for clarity, with no obligation of
Buyer with respect to the Letters of Credit related to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site, which shall remain the sole obligation of Seller. 
The reimbursements described in this Section 9.2.2 shall be subject only to the limit of the amount of the Letters of Credits
being replaced by Buyer, and Buyer shall have no obligation to assist with the release of the Letter of Credit related to the Lucky
Mc Tailings Site (Schedule 6.15.8A, Item B.1), and further, reimbursement of any actual costs and expenses shall be limited
to twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000), and shall not include legal or accounting expenses which shall not be reimbursed to
Seller by Buyer.

 

9.3           No
Intermediary Transaction Tax Shelter.

 

After the Closing,
Buyer will not take any action or cause any action to be taken that would cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
to be part of or substantially similar to the listed transaction identified in Notice 2001-16, 2001-1 C.B. 740, as modified and
supplemented by Notice 2008-20, 2008-6 I.R.B. 406.

 

9.4           Commingled
Tailings Claims.

 

After the Closing,
Buyer will not, and will not permit the Company to, make any settlement offer with respect to any Commingled Tailings Claim related
to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site, nor will Buyer agree to, or permit the Company to agree to, any settlement offer proposed by any
Governmental Authority with respect to any Commingled Tailings Claim related to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site, in each case without
the prior written consent of Seller. Buyer will, and will cause the Company and each other Affiliate of Buyer to, remit to Seller
all amounts received after the Closing in respect of any Commingled Tailings Claim related to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site (“Post-Closing
CTC Payment”). Buyer will give Seller notice of receipt of any Post-Closing CTC Payment as promptly as practicable
after receipt thereof and request, in such Notice, the bank account details to which the Post-Closing CTC Payment shall be wire
transferred pursuant to Seller’s instructions. Any Post-Closing CTC Payment received by Buyer, the Company or any other Affiliate
of Buyer will be deemed to be held in trust for the benefit of Seller, and will be due and payable to Seller without any further
action by Seller. Any Post-Closing CTC Payment will be paid over to Seller by wire transfer of immediately available funds, to
the account specified by Seller. Any Post-Closing CTC Payment that is not remitted to Seller within five (5) Business Days after
(but excluding) the date that such wire instructions are received from Seller shall bear interest at the rate specified in Section
3.5 from (and including) the date such payment was received through (and including) the date such payment is made to Seller.

 

    	- 51 -

    	 

    

 

Article
X.

MUTUAL COVENANTS

 

10.1     Appropriate
Action; Consents; Filings.

 

10.1.1.     Closing.
    Buyer and Seller will use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the conditions set forth in Article IV
to be satisfied on or prior to the Closing Date; provided that, none of Seller, Buyer or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor will be
obligated to perform any obligation that is expressly stated in any other provision of this Agreement to be performed by one of
the other Parties. The foregoing obligations for the Parties will include the execution and delivery, and causing the respective
Affiliates of each, to execute and deliver such further instruments, and take, and cause their respective Affiliates to take, such
other actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intents of this Agreement as may reasonably be requested.

 

10.1.2.     Governmental
Approvals. From the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA through the earlier to occur of the Closing or the termination
and abandonment of this Agreement in accordance with Article XI, Buyer and Seller will (and will cause their respective
Affiliates to) (a) make or cause to be made the filings required of such Party or any of its Affiliates under any Laws with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the filing required to secure all Governmental Approvals,
and to pay any fees due in connection with such filings, as promptly as is reasonably practicable, and in any event with respect
to Governmental Approvals within thirty (30) Business Days after the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA (except as otherwise
mutually agreed upon among the Parties); (b) cooperate with the other Party and timely furnish all information in such Party’s
possession that is necessary in connection with such other Party’s filings; (c) use their respective best efforts to
cause the expiration of the notice and waiting periods under any applicable Laws and to obtain any required approvals from Governmental
Authorities, as promptly as is reasonably practicable; (d) promptly inform the other Parties of any communication from or
to, and any proposed understanding or agreement with, any Governmental Authority in respect of such filings; (e) consult and
cooperate with the other Party in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments and opinions
made or submitted by or on behalf of any Party in connection with all meetings, actions and proceedings with Governmental Authorities
relating to such filings; (f) comply, as promptly as is reasonably practicable, with any requests received by such Party or
any of its Affiliates under any applicable Laws for additional information, documents or other materials; (g) use their respective
commercially reasonable efforts to resolve any objections as may be asserted by any Governmental Authority with respect to the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (h) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to contest and resist
any action or proceeding instituted (or threatened in writing to be instituted) by any Governmental Authority challenging the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement as violative of any Law. If a Party intends to participate in any meeting including by telephone
with any Governmental Authority with respect to such filings, it will give the other Parties reasonable prior notice of, and an
opportunity to participate in, such meeting.

 

    	- 52 -

    	 

    

 

10.2         News
Releases and Disclosure.

 

The Parties acknowledge
that Buyer through its parent corporation will be required to publicly disclose this Agreement. The Parties agree that whenever
practicable, a Party who is making a public disclosure concerning this transaction and Agreement will consult with the other Parties
concerning the content of such news release, announcement or communication before the same is issued or published, provided, that
the timing and content of such a public disclosure shall be in the sole discretion of the disclosing Party or its Affiliate, and
provided further, that the obligations of this Section 10.2 will cease as of the Closing, or thirty (30) days following
termination.

 

10.3         Confidentiality
Agreement.

 

Buyer acknowledges
that the information provided to it in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby is subject to the
terms of sections 2 through 5 of the confidentiality agreement between Buyer and COGEMA, dated April 19, 2011 (the “Confidentiality
Agreement”), the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference. Effective upon, and only upon, the Closing,
the Confidentiality Agreement will terminate with respect to information relating solely to the Company, and its businesses, operations,
results of operations, financial condition, assets, properties or Liabilities; provided that Buyer acknowledges that any and all
other confidential information provided to it by COGEMA or its Representatives concerning COGEMA and its Affiliates (other than
the Company) will remain subject to the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement after the Closing Date, in accordance
with its terms. Neither COGEMA nor Buyer will, without the prior consent of the other, terminate, amend, modify or waive in any
material respect any provision of any confidentiality or similar agreement with any Third Person in respect of the matters contemplated
by this Agreement to which COGEMA, Buyer, or any of their respective Affiliates is a Party.

 

10.4         Non
Solicitation.

 

For a period of two
(2) years after the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA, the Buyer and Seller, respectively, will not and will not permit any
Affiliate to solicit for employment or hire or cause to be solicited or hired any employee of the other Party or any of its Affiliates
having a principal place of business or significant operations in the United States, unless the Party (a) obtains prior written
consent to the solicitation or employment of the relevant employee(s), or (b) such employee ceased to be employed at least six
(6) months prior to the initial solicitation by the Party. This Section 10.4 does not apply to any advertisement or general
solicitation (or hiring a result thereof) that is not specifically targeted at such Persons.

 

    	- 53 -

    	 

    

 

10.5         Costs
and Expenses.

 

Except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, Seller and Buyer will each bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation
and execution of this Agreement and each other agreement, document and instrument contemplated by this Agreement, and the consummation
of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parties will each bear fifty percent
(50%) of the fees (a) charged by either DEQ, the State of Wyoming, or the NRC in connection with requests for approvals of the
transaction contemplated herein; (b) expenses incurred in connection with any appeal of an adverse determination of a Governmental
Authority that gives rise to a termination event under Section 11.1.2, except that if such adverse determination resulted
solely from the actions or omissions of a Party, that Party will bear one hundred percent (100%) of the fees and expenses incurred
in connection with such appeal; and (c) charged by any Governmental Authority to obtain CFIUS approvals, if any, without regard
to whether the Parties proceed to Closing. For further clarity, Seller will bear one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of the
Long Term Surveillance Fee.

 

10.6    Use
of the Retained Names.

 

Buyer hereby acknowledges
and agrees that it will not acquire hereunder any right to use in its business or the business of Company following the Closing
the “Areva,” “Cogema” or “Compagnie Générale des Matières Nucléaires”
names and logos (“Retained Names”). As a result, Buyer will, and will cause its Affiliates (including
the Company) to not use such Retained Names as of the Closing Date. For further clarity, this provision is not intended to affect
Buyer’s or the Company’s right after Closing to use the name “Pathfinder Mines Corporation” in relation
to the Company and its operations.

 

10.7     Maintenance
of and Access to Records; Cooperation.

 

10.7.1.          Prior
to the Closing, Seller may add additional information and documents to the Data Disks, and will respond to reasonable information
and document requests from Buyer or its Representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller will not be required to provide
any information that Seller reasonably believes cannot be provided to Buyer or its Representatives by reason of applicable Law,
rules or regulations, provided however, that such information or documents withheld will be scheduled in Schedule 8.5
with reasonable descriptions and reason for withholding, and provided further it is agreed that any additions to Schedule
8.5 will require approval from Buyer. Prior to Closing, Buyer acknowledges that without the prior written consent of Seller,
which may not unreasonably be withheld (a) Buyer will not contact any suppliers to, or customers of, the Company, (b) Buyer will
have no right to perform invasive or subsurface investigations of the properties or facilities of the Company, and (c) Buyer will
not have access to the Lucky Mc Mine Site or Shirley Basin Mine Site. All information provided or obtained pursuant to the foregoing
will be held by Buyer in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

    	- 54 -

    	 

    

 

10.7.2.          Buyer
will, and will cause the Company to, preserve and keep the Books and Records of the Company until the expiration of any right of
Buyer to indemnification pursuant to Article XII provided, however, that this obligation continues only with respect to
Books and Records that Buyer reasonably foresees may be needed in conjunction with a claim for indemnification for the duration
of a Survival Period. To the extent not prohibited under applicable Law, until the expiration of a right of Buyer to indemnification
under this Agreement, Buyer will afford Seller and its Representatives reasonable access to the books, records and auditors of
the Company to the extent reasonably required by Seller for financial reporting and accounting matters, the preparation and filing
of any Tax Returns by Seller or any of its Affiliates in respect of any period ending on or before the Closing Date, in connection
with any Legal Proceeding, any Tax matters, or any matter subject to Article XII or required in connection with the determination
of any amounts payable by Seller to any Former Employee of the Company, or in connection with any indemnification obligations under
this Agreement. Seller will hold, and will use all reasonable efforts to cause its Representatives to hold, in confidence, unless
compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of Law, all confidential documents and information
concerning the Company or its employees provided to it pursuant to this Section 10.7.2 in the same manner as Seller
maintains its own confidential information.  Seller
shall be responsible for the breach by any of its Representatives of any of the obligations of confidentiality set forth in this
Section 10.7.2.

 

10.7.3.          Prior
to the Closing, Buyer will give Seller, and Seller will give Buyer, prompt written notice of any development of which either has
Knowledge that is reasonably likely to result in a failure to a condition to the Closing.

 

10.8         Further
Assurances.

 

Without limiting Section
10.1 or any other provision of this Agreement, Seller and Buyer each agree that from time to time after the Closing Date they
will execute and deliver and will cause their respective Affiliates to execute and deliver such further instruments, and take,
and cause their respective Affiliates to take, such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and
intents of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

10.9         Schedules;
Supplements and Amendments to Schedules.

 

Each Party may, at
its option, include in the Schedules relevant to it items that are not material in order to avoid any misunderstanding, and such
inclusion, or any references to dollar amounts, will not be deemed to be an acknowledgement or representation that such items are
material, to establish any standard of materiality, or to define further the meaning of such terms for purposes of this Agreement.
Information disclosed in the Schedules will constitute a disclosure for all purposes under this Agreement notwithstanding any reference
to a specific section, and all such information will be deemed to qualify the entire Agreement and not just such section. From
time to time prior to the Closing, the Parties will have the right to supplement or amend the Schedules with respect to any matter
arising after the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA. No such supplement or amendment will have any effect on the satisfaction
of the conditions to Closing set forth in Sections 4.1.1 or 4.2.1, unless such supplement or amendment is material, provided
that, if material, the other Party will not be required to accept such supplement or amendment and will not be required to proceed
to Closing and, in addition, the provisions of Section 11.2 will apply, provided further if the Closing occurs, the other
(non-amending or supplementing) Party will be deemed to have waived any right or claim with respect to any and all matters disclosed
pursuant to any such supplement or amendment to the Schedules at or prior to the Closing.

 

    	- 55 -

    	 

    

 

10.10   Tax
Matters.

 

10.10.1.  Seller
shall cause to be included in its Tax Returns for all periods ending on or before the Closing Date all items of income, gain, loss,
deduction and credit (the “Tax Items”) of the Company that are required by Law to be included in such
Tax Returns, shall cause such Tax Returns to be timely filed with the appropriate Taxing Authorities, and shall be responsible
for the timely payment (and entitled to any refund) of all Taxes due with respect to the periods covered by such Tax Returns. To
the extent permitted by Law or administrative practice, (a) the taxable year of the Company that includes the Closing Date shall
be treated as closing on (and including) the Closing Date and (b) all transactions occurring on the Closing Date but after the
Closing shall be reported on Buyer’s U.S. federal Tax Returns to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B)
and shall be similarly reported on other Tax Returns of Buyer or its Affiliates.

 

10.10.2. (a)
    For purposes of this Agreement and in accordance with Section 10.10.1 and its principles, the portion of Tax with respect
to the income, property or operations of the Company that relate to any taxable period that includes but does not end on the Closing
Date (a “Straddle Period”) will be apportioned between the part of the Straddle Period that begins before
the Closing Date and ends on the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Straddle Period”) and the part of the
Straddle Period that begins on the day after the Closing Date and ends on the last day of the Straddle Period (the “Post-Closing
Straddle Period”) in accordance with this Section 10.10.2(a). The portion of such Tax attributable to the
Pre-Closing Straddle Period shall (i) in the case of any Taxes other than sales or use taxes, value-added taxes, employment taxes,
withholding taxes, and any Tax based on, or measured by income, receipts or profits earned during a Straddle Period, be deemed
equal to the amount that would be payable for the entire taxable period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
number of days in the Pre-Closing Straddle Period, and denominator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period, and (ii)
in the case of any sales or use taxes, value added taxes, employment taxes, withholding taxes, and any Tax based on or measured
by income, receipts or profits earned during a Straddle Period, be deemed equal to the amount that would be payable if the Straddle
Period ended on and included the Closing Date. To the extent that any Tax for a Straddle Period is based on the greater of a Tax
on net income and a Tax measured by net worth or some other basis not otherwise measured by income, the portion of such Tax related
to the Pre-Closing Straddle Period will be deemed to be (x) if the amount of such Tax for the Straddle Period is measured by net
worth or such other basis, the amount of such Tax determined as though the taxable values for the entire Straddle Period equal
the respective values as of the end of the Closing Date and multiplying the amount of such Tax by a fraction, the numerator of
which is the number of days during the Straddle Period that are in the Pre-Closing Straddle Period, and the denominator of which
is the number of days in the Straddle Period or (y) if the amount of such Tax for the Straddle Period is measured by net income,
the amount of such Tax determined as though the applicable Tax period terminated at 12:01 a.m. on the Closing Date. The portion
of Tax attributable to a Post-Closing Straddle Period shall be calculated in a corresponding manner. For purposes of this Section
10.10.2(a), any exemption, deduction, credit or other item that is calculated on an annual basis will be allocated to the Pre-Closing
Straddle Period on a pro rata basis by multiplying the total amount of such items for the Straddle Period by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the number of days in the Pre-Closing Straddle Period, and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Straddle
Period.

 

    	- 56 -

    	 

    

 

(b)          Seller
or its designee shall prepare and timely file (including extensions), or cause to be prepared and timely filed (including extensions),
in proper form with the appropriate Tax Authority all consolidated, combined or unitary Tax Returns of Seller that include or relate
to the Company or any income Tax Return of the Company with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period (including any short period)
that are not required to be filed on or prior to the Closing Date (“Seller Tax Returns”). Seller shall
be responsible for the timely payment (and entitled to any refund) of all Taxes due with respect to the periods covered by such
Tax Returns.

 

(c)          Buyer
or its designee shall prepare and timely file (including extensions), or cause to be prepared and timely filed (including extensions),
in proper form with the appropriate Tax Authority all Tax Returns required to be filed with respect to the Company for any Straddle
Period or Pre-Closing Tax Period (other than Seller Tax Returns and, for the avoidance of doubt, Tax Returns described in Section
10.10.1) that are required to be filed after the Closing Date (“Company Tax Returns”). Buyer shall
prepare, or shall cause to be prepared, all such Tax Returns in a manner consistent with past practice, unless otherwise required
by applicable Law (or as the Parties may agree in writing). If any such Company Tax Return is due after the Closing, then the Buyer
shall or shall cause the Company to submit drafts of such Company Tax Returns to Seller, at least thirty (30) days prior to the
due date of any such Company Tax Return (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include Seller Tax Returns or Tax Returns described
in Section 10.10.1) that is an income Tax Return and at least five days prior to the due date of any such Company Tax Return
that is not an income Tax Return for Seller’s review and comment, and Seller shall provide any written comments to the Buyer
within ten (10) Business Days prior to the due date for filing of a Company Tax Return that is an income Tax Return and within
two (2) Business Days prior to the due date for filing of any other Company Tax Return. Seller’s failure to notify the Buyer
of any such disagreement prior to the end of the applicable review period shall indicate its concurrence with such Tax Return.
If Buyer disagrees with the comments of Seller submitted within the applicable review period, Seller and Buyer shall consult and
attempt to resolve in good faith the disagreement. If Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve the dispute, the principles of Sections
3.3.2 (a) through 3.3.2(e) shall apply mutatis mutandis. To the extent Taxes due on a Tax Return prepared by Buyer in
accordance with this Section 10.10 for any Pre-Closing Tax Period or Pre-Closing Straddle Period are not reflected as a
Liability on the Final Closing Statement, Seller shall remit such allocated Taxes to Buyer within ten (10) Business Days of Buyer’s
confirmation, reasonably acceptable to Seller, of such Liability.

 

10.10.3.  After
the Closing, Buyer and Seller will provide each other with such assistance as may reasonably be requested by either of them in
connection with the preparation of any Tax Return, or in connection with any audit or other examination by any Tax Authority, or
in connection with any judicial or administrative proceedings relating to Liability for Taxes of Seller or the Company. During
the period commencing on the Closing Date and expiring on the earlier of six (6) years after the Closing Date or the expiration
of the applicable statute of limitations of the applicable taxable matter, each Party will retain and provide the other with any
records or information which may be relevant to such return, audit or examination, proceedings or determination. Any information
obtained pursuant to this Section 10.10.3 providing for the sharing of information or the review of any Tax Return or other
schedule relating to Taxes shall be kept confidential by the Parties and their respective Affiliates.

 

    	- 57 -

    	 

    

10.10.4.  Neither
Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall amend, re-file, revoke or otherwise modify any Tax Return or Tax election of the Company
with respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Period or a Straddle Period in a manner that adversely affects Seller without the prior written
consent of Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in each case except for changes in
Tax elections that affect solely periods after the Closing Date, that shall be permitted in any event.

 

10.10.5.  Each
Party shall, upon request of the other Party, use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any certificate or other document
from any Governmental Authority or any other Person as may be necessary to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any Tax that could be
imposed (including, but not limited to, with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby).

 

10.10.6.  At
the request of Seller, Buyer shall cause the Company or any of its Affiliates to make and/or join with Seller (or any Affiliate
of Seller) in making any election, if the making of such election does not have an adverse impact on Buyer, or any of their Affiliates
for any taxable period.

 

Article
XI.

TERMINATION

 

11.1     Termination.

 

This Agreement may be terminated prior to
the Closing as follows:

 

11.1.1.    by
mutual written consent of Seller and Buyer;

 

11.1.2.    by
Seller or Buyer if there is in effect a final non-appealable Order of a Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction restraining,
enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including any notice or communication
from any applicable Governmental Authority indicating that such Governmental Authority is not willing to provide Governmental Approval(s)
to allow the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; it being agreed that the Parties will promptly appeal any adverse determination
which is still appealable (and pursue such appeal with reasonable diligence); provided that the right to terminate this Agreement
under this Section 11.1.2 will not be available to a Party if such Order, notice or communication was primarily due
to the failure of such Party to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

11.1.3.    by
Buyer if Seller is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other obligations under this Agreement
and Buyer gives written notice thereof to Seller, and:

 

(a)      Seller
does not cure such breach within sixty (60) days of notice thereof (provided that neither Buyer nor Buyer’s Parent Guarantor
is then in material breach of any of its respective representations, warranties, covenants or other obligations under this Agreement);
and

 

    	- 58 -

    	 

    

 

(b)      the
effect of all such breaches of representations and warranties results or could be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse
Effect as provided for in Section 4.1.1;

 

11.1.4.    by
Seller if Buyer or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor is in material breach of any of their respective representations, warranties,
covenants or other obligations under this Agreement and Seller gives written notice thereof to the Buyer, and:

 

(a)      Buyer
or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, as applicable, does not cure such breach within sixty (60) days of notice thereof (provided
that Seller is not then in material breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other obligations under this
Agreement); and

 

(b)          the
effect of all such breaches of representations and warranties is material or results or could reasonably be expected to result
in a Buyer’s Material Adverse Effect or materially interfere with Buyer or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor’s ability
to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, as provided
for in Section 4.2.1;

 

11.1.5.    by
either Party upon written notice to the other Party at any time commencing on the 271st day after the Execution Date
of the July 24, 2012 SPA, if a Governmental Authority has provided written notice to either Party that one or more of the Governmental
Approvals listed on Exhibit 4.3.1 will not be obtained within the period provided for in Section 11.1.6.

 

11.1.6.    by
Seller or Buyer if the Closing has not occurred on or before December 20, 2013 (the “Closing Deadline”).

 

11.2    Procedure
Upon Termination.

 

In the event of termination
by Buyer or Seller, or by all Parties pursuant to Section 11.1, written notice thereof will forthwith be given to the
other Parties, and this Agreement will terminate, and the purchase of the Transferred Shares hereunder will be abandoned, without
further action by Buyer or Seller, except as set forth in Section 11.3.

 

11.3    Effect
of Termination.

 

11.3.1.    Except
as otherwise provided for in this Section 11.3 and Section 11.2, in the event that this Agreement is validly terminated
prior to Closing, each of the Parties will be relieved of their duties and obligations arising under this Agreement after the date
of such termination and such termination will be without Liability to Buyer or Seller, except that the obligations of the Parties
set forth in Sections 10.2, 10.3, 10.5, this Section 11.3, and Article XIV will survive any such termination
and will be enforceable hereunder.

 

    	- 59 -

    	 

    

 

11.3.2.    Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement:

 

(a)      in the event that this Agreement is terminated on or prior to Closing Deadline other than by reason of (i) Seller not proceeding
with the Closing while the Closing conditions set out in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 are fulfilled and/or, as the case may be,
waived, or (ii) Seller failing to satisfy by the Closing Deadline, those of the Closing Conditions set forth in Sections 4.2
and 4.3 which Seller is required to satisfy by the Closing Deadline then, the Escrow Amount shall be retained by Seller as
sole remedy for having agreed, by the third amendment to the July 24, 2012 SPA executed between the Parties, on an extension of
the Closing Date until the Closing Deadline and as a consequence, the Escrow Amount shall not be refunded to Buyer; or

 

(b)      in
the event that this Agreement is terminated prior to Closing Deadline by reason of (i) Seller not proceeding with the Closing while
the Closing Conditions set out in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 are fulfilled and/or, as the case may be, waived, or (ii) Seller
failing to satisfy by the Closing Deadline, those of the Closing Conditions set forth in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 which Seller
is required to satisfy by the Closing Deadline then, the Escrow Payment shall be returned by Seller to Buyer within five (5) Business
Days of either the termination of this Agreement or the Closing Deadline, as Buyer’s sole remedy and Seller shall retain
the interest accrued on the Escrow Payment.

 

11.3.3.    Intentionally
Left Blank

 

11.3.4.    Intentionally
Left Blank

 

11.3.5.    Intentionally
Left Blank

 

11.3.6.    Intentionally
Left Blank

 

11.3.7.    Intentionally
Left Blank

 

11.3.8.    Seller
will cooperate with Buyer and Company to cause the replacement letters of credit, financial guarantees or other surety (as required
by Section 9.2.1 to be provided to the relevant Governmental Authority prior to Closing) to be released as soon as possible
following a failure of the Closing to proceed. Seller shall reimburse the Company, Buyer or their Affiliates for any amounts drawn
by a Governmental Authority on the letters of credit, financial guarantees or other surety from and after the placement of such
financial guarantee and for any actual costs and expenses in any way related thereto that are incurred by Company or Buyer on or
after the thirtieth (30th) day after the failure to proceed to Closing.  The reimbursements described in this Section
11.3.8 shall be subject only to the limit of the amount of the letters of credits or financial guarantees placed with the Governmental
Authorities, and further, reimbursement of any actual costs and expenses shall be limited to twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000),
and shall not include legal or accounting expenses which shall not be reimbursed to Buyer by Seller.

 

    	- 60 -

    	 

    

 

Article
XII.

INDEMNIFICATION

 

12.1     Indemnification
by Seller.

 

Subject to the following
provisions of this Article XII, from and after the Closing, Seller (the “Seller Indemnifying Party”)
shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer, the Company, their respective Affiliates, officers, directors and employees (the
“Buyer Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all claims, Liabilities, damages (excluding any
punitive, exemplary, special or consequential damages), fines and related reasonable and necessary costs and expenses (including
interests, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees) (“Losses”) that are incurred by any Buyer
Indemnified Party for any of the following:

 

(a) based upon
or resulting directly from any failure of the representations or warranties made by Seller in this Agreement to be true, correct
and complete in all respects at and as of the Execution Date of the July 24, 2012 SPA and as of the Closing Date;

 

(b) based upon
or resulting directly from the breach of any Pre-Closing Covenant by Seller;

 

(c) based upon
or resulting directly from the breach of any Post-Closing Covenant by Seller;

 

(d) based upon, relating
to or arising out of, directly or indirectly, the Lucky Mc Tailings Site including the Long-Term Surveillance Fee and without regard
to when such Liability arose;

 

(e) based upon, relating
to or arising out of the agreements between ConverDyn and the Company, identified as the ConverDyn Agreements on Exhibit 8.11
and without regard to when such Liability arose;

 

(f) based upon, relating
to or arising from the repudiation, prior to Execution Date, of the Collective Bargaining Agreements, provided that such Losses
are only indemnifiable insofar as they consist solely of attorney fees and related expenses;

 

(g) based upon or arising
out of any obligations or Liabilities under the Company Retiree Health Plan;

 

(h) based upon or arising
out of the maintenance of any Benefit Plan or any employee Benefits Plan of any of Seller’s Affiliates existing prior to
or on the Closing Date;

 

(i) that are attributable
to (i) all Taxes (or the non-payment thereof) or Tax Liabilities of the Company for all taxable periods ending on or before the
Closing Date and for any Pre-Closing Straddle Periods, (ii) all Taxes or Tax Liabilities of any member of an affiliated, consolidated,
combined or unitary group of which the Company is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury
Regulation §1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar  national, state, local, or foreign Law or regulation, and (iii) any
and all Taxes of any Person (other than the Company) imposed on the Company as a transferee or successor, by Contract or pursuant
to any Law, rule, or regulation, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing; or

 

    	- 61 -

    	 

    

 

(j) based upon, relating
to or arising out of any obligations of Intragroup Agreements terminated at or before Closing as set forth in Exhibit 5.2.4,
including the Treasury Agreement between Areva and Company dated October 31, 2010.

 

12.2  Indemnification
by Buyer.

 

Subject to the following
provisions of this Article XII, from and after the Closing, Buyer (the “Buyer Indemnifying Party”)
shall indemnify defend and hold harmless Seller, its respective Affiliates, officers, directors and employees (the “Seller
Indemnified Parties”) from and against any and all Losses that are incurred by any Seller Indemnified Party directly
(a) based upon or resulting directly from any failure of the representations or warranties made by Buyer or Buyer’s
Parent Guarantor in this Agreement to be true and correct in all respects as of the Execution Date and as of the Closing Date;
(b) based upon or resulting directly from the breach of any Pre-Closing Covenant on the part of Buyer; (c) based upon
or directly resulting from the breach of any Post-Closing Covenant on the part of Buyer or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor; (d) based
upon or arising from or in any way related to the Company, including its business, assets or properties, which arise from conduct
following Closing except where a Loss arises in part or in whole from Seller’s breach of a representation or warranty in
which case Seller will be proportionately responsible for its share of the Loss, subject to the terms and conditions of Article
XII; and (e) all Reclamation Liability related to either the Lucky Mc Mine (specifically excluding the Lucky Mc Tailings Site
for which Seller has assumed all Liabilities and obligations) or Shirley Basin Mine except to the extent that such Reclamation
Liability or other responsibility or Liability is the result of a breach of representation or warranty by Seller during the Survival
Period set forth in Section 12.5.2(a).

 

12.3  When Payable.

 

Indemnification under
this Article XII with respect to any claim concerning any Losses shall be payable: (a) upon the resolution of such
claim by mutual agreement between Seller and Buyer; (b) in accordance with a final judgment, award, order or other ruling
(which is not subject to appeal or with respect to which the time for appeal has elapsed) by a court or arbitral tribunal having
jurisdiction over the Parties and the subject matter of such claim or to which such claim was submitted for resolution by agreement
between Seller and Buyer; or (c) upon the final settlement of such claim with a Third Person pursuant to mutual agreement
among Seller, Buyer and the applicable Third Person.

 

    	- 62 -

    	 

    

 

12.4    Notice
of Claim; Right to Participate in and Defend Third Party Claims; Specified Procedures for Tax Matters.

 

12.4.1.   Claim
Notice. If any Buyer Indemnified Party or Seller Indemnified Party (hereinafter the “Indemnified Party”):
(a) receives notice of the assertion of any claim, the commencement of any suit, action or proceeding, or the imposition of
any penalty or assessment by a Third Person (including any Governmental Authority) in respect of which indemnity may be sought
under Section 12.1 or Section 12.2 (a “Third Party Claim”); or (b) shall
have a claim for indemnification under Section 12.1 or Section 12.2 which does not relate to a Third Party
Claim (a “Direct Claim”), such Indemnified Party shall promptly provide written notice thereof to the
Party from which indemnification is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) in accordance with Section 14.5
(the “Notice”). Failure to promptly provide such Notice, however, shall not relieve the Indemnifying
Party of any of its obligations under this Article XII unless the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced thereby. The
Notice shall provide for a description in reasonable detail of the nature of the Direct Claim or Third Party Claim, the Sections
of this Agreement which form the basis for indemnification, copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) received
by the Indemnified Party relating to such claim and the estimated amount of Loss suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Party.

 

12.4.2.   Defense
of Third Party Claims.

 

(a) If
a Third Party Claim is made against an Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party will be entitled to participate in the defense
thereof and, if it so chooses, to assume the defense thereof with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably satisfactory
to the Indemnified Party. Should the Indemnifying Party so elect to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying
Party will not be liable to the Indemnified Party for legal expenses subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party in connection
with the defense thereof. If the Indemnifying Party assumes such defense, the Indemnified Party shall have the right to participate
in defense thereof and to employ counsel, at its own expense, separate from the counsel employed by the Indemnifying Party, it
being understood that the Indemnifying Party shall control such defense. The Indemnifying Party shall be liable for the fees and
expenses of counsel employed by the Indemnified Party for any period during which the Indemnifying Party has not assumed the defense
thereof as part of Indemnified Party’s Losses. The Parties shall cooperate in the defense or prosecution thereof. Such cooperation
shall include the retention and (upon the Indemnifying Party’s request) the provision to the Indemnifying Party of records
and information that are reasonably relevant to such Third Party Claim, and the use of reasonable efforts to make employees, Former
Employees and Representatives available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any
material provided hereunder. Should the Indemnifying Party elect to assume the defense of a Third Party Claim, it may at any time
thereafter, upon at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Indemnified Party, elect to discontinue defense of the Third
Party Claim, in which event Indemnified Party shall assume the defense thereof with counsel of its choosing, and the Parties shall
cooperate with an orderly and timely transition of defense counsel.

 

(b) Whether
or not the Indemnifying Party shall have assumed the defense of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party shall not admit any
Liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge, such Third Party Claim without the Indemnifying Party’s prior
written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Indemnifying Party may pay, settle
or compromise a Third Party Claim with the written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) of the Indemnified
Party, so long as such settlement: (i) includes an unconditional release of the Indemnified Party from all Liability in respect
of such Third Party Claim; (ii) does not subject the Indemnified Party to any injunctive relief or other equitable remedy;
and (iii) does not include a statement or admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified
Party.

 

    	- 63 -

    	 

    

 

12.4.3.   Specific
Procedure for Tax Matters.

 

In the event of a Tax
audit or inquiry by any Tax Authority concerning the Company, during such time as Company was part of a consolidated Tax Return
or part of a Tax sharing agreement and for which Seller has an obligation of indemnification pursuant to Section 12.1(i),
in addition to the requirements of Sections 12.4.1 and 12.4.2:

 

(a)      Buyer
shall notify Seller of such event no later than 5:00 p.m. on the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on which Buyer
was first informed of the beginning of such audit or inquiry (or if the Company is informed of such audit or inquiry before Buyer,
the tenth (10th) Business Day after the Company was first informed). Should Buyer fail to comply with the above provision,
it will not exempt Seller from its obligations to pay an indemnity unless the failure to notify prevented Seller from exercising
its rights in order to avoid or limit its obligation to pay an indemnity, with respect to such Tax audit or inquiry.

 

(b)      Seller
shall inform Buyer whether it intends to take, at its own expense, such action as Seller may deem appropriate in connection with
such Tax audit or inquiry. If Seller notifies Buyer of its intent to take such action on its own, Buyer shall provide to Seller
and its Representatives such information and records as Seller may reasonably request.

 

(c)      In
no case shall Buyer make any admission of Liability, agreement, settlement or compromise with any Third Person in relation to any
such Tax audit or inquiry, whether in judicial, arbitral, administrative proceedings or otherwise, without the prior consent of
Seller, which consent Seller may grant or withhold for any reason.

 

(d)      A
Representative appointed by Seller shall have the right to attend any meeting or telephone call arranged by Buyer or the Company
with a Representative of the relevant Tax Authority.

 

(e)      In
any event, Seller shall be entitled at any stage and at its sole discretion to settle any such Tax audit or inquiry. In such case,
Seller shall promptly notify Buyer of its decision to settle any such Tax audit or inquiry. In connection with any such settlement,
Buyer shall cause the Company to execute such documentation with respect thereto as Seller may request.

 

12.5   Survival.

 

12.5.1.    The
representations and warranties of the Parties contained in Articles VI and VII of this Agreement shall survive the Closing,
and claims for indemnification under this Article XII may be asserted with respect thereto to the extent not prohibited
or limited by this Agreement. All of the covenants and other agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive
until fully performed or fulfilled, unless and only to the extent that non-compliance with such covenants or agreements is waived
in writing by the Party entitled to such performance and claims may be asserted with respect thereto to the extent not prohibited
by this Agreement, including this Article XII.

 

    	- 64 -

    	 

    

 

12.5.2.    A
Buyer Indemnified Party must give notice to Seller of any claim for indemnification under Article XII in the manner described
in Section 12.4 and in accordance with the time periods described below, and any claim for indemnification not made by Buyer
Indemnified Party on or prior to an applicable date will be irrevocably and unconditionally released and waived.

 

(a)      No
claim for indemnification relating to the failure of any of the representations and warranties in Article VI to be true,
correct and complete shall be made after the first (1st) anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Survival
Period”) except for the following in Section 12.5.2 (a), (b) and (c) (each, its own respective “Survival
Period”):

 

(i) no claim
for indemnification relating to the failure of any of the representations and warranties in Sections 6.13 and 6.14, or for
Seller’s indemnification pursuant to Section 12.1(f) and (h) shall be made for a Loss incurred later than sixty (60)
calendar months after the end of the calendar month in which the Closing Date occurs; and

 

(ii) no claim
for indemnification relating to the failure of any of the representations and warranties in Section 6.16 or for Seller’s
indemnification pursuant to Section 12.1(i) shall be made later than the date that is thirty (30) days after the expiration
of the statute of limitations for assessment, levy, or collection of the Tax to which such representations or warranty relates.

 

(iii) notwithstanding
the foregoing or anything else to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller’s obligation of indemnification with respect to
Section 12.1 (d), (e), (g) and (j) shall continue following Closing and shall not expire or merge.

 

(b)      The
obligation of Buyer Indemnifying Party to provide indemnification (i) under Section 12.2(a) and (b) shall continue after
and survive Closing for one (1) year; (ii) under Section 12.2 (d) and (e) shall continue after and survive Closing with
no expiry or merger; and (iii) under Section 12.2 (c) shall continue pursuant to the terms of any other such Post-Closing
Covenant of Buyer.

 

(c)      No
claim for indemnification in respect of a breach of a covenant or other agreement by Seller that (i) by its nature is required
to be performed at or prior to Closing (the “Pre-Closing Covenants”) may be made or brought by Buyer
after the Survival Period and (ii) by its nature is required to be performed after Closing (the “Post-Closing
Covenants”) may be made or brought by Buyer after the six months anniversary of the last date on which each such
Post-Closing Covenant was required to be performed (in each case, a “Post-Closing Covenant Survival Period”),
except that no claim for indemnification in respect of a breach of a covenant or other agreement may be brought to the extent that
compliance with such covenant or other agreements has been waived by Buyer or Buyer’s Parent Guarantor.

 

12.6     Certain
Specifications or Limitations on Indemnification.

 

12.6.1.    Seller
Indemnifying Party shall not have any indemnification obligations for Losses of any Buyer Indemnified Parties under Section
12.1(a)-(c) except upon the following calculations and limitations:

 

    	- 65 -

    	 

    

 

(a)      for
any individual item, or group of items arising out of the same event, where the Loss relating thereto is less than thirty-three
thousand one hundred twenty-five dollars ($33,125) (the “Sub-Basket”); and

 

(b)      then,
in respect of each individual item, or group of items arising out of the same event, where the Loss relating thereto is equal to
or greater than the Sub-Basket, unless the aggregate amount of all such Losses exceeds two hundred sixty-five thousand dollars
($265,000) (the “Basket”). If the amount of Losses exceeds the Basket, Buyer Indemnified Parties will
thereafter be entitled to indemnification in respect of all Losses less the amount of thirty-three thousand one hundred twenty-five
dollars ($33,125); and

 

(c)      In
no event shall the aggregate indemnification to be paid by Seller under Section 12.1(a) exceed one hundred percent (100%)
of the Adjusted Purchase Price (the “Cap”).

 

12.6.2      There
shall be no Cap or other monetary limit on the amount of indemnification, nor shall the deduction calculations of Section 12.6.1(a)-(b)(the
Sub-Basket/Basket) be applicable with respect to Seller’s obligation to indemnify fully and from “first dollar”
under Section 12.1 with respect to Liabilities or Losses arising from or related to:

 

(1)         the
Lucky Mc Tailings Site including the Long-Term Surveillance Fee (as set out in Section 12.1(d));

 

(2)         the
ConverDyn Agreements (as set out in Section 12.1(e));

 

(3)         Taxes
or any related Liabilities of the Company, including such Taxes or Tax Liabilities attributable to Company being member of an affiliated,
consolidated, combined or unitary group prior to the Closing Date (as set out in Section 12.1(i);

 

(4)         
the Company Retiree Health Plan (as set out in Section 12.1(g));

 

(5)         
the maintenance of any Benefit Plan or any employee benefit plan of any of Seller’s Affiliates existing prior to or on the
Closing Date (as set out in Section 12.1(h)); or

 

(6)         pertaining
to the Intragroup Agreements or their termination.

 

12.6.3     Seller’s
obligation to indemnify pursuant to Section 12.1(f) shall be limited to three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000), provided,
however, that such indemnification shall be from dollar one.

 

    	- 66 -

    	 

    

 

For further clarity,
the indemnifications provided for in Section 12.1 (d), (e), (g), (h), (i) and (j) to which no Cap or limitation shall be
applicable, pursuant to Section 12.6.2, shall be full indemnifications from initial Liability and indemnity with no applicable
deductible (or Sub-Basket/Basket) amount of any type or amount; and for further clarity, the indemnification provided for in Section
12.1(f) to which a limitation of three hundred thousand dollars ($300,000) is applicable, shall otherwise be a full indemnification
to that amount from initial Liability and indemnity with no applicable deductible (Sub-Basket/Basket) amount of any type or amount.

 

12.7   Duty
to Mitigate.

 

Any Indemnified Party
will take all reasonable steps to mitigate any Losses that it may incur, including making and diligently pursuing such claims as
may be reasonably justified against any Third Person. In the event of a failure by the Indemnified Party to comply with this provision,
any part of the Loss that would not have been incurred had the Indemnified Party so mitigated such Loss will not be subject to
indemnification under this Article XII.

 

12.8    Exclusions.

 

12.8.1.   The
representations, warranties and covenants of the Parties subject to indemnifications under this Article XII will be limited
to those expressly set forth in this Agreement. All other representations, warranties and covenants and any other Losses incurred
by any Indemnified Party, whether express or implied and including by Law, will not be subject to indemnification under this Article
XII or otherwise result in any obligation or Liability.

 

12.8.2.   No
Party has any obligation or Liability under this Article XII for any breach of any representation, warranty or Pre-Closing
Covenant to the extent the Indemnified Party or Parties claiming such breach had actual or constructive knowledge, prior to the
Closing, of the facts or circumstances alleged to give rise to such breach. No Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification
hereunder for any Loss arising out of or in connection with a change or development after the Closing Date in any Law, in any accounting
or Tax requirement, policy or practice, or in the enforcement of any of the foregoing.

 

12.8.3.   No
Indemnified Party is entitled to recover any amount in excess of any Loss actually incurred, regardless of whether such Loss may
be attributable in whole or in part to more than one breach of the representations, warranties or covenants of any Party.

 

12.8.4.   No
Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification under this Article XII in respect of a Loss to the extent that such Loss
is compensated for in the adjustment of the Base Purchase Price or the Closing Purchase Price pursuant to Article III.

 

12.8.5.   No
Party shall be required to indemnify any other Party to the extent of any Losses that are determined by final judgment to have
resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Party seeking indemnification.

 

12.8.6.   Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Party will be liable to any other Person for any consequential, incidental,
indirect, special or punitive damages of such other Person, including loss of revenue, income or profits, diminution of value or
loss of business reputation or opportunity relating to the breach or alleged breach hereof.

 

    	- 67 -

    	 

    

 

12.9     Remedies
Exclusive.

 

From and after the
Closing, the indemnification provided under this Article XII will be the sole and exclusive remedy for any breach or failure
to be true and correct, or alleged breach or failure to be true and correct, of any representation or warranty or any covenant
or agreement in this Agreement. In furtherance of the foregoing, each of the Parties hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable Law, any and all other rights, claims and causes of action (including rights of contribution, if any) known or unknown,
foreseen or unforeseen, which exist or may arise in the future, that it may have against either Seller or Buyer, as the case may
be, arising under or based upon any foreign, federal, state or local Law (including any Environmental Law relating to environmental
matters or arising under or based upon any securities Law, common Law or otherwise). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 12.9
shall not operate to (a) interfere with or impede the operation of the provisions of Article III providing for the
resolution of certain disputes relating to the Adjustment Amount by the Parties and/or by an Independent Accounting Firm; or (b) limit
the rights of the Parties to seek specific performance or injunctive relief.

 

12.10   Calculation
of Losses.

 

If the amount of any
Losses for which indemnification is provided under this Article XII gives rise to a currently realizable Tax Benefit (as
defined below) to the Indemnified Party, the amount of such indemnifiable Losses, shall be (a) increased to take account of
any net Tax cost incurred by the Indemnified Party arising from the receipt of indemnity payments hereunder (grossed up for such
increase); and (b) reduced to take account of any net Tax Benefit realized by the Indemnified Party arising from the incurrence
or payment of any such Loss. To the extent such claim does not give rise to a currently realizable Tax Benefit, but if it gives
rise to a subsequently realized Tax Benefit to the Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall refund to the Indemnifying Party
the amount of such Tax Benefit (with and including any gross-up payment made pursuant to this Section 12.10 with respect
to such Tax Benefit) when, as and if realized (it being understood that such Indemnified Party shall use its reasonable efforts
to realize such Tax Benefit). For purposes of this Section 12.10, a “Tax Benefit” means an
amount by which the Tax Liability of the Party (or group of corporations including the Party) is actually reduced (including by
deduction, reduction of income by virtue of increased tax basis or otherwise, entitlement to refund, credit or otherwise) plus
any related interest received from the relevant Tax Authority. In computing the amount of any such Tax cost or Tax Benefit, the
Indemnified Party shall be deemed to recognize all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit before recognizing any
item arising from the receipt of any indemnity payment hereunder or the incurrence or payment of any Indemnified Losses. For purposes
of this Section 12.10, a Tax Benefit is “currently realizable” to the extent that such Tax Benefit
can be realized in the current taxable period or year or in any Tax Return with respect thereto (including through a carry back
to a prior taxable period) or in any taxable period or year prior to the date of the applicable Direct Claim or Third Party Claim.
The amount of any increase, reduction or payment hereunder shall be adjusted to reflect any final determination (which shall include
the execution of Form 870-AD or successor form) with respect to the Indemnified Party’s Liability for Taxes, and payments
between the Parties to this Agreement to reflect such adjustment shall be made if necessary.

 

    	- 68 -

    	 

    

 

12.11   Insurance.

 

The amount of any Losses
for which indemnification is provided under this Article XII shall be net of any amounts actually recovered or recoverable
by the Indemnified Party under insurance policies or otherwise with respect to such Losses (net of any Tax or expenses incurred
in connection with such recovery). Buyer shall use its reasonable efforts to recover, and to cause the Company to recover, under
insurance policies for any Losses as a priority to seeking indemnification under this Agreement, provided, however, notice of indemnification
may be made concurrently with seeking such insurance coverage and this obligation, whether by timing, procedure or in any other
way, shall not require Buyer to forego or limit in any way its rights to indemnification from Seller hereunder. For further clarity,
this prior insurance recovery obligation shall not prevent Buyer from being indemnified by Seller in accordance with the provisions
of this Article XII if no amount is recoverable under insurance policies, but in no event shall Buyer be entitled to double
recovery.

 

12.12   Subrogation
of Rights.

 

In the event that any
payment is made in respect of Losses pursuant to this Article XII, the Indemnifying Party who made such payment shall be
subrogated to the extent of such payments to any related rights of recovery of the Indemnified Party receiving such payments against
any unaffiliated Third Person.

 

12.13   Tax
Treatment of Indemnity Payments.

 

Seller and Buyer agree
to treat any indemnification payment made pursuant to this Article XII as an adjustment to the Adjusted Purchase Price for
federal, state, local and foreign income Tax purposes.

 

Article
XIII.

BUYER’S PARENT GUARANTEE

 

13.1   Guarantee.
 Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, as principal obligor and not as surety, for value received,
the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, in order to induce Seller to enter into this Agreement and obtain
the benefits of this Agreement for Buyer, Buyer’s Parent Guarantor’s wholly-owned subsidiary, hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally guarantees the prompt and complete performance by Buyer of all of Buyer’s obligations (“Buyer’s
Obligations”) under and with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated herein, including the payment
and indemnification obligations of Buyer in connection herewith (the “Buyer’s Parent Guarantee”),
as set forth in the remainder of this Article XIII.

 

    	- 69 -

    	 

    

 

13.2    Nature
of Guarantee. The guarantee made by Buyer’s Parent Guarantor is an absolute, completed and continuing one. Buyer
and Seller may amend, modify, rearrange, extend for any period and/or renew from time to time any of Buyer’s
Obligations without notice to Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, and in such event Buyer’s Parent Guarantor will remain
fully bound hereunder on the Buyer’s Obligations. This guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as
the case may be, if at any time any payment or performance of any of Buyer’s Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise
be returned by Seller upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Buyer or otherwise, all as though such payment had
not been made. Buyer’s Parent Guarantor hereby expressly waives notice of acceptance of this guarantee, acceptance on
the part of Seller being conclusively presumed by its execution and delivery of this Agreement. Seller shall have no duty to
give notice to Buyer prior to making a demand upon Buyer’s Parent Guarantor under this guarantee with respect to any
defaulted Buyer’s Obligation.

 

13.3   Waivers.
Buyer’s Parent Guarantor waives any right to require Seller to (a) proceed against Buyer, (b) proceed against
or exhaust any security held from Buyer, (c) have Buyer joined in any suit arising out of this guarantee and/or any of
Buyer’s Obligations, or (d) pursue any other remedy whatsoever. Buyer’s Parent Guarantor waives any defense
arising by reason of any disability, lack of corporate authority or power, or other defense of Buyer pertaining to any of
Buyer’s Obligations. Until all of Buyer’s Obligations shall have been paid or performed in full, Buyer’s
Parent Guarantor shall have no right of subrogation and waives any right to enforce any remedy which Buyer now has or may
hereafter have against Seller, and Buyer’s Parent Guarantor waives any benefit of and any right to participate in any
security now or hereafter held by Seller.

 

13.4    Successors
and Assigns of Buyer’s Parent Guarantor.  The guarantee of Buyer’s Parent
Guarantor is and shall be in every particular available to the successors and assigns of Seller and is and shall always be fully
binding upon the successors and assigns of Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, although Buyer’s Parent Guarantor shall have
no right to assign or delegate its interest in and obligations under this guarantee to any Third Person without the prior written
consent of Seller which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

Article
XIV.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

14.1    Amendments;
Waivers.

 

This
Agreement can be amended, supplemented or modified, and any provision hereof can be waived, only by written instrument making
specific reference to this Agreement signed by the Party against whom enforcement of any such amendment, supplement,
modification or waiver is sought, provided, however that the amendment or supplementation of the Schedules contemplated in Articles
VI and VII shall be permitted pursuant to those provisions. No action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including
any investigation by or on behalf of any Party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the Party taking such action
of compliance with any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained herein. The waiver by any Party of a breach
of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as
a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. No failure on the part of any Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising,
any right, power or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such
right, power or remedy by such Party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power
or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or
remedy by such Party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 

    	- 70 -

    	 

    

 

14.2      Entire Agreement.

 

This Agreement, the
Schedules and Exhibits and any other agreements expressly provided for herein set forth the entire understanding of the Parties
with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede all prior contracts, agreements, arrangements, communications, discussions,
representations and warranties, whether oral or written, between the Parties.

 

14.3      Governing Law.

 

This Agreement will
in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made
and performed in such state without giving effect to the choice of law principles of such state that would require or permit the
application of the Laws of another jurisdiction.

 

14.4    Dispute
Resolution.

 

14.4.1.    Negotiation.
The Parties will make reasonable efforts to settle any and all controversies, claims and disputes arising out of or in connection
with this Agreement (a “Dispute”) within twenty-five (25) Business Days (or any other period of time
that may be agreed upon between the Parties according to the circumstances) from notification to the other Party in accordance
with Section 14.5 below, through direct discussions between principals of Seller and Buyer for the purpose of resolving
any such Dispute. For the purposes hereof a “principal” means any individual of Seller or Buyer, as applicable, who
has the authority to negotiate the settlement of the Dispute on behalf and in the name of Seller or Buyer, as applicable. Within
twelve (12) Business Days after the date of the receipt by each Party of any Notice of Dispute (which notice will request negotiations
among principals), the principals will meet at a mutually acceptable time and place to exchange relevant information in an attempt
to resolve the Dispute. If a principal intends to be accompanied at the meeting by an attorney, the other Party’s principal
will be given written Notice of such intention at least three (3) Business Days in advance and may also be accompanied at the meeting
by an attorney.

 

14.4.2.    Arbitration.
In the event of any Dispute between the Parties arising out of or with respect to this Agreement, the Parties shall first endeavor
in good faith to resolve such Dispute by means of negotiation in accordance with Section 14.4.1. However, if such negotiations
are not successful, any Dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, shall be settled by arbitration
administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) under its Commercial Arbitration Rules,
and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction. In connection with
any proceedings concerning the recognition or enforcement of the arbitral award, each Party consents to personal jurisdiction and
venue in the federal and state courts in Wyoming, and waives any objection that it otherwise might have as to whether these courts
are a sufficiently convenient forum.

 

    	- 71 -

    	 

    

 

(a)          The
arbitration shall be conducted before a panel of three arbitrators, each of whom shall be fluent in English, have experience in
the mining industry, and be neutral and independent of the Parties (the “Arbitration Panel”). The claimant
or claimants shall appoint one arbitrator in the demand for arbitration, and the respondent or respondents shall appoint one arbitrator
in the answer to the demand for arbitration. The third arbitrator shall be selected by the two arbitrators so appointed; provided,
that if the two arbitrators so appointed fail to select the third arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the date on which the
last of such two arbitrators is appointed, then the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the AAA. The third arbitrator, regardless
of how selected, shall chair the Arbitration Panel. Once the arbitrators are impaneled, if (i) an arbitrator withdraws after a
challenge, (ii) an arbitrator dies, or (iii) an arbitrator otherwise resigns or is removed, then such arbitrator shall be replaced
within thirty (30) days by the applicable party or arbitrators in accordance with this Section 14.4.2.

 

(b)          The
place of arbitration shall be Bethesda, Maryland. The arbitration shall be conducted in English; provided that any Party, at its
own cost, may provide for the translation of the arbitration proceeding into a language other than English.

 

(c)          Unless
the Arbitration Panel orders an earlier date, not less than thirty (30) days before the beginning of the evidentiary hearing,
each Party shall submit to the other Party the documents, in English, that it intends to use in the arbitration and a list of the
witnesses whom the Party intends to call at the hearing. Each Party or its legal counsel shall have the right to examine witnesses
and to cross-examine the witnesses of the opposing party. The IBA Rules on the Taking of Evidence in International Arbitration
are adopted as a mandatory standard. The Arbitration Panel shall have the authority to order production of paper documents and
electronically stored information in accordance with the IBA Rules as current on the date of the commencement of the arbitration.

 

(d)          To
the extent reasonably possible, the Arbitration Panel shall issue its final award within six (6) months after the date on
which the third arbitrator is designated. The decision of the Arbitration Panel shall be final and binding. The award shall be
in the form of written findings of fact and the conclusions of Law upon which the decision is based. The award shall not include
any indirect, incidental, special, consequential, or punitive damages. Each Dispute party shall bear its own costs, expenses,
and attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with the arbitration. The claimant or claimants and the respondent or respondents
shall each be responsible for one-half of the arbitrators’ fees and costs.

 

(e)          Notwithstanding
the pendency of any arbitration, the obligations of the Parties under the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect; provided,
that no Party shall be considered in default under this Agreement (except for defaults for the payment of money) during the pendency
of an arbitration specifically relating to the default.

 

    	- 72 -

    	 

    

 

(f)          The
arbitrators have no authority to make any ruling, finding or award that does not conform to the terms and conditions of the Agreement
as interpreted under the Laws of New York, without regard to any conflicts of Law provision or rule that would cause the application
of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than New York, including in each case any applicable statutes of limitations. The Arbitration
Panel shall have no authority to award exemplary, punitive, special, indirect, or consequential damages, but shall otherwise have
the power to order any remedy available at law or in equity under New York Law that is not prohibited by the terms and provisions
of the Agreement.

 

14.4.3.    Specific
Performance. Irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in
accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. Accordingly, the Parties will be entitled to an injunction or
injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the provisions of this Agreement, this being in addition
to any other remedy to which they are entitled at Law or in equity.

 

14.5        Notices.

 

Any notice, request
or other communication required or permitted hereunder will be in writing in the English language and will be deemed to have been
duly given (a) when received if personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage
prepaid, or if sent by electronic transmission with confirmation of receipt; or (b) within two (2) Business Days of being
sent by priority delivery by established overnight courier, to the Parties at their respective addresses set forth below:

 

	To Seller	 	AREVA NC Inc.
	 	 	3315 Old Forest Road
	 	 	Lynchburg, VA 24501
	 	 	United States of America
	 	 	Attn.: General Counsel
	 	 	E-mail: LegalMail@AREVA.com
	 	 	Fax:     +1 434-382-5276
	 	 	 
	With a copy (neither of which shall constitute notice) to:	 	
        AREVA NC

        Mining BG Legal Department

        Tour Areva 1 place Jean Miller

        92082 Paris La Défense

        Paris, France

        Attn.: Yann Guilbaud

        E-mail: yann.guilbaud@areva.com

        Fax:     +33 1 34 96 38 69

	 	 	And
	 	 	 
	 	 	AREVA NC
	 	 	Mining BG Development & Partnerships Department
	 	 	Tour Areva 1 place Jean Miller
	 	 	92082 Paris La Défense
	 	 	Paris, France
	 	 	Attn.: Kevin Longuet de La Giraudière
	 	 	E-mail: kevin.longuetdelagiraudiere@areva.com
	 	 	Fax:     +33 1 34 96 38 69

 

    	- 73 -

    	 

    

 

	To Buyer:	 	Ur-Energy USA Inc.
	 	 	10758 West Centennial Road, Suite 200
	 	 	Littleton, CO 80127
	 	 	United States of America
	 	 	Attn.:Roger L. Smith, President
	 	 	Fax:+1 720-981-5643
	 	 	Email:legaldept@ur-energyusa.com
	
         

        With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
	 	
         

        Ur-Energy Inc.

        5880 Enterprise Drive, Suite 200

        Casper, WY 82609

        United States of America

        Attn.:Wayne W. Heili, President

        Fax:  +1 307-265-2801

        Email:wayne.heili@ur-energyusa.com

 

Any Party may, by written
notice to the other given in accordance with this Section 14.5, change the address, phone, fax or email information,
or the Persons to whom notices or copies thereof will be directed.

 

14.6     Assignment.

 

14.6.1. Inurement.
Subject to the provisions of this Section 14.6, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors
and permitted assigns of each Party.

 

14.6.2. General
Limitations. No rights, obligations or Liabilities hereunder may be transferred, assigned or delegated by any Party without
the prior written consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, or except as set forth in
this Section 14.6.3 to 14.6.6.

 

14.6.3. Assignment
to Affiliates. Seller may transfer, assign or delegate this Agreement or the rights, obligations or Liabilities under this
Agreement to any of its Affiliates, including pursuant to a merger, consolidation or other combination, without the Buyer’s
prior written consent, but with notice provided promptly to Buyer of such transfer, assignment, delegation, merger, consolidation
or other combination, provided that such transfer, assignment or other transaction shall not affect the obligations hereunder to
Buyer of Seller’s successor or assignee, and provided further that such Seller Affiliate, including any successor by merger,
prior to the effectiveness thereof, agrees in writing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For purposes
of certainty, Seller expects to merge with and into AREVA NP, Inc., a Delaware corporation, following the Closing, whereupon AREVA
NP, Inc. would be the surviving corporation, to which Buyer consents, provided that Seller and AREVA NP, Inc. promptly provide
Buyer with (a) written notice of the effectiveness of such merger, including providing a copy of the certificate of merger filed
with the Delaware Secretary of State, and (b) written certification of the agreement of AREVA NP, Inc. to be bound by all of the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, as Seller, in the form set forth in Exhibit 14.6.3. Buyer may transfer, assign or
delegate this Agreement to any of its Affiliates, without the Seller’s prior written consent, but with notice provided promptly
to Seller of such transfer, assignment, or delegation, provided that such assignment shall not affect the obligations hereunder
to Seller of either Buyer’s assignee or of Buyer’s Parent Guarantor, and provided further that such Affiliate agrees
in writing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

    	- 74 -

    	 

    

 

14.6.4. Sale or Transfer
of Control of the Company Following Closing

 

(a) Should Buyer sell,
assign or otherwise transfer Control of the Company to one of its Affiliates, including through a merger, consolidation or other
combination, the rights and obligations of Seller under this Agreement shall not be affected by such sale, assignment, transfer
and all of the obligations of Seller to Buyer under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Buyer’s Affiliate for so
long as that Affiliate either (i) remains an Affiliate of Buyer or (ii) remains under the Control of Buyer’s Parent Guarantor
or Buyer’s ultimate corporate parent; it being agreed between the Parties that the indemnification obligations of Seller
under this Agreement and the rights of Buyer to such indemnification shall then be shared between Buyer and its Affiliate pro-rata
to their shareholding in the Company at the time any indemnification is due and payable by Seller under the terms and conditions
of this Agreement.

 

(b) Should Buyer sell,
assign or otherwise transfer Control of the Company to a Third Person, the indemnification obligations of Seller under this Agreement
shall terminate and not survive such sale, assignment or transfer except those specifically referred to in Section 12.1 (d)
through and including (j) (and related provisions of Sections 12.5 and 12.6) which shall not be affected by such sale, assignment
or transfer and shall inure to the benefit of such Third Person transferee pro-rata to its then shareholding in the Company. None
of the rights of Seller or Buyer under this Agreement shall otherwise be affected by such sale, assignment or transfer.

 

(c) Buyer may encumber
any or all of the shares of the Company for the purpose of securing any external financing from a bank or other financing institution
or source of financing (a “Financing Arrangement” by a “Financing Source”),
without effect to any of the representations and warranties or indemnification obligations set forth in Articles VI or XII.
In the event of a foreclosure or other acquisition of the shares in connection with any such Financing Source, the indemnification
obligations of Seller under Article XII shall not survive nor accrue to the benefit of the Financing Source to which the
shares will have been so transferred by the effect of the foreclosure or other acquisition, except those obligations specifically
referred to in Section 12.1 (d) through and including (j) which shall survive and not be affected by such foreclosure and
shall inure to the benefit of the Financing Source pro-rata to its then shareholding in the Company. None of the rights of Seller
or Buyer under this Agreement shall otherwise be affected by such foreclosure.

  

14.6.5. Sale, Transfer
or Encumbrance of Data Following Closing

 

(a) Should Buyer sell,
assign or otherwise transfer any or all of the Company’s Data to an Affiliate or a Third Person, the representations and
warranties relating solely to the sold, assigned or transferred Data made by Seller under Section 6.5.6, and the indemnification
obligation relating to such representation and warranty under Article XII, shall survive and inure to the benefit of the
purchaser, transferee or assignee of such Data. For the avoidance of doubt, such sale, assignment or transfer of Data to an Affiliate
or a Third Person shall not affect the obligations of Seller to Buyer under this Agreement including those set forth in Article
XII (other than those related to the Data so sold, assigned or transferred by Buyer which shall transfer with the Data) or
the other rights of Seller under Article XII.

 

    	- 75 -

    	 

    

 

(b) Buyer may encumber
any or all of the Data of the Company in connection with any Financing Arrangement, without effect to any of Seller’s representations
and warranties or indemnification obligations set forth in Articles VI or XII. In the event of a foreclosure under any such
Financing Arrangement pursuant to which a Third Person acquires ownership of any Data, the representations and warranties relating
solely to the encumbered Data made by Seller under Section 6.5.6, and Seller’s indemnification obligations under Article
XII relating to a breach of such representations and warranties, shall survive and inure to the benefit of the Financing Source
to which the Data have been transferred by the effect of the foreclosure. For the avoidance of doubt, such foreclosure resulting
in a change of ownership of the encumbered Data shall not affect the obligations of Seller to Buyer under this Agreement including
those set forth in Article XII (other than those related to the Data so sold or transferred by Buyer which shall transfer
with the Data) or the other rights of Seller under Article XII.

 

14.6.6. Sale, Transfer
or Encumbrance of an Asset (other than Data)

 

(a) Should Buyer sell,
assign or otherwise transfer any or all of the assets of the Company (other than Data) to an Affiliate the representations and
warranties relating solely to the sold, assigned or transferred asset made by Seller under this Agreement, and Seller’s indemnification
obligations relating to a breach of such representations and warranties under Article XII, shall survive and inure to the
benefit of the Affiliate for so long as (i) purchaser, transferee or assignee remains an Affiliate of Buyer or (ii) remains under
the Control of Buyer’s Parent Guarantor or Buyer’s ultimate corporate parent. Furthermore, such sale, assignment or
transfer of asset to an Affiliate of Buyer shall not affect the indemnification obligations of Seller to Buyer under Article
XII (other than those related to the asset sold, assigned or transferred by Buyer to its Affiliate which shall transfer with
the asset) or the other rights of Seller under Article XII.

 

(b) Should Buyer sell,
assign or otherwise transfer any or all of the assets of the Company (other than Data) to a Third Person, the representations and
warranties relating solely to the sold or transferred asset made by Seller under this Agreement, and Seller’s indemnification
obligations relating to a breach of such representations and warranties under Article XII, shall terminate and not survive
and shall not inure to the benefit of such Third Person purchaser, transferee or assignee of the sold, assigned or transferred
asset. However, such sale, assignment or transfer of asset to a Third Person shall not affect the indemnification obligations of
Seller to Buyer under Article XII (other than those related to the asset so sold, assigned or transferred by Buyer to the
Third Person which would be terminated as of the effective date of the sale, assignment or transfer of the asset) and the rights
of Seller under Article XII.

 

(c) Buyer may encumber
any or all of the assets of the Company (other than Data) in connection with any Financing Arrangement, without effect to any of
Seller’s representations and warranties and indemnification obligations set forth in Articles VI or XII; provided,
however, that in the event of a foreclosure on the encumbered asset by such Financing Source, (i) there shall be no transfer to
or assumption by such Financing Source of the obligations of Seller to Buyer under Article XII (which would be terminated)
and (ii) such foreclosure shall not affect the obligations of Seller towards Buyer under Article XII (other than those related
to the encumbered asset which would be terminated by the effect of the foreclosure) and the rights of Seller under such Article
XII.

 

    	- 76 -

    	 

    

 

For the avoidance of
doubt: the Parties agree that any transfer, assignment, or sale of the Company, or any of its assets of whatever nature including
the Real Property and Unpatented Mining Claims and all real property and interests in mineral rights, shall have no effect on Seller’s
representations and warranties, Seller’s indemnification obligations, and all of Seller’s (or Seller’s Affiliates)
other continuing obligations and Liabilities related to the Lucky Mc Tailings Site, the ConverDyn Agreements, Company’s Retiree
Health Plan or other employment and employment benefits obligations and Liabilities, Tax and Tax obligations and Liabilities or
Intragroup Agreements, all of which shall survive such transfer, assignment or sale and all shall remain Seller’s sole obligations
and Liabilities.

 

14.7    Construction.

 

The Parties have participated
jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. If an ambiguity or a question of intent or interpretation arises, this
Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or
disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

14.8    Severability.

 

If any provision of
this Agreement, or the application thereof, becomes or is declared by an Arbitration Panel or a court of competent jurisdiction
to be illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement will continue in full force and effect and will be interpreted
in a manner consistent with the intent of the Parties. The Parties will use their reasonable efforts to replace such void or unenforceable
provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business
and other purposes of such void or unenforceable provision.

 

14.9   Third
Persons.

 

Nothing expressed or
implied in this Agreement is intended, or will be construed, to confer upon or give any Person other than Seller and the other
Seller Indemnified Parties on the one hand, and Buyer, Buyer’s Parent Guarantor and the other Buyer Indemnified Parties on
the other hand, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

    	- 77 -

    	 

    

 

14.10   Independent
Assessment; No Additional Representations.

 

Buyer acknowledges
and confirms that it and its Representatives have been permitted full and complete access to the Books and Records, sites, facilities,
equipment, Tax Returns, Contracts, and other properties and assets of the Company and its business operations, and have had a full
opportunity to meet with the officers and employees of Seller and its Affiliates to discuss the contemplated purchase of the Transferred
Shares. Buyer acknowledges and confirms that it has no Knowledge of any fact or circumstance that constitutes or could, with the
lapse of time, constitute a breach of any of Seller’s representations, warranties or covenants contained herein. Buyer acknowledges
that it has made its own assessment of the present condition and the future prospects of the Company and its business operations,
and is sufficiently experienced to make an informed judgment with respect thereto. Buyer acknowledges that, except as explicitly
set forth herein, none of Seller or any of its Affiliates has made any warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness
of any information regarding the Company, the prospects of the Company or the operations of the business of the Company or its
profitability for Buyer, or with respect to any forecasts, assumptions (including those assumptions relating to the uranium ore
reserves), projections or business plans prepared by or on behalf of Seller and delivered to Buyer in connection with Buyer’s
review of the Company and the operations of the business of the Company and the negotiation and the execution of this Agreement.
None of Seller (except as set forth herein), its Affiliates or any other Person will have or be subject to any Liability to Buyer
or any other Person resulting from the distribution to Buyer, or Buyer’s use of, any such information, including any information,
documents or material made available to Buyer in the Data Disks or in any other form in connection with this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby. Buyer has not been induced by and has not relied upon any representations, warranties or statements, whether
express or implied, made by Seller, any of its Affiliates, or any of its Representatives representing or purporting to represent
Seller that are not expressly set forth herein (including the Schedules and Exhibits), regardless of whether or not any such representations,
warranties or statements were made in writing or orally.

 

14.11    Schedules
and Exhibits.

 

The Schedules and Exhibits
attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein and will be part of this Agreement for all purposes, including as they may be
amended from time to time pursuant to this Agreement or agreement of the Parties.

 

14.12    Headings.

 

The headings in this
Agreement are solely for convenience of reference and will not be given any effect in the construction or interpretation of this
Agreement.

 

14.13    Signatures;
Counterparts.

 

This Agreement may
be executed in one or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one Party, but all such
counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same instrument. A facsimile or electronic signature will be considered
an original signature for all purposes.

 

    	- 78 -

    	 

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the Parties have caused their duly authorized Representatives to execute this Agreement as of the Execution Date in three (3) original
copies.

 

	 	SELLER:
	 	AREVA NC INC.
	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Michael Rencheck
	 	 	Michael Rencheck, President
	 	 
	 	BUYER:
	 	UR-ENERGY USA INC. 
	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Wayne W. Heili
	 	 	Wayne W. Heili, CEO
	 	 
	 	BUYER’S PARENT GUARANTOR:
	 	UR-ENERGY INC. 
	 	 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Wayne W. Heili
	 	 	Wayne W. Heili, President & CEO

 

    	- 79 -

    	 

    

 

Schedule C

 

ROYALTY AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN PATHFINDER MINES
CORPORATION AND AREVA NC INC.

 

This Royalty Agreement
(“Agreement”) is entered into as of December 16, 2013 (“Effective Date”) between:

 

		·	Pathfinder Mines Corporation, 935 Pendell Boulevard, Mills, Wyoming 82644 (“PMC”),
a Delaware corporation; and

 

		·	AREVA NC Inc., 3315 Old Forest Road, Lynchburg, Virginia 24501 (“AREVA”),
a Delaware corporation.

 

RECITALS:

 

A.           WHEREAS
PMC is the legal and beneficial owner of certain fee lands, patented mining claims, unpatented mining claims and a leasehold interest
in certain lands located in Carbon County, Wyoming and known as the Shirley Basin Mine, as more particularly described on Exhibit
A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference; and

 

B.           WHEREAS
PMC desires to grant to AREVA a production royalty on uranium concentrates produced from the Property (as defined below).

 

NOW THEREFORE
in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt
and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged by each of the Parties hereto, it is agreed as follows:

 

		1.	Definitions and Interpretation

 

		1.1	Definitions

 

“Affiliate”
means, with respect to any person or entity, any other person or entity that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by,
or is under common control with such person or entity. For purposes of the preceding sentence, “control” means possession,
directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause direction of management and policies through ownership of voting securities,
contract, voting trust, or otherwise.

 

“Parties”
means the parties to this Agreement and “Party” means either one of them.

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

“Product(s)”
means uranium or uranium concentrates recovered from the Property and in the first measurable form U3O8, which if recovered by
in situ recovery will be when captured on resin and if recovered through conventional means will be as ore at mouth of mine.

 

“Milling Plant”
means any in situ recovery processing facility, milling plant or any other facility designated by PMC for the processing
and packaging of the Product from the Property.

 

“Property”
means all of the fee land, patented and unpatented mining claims leasehold interests identified in Exhibit A to this Agreement
of which PMC is the legal or beneficial owner of, at least, the mineral rights, and in addition (i) any and all amendments, relocations,
adjustments, resurveys, or additional locations of any such Property, (ii) any conversions or substitutions of any such Property
into another form of tenure as required or permitted by any amendment to or change in the mining laws of the United States or the
State of Wyoming that becomes effective subsequent to the Effective Date, (iii) any right or interest in any such Property acquired
by PMC or any its Affiliates, or any successor or assignee of PMC in the area designated in Exhibit A as the WDEQ Mine Permit area,
and (iv) any extralateral rights claimed by PMC pertaining to any such mining claim or interests.

 

“Royalty Payment”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.5.

 

“Royalty Period”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.5.

 

“Third Party”
shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, trust or other business organization or entity, and any other recognized organization
other than the Parties and their respective Affiliates.

 

1.2         Interpretation

 

In this Agreement unless the context
otherwise requires:

 

		(a)	words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

		(b)	words importing a gender include every gender;

 

		(c)	references to any document (including this Agreement) are references to that document as amended,
consolidated, supplemented, novated or replaced from time to time;

 

		(d)	references to clauses are references to clauses of this Agreement;

 

		(e)	headings are for convenience only and shall be ignored in construing this Agreement;

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

		(f)	references to any Party include references to its respective successors, executors, trustees and
permitted assigns;

 

		(g)	the word “including” means “including without limitation;”

 

		(h)	references to law include references to any constitutional provision, treaty, decree, convention,
statute, act, regulation, rule, ordinance, subordinate legislation, judgment or rule of common law or equity;

 

		(i)	references to any law are references to that law as amended, consolidated, supplemented or replaced
from time to time;

 

		(j)	references to any judgment include references to any order, injunction, decree, determination or
award of any court or tribunal; and

 

		(k)	references to any person include references to any individual, company, body, corporate, association,
partnership, firm, joint venture, trust and Government Agency.

 

		2.	Royalty

 

		2.1	Grant of Royalty

 

PMC hereby grants, sells, transfers,
and conveys to AREVA on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, a non-participating, non-executory, cost-free royalty
interest, as more particularly described in Clause 2.3 below, which is intended to be an interest in the Property and Products
that runs with the Property and is a covenant that binds the Parties and their successors and assigns to all obligations herein
(the “Royalty”).

 

		2.2	Commencement of Royalty

 

AREVA is granted the Royalty on
the Property by PMC starting from the Effective Date of this Agreement, subject to the occurrence of a Trigger Event.

 

		2.3	Calculation of Royalty

 

The Royalty is payable in United
States dollars (“USD”) for each pound of Product produced from the Property, which Royalty is determined
as follows:

 

Royalty = 5 % x Product Pounds x Market Price

 

Where,

 

		(a)	“Product Pounds” is the number of pounds of Product derived from the Property; and

 

    	3

    	 

    

 

		(b)	“Market Price” is the arithmetic average of the Ux Monthly Spot Price for each month in the calendar
quarter during which production of the U3O8 occurred.

 

And Where,

 

“Ux Monthly Spot Price”
is the value in USD per pound U3O8 published at month-end in The Ux Weekly by The Ux Consulting Company LLC
(“UxC”), or its successor for the UxC price indicator entitled “Mth-end U3O8
Spot.”

 

		2.4	Royalty Payment Conditions

 

Royalty is payable to AREVA under
the conditions described in sub-clauses (a) and (b) below (“Trigger Events”), and as provided in Clauses
2.10 and 2.11:

 

		(a)	In the event that the Ux Monthly Spot Price equals or exceeds $55.00 per pound U3O8
for at least a consecutive four week period at any time prior to June 30, 2016, the Royalty will be payable as provided in
Clauses 2.4(d) and 2.4(e) until an aggregate of USD $6,625,000 in Royalty Payments (the “Royalty Amount”)
has been paid.

 

		(b)	In the event that the Ux Monthly Spot Price exceeds $45.00 per pound U3O8 but
does not equal or exceed $55.00 per pound U3O8 for at least a consecutive four week period at any time
prior to June 30, 2016, the Royalty will be payable as provided in Clauses 2.4(d) and 2.4(e) but the Royalty Amount owed
will be reduced to USD $3,700,000.

 

		(c)	In the event that the Ux Monthly Spot Price does not equal or exceed $45.00 per pound U3O8
for at least a consecutive four week period at any time prior to June 30, 2016, the royalty interest will be terminated effective
as of June 30, 2016, and PMC will have no further obligation to pay the Royalty to AREVA.

 

		(d)	In the case where the Trigger Events contemplated in Clauses 2.4 (a) and (b) occur within
the period prior to June 30, 2016, Clause 2.4 (a) shall supersede and prevail over Clause 2.4 (b).

 

		(e)	No Royalty shall be payable to AREVA unless and until a Trigger Event is reached, and upon the
occurrence of a Trigger Event, the first Royalty payment (the “Initial Royalty Payment”) shall be made
in accordance with Clause 2.5. The Initial Royalty Payment shall be payable only on Products produced from the Property
after the date of the Trigger Event.

 

    	4

    	 

    

 

		2.5	Payment of Royalty

 

After the occurrence of a Trigger
Event, the Royalty shall be calculated each calendar quarter during which Products are produced from the Property (the “Royalty
Period”) and all Royalty Payments shall be paid (the “Royalty Payment”) within 30 days
of the end of the Royalty Period then ended by transfer of the appropriate amount of funds to an account nominated in writing by
AREVA. The date of initiation of the wire transfer process shall be the date of such payment. Subject to any adjustment resulting
from an audit by AREVA, payments of the Royalty by PMC in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 2.5 shall fully
discharge PMC’s obligations with respect to such payment. If AREVA transfers any interest in the Royalty to any third party,
PMC shall not be obligated to pay the Royalty payments to the assignee of the Royalty until 30 days after PMC receives notice from
AREVA of such assignment.

 

		2.6	Royalty Payment Notice; Maintenance of Confidentiality

 

Each payment of the Royalty shall
be accompanied by an Itemized Statement as set forth in Clause 2.7. AREVA shall keep all information it receives under this
Agreement confidential, and shall not disclose the same to any Third Party or to the public except if required by court
order, court proceeding or the rules or policies of any government or regulatory authority having jurisdiction provided that AREVA
shall use reasonable efforts to limit the disclosure by means of a protective order or a request for confidential treatment and
shall provide PMC a reasonable opportunity to review the disclosure before it is made public and shall reasonably cooperate
with PMC’s lawful attempts to prevent or limit disclosure or to obtain a protective order.

 

		2.7	Itemized Statement

 

PMC shall provide to AREVA an itemized
statement providing detail of the calculation and the amount of the Royalty Payment for the particular Royalty period detailing
the information set out below (an “Itemized Statement”):

 

		(a)	the quantity of Product;

 

		(b)	quarterly, the Royalty for the three months then ended and details of its calculation.

 

As may be applicable,
the Itemized Statement will include the calculation used to determine any pooling or commingling conducted pursuant to Clause
2.14.

 

		2.8	Audit Notice

 

AREVA may request an audit of the
amount of a particular Royalty Payment if it so requests by notice to PMC within six calendar months of the receipt by AREVA of
that particular Royalty Payment (an “Audit Notice”). Such an Audit Notice shall set forth the proposed
dates of review of PMC’s records pertaining to the Royalty, and any such review shall be scheduled at a mutually convenient
time. No more than two Audit Notices may be given during any calendar year.

 

    	5

    	 

    

 

		2.9	Audit

 

Upon service of an Audit Notice,
and at AREVA's option and expense, AREVA may request that the questioned Royalty Payment be audited by an independent accountant
appointed by AREVA (not being AREVA's then current auditor). The accountant so appointed shall execute a confidentiality agreement
pursuant to which he shall be bound to maintain all business information of PMC, including all information pertaining to the Royalty,
as confidential. Any such audit shall be conducted during normal business hours, and in such manner so as not to interfere with
PMC’s normal business operations. PMC shall account for any agreed upon deficit or excess in Royalty payments by adjusting
the next quarterly statement and payment following completion of such audit to account for such deficit or excess.

 

With respect to any audit, PMC
will reasonably cooperate with AREVA including that PMC will afford access to such books and records and, to the extent permitted
by its accountants, the accounting work papers and physical access to their premises, as may reasonably be required in connection
therewith.

 

		2.10	Purchase or Buydown of the Royalty

 

PMC may at any time by providing
written notice to AREVA purchase the Royalty for an amount equal to the Royalty Amount (as determined in accordance with Clause
2.4) less the amount of all Royalty payments previously paid (the “Royalty Purchase Price”). PMC
may exercise its right to purchase the Royalty at any time, and upon AREVA’s receipt of such notice, the parties shall promptly
schedule a closing at a mutually convenient time, at which closing (i) PMC shall deliver the Royalty Purchase Price to AREVA, and
(ii) AREVA shall deliver to PMC a conveyance document in recordable form conveying the Royalty to PMC and confirming that the Royalty
has been terminated.

 

		2.11	Cancellation or Termination of Royalty

 

The Royalty and the obligations
under this Agreement shall be cancelled and terminated (a) if, on or before June 30, 2016 neither of the Trigger Events of Clause
2.4 has occurred or (b) upon the payment at any time by PMC to AREVA of (i) a total of USD $6,625,000 pursuant to Clause
2.4(a), (ii) a total of USD $3,700,000 if the Trigger Event referred to in Clause 2.4(b) has occurred, or (iii) the
Royalty Purchase Price if PMC has exercised its right to purchase the Royalty under Clause 2.9. Following the cancellation
or termination of the Royalty, AREVA shall promptly deliver to PMC a conveyance document in recordable form conveying the Royalty
to PMC and confirming that the Royalty has been terminated (substantially in the form attached here as Exhibit B).

 

    	6

    	 

    

 

		2.12	Maintenance of Property

 

PMC shall give AREVA not less than
30 days’ prior written notice of PMC’s intention to abandon or surrender or allow to lapse or expire any portion of
any mining claims or leases comprising the Property. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties agree that if any area of the Property
is relinquished by PMC and subsequently reacquired by PMC or any Affiliate of PMC, the Royalty will be payable on the Product from
that reacquired portion of the Property on the same terms as stated in this Agreement.

 

    	7

    	 

    

 

		2.13	Conduct of Operations

 

PMC
shall have the sole and exclusive control of all operations on or for the benefit of the Property, and of any and all equipment,
supplies, machinery, and other assets purchased or otherwise acquired or under its control in connection with such operations.
PMC may carry out such operations on the Property as it may, in its sole discretion, determine to be warranted, so long as such
operations are conducted in accordance with procedures acceptable in the mining industry. The timing, nature, manner and extent
of any exploration, development, mining or processing operations carried out or in connection with the Property shall be within
the sole discretion of PMC, and there shall be no express or implied covenant whatsoever to begin or continue any such operations.
If PMC at any time, and from time to time after commencing operations, desires to shut down, suspend or cease operations for any
reason, it shall have the right to do so. PMC may use and employ such methods of mining as it may desire or find most profitable.
PMC shall not be required to mine, preserve, or protect in its mining operations any Products which cannot be mined or shipped
at a reasonable profit to PMC. 

 

		2.14	Unitization and Commingling

 

		(a)	PMC shall have the right to pool mineral production from all
or any part of the Property with mineral production from adjacent mineral properties owned or controlled by PMC for the purpose
of operating a production pattern(s) installed for in-situ mining of an ore body that crosses a royalty or mineral ownership boundary.

 

		(b)	PMC shall have the right to commingle Products removed from the
Property with other ore or products derived from other properties, before, during or after processing, so long as the data necessary
to determine the weight, grade and recoverability of both the Products removed from the Property and the ore or other products
with which they are commingled are obtained by PMC. PMC shall then use that data to determine the amount of contained U3O8
in the Products removed from the Property and the contained U3O8 extracted from ores or products so mixed.
Such data and determinations shall be acquired and completed in accordance with generally accepted industry practices.

 

		3.	Miscellaneous

 

		3.1	Successors and Assigns

 

Subject to the provisions of Clauses
5.1 and 5.2, this Agreement shall be binding upon and continue for the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors
and permitted assigns. All covenants, conditions, and terms of this Agreement shall be of benefit to and, to the greatest extent
possible by law, run as a covenant with the Property all accessions thereto and all successions thereof and shall bind and inure
to the benefit of the Parties, their respective successors and assigns.

 

    	8

    	 

    

 

		3.2	Rule Against Perpetuities and Rule Against Unreasonable Restraints on the Alienation of Property

 

In the event that a court of competent
jurisdiction determines that the term of this Agreement violates the Rule Against Perpetuities or the Rule Against Unreasonable
Restraints on the Alienation of Property or any similar rule, then the term of this Agreement shall automatically be revised and
reformed to coincide with the maximum term permitted by the Rule Against Perpetuities or the Rule Against Unreasonable Restraints
on the Alienation of Property or any similar rule, and this Agreement shall not be terminated solely as a result of a violation
of the Rule Against Perpetuities or the Rule Against Unreasonable Restraints on the Alienation of Property or any similar rule.

 

		3.3	No Partnership

 

Nothing herein shall be construed
to create, expressly or by implication, a joint venture, mining partnership, commercial partnership, or other partnership relationship
between or among AREVA and PMC.

 

		3.4	AREVA’s Further Obligations

 

AREVA’s rights and obligations
with regard to the Property are in all respects limited to the terms and conditions stated in this Agreement. It is understood
and agreed between the Parties that AREVA has the right to receive the Royalty from the Products produced from the Property, but
this is not a right that imposes on AREVA any associated or other obligations to PMC, or any other person or entity, including
governmental agencies, any obligations on AREVA to contribute to or otherwise pay any costs or expenses associated with or arising
from the activities conducted on the Property, except for any such obligations specifically set forth in this Agreement.

 

		3.5	Governing Law

 

This Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Wyoming without regard to the conflict of laws provisions thereof.

 

		3.6	Arbitration

 

3.6.1         Subject to Clause 3.6.2
below, in the event of any dispute, claim, question, or disagreement arising from or relating to this agreement or the breach thereof,
the Parties hereto shall use their best efforts to settle the dispute, claim, question, or disagreement. To this effect, they shall
consult and negotiate with each other in good faith and, recognizing their mutual interests, attempt to reach a just and equitable
solution satisfactory to both Parties. If they do not reach such solution within a period of 60 days, then, upon notice by either
Party to the other, all disputes, claims, questions, or differences shall be finally settled by arbitration administered by the
American Arbitration Association in accordance with the then existing provisions of its Commercial Arbitration Rules.

 

    	9

    	 

    

 

Within 15 days after the commencement
of arbitration, the Parties shall mutually select one person who is experienced in drafting and negotiating uranium royalties to
act as arbitrator. If the Parties are unable or fail to agree upon the arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be selected by the American
Arbitration Association.

 

3.6.2         In the event the Ux Monthly
Spot Price, or its definition, is materially altered, the Parties shall promptly meet and endeavor in good faith to mutually agree
upon a replacement. In the event the Parties are unable to mutually agree on a replacement within thirty (30) days of either Party
requesting initiation of such discussions, then, and in lieu of the procedure set out in Clause 3.6.1 above, the matter
shall be submitted for binding arbitration by a single arbitrator, pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American
Arbitration Association, and judgment on the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

Each party shall propose to the
arbitrator a replacement index or other procedure as a substitute for the discontinued or materially changed index. The arbitrator
shall select either the proposal made by Buyer or the proposal made by Seller, but no other solution, unless mutually agreed by
Seller and Buyer. In reaching a decision, the arbitrator shall endeavor in good faith to select the proposal which in its opinion
provides a pricing mechanism that is closest in result to the index which was discontinued or changed.

 

The arbitrator may allow both parties
to submit a memorandum, and an oral presentation, in support of their respective proposals. The arbitrator shall render a decision
in writing within 90 days after being appointed.

 

For any deliveries to be made while
the arbitration is pending, the index values last available before the change or discontinuance shall be used, and upon conclusion
of the arbitration, the price for any such deliveries shall be recalculated based upon the replacement index or solution designated
in the arbitration decision. Buyer shall pay Seller, or Seller shall pay Buyer, any amount due as a result of such recalculation,
within 30 days after completion of the arbitration.

 

3.6.3        Each party shall bear
its own costs and expenses and an equal share of the arbitrator’s fees and administrative fees of arbitration. Any arbitration
award may be entered in the courts of Wyoming, or any other courts with jurisdiction, for enforcement.

 

    	10

    	 

    

 

		3.7	Costs

 

Each Party shall pay its own costs
of preparing, negotiating, executing and completing this Agreement.

 

		3.8	Invalidity

 

Any provision of this Agreement
which is or becomes prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent
thereof without invalidating any other provision of this Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate
such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

		3.9	Recording

 

The Parties agree that this Agreement
shall be executed and notarized, and shall be recorded by the Parties in Carbon County, Wyoming.

 

		3.10	Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire
understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating
to the subject matter hereof between the Parties.

 

		3.11	Amendment

 

No modification or amendment of
this Agreement shall be valid unless made in writing and duly executed by the Parties.

 

		3.12	Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed
in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts
have been signed by both of the Parties and delivered to the other Party, it being understood that both Parties need not sign the
same counterpart.

 

		4.	Notices

 

		4.1	Giving of Notice

 

All notices to be delivered pursuant
to this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by that Party and:

 

		(a)	delivered by courier to the other Party at their address below:

 

		(b)	where applicable, sent to the other Party by facsimile to the facsimile number listed below; or

 

    	11

    	 

    

 

		(c)	posted in a prepaid envelope by registered mail with advice of receipt card to the other Party
at their address below:

 

AREVA

		Address:	AREVA NC Inc.

			3315 Old Forest Road

			Lynchburg, VA 24501

		Attention:	General Counsel

		Fax:	+1 434-382-6986

 

PMC

		Address:	Pathfinder Mines Corporation

			935 Pendell Boulevard

			Mills, Wyoming 82644

		Attention:	General Manager

		Fax:	+1 307 473 7306

 

		4.2	Notices Effective

 

Notices delivered by courier shall
be effective upon delivery on a business day. Notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to be effective on the next business day
following transmission of the facsimile. Notices sent by mail shall be deemed to be effective on the fifth business day following
the date of mailing.

 

		4.3	Substitute Address

 

A Party may at any time designate
a substitute address or facsimile number for the purposes of Clause 4 by notice to the other Party.

 

		5.	Assignment

 

		5.1	Assignment by PMC

 

PMC, its successor and assigns
may convey or assign the Property or any interest in the Property to any Third Party at any time, provided that notice of
such conveyance shall be provided promptly to AREVA pursuant to Clause 4.1, and provided further that as a condition
to the effectiveness of such transfer, the assignee shall agree in writing to accept the obligation to pay the Royalty and be bound
by the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided, further, for purposes of clarity, that no written acknowledgment
or agreement will be required with respect to any grant by PMC, its successors or assigns, of any mortgage, deed of trust, security
interest, pledge or other collateral security arrangement with respect to the Property; the Parties agree that the Royalty shall
remain in effect notwithstanding any such grant of a mortgage, deed of trust, security interest, pledge or other collateral security
arrangement and that the Royalty would survive any foreclosure thereof.”

 

    	12

    	 

    

 

		5.2	Assignment by AREVA

 

AREVA may assign its rights to
receive the Royalty at any time, provided that notice of such assignment shall be provided promptly to PMC pursuant to Clause
4.1, and provided further that for any assignment to be binding upon PMC the assignee shall agree in writing to be bound
by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF
the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

	 	PATHFINDER MINES CORPORATION 
	 	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Robert Williams	 c/s
	 	 	 	 
	 	AREVA NC INC. 
	 	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Michael Renchek	 c/s

 

	STATE OF North Carolina	)
	 	)  ss.
	COUNTY OF Mecklenburg	)

 

On this the 16th
day of December, 2013, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Robert Williams who acknowledged himself
to be the Chief Financial Officer of Pathfinder Mines Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and that he, as such officer, being
authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation
by himself as Chief Financial Officer.

 

In witness whereof
I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

	 	/s/ Amber L. McReynolds
	 	Notary Public

 

(SEAL)

 

	My Commission Expires:	1/29/2017	 

 

    	13

    	 

    

 

	STATE OF North Carolina	)
	 	)  ss.
	COUNTY OF Mecklenburg	)

 

On this the
16th day of December, 2013, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared  Michael Renchek who
acknowledged himself to be the  President of AREVA NC Inc., a Delaware corporation, and that he, as such officer,
being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the
corporation by himself as President.

 

In witness whereof
I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

	 	/s/ Amber L. McReynolds
	 	Notary Public

 

(SEAL)

 

	My Commission Expires: 	1/29/2017	 

 

    	14

    	 

    

 

Exhibit A

 

The Property

 

		(a)	Owned Real Property

 

Real Property

 

CARBON COUNTY,
WYOMING

 

A tract
of land (tailings) located within SWNWNE Section 27, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, as more particularly described in that
certain Warranty Deed executed by Nall Ranches, Inc. in favor of the Company, dated as of January 20, 1976, recorded in Book 633,
Page 459, containing approximately 4 surface acres.

 

A tract
of land (tailings extension) located within portions of Sections 22, 26 and 27, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, as more particularly
described in that certain Warranty Deed executed by Cecilia Ruth Schmitt and Armin A. Schmitt in favor of the Company, dated as
of June 16, 1995, recorded in Book 919, Page 867, containing approximately 152.8 surface acres; less 1.2 surface acres in the NWSWSW
Section 22 quitclaimed to Cecilia R. and Armin A. Schmitt by Quitclaim Deed With Reservation of Rights dated April 14, 2005 recorded
in Carbon County at Book 1087, Page 0100.

 

Uranium
minerals under a portion of land (Nall) lying in SENW and NESW Section 26, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, as more particularly
described in that certain Mineral Warranty Deed executed by Rose J. Nall et al. in favor of the Company, dated as of February 11,
1981, recorded in Book 728, Page 287 containing approximately 47.7 mineral acres.

 

All minerals
under two parcels of land, one (tailings) including the portions of Sections 22, 26 and 27, T28N, R78W described in items 1, 2
and 6 of section (a)(i)(B) of this Schedule and containing approximately 221.26 mineral acres; the other (Area 5 - Nall) being
N2NWSE and NWNESE Section 20, T28N, R78W, containing approximately 30 mineral acres, all in Carbon County, Wyoming described in
that certain Minerals Quitclaim Deed executed by Catherine Wiloth and Bettie Noonan, et al., in favor of the Company, dated
effective as of April 14, 2005, recorded in Book 1079, Page 0155. The rights to these minerals are subject to a royalty in the
amount of 10% ore value as defined Minerals Quitclaim Deed referenced in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Uranium
minerals (Area 5 - Cronberg) under SENE Section 20, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming described in that certain Minerals Quitclaim
Deed executed by Cronberg Bros., Inc. in favor of the Company, dated effective as of April 10, 2005, recorded in Book 1087, Page
0097, containing approximately 40 acres. The rights to these minerals are subject to a royalty in the amount of 10% ore value as
defined Minerals Quitclaim Deed referenced in the immediately preceding sentence.

 

A restrictive
covenant burdening portions (Spring Creek) of Sections 22, 26 and 27, T28N, R78W more particularly described in that certain Land
Use Restrictive Covenant and Access Agreement executed by Cecilia Ruth Schmitt and Armin A. Schmitt in favor of the Company, dated
effective April 14, 2005, recorded in Book 1087, Page 0102; containing approximately 64.45 acres.

 

A parcel
of land (Shirley Basin Townsite) situated in Carbon County, Wyoming, containing approximately 123.8 acres, described as follows:

 

T27N, R78W

 

		Section 20:	S2SENWNE, E2W2SWNE, E2SWNE, SENE, N2NENWSE, N2N2NESE,
and S2S2NENE

		Section 21:	W2W2SWNW, S2NESWNW, N2SESWNW, N2SWSENW, S2NWSENW, and
a strip of land 100 feet wide running 331.95 feet N89d52’38”W, the NW corner of this tract bearing N25d49’04”E,
766.64 feet from the 1⁄4 corner between Sections 20 and 21.

EXCEPTING
Lots 1 through 6 of the Shirley Basin Village Subdivision.

 

Patented
Mining Claims

 

CARBON COUNTY,
WYOMING

 

U.S. Mining
Patent No. 49-69-0017 (Area 5) embracing a portion of Sections 17 and 20, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, recorded in Book
519, Page 495, containing 210.961 mineral acres. U.S. Mining Patent No. 49-69-0017 is subject to a 5% ore royalty as defined by
that certain Royalty Quitclaim Deed, dated as of May 6, 2005, granted by the Company to Catherine Wiloth, et al., recorded in Book
1079, Page 0156. U.S. Mining Patent No. 49-69-0017 is subject to the following qualifications:

 

the surface
of said land lying within SE Section 17, N2NE and SWNE Section 20 were previously patented from the USA to the State of Wyoming,
recorded in Book 0227, Page 263, on March 12, 1940, while reserving surface rights for mining;

 

the surface
of said land located within SESW Section 17 and E2NW Section 20, T28N, R78W were conveyed by Quitclaim Deed with Reservation of
Rights to Cecilia R. and Armin A. Schmitt, dated effective as of April 14, 2005, and recorded at Book 1087, Page 0100, and corrected
at Book 1107, Page 0092, reserving surface rights for mining without further compensation, affecting approximately 101.8 surface
acres; and

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

the surface
of said Mining Patent lying within SWSW Section 17 and W2NW Section 20 were conveyed by Quitclaim Deed with Reservation of Easement
Rights to Cronberg Bros., Inc., effective as of April 10, 2005, and recorded at Book 1087, Page 0096 and corrected at Book 1107,
Page 0093, reserving surface rights for mining without further compensation, affecting approximately 9.5 surface acres.

 

U.S. Mining
Patent No. 49-68-0029 (Area 3) embracing a portion of Sections 26 and 35, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, recorded in Book
506, Page 180, containing 87.033 acres.

 

U.S. Mining
Patent No. 49-69-0020 (Tidewater gaps) embracing a portion of Sections 28, 29 and 33, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, recorded
in Book 519, Page 494, containing 70.242 acres.

 

U.S. Mining
Patent No. 1198523 (Area 2,8) embracing a portion of Sections 28 and 29, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, recorded in Book 406,
Page 265, containing 291.476 acres.

 

U.S. Mining
Patent No. 49-69-0025 (Fab East) embracing a portion of Sections 34 and 35, T28N, R78W, and Section 3, T27N, R78W, Carbon County,
Wyoming, recorded in Book 587, Page 152, containing 310.315 acres.

 

U.S. Mining
Patent No. 49-69-0016 (entrance/dump) embracing a portion of Sections 20, 21, 28 and 29, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, recorded
in Book 519, Page 493, containing 185.53 acres;

 

Less 21.9 surface acres quitclaimed
to Cecilia R. and Armin A. Schmitt by Quitclaim Deed With Reservation of Rights dated April 14, 2005 recorded in Carbon County
at Book 1087, Page 0100, corrected at Book 1107, Page 0092, and

 

Subject to a perpetual grazing
lease on 77.2 acres pursuant to Grazing Lease dated April 14, 2005, recorded in Carbon County at Book 1087, Page 0101.

 

U.S. Mining
Patent No. 49-79-0007 (restricted area) embracing a portion of Sections 26, 27, and 28, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, recorded
in Book 1192, Page 82, containing 210.615 acres.

 

U.S. Mining
Patent No. 49-79-0008 (west) embracing a portion of Section 29, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, recorded in Book 1192, Page
83, containing 37.657 acres.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

A tract
of land (Fab West) situated within Sections 27, 28, 29, 32, 33, and 34, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, as more particularly
described in that certain Special Warranty Deed executed by Petrotomics Company in favor of the Company, dated as of December 2,
1985, recorded in Book 804, Page 519, containing approximately 805.1 acres. The tract of land described in the immediately preceding
sentence includes the following: U.S. Mining Patent No. 49-71-0052 (surface only); U.S. Mining Patent No. 49-73-0065 (Davey Crocket
No. 2) (which is subject to 4% FMV or in-kind royalty in favor of Atlantic Richfield (now Franco-Nevada U.S. Corporation) pursuant
to Mineral Deed, dated as of June 18, 1981, and subject to 6% royalty in favor of American Nuclear Corporation pursuant to Quitclaim
Deed, dated December 9, 1968, out of which a 5% Circ 5 and 6 royalty would be payable to original locators pursuant to several
Mineral Deeds, dated September 19, 1959, from Woodin, Wack, Kruse, Rose, Harnett, Stevens, and Karchner to Gas Hills Uranium Company);
U.S. Mining Patent No. 49-73-0072; U.S. Mining Patent No. 49-73-0073; U.S. Mining Patent No. 49-73-0074; U.S. Mining Patent No.
1207111; U.S. Mining Patent No. 1207112; and that portion of U.S. Mining Patent No. 1231199 that lies within Section 33.

 

A parcel
of land (Petrotomics millsites) situated within S2NE and N2SE Section 32, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, as more particularly
described in that certain Quitclaim Deed executed by Petrotomics Company in favor of the Company, dated as of December 2, 1985,
recorded in Book 804, Page 517, said parcel being conveyed again after patent issuance by Getty Oil Company in favor of the Company,
dated as of August 14, 1986, recorded in Book 814, Page 501, now containing approximately 27.8 acres. The tract of land described
in the immediately preceding sentence includes a portion of U.S. Mining Patent No. 49-86-0009, and was reduced by the abandonment
of the SMS 21, 25 and 26 unpatented mill sites.

 

Leased
Real Property

 

Mining
Leases

 

CARBON COUNTY,
WYOMING

 

Minerals
Lease by and between Agnes J. Heward and Lucky Mc Uranium Corporation, dated as of September 26, 1977, Short Form recorded in Book
688, Page 0675 and relating to SWSW Sec 25; N2SE, SESE Sec 26, T28N, R78W, Carbon County, Wyoming, including approximately 156.9
acres.

 

Subject to 5% of uranium concentrates
royalty (90% of solution-mined) to Heward as provided therein.

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Unpatented
Mining Claims and Mill Sites

 

Carbon County, Wyoming

 

	 	 	BLM No.	
	Recorded

  	 	Location	 	 	 	 
	
        Claim
        Name
	
	
        WMC -
	
	
        Book
	
	
        Page
	
	
        Section
	
	
        TWP
	
	
        RGE

	LMB 8	 	251621	 	935	 	423	 	34, 35	 	28N	 	78W
	LMB 10	 	251623	 	935	 	425	 	34, 35	 	28N	 	78W
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	LMB 12	 	251625	 	935	 	447	 	34, 35	 	28N	 	78W
	LMB 160	 	255170	 	979	 	7	 	35	 	28N	 	78W
	LMB 162	 	255172	 	979	 	273	 	34	 	28N	 	78W
	 	 	 	 	1193	 	185	 	(amended)	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	COKE 1	 	298825	 	1181	 	32	 	35	 	28N	 	78W
	COKE 3	 	297733	 	1175	 	4	 	34	 	28N	 	78W
	COKE 4	 	297734	 	1175	 	5	 	34, 35	 	28N	 	78W
	COKE 5	 	297735	 	1175	 	6	 	35	 	28N	 	78W
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	DOE 1	 	295574	 	1165	 	100	 	28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 2	 	295575	 	1165	 	101	 	28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 3	 	295576	 	1165	 	102	 	28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 4	 	295577	 	1165	 	103	 	27, 28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 5	 	295578	 	1165	 	104	 	27, 28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 6	 	295579	 	1165	 	105	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 7	 	295580	 	1165	 	106	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 8	 	295581	 	1165	 	107	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 9	 	295582	 	1165	 	108	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 10	 	295583	 	1165	 	109	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 11	 	295584	 	1165	 	110	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 12	 	295585	 	1165	 	111	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 13	 	295586	 	1165	 	112	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 14	 	295587	 	1165	 	113	 	28, 34	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 15	 	295588	 	1165	 	114	 	27, 28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 16	 	295589	 	1165	 	115	 	28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 17	 	295590	 	1165	 	116	 	28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 18	 	295591	 	1165	 	117	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 19	 	295592	 	1165	 	118	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 20	 	295593	 	1165	 	119	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 21	 	295594	 	1165	 	120	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 22	 	295595	 	1165	 	121	 	27, 28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 23	 	295596	 	1165	 	122	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 24	 	295597	 	1165	 	123	 	27, 28	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 25	 	295598	 	1165	 	124	 	27	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 26	 	295599	 	1165	 	125	 	27, 34	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 27	 	295600	 	1165	 	126	 	27, 34	 	28N	 	78W
	DOE 28	 	295601	 	1165	 	127	 	27, 34	 	28N	 	78W

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Exhibit B

 

NOTICE OF ROYALTY TERMINATION AND QUITCLAIM

 

This Notice of Royalty Termination and
Quitclaim is made effective as of _______________ by AREVA NC Inc., a Delaware corporation (“AREVA”), with offices
at _________________________, in favor of Pathfinder Mines Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“PMC”), with offices
at _______________________.

 

		WHEREAS,	PMC and AREVA entered into that certain Royalty Agreement dated as of December __, 2013 (the “Agreement”),
which was recorded in the official records of Carbon County, Wyoming in Book _________ at Page___________; and

 

		WHEREAS,	Pursuant to the Agreement, Pathfinder granted to AREVA, its successors and permitted assigns, a
production royalty on uranium produced from certain Property described in the Agreement, which Property is more particularly described
in Schedule A attached hereto and hereby incorporated herein; and

 

		WHEREAS,	Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, all duties and obligations to make any royalty
payments to AREVA or its successors or assigns pursuant to the Agreement have been terminated, and AREVA wishes to give notice
thereof, and release and quitclaim its royalty interest to PMC.

 

NOW, THEREFORE:

 

Notice is hereby given that all duties
and obligations to make any royalty payments to AREVA, or its successors or assigns, pursuant to the aforesaid Agreement have been
terminated, and said royalty obligation is extinguished, satisfied and released. AREVA hereby remises, releases and forever quitclaims
to PMC all of AREVA’s right, title and interest in and to the royalty and the Property

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AREVA has executed
this Notice of Royalty Termination and Quitclaim as of the date first above written.

 

AREVA NC, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

	By:	 	 
	 	 	 
	Name:	 	 
	 	 	 
	Title:	 	 

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

	STATE OF __________________	)
	 	)
	COUNTY OF_________________	)

 

This instrument was acknowledged before
me on ________, 20__ by _______________________, as _______________________ of AREVA NC Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Witness my hand and official seal.

 

	 	 
	Notary Public	 

 

My Commission expires:NCI
401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

 

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

ADOPTION AGREEMENT #005

NONSTANDARDIZED 401(k) PLAN

[Related Employers only]

 

The undersigned
Employer, by executing this Adoption Agreement, establishes a retirement plan and trust (collectively "Plan") under the
Wells Fargo Defined Contribution Prototype Plan and Trust Agreement (basic plan document #01). The Employer, subject to the Employer's
Adoption Agreement elections, adopts fully the Prototype Plan and Trust provisions. This Adoption Agreement, the basic plan document
and any attached Appendices or agreements permitted or referenced therein, constitute the Employer's entire plan and trust document.
All "Election" references within this Adoption Agreement are Adoption Agreement Elections. All "Article"
or "Section" references are basic plan document references. Numbers in parentheses which follow election numbers are
basic plan document references. Where an Adoption Agreement election calls for the Employer to supply text, the Employer (without
altering the content of any existing printed text) may lengthen any space or line, or create additional tiers. When Employer-supplied
text uses terms substantially similar to existed printed options, all clarifications and caveats applicable to the printed options
apply to the Employer-supplied text unless the context requires otherwise. The Employer makes the following elections granted under
the corresponding provisions of the basic plan document.

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

		1.	EMPLOYER (1.23).

	Name:	NCI Building Systems, Inc.

	Address:	10943 North Sam Houston Pkwy West, Houston, Texas 77064

	Phone number:	281-897-7512	 

	E–mail (optional):
    	 	 

	Employer's Taxable Year:	December 31st	 

	EIN:	76-0127701	 

 

		2.	PLAN (1.40).

	Name:	NCI 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	Plan number:	001 	 (3–digit
    number for Form 5500 reporting)

	Trust EIN (optional): 	 	 

 

3.   PLAN/LIMITATION YEAR (1.42/1.33).
Plan Year and Limitation Year mean the 12 consecutive month period (except for a short Plan/Limitation Year) ending every (Complete
(a) and (b)):

 

[Note: Complete any applicable blanks
under Election 3 with a specific date, e.g., "June 30" OR "the last day of February" OR "the first Tuesday
in January." In the case of a Short Plan Year or a Short Limitation Year, include the year, e.g., "May 1, 2008."]

 

	(a)	Plan Year (Choose one of (1) or (2) and choose (3) if applicable):

 

	 	(1)	x	December 31.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	 Fiscal Plan Year: ending: ____________________.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	 Short Plan Year: commencing: _____________and ending: _____________.

 

	(b)	Limitation Year (Choose one of (1) or (2) and choose (3) if applicable):

 

	 	(1)	x	Generally same as Plan Year. The Limitation Year is the same as the Plan Year except where the Plan Year is a short year in which event the Limitation Year is always a 12 month period, unless the short Plan Year (and short Limitation Year) result from a Plan amendment.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Different Limitation Year: ending: _____________.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	 Short Limitation Year: commencing: ___________ and ending: _____________.

 

4.     EFFECTIVE
DATE (1.19). The Employer's adoption of the Plan is a (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c). Choose (d) if applicable):

 

	(a)	 ̈	New Plan. The Plan's Effective Date is: _____________.
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Restated Plan. The Plan's restated Effective Date is: January 1, 2013. The Plan's original Effective Date was: January 15, 1992.

 

[Note: See Section 1.51 for the definition
of Restated Plan. If this Plan is an EGTRRA restatement: (i) the EGTRRA restatement Effective Date must be the later of the beginning
of the 2002 Plan Year or the Plan's original Effective Date; and (ii) if specific Plan provisions, as reflected in this Adoption
Agreement, do not date back to the EGTRRA restatement Effective Date, indicate as such in Appendix A.]

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	(c)	 ̈	Restatement of surviving and merging plans. The Plan restates two (or more) plans (Complete (1) and (2). Choose (3) as applicable):
	 	 	
	 	(1)	This (surviving) Plan. The
    Plan's restated Effective Date is: _________. The Plan's original Effective Date was: __________.

 

[Note: If this Plan is an EGTRRA
restatement: (i) the EGTRRA restatement Effective Date must be the later of the beginning of the 2002 Plan Year or the Plan's original
Effective Date; and (ii) if specific Plan provisions, as reflected in this Adoption Agreement, do not date back to the EGTRRA restatement
Effective Date, indicate as such in Appendix A.]

 

	 	(2)	Merging plan. The ______________________ Plan was or will be merged into this surviving Plan as of: _________________. The merging plan's restated Effective Date is: ___________________. The merging plan's original Effective Date was: ____________.

 

[See
the Note under Election 4(c)(1) if this document is the merging plan's EGTRRA restatement.]

 

	 	(3)	 ̈	Additional merging plans. The following additional plans were or will be merged into this surviving Plan (Complete a. and b. as applicable): 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	Restated	 	Original
	 	 	Name of merging plan	 	Merger date	 	Effective Date	 	Effective Date
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	a.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

	(d)	 ̈	Special Effective Date for Elective Deferral provisions: _____________________________________________

 

5.    TRUSTEE (1.65). The
Trustee executing this Adoption Agreement is (Choose one or more of (a), (b), or (c). Choose (d) if applicable):

 

	(a)	 ̈	A discretionary Trustee. See Section 8.02(A).
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	A nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee or Custodian. See Section 8.02(B).
	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	A Trustee under the: ____________________________ (specify name of trust), a separate trust agreement the Trustee has executed and that the IRS has approved for use with this Plan. Under this Election 5(c) the Trustee is not executing the Adoption Agreement and Article VIII of the basic plan document does not apply, except as indicated otherwise in the separate trust agreement. See Section 8.11(C).
	 	 	 
	(d)	x	Permitted Trust amendments apply. Under Section 8.11 the Employer in Appendix C has made certain permitted amendments to the Trust. Such amendments do not constitute a separate trust under Election 5(c).

 

6.   CONTRIBUTION
TYPES (1.12). The Employer and/or Participants, in accordance with the Plan terms, make the following Contribution
Types to the Plan/Trust (Choose one or more of (a) through (h) as applicable. Choose (i) if applicable):

 

	(a)	x	Pre–Tax Deferrals. See Section 3.02 and Elections 20–23.
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Roth Deferrals. See Section 3.02(E) and Elections 20, 21, and 23. [Note: The Employer may not limit Elective Deferrals to Roth Deferrals only.]
	 	 	 
	(c)	x	Matching. See Sections 1.34 and 3.03 and Elections 24–26. [Note: The Employer may make an Operational QMAC without electing 6(c). See Section 3.03(C)(2).]
	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Nonelective. See Sections 1.37 and 3.04 and Elections 27–29. [Note: The Employer may make an Operational QNEC without electing 6(d). See Section 3.04(C)(2).]
	 	 	 
	(e)	 ̈	Safe Harbor/Additional Matching. The Plan is (or pursuant to a delayed election, may be) a safe harbor 401(k) Plan. The Employer will make (or under a delayed election, may make) Safe Harbor Contributions as it elects in Election 30. The Employer may or may not make Additional Matching Contributions as it elects in Election 30. See Election 26 as to matching Catch-Up Deferrals. See Section 3.05.
	 	 	 
	(f)	 ̈	Employee (after–tax). See Section 3.09 and Election 35.
	 	 	 
	(g)	 ̈	SIMPLE 401(k). The Plan is a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. See Section 3.10. The Employer operationally will elect for each Plan Year to make a SIMPLE Matching Contribution or a SIMPLE Nonelective Contribution as described in Section 3.10(E). The Employer must notify Participants of the Employer's SIMPLE contribution election and of the Participants' deferral election rights and limitations within a reasonable period of time before the 60th day prior to the beginning of the Plan Year. [Note: The Employer electing 6(g) may not elect any other Contribution Types except under Elections 6(a), 6(b), and 6(h).]
	 	 	 
	(h)	 ̈	Designated IRA. See Section 3.12 and Election 36.
	 	 	 
	(i)	 ̈	None (frozen plan). The Plan is/was frozen effective as of: _______________________. See Sections 3.01(J) and 11.04.

 

[Note: Elections 20 through 30 and Elections
35 through 37 do not apply to any Plan Year in which the Plan is frozen.]

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	7.	DISABILITY (1.15). Disability means (Choose one of (a) or (b)):
	 	 	 
	(a)	 ̈	Basic Plan. Disability as defined in Section 1.15(A).
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Describe: any medically
determinable physical or mental impairment which results in an inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason
thereof and which may be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of
not less than 12 months.  The permanence and degree of such impairment must be supported by medical evidence.  Disability
will be determined by a physician appointed by the Administrator

 

[Note: The Employer may elect an alternative
definition of Disability for purposes of Plan distributions. However, the use of an alternative definition may result in loss of
favorable tax treatment of the Disability distribution.]

 

8.     EXCLUDED EMPLOYEES (1.21(D)). The following Employees are not Eligible Employees but are Excluded Employees (Choose
one of (a) or (b)):

 

[Note: Regardless of the Employer's
elections under Election 8: (i) Employees of any Related Employers (excluding the Signatory Employer) are Excluded Employees unless
the Related Employer becomes a Participating Employer; and (ii) Reclassified Employees and Leased Employees are Excluded Employees
unless the Employer in Appendix B elects otherwise. See Sections 1.21(B), 1.21(D)(3) and 1.23(D).]

 

	(a)	 ̈	No Excluded Employees. All Employees are Eligible Employees as to all Contribution Types.
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Exclusions. The following Employees are Excluded Employees (either as to all Contribution Types or to the designated Contribution Type) (Choose one or more of (1) through (7) as applicable):

 

[Note: For this Election 8, unless described
otherwise in Election 8(b)(7), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals, Employee Contributions and Safe Harbor
Contributions. Matching includes all Matching Contributions except Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Nonelective includes all
Nonelective Contributions except Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions.]

 

	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	Matching	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(1)	 ̈	No exclusions. No exclusions as to the	N/A	 	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	designated Contribution Type. 	(See Election 8 (a))	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Collective Bargaining (union) Employees.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	As described in Code §410(b)(3)(A).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	See Section 1.21(D)(1).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	x	Non–Resident Aliens. As described in Code	

x

	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	§410(b)(3)(C). See Section 1.21(D)(2).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	 ̈	HCEs. See Section 1.21(E). See Election 30(e)	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	as to exclusion of some or all HCEs	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	from Safe Harbor Contributions.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(5)	 ̈	Hourly paid Employees.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	Part–Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	See Section 1.21(D)(4). A Part–Time, Temporary or Seasonal Employee is an Employee whose regularly scheduled Service is less than ______
 (specify a maximum of 1,000) Hours of Service in the relevant Eligibility Computation Period.	 	 	 	 	 

 

[Note: If the Employer under Election
8(b)(6) elects to treat Part–Time, Temporary and Seasonal Employees as Excluded Employees and any such an Employee actually completes
at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period, the Employee becomes an Eligible Employee.
See Section 1.21(D)(4).]

 

	 	(7)	 ̈	Describe exclusion category and/or Contribution Type: _______________________ (e.g., Exclude Division B Employees OR Exclude salaried Employees from Discretionary Matching Contributions.)

 

[Note: Any exclusion under Election
8(b)(7), except as to Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees, may not be based on age or Service or level of Compensation. See
Election 14 for eligibility conditions based on age or Service.]

 

    	3

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

9.     COMPENSATION
(1.11(B)). The following base Compensation (as adjusted under Elections 10 and 11) applies in allocating Employer Contributions
(or the designated Contribution Type) (Choose one or more of (a) through (d) as applicable):

 

[Note: For this Election 9 all definitions
include Elective Deferrals unless excluded under Election 11. See Section 1.11(D). Unless described otherwise in Election
9(d), Elective Deferrals includes Pre–Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching
Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions. In applying any Plan definition which references Section
1.11 Compensation, where the Employer in this Election 9 elects more than one Compensation definition for allocation purposes,
the Plan Administrator will use W–2 Wages for such other Plan definitions if the Employer has elected W–2 Wages for any Contribution
Type or Participant group under Election 9. If the Employer has not elected W–2 Wages, the Plan Administrator for such other Plan
definitions will use 415 Compensation.]

 

	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	 	 
	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	Matching	Nonelective
	(a)	 ̈	W-2 Wages (plus Elective Deferrals).	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	See Section 1.11(B)(1).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Code §3401 Federal Income Tax	x	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Withholding Wages (plus Elective	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Deferrals). See Section 1.11(B)(2).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	415 Compensation (simplified).	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	See Section 1.11(B)(3).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	[Note: The Employer may elect an alternative	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	"general 415 Compensation" definition by	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	electing 9(c) and by electing the alternative	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	definition in Appendix B. See Section 1.11(B)(4).]	 	 	 	 	 

 

	(d)	 ̈	Describe Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group:	 

 

[Note: Under Election 9(d), the Employer
may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Elections 9(a), (b), or (c), or a combination thereof as to a Participant
group (e.g., W-2 Wages for Matching Contributions for Division A Employees and 415 Compensation in all other cases); and/or (ii)
define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the Note
immediately preceding Election 9(a) (e.g., Compensation for Safe Harbor Matching Contributions means W–2 Wages and for Additional
Matching Contributions means 415 Compensation).]

 

10.     PRE-ENTRY/POST-SEVERANCE
COMPENSATION (1.11(H)/(I)). Compensation under Election 9 (Complete (a). Choose (b) if applicable):

 

[Note: The Plan does not take into account
Post-Severance Compensation unless the Employer elects otherwise in Appendix B or except as otherwise specified in a Plan amendment.
For this Election 10, unless described otherwise in Election 10(b), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals
and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions.]

 

	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	Matching	Nonelective
	(a)	x	Pre-Entry Compensation. Includes (Choose	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(1) and (2) as applicable):	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(1)	 ̈	Plan Year. Compensation for the entire	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	Plan Year which includes the Participant's	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Entry Date.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	x	Participating Compensation. Only
    Participating Compensation. See Section 1.11(H) (1).	x	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈

 

[Note: Under a Participating Compensation
election, in applying any Adoption Agreement elected contribution limit or formula, the Plan Administrator will count only the
Participant's Participating Compensation. See Section 1.11(H)(1) as to plan disaggregation.]

 

	(b)	 ̈	Describe Pre-Entry Compensation by Contribution Type or by Participant group: _____________________________

 

[Note: Under Election 10(b), the Employer
may: (i) elect Compensation from the elections available under Election 10(a) or a combination thereof as to a Participant group
(e.g., Participating Compensation for all Contribution Types as to Division A Employees, Plan Year Compensation for all Contribution
Types to Division B Employees); and/or (ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive"
description in the Note immediately preceding Election 10(a) (e.g., Compensation for Nonelective Contributions is Participating
Compensation and for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions is Plan Year Compensation).]

 

    	4

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

		11.	EXCLUDED COMPENSATION (1.11(G)). Apply
the following Compensation exclusions to Elections 9 and 10 (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	 ̈	No exclusions. Compensation as to all Contribution Types means Compensation as elected in Elections 9 and 10.
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Exclusions. Exclude the following (Choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable):

 

[Note: In a safe harbor 401(k) plan,
allocations qualifying for the ADP or ACP test safe harbors must be based on a non-discriminatory definition of Compensation.
If the Plan applies permitted disparity, allocations also must be based on a non-discriminatory definition of Compensation if
the Plan is to avoid more complex testing. Elections 11(b)(4) through (b)(9) may cause allocation Compensation to fail to be non-discriminatory.
In a non-safe harbor 401(k) plan, Elections 11(b)(4) through (b)(9) which result in Compensation failing to be non-discriminatory
may result in more complex nondiscrimination testing. For this Election 11, unless described otherwise in Election 11(b)(9), Elective
Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions
and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions.] 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	Matching	Nonelective
	 	(1)	 ̈	No exclusions-limited. No	N/A	 	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	exclusions as to the designated	(See Election 11(a))	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Contribution Type(s).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Elective Deferrals. See Section 1.20.	N/A	 	N/A	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	x	Fringe benefits. As described in Treas.	x	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	Reg. §1.414(s)-1(c)(3).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	 ̈	Compensation exceeding $____.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	Apply this election to (Choose one of a. or b.):	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	a.	 ̈	All Participants. [Note: If the Employer	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	elects Safe Harbor Contributions under	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Election 6(e), the Employer may not	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	elect 11(b)(4)a. to limit the Safe Harbor	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Contribution allocation to the NHCEs.]	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	HCE Participants only.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(5)	 ̈	Bonus.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	Commission.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(7)	 ̈	Overtime.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(8)	 ̈	Related Employers. See Section 1.23(C).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	(If there are Related Employers, choose one or	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	both of a. and b. as applicable):	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	a.	 ̈	Non-Participating. Compensation paid to	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	Employees by a Related Employer that is	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	not a Participating Employer.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	Participating. As to the Employees of any	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	Participating Employer, Compensation paid	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	by any other Participating Employer to its	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Employees. See Election 28(g)(2)a.	 	 	 	 	 

 

	 	(9)	S	Describe	 Compensation exclusion(s):
Differential wage payments are excluded from Elective Deferrals notwithstanding the Amendment for HEART and WRERA.  Amounts
realized from the exercise of any non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Participant either
becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and amounts realized from the sale, exchange,
or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and severance pay, including  severance pay referred
to as early retirement package compensation, and income from the exercise of stock options are excluded from All Contributions

 

[Note: Under Election
11(b)(9), the Employer may: (i) describe Compensation from the elections available under Elections 11(b)(1) through (8), or a combination
thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., No exclusions as to Division A Employees and exclude bonus as to Division B Employees);
(ii) define the Contribution Type column headings in a manner which differs from the "all-inclusive" description in the
Note immediately preceding Election 11(b)(1) (e.g., Elective Deferrals means §125 cafeteria deferrals only OR No exclusions
as to Safe Harbor Contributions and exclude bonus as to Nonelective Contributions); and/or (iii) describe another exclusion (e.g.,
Exclude shift differential pay).]

 

    	5

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

 

12.      HOURS
OF SERVICE (1.31). The Plan credits Hours of Service for the following purposes (and to the Employees described in Elections
12(d) or (e)) as follows (Choose one or more of (a) through (e) as applicable):

 

	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Allocation
	 	 	 	Purposes	 	Eligibility	Vesting	Conditions
	(a)	x	Actual Method. See Section 1.31(A)(1).	 ̈	OR	 ̈	x	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Equivalency Method:                          (e.g., daily, 	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	weekly, etc.). See Section 1.31(A)(2).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(c)	x	Elapsed Time Method. See Section 1.31(A)(3).	 ̈	OR	x	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Actual (hourly) and Equivalency (salaried).	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Actual Method for hourly paid Employees	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	and Equivalency Method:                         	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(e.g., daily, weekly, etc.) for salaried Employees.	 	 	 	 	 

 

	(e)	 ̈	Describe method: ___________________________________________________________________________

 

[Note: Under Election 12(e), the Employer
may describe Hours of Service from the elections available under Elections 12(a) through (d), or a combination thereof as to a
Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., For all purposes, Actual Method applies to office workers and Equivalency
Method applies to truck drivers).]

 

13.     ELECTIVE
SERVICE CREDITING (1.56(C)). The Plan must credit Related Employer Service under Section 1.23(C) and also must credit
certain Predecessor Employer/Predecessor Plan Service under Section 1.56(B). The Plan also elects under Section 1.56(C) to credit
as Service the following Predecessor Employer service (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	 ̈	 Not applicable. No elective Predecessor Employer Service crediting applies.
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Applies. The Plan credits the specified service with the following designated Predecessor Employers as Service for the Employer for the purposes indicated (Choose (1) and (2) as applicable. Complete (3). Choose (4) if applicable):

 

[Note:
Any elective Service crediting under this Election 13 must be nondiscriminatory.]

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	All purposes. Credit
Service for all purposes with Predecessor Employer(s): _____________________ (insert as many names as needed).

 

	 	(2)	x

	
        Designated purposes. Credit Service
        with

        the following Predecessor Employer(s) for

        the designated purpose(s):
	
        (1)

         

        Eligibility
	
        (2)

         

        Vesting
	
        (3)

        Contribution

        Allocation

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	a.	Employer:  Metal Building Components, Inc. and its operating subsidiaries, Doublecote L.L.C., Midland Metals, Inc., Able Manufacturing & Wholesale Garage Door Co.	x	x	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	Employer:  Heritage Building Systems, Inc., Steelbuilding.com, Inc., Robertson-Ceco Corporation and its operating subsidiaries, Garco Building Systems, Inc.	x	x	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	c.	Employer:  Metl-Span LLC	x	x	 ̈

 

	 	(3)	Time period. Under Elections 13(b)(1) or (2), the Plan credits (Choose one or more of a., b., and c. as applicable):

 

	 	 	a.	x

	All. All Service under Election(s) 13(b) 2.a.b.c., regardless of when rendered.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈

	Service after. All Service
    under Election(s) 13(b) _______, which is or was rendered after: ________________ (specify date).
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	c.	 ̈

	Service before. All Service
    under Election(s) 13(b) _______, which is or was rendered before: _________________ (specify date).

 

	 	(4)	 ̈	Describe elective Predecessor Employer Service crediting: _________________________________.

 

[Note: Under Election 13(b)(4), the
Employer may describe service crediting from the elections available under Elections 13(b)(1) through (3), or a combination thereof
as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., For all purposes credit service with X only on/after 1/1/05 OR Credit
all service for all purposes with entities the Employer acquires after 12/31/04 OR Service crediting for X Company applies only
for purposes of Nonelective Contributions and not for Matching Contributions).]

 

    	6

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

 

14.     ELIGIBILITY
(2.01). To become a Participant in the Plan, an Eligible Employee must satisfy (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

[Note: If the Employer under a safe
harbor plan elects "early" eligibility for Elective Deferrals (e.g., less than one Year of Service and age 21), but does
not elect early eligibility for any Safe Harbor Contributions, also see Election 30(f).]

 

	(a)	 ̈

	No conditions. No eligibility conditions as to all Contribution Types. Entry is on the Employment Commencement Date (if that date is also an Entry Date), or if later, upon the next following Plan Entry Date.

 

[Note: No eligibility conditions apply
to Prevailing Wage Contributions unless the Prevailing Wage Contract provides otherwise. See Section 2.01(D).]

 

	(b)	x	Conditions. The following eligibility conditions (either as to all Contribution Types or as to the designated Contribution Type) (Choose one or more of (1) through (8) as applicable):

 

[Note: For this Election 14, unless
described otherwise in Election 14(b)(8)), or the context otherwise requires, Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth
Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions (except Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
under Section 3.05(E)(3) and Operational QMACs under Section 3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions
(except Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions under Section 3.05(E)(2) and Operational QNECs under Section 3.04(C)(2)). Safe Harbor
includes Safe Harbor Nonelective and Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects more than one Year of Service as
to Additional Matching, the Plan will not satisfy the ACP test safe harbor. See Section 3.05(F)(3).]

 

	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)	(5)
	 	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	 	 	Safe
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	Matching	Nonelective	Harbor
	 	(1)	 ̈	None. Entry on the Employment Commencement Date (if that date is also an Entry Date) or if later, upon the next following Plan Entry Date.	N/A

(See Election 14(a))	 	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	x	Age 18 (not to exceed age 21).	x 	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	One Year of Service. See Election 16(a).	 ̈ 	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	 ̈	Two Years of Service (without an intervening Break in Service). 100% vesting is required. [Note: Two Years of Service does not apply to Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions or SIMPLE Contributions.]	N/A	 	N/A	 ̈

	

 ̈

	N/A
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(5)	x	  3 month(s) (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions). If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. Service need not be continuous (no minimum Hours of Service required, and is mere passage of time).	x 	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	_______month(s) with at least ______Hours of Service in each month (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions). If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. If the Employee does not complete the designated Hours of Service each month during the specified monthly time period, the Employee is subject to the one Year of Service (or two Years of Service if elect more than 12 months) requirement with 1,000 Hours of Service per Year of Service. The months during which the Employee completes the specified Hours of Service (Choose one of a. or b.):	 ̈ 	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	a.	 ̈	Consecutive. Must be consecutive.	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	Not consecutive. Need not be consecutive.	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(7)	 ̈	_______Hours of Service within the__________ time period following the Employee's Employment Commencement Date (not exceeding 12 months for Elective Deferrals, Safe Harbor Contributions and SIMPLE Contributions and not exceeding 24 months for other contributions). If more than 12 months, 100% vesting is required. If the Employee does not complete the designated Hours of Service during the specified time period (if any), the Employee is subject to the one Year of Service (or two Years of Service if elect more than 12 months) requirement with 1,000 Hours of Service per Year of Service.	 ̈	OR	 ̈

	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈

 

[Note: The Employer may complete the
second blank in Election 14(b)(7) with "N/A" if the Employer wishes to impose an Hour of Service requirement without
specifying a time period within which an Employee must complete the required Hours of Service.]

 

		(8)	 ̈

	Describe eligibility
conditions: _______________________________________________________________

 

[Note: The Employer may use Election
14(b)(8) to describe different eligibility conditions as to different Contribution Types or Employee groups (e.g., As to all Contribution
Types, no eligibility requirements for Division A Employees and one Year of Service as to Division B Employees). The Employer also
may elect different ages for different Contribution Types and/or to specify different months or Hours of Service requirements under
Elections 14(b)(5), (b)(6), or (b)(7) as to different Contribution Types. Any election must satisfy Code §410(a).]

 

    	7

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

15.     SPECIAL
ELIGIBILITY EFFECTIVE DATE (DUAL ELIGIBILITY) (2.01(E)). The eligibility conditions of Election 14 (Choose (a) or
choose (b) and (c) as applicable):

 

	(a)	x	No exceptions. Apply to all Employees.

 

[Note: Elections 15(b) or (c) may trigger
a coverage failure under Code §410(b).]

 

	(b)	 ̈	Waiver of eligibility conditions for certain Employees. For all Contribution Types, apply solely to an Eligible Employee employed or reemployed by the Employer after                          (specify date). If the Eligible Employee was employed or reemployed by the Employer by the specified date, the Employee will become a Participant on the latest of: (i) the Effective Date; (ii) the restated Effective Date; (iii) the Employee's Employment Commencement Date or Re-Employment Commencement Date; or (iv) on the date the Employee attains age              (not exceeding age 21).

 

[Note: If the Employer does not wish
to impose an age condition under clause (iv) as part of the requirements for the eligibility conditions waiver, leave the age blank.]

 

	(c)	 ̈	Describe special eligibility Effective Date(s): _____________________________________________________

 

[Note: Under Election 15(c), the Employer
may describe special eligibility Effective Dates as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., Eligibility conditions
apply only as to Nonelective Contributions and solely as to the Eligible Employees of Division B who were hired or reemployed by
the Employer after January 1, 2007).]

 

16.     YEAR
OF SERVICE - ELIGIBILITY (2.02(A)). (Choose (a), (b), and (c) as applicable):

 

[Note: If the Employer under Election
14 elects a one or two Year(s) of Service condition (including any requirement which defaults to such conditions under Elections
14(b)(6), (7), and (8)) or elects to apply a Year of Service for eligibility under any other Adoption Agreement election, the Employer
should complete Election 16. The Employer should not complete Election 16 if it elects the Elapsed Time Method for eligibility.]

 

	(a)	 ̈	Year of Service. An Employee must complete _____ Hour(s) of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period to receive credit for one Year of Service under Article II. [Note: The number may not exceed 1,000. If left blank, the requirement is 1,000 Hours of Service. Under Elections 14(b)(6) and (b)(7) and under Election 14(b)(8) if it incorporates Elections 14(b)(6) or (7), the number is 1,000 and the Employer should not supply any other number in the blank.]

 

	(b)	 ̈	Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods. After the Initial Eligibility Computation Period described in Section 2.02(C)(2), the Plan measures Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods as (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Plan Year. The Plan Year beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Anniversary Year. The Anniversary Year, beginning with the Employee's second Anniversary Year.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Split. The Plan Year as described
in Election 16(b)(1) as to:                                   
 (describe Contribution Type(s)) and the Anniversary Year as described in Election 16(b)(2) as to:                                   
  (describe Contribution Type(s)).

 

[Note: To maximize delayed entry under
a two Years of Service condition for Nonelective Contributions or Matching Contributions, the Employer should elect to remain on
the Anniversary Year for such contributions.]

 

    	8

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	(c)	 ̈	Describe: ___________________________________________________________________ (e.g., Anniversary Year as to Division A and Plan Year as to Division B.) 

 

17.     ENTRY
DATE (2.02(D)). Entry Date means the Effective Date and (Choose one or more of (a) through (f) as applicable):

 

[Note: For this Election 17, unless
described otherwise in Election 17(f), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions,
Matching includes all Matching Contributions (except Operational QMACs under Section 3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective
Contributions (except Operational QNECs under Section 3.04(C)(2)). Entry as to Prevailing Wage Contributions is on the Employment
Commencement Date unless the Prevailing Wage Contract provides otherwise. See Section 2.02(D).]

 

	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	 	 
	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	Matching	Nonelective
	(a)	 ̈	Semi-annual. The first day of the first month	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	and of the seventh month of the Plan Year.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	First day of Plan Year	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	First day of each Plan Year quarter	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	The first day of each month	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(e)	 ̈	Immediate. Upon Employment Commencement Date	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	or if later, upon satisfaction of eligibility conditions.	 	 	 	 	 

 

	(f)	x	Describe Entry Date(s):
As to all Contributions, the first day of each Plan Year quarter following satisfaction of the Eligibility conditions and
every day thereafter.

 

[Note: Under Election 17(f), the Employer
may describe Entry Dates from the elections available under Elections 17(a) through (e), or a combination thereof as to a Participant
group and/or Contribution Type or may elect additional Entry Dates (e.g., As to Matching Contributions excluding Additional Matching,
immediate as to Division A Employees and semi-annual as to Division B Employees OR the earlier of the Plan's semi-annual Entry
Dates or the entry dates under the Employer's medical plan).]

 

18.     PROSPECTIVE/RETROACTIVE
ENTRY DATE (2.02(D)). An Employee after satisfying the eligibility conditions in Election 14 will become a Participant
(unless an Excluded Employee under Election 8) on the Entry Date (if employed on that date) (Choose one or more of (a) through
(f) as applicable):

 

[Note: Unless otherwise excluded under
Election 8, an Employee who remains employed by the Employer on the relevant date must become a Participant by the earlier of:
(i) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date the Employee completes the age and service requirements of Code §410(a);
or (ii) 6 months after the date the Employee completes those requirements. For this Election 18, unless described otherwise in
Election 18(f), Elective Deferrals includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all
Matching Contributions (except Operational QMACs under Section 3.03(C)(2)) and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions,
(except Operational QNECs under Section 3.04(C)(2)).]

 

	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	 	 
	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	Matching	Nonelective 
	(a)	x	Immediately following or coincident with the date	x	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Immediately following the date the Employee	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	completes the eligibility conditions.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Immediately preceding or coincident with the date	N/A	 	N/A	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	the Employee completes the eligibility conditions.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Immediately preceding the date the Employee	N/A	 	N/A	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	completes the eligibility conditions.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(e)	 ̈	Nearest the date the Employee completes the	N/A	 	N/A	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	eligibility conditions.	 	 	 	 	 

 

	(f)	 ̈	Describe retroactive/prospective entry relative to Entry Date: _______________________________________

 

[Note: Under Election 18(f), the Employer
may describe the timing of entry relative to an Entry Date from the elections available under Elections 18(a) through (e), or a
combination thereof as to a Participant group and/or Contribution Type (e.g., As to Matching Contributions excluding Additional
Matching nearest as to Division A Employees and immediately following as to Division B Employees).

 

    	9

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

19.    BREAK IN
SERVICE – PARTICIPATION (2.03). The one year hold-out rule described in Section 2.03(C) (Choose one of (a),
(b), or (c)):

 

	(a)	x	Does not apply.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Applies. Applies to the Plan and to all Participants.
	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Limited application. Applies to the Plan, but only to a Participant who has incurred a Severance from Employment.

 

[Note: The Plan does not apply the rule
of parity under Code §410(a)(5)(D) unless the Employer in Appendix B specifies otherwise. See Section 2.03(D).]

 

ARTICLE III

PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

 

20.    ELECTIVE
DEFERRAL LIMITATIONS (3.02(A)). The following limitations apply to Elective Deferrals under Elections 6(a) and 6(b),
which are in addition to those limitations imposed under the basic plan document (Choose (a) or choose (b) and (c) as applicable):

 

	(a)	 ̈	None. No additional Plan imposed limits.

 

[Note: The Employer under Election 20
may not impose a lower deferral limit applicable only to Catch-Up Eligible Participants and the Employer's elections must be nondiscriminatory.
The elected limits apply to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals unless described otherwise. Under a safe harbor plan: (i) NHCEs
must be able to defer enough to receive the maximum Safe Harbor Matching and Additional Matching Contribution under the plan and
must be permitted to defer any lesser amount; and (ii) the Employer may limit Elective Deferrals to a whole percentage of Compensation
or to a whole dollar amount. See Section 1.54(C) as to administrative limitations on Elective Deferrals.]

 

	(b)	x	Additional Plan limit(s). (Choose (1) and (2) as applicable. Complete (3) if (1) or (2) is chosen):

 

	 	(1)	x	Maximum deferral amount. A Participant's Elective Deferrals may not exceed:   50%   (specify dollar amount or percentage of Compensation).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	x	Minimum deferral amount. A Participant's Elective Deferrals may not be less than:   1%   (specify dollar amount or percentage of Compensation).

 

	 	(3)	Application of limitations. The Election 20(b)(1) and (2) limitations apply based on Elective Deferral Compensation described in Elections 9 – 11. If the Employer elects Plan Year/Participation Compensation under column (1) and in Election 10 elects Participating Compensation, in the Plan Years commencing after an Employee becomes a Participant, apply the elected minimum or maximum limitations to the Plan Year. Apply the elected limitation based on such Compensation during the designated time period and only to HCEs as elected below. (Choose a. or choose b. and c. as applicable. Under each of a., b. or c. choose one of (1) or (2). Choose (3) if applicable):

 

	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	 	(3)
	 	 	 	 	Plan Year/Participating	 		 	
	 	 	 	 	Compensation	  	Payroll period	  	HCEs only
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	a.	x	Both. Both limits under Elections 20(b)(1) and (2).	x	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Maximum limit. The maximum amount limit under Election 20(b)(1).	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	c.	 ̈	Minimum limit. The minimum amount limit under Election 20(b)(2).	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈

 

	(c)	 ̈	Describe Elective Deferral limitation(s):  	 

 

[Note: Under Election 20(c), the Employer:
(i) may describe limitations on Elective Deferrals from the elections available under Elections 20(a) and (b) or a combination
thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., No limit applies to Division A Employees. Division B Employees may not defer in excess
of 10% of Plan Year Compensation); (ii) may elect a different time period to which the limitations apply; and/or (iii) may apply
a different limitation to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals.]

 

    	10

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	21.	AUTOMATIC DEFERRAL (3.02(B)). The Automatic Deferral provisions of Section 3.02(B) (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	x	Do not apply.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Apply. The Automatic Deferral Effective Date is:                          (specify date). (Complete (1), (2), and (3). Choose (4) as applicable):
	 	 	 
	 	(1)	Automatic Deferral Amount. The Employer, as to each Participant affected, will withhold as the Automatic Deferral Amount,            % from the Participant's Compensation each payroll period unless the Participant makes a Contrary Election.
	 	 	 
	 	(2)	Participants affected. The Automatic Deferral applies to (Choose one of a., b., c., or d.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	All Participants. All Participants, regardless of any prior Salary Reduction Agreement, unless and until they make a Contrary Election after the Automatic Deferral Effective Date.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Election of at least Automatic Deferral Amount. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary Reduction Agreement on the Automatic Deferral Effective Date provided that the Elective Deferral amount under the Agreement is at least equal to the Automatic Deferral Amount.
	 	 	 	 
	 	c.	 ̈	No existing Salary Reduction Agreement. All Participants, except those who have in effect a Salary Reduction Agreement on the Automatic Deferral Effective Date regardless of the Elective Deferral amount under the Agreement.
	 	 	 	 
	 	d.	 ̈	New Participants. Each Employee whose Entry Date is on or following the Automatic Deferral Effective Date.

 

	 	(3)	Scheduled increases. The Automatic Deferral Amount will or will not increase (as a percentage of Compensation) in Plan Years following the Plan Year containing the Automatic Deferral Effective Date (or, if later, the Plan Year in which the Automatic Deferral first applies to a Participant) as follows (Choose one of a., b., or c.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	No scheduled increase. The Automatic Deferral Amount applies in all Plan Years.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Scheduled increase. The Automatic Deferral Amount will increase as follows:

 

	 	Plan Year of application to a Participant	 	Automatic Deferral Amount	 
	 	1	 	3%	 
	 	2	 	3%	 
	 	3	 	4%	 
	 	4	 	5%	 
	 	5 and thereafter	 	6%	 

 

	 	c.	 ̈	Other scheduled increase. The Automatic Deferral Amount will increase as follows:

 

	 	Plan Year of application to a Participant	 	Automatic Deferral Amount	 
	 	_______	 	_______%	 
	 	_______	 	_______%	 
	 	_______	 	_______%	 
	 	_______	 	_______%	 
	 	_______	 	_______%	 

 

	 	(4)	 ̈	Describe Automatic Deferral:  	 

[Note: Under Election 21(b)(4), the
Employer may describe Automatic Deferral provisions from the elections available under Election 21 and/or a combination thereof
as to a Participant group (e.g., Automatic Deferrals do not apply to Division A Employees. All Division B Employee/Participants
are subject to an Automatic Deferral Amount equal to 3% of Compensation effective as of January 1, 2008).]

 

	22.	CODA (3.02(C)). The CODA provisions of Section 3.02(C) (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	x	Do not apply.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Apply. For each Plan Year for which the Employer makes a designated CODA contribution under Section 3.02(C), a Participant may elect to receive directly in cash not more than the following portion (or, if less, the Elective Deferral Limit) of his/her proportionate share of that CODA contribution (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	All or any portion.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	           %

 

	23.	CATCH-UP DEFERRALS (3.02(D)). A Catch-Up Eligible Participant (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	x	Permitted. May make Catch-Up Deferrals to the Plan.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Not Permitted. May not make Catch-Up Deferrals to the Plan.

 

    	11

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

24.    MATCHING
CONTRIBUTIONS (EXCLUDING SAFE HARBOR MATCH AND ADDITIONAL MATCH UNDER SECTION 3.05) (3.03(A)). The Employer Matching
Contributions under Election 6(c) are subject to the following additional elections regarding type (discretionary/fixed), rate/amount,
limitations and time period (collectively, such elections are "the matching formula") and the allocation of Matching
Contributions is subject to Section 3.06 except as otherwise provided (Choose one or more of (a) through (g) as applicable;
then, for the elected match, complete (1), (2), and/or (3) as applicable. If the Employer completes (2) or (3), also complete one
of (4), (5), or (6)):

 

[Note: If the Employer wishes to make
any Matching Contributions that satisfy the ADP or ACP safe harbor, the Employer should make these Elections under Election 30,
and not under this Election 24.]

 

	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	 	(3)	 	(4)	 	(5)	 	(6)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Limit on	 	 	 	 	 	Apply	 	Apply
	 	 	 	 	Match	 	Deferrals	 	Limit on	 	Apply	 	limit(s) per 	 	limit(s) per
	 	 	 	 	Rate/Amt	 	Matched	 	Match Amount	 	limit(s) per	 	payroll	 	designated
	 	 	 	 	[$/% of Elective	 	[$/% of	 	[$/% of	 	Plan Year	 	period [no	 	time period
	 	 	 	 	Deferrals]	 	Compensation]	 	Compensation]	 	 ["true-up"]	 	"true-up"] 	 	 [no "true-up"]
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)	x	Discretionary – see Section
    1.34(B) (The Employer may, but is not required to complete (a)(1)-(6). See the "Note" following Election 24.)	 	______	 	______	 	______	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈ ______
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Fixed – uniform
    rate/amount	 	______	 	______	 	______	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈ ______

 

	(c)	 ̈	Fixed –
    tiered	 	Elective	 	Matching	 	______	 	______	 	 ̈ 	 	 ̈ 	 	 ̈ ______ 
	 	 	 	 	Deferral %	 	Rate	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	_______%	 	_______%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	_______%	 	_______%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	_______%	 	_______%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	_______%	 	_______%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

	(d)	 ̈	Fixed –	 	Years	 	Matching	 	_____	 	_____ 	  	  ̈	 	  ̈	 	 ̈ ______
	 	 	Years of Service	 	of Service	 	Rate	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	_______	 	_______%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	_______	 	_______%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	_______	 	_______%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	_______	 	_______%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

	 	(1)	"Years of Service"
    under this Election 24(d) means (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Eligibility. Years
    of Service for eligibility in Election 16.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Vesting. Years of Service for
    vesting in Elections 42 and 43.

 

	(e)	 ̈	Fixed
                           – multiple

        
	 	Formula 1: __________	 	______	 	______	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈ ______
	 	 	formulas	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 		 	Formula 2: __________	 	______	 	______	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈ ______
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Formula 3: __________	 	______	 	______	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈ ______

 

	(f)	x	Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers contribute Matching Contributions to the Plan, the following apply (Complete (1) and (2)):

 

	 	(1)	Matching formula. The matching formula for the Participating Employer(s) (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	x	All the same. Is (are) the same as for the Signatory Employer under this Election 24.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	At least one different. Is (are) as follows: __________________.

 

	 	(2)	Allocation sharing. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Matching Contributions made by the Signatory Employer and by any Participating Employer (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	x	Employer by Employer. Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing Employer.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Across Employer lines. To all Participants regardless of which Employer directly employs them and regardless of whether their direct Employer made Matching Contributions for the Plan Year.

 

[Note: The Employer should not elect
24(f) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers. See Section 1.23(D).]

 

    	12

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	(g)	x	Describe:  The
Employer may also make an additional profit-sharing  Discretionary Matching Contribution in addition to the above Discretionary
Matching Contribution. (e.g., A Discretionary Matching Contribution applies to Division A Participants. A Fixed Matching
Contribution equal to 50% of Elective Deferrals not exceeding 6% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division B Participants.)

 

[Note: See Section 1.34(A) as to Fixed
Matching Contributions. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by
his/her Compensation. The matching rate/amount is the specified rate/amount of match for the corresponding Elective Deferral amount/percentage.
Any Matching Contributions apply to Pre-Tax Deferrals and to Roth Deferrals unless described otherwise in Election 24(g). Matching
Contributions for nondiscrimination testing purposes are subject to the targeting limitations. See Section 4.10(D). The Employer
under Election 24(a) in its discretion may determine the amount of a Discretionary Matching Contribution and the matching contribution
formula. Alternatively, the Employer in Election 24(a) may specify the Discretionary Matching Contribution formula.]

 

25.    QMAC (PLAN-DESIGNATED)
(3.03(C)(1)). The following provisions apply regarding Plan-Designated QMACs (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

[Note: Regardless of its elections under
this Election 25, the Employer under Section 3.03(C)(2) may elect for any Plan Year where the Plan is using Current Year Testing
to make Operational QMACs which the Plan Administrator will allocate only to NHCEs for purposes of correction of an ADP or ACP
test failure.]

 

	(a)	x	Not applicable. There are no Plan-Designated QMACs.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Applies. There are Plan-Designated
QMACs to which the following provisions apply (Complete (1) and (2)): 

 

	 	(1)	Matching Contributions affected. The following Matching Contributions (as allocated to the designated allocation group under Election 25(b)(2)) are Plan-Designated QMACs (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	All. All Matching Contributions.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Designated. Only the following Matching Contributions under Election 24: ______________________.

 

	 	(2)	Allocation Group. Subject to Section 3.06, allocate the Plan-Designated QMAC (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	NHCEs only. Only to NHCEs who make Elective Deferrals subject to the Plan-Designated QMAC.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	All Participants. To all Participants who make Elective Deferrals subject to the Plan-Designated QMAC.

 

The Plan Administrator will allocate all
other Matching Contributions as Regular Matching Contributions under Section 3.03(B), except as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2)
or 3.05.

 

[Note: See Section 4.10(D) as to targeting
limitations applicable to QMAC nondiscrimination testing.]

 

26.    MATCHING
CATCH-UP DEFERRALS (3.03(D)). If a Participant makes a Catch-Up Deferral, the Employer (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	x	Match. Will apply to the Catch-Up Deferral (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	1)	

x

	All. All Matching Contributions.

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	Designated. The following Matching Contributions in Election 24: _________________________.

 

	(b)	 ̈	No Match. Will not match any Catch-Up Deferrals.

 

[Note: Election 26 does not apply to
a safe harbor 401(k) plan unless the Employer will apply the ACP test. See Elections 37(a)(2)b. and 37(a)(2)c.(ii). In this case,
Election 26 applies only to Additional Matching, if any. A safe harbor 401(k) Plan will apply the Basic Match or Enhanced Match
to Catch-Up Deferrals. If the Employer elects to apply the ACP test safe harbor under Election 37(a)(2)a. or 37(a)(2)c.(i), Election
26 does not apply and the Plan also will apply any Additional Match to Catch-Up Deferrals.]

 

27.    NONELECTIVE
CONTRIBUTIONS (TYPE/AMOUNT) INCLUDING PREVAILING WAGE CONTRIBUTIONS (3.04(A)). The Employer Nonelective Contributions
under Election 6(d) are subject to the following additional elections as to type and amount (Choose one or more of (a) through
(e) as applicable):

 

	(a)	 ̈	Discretionary. An amount the Employer in its sole discretion may determine.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Fixed. (Choose one or more of (1), (2), and (3) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Uniform %.            % of each Participant's Compensation, per                          (e.g., Plan Year, month).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Fixed dollar amount. $           , per                          (e.g., Plan Year, month, HOS, per Participant per month).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Describe: ___________________________________________ (specify time period, e.g., per Plan Year quarter. If not specified, the time period is the Plan Year).

 

[Note: The Employer under Election 27(b)(3)
may specify any Fixed Nonelective Contribution formula not described under Elections 27(b)(1) or (2) (e.g., For each Plan Year,
2% of net profits exceeding $50,000) and/or the Employer may describe different Fixed Nonelective Contributions as applicable to
different Participant groups (e.g., A Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to 5% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division
A Participants and a Fixed Nonelective Contribution equal to $500 per Participant each Plan Year applies to Division B Participants).]

 

    	13

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	(c)	 ̈	Prevailing Wage Contribution. The Prevailing Wage Contribution amount(s) specified for the Plan Year or other applicable period in the Employer's Prevailing Wage Contract(s). The Employer will make a Prevailing Wage Contribution only to Participants covered by the Contract and only as to Compensation paid under the Contract. If the Participant accrues an allocation of Employer Contributions (including forfeitures) under the Plan or any other Employer plan in addition to the Prevailing Wage Contribution, the Plan Administrator will (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	No offset. Not reduce the Participant's Employer Contribution allocation by the amount of the Prevailing Wage Contribution.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Offset. Reduce the Participant's Employer Contribution allocation by the amount of the Prevailing Wage Contribution.

 

	(d)	 ̈	Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers contribute Nonelective Contributions to the Plan, the contribution formula(s) (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	All the same. Is (are) the same as for the Signatory Employer under this Election 27.

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	At least one different. Is (are) as follows:  __________________________.

 

[Note: The Employer should not elect
27(d) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers. See Section 1.23(D). The Employer electing 27(d)
also must complete Election 28(g) as to the allocation methods which apply to the Participating Employers.]

 

	(e)	 ̈	Describe:	 

 

[Note: Under Election 27(e), the Employer
may describe the amount and type of Nonelective Contributions from the elections available under Election 27 and/or a combination
thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., A Discretionary Nonelective Contribution applies to Division A Employees. A Fixed Nonelective
Contribution equal to 5% of Plan Year Compensation applies to Division B Employees).]

 

28.    NONELECTIVE
CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATION (3.04(B)). The Plan Administrator, subject to Section 3.06, will allocate to each Participant
any Nonelective Contribution (excluding QNECs) under the following contribution allocation formula (Choose one or more of (a)
through (h) as applicable):

 

	(a)	 ̈	Pro rata. As a uniform percentage of Participant Compensation.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Permitted disparity. In accordance with the permitted disparity allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(2), under which the following permitted disparity formula and definition of "Excess Compensation" apply (Complete (1) and (2)):

 

	 	(1)	Formula (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Two-tiered.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Four-tiered.

 

	 	(2)	Excess Compensation. For purposes of Section 3.04(B)(2), "Excess Compensation" means Compensation in excess of (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Percentage amount.            % (not exceeding 100%) of the taxable wage base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year, rounded to the next highest $            (not exceeding the taxable wage base).
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Dollar amount. The following amount: $            (not exceeding the taxable wage base in effect on the first day of the Plan Year).

 

	(c)	 ̈	Incorporation of contribution formula. The Plan Administrator will allocate any Fixed Nonelective Contribution under Elections 27(b), 27(d), or 27(e), or any Prevailing Wage Contribution under Election 27(c), in accordance with the contribution formula the Employer adopts under those Elections.
	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Classifications of Participants. In accordance with the classifications allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(3). The classifications are (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3)):

 

[Note: Typically, the Employer
would elect 28(d) where it intends to satisfy nondiscrimination requirements using "cross-testing" under Treas. Reg.
§1.401(a)(4)-8. However, choosing this election does not necessarily require application of cross-testing and the Plan may
be able to satisfy nondiscrimination as to its classification-based allocations by testing allocation rates.]

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Each in own classification. Each Participant constitutes a separate classification.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	NHCEs/HCEs. Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participants and Highly Compensated Employee/Participants.

 

	 	(3)	 ̈	Describe the classifications: 	 

 

    	14

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

[Note: Any classifications under Election
28(d) must result in a definitely determinable allocation under Treas. Reg. §1.401-1(b)(1)(ii) and must constitute a reasonable
classification within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)-4(b). The number of allocation rates is subject to the limitations
in Section 3.04(B)(3)(b). Standard interest and mortality assumptions under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-12 apply. In the case
of a self-employed Participant, the requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(a)(6) apply and the allocation method should not
result in a cash or deferred election for the self-employed Participant. The Employer by the due date of its tax return (including
extensions) must advise the Plan Administrator or Trustee in writing as to the allocation rate applicable to each Participant under
Election 28(d)(1) or applicable to each classification under Elections 28(d)(2) or (3) for the allocation Plan Year. Under Election
28(d)(1), the Employer may decide from year to year the classification (allocation rate) applicable to each Participant, without
the need to amend the Plan to change the classification.]

 

	(e)	 ̈	Age-based. In accordance with the age-based allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(5). The Plan Administrator will use the Actuarial Factors based on the following assumptions (Complete both (1) and (2)):

 

	 	(1)	Interest rate. (Choose one of a., b., or c.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	7.5%	b.	 ̈	8.0%	c.	 ̈	8.5%

 

	 	(2)	Mortality table. (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	UP-1984. See Appendix D.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Alternative:                                              (Specify 1983 GAM, 1983 IAM, 1971 GAM or 1971 IAM and attach applicable tables using such mortality table and the specified interest rate as replacement Appendix D.)

 

	(f)	 ̈	Uniform points. In accordance with the uniform points allocation provisions of Section 3.04(B)(6). Under the uniform points allocation formula, a Participant receives (Choose one or both of (1) and (2). Choose (3) if applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Years of Service.                          point(s) for each Year of Service. The maximum number of Years of Service counted for points is                         .

 

	 	"Year of Service" under this Election 28(f) means (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 42 and 43.

 

	 	[Note: A Year of Service must satisfy Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-11(d)(3) for the uniform points allocation to qualify as a safe harbor allocation under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b)(3).]

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	Age.                          point(s) for each year of age attained during the Plan Year.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Compensation.                          point(s) for each $             (not to exceed $200) increment of Plan Year Compensation.

 

	(g)	 ̈	Related and Participating Employers. If any Related and Participating Employers contribute Nonelective Contributions to the Plan, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Nonelective Contributions made by the Participating Employer(s) under Election 27(d) (Complete (1) and (2)):

 

	 	(1)	Allocation Method. (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	All the same. Using the same allocation method as applies to the Signatory Employer under this Election 28.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	At least one different. Under the following allocation method(s):	__________________________.

 

	 	(2)	Allocation sharing. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Nonelective Contributions made by the Signatory Employer and by any Participating Employer (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Employer by Employer. Only to the Participants directly employed by the contributing Employer.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Across Employer lines. To all Participants regardless of which Employer directly employs them and regardless of whether their direct Employer made Nonelective Contributions for the Plan Year.

 

[Note: The Employer should not elect
28(g) unless there are Related Employers which are also Participating Employers. See Section 1.23(D) and Election 27(d). If the
Employer elects 28(g)(2)a., the Employer should also elect 11(b)(8)b., to disregard the Compensation paid by "Y" Participating
Employer in determining the allocation of the "X" Participating Employer contribution to a Participant (and vice versa)
who receives Compensation from both X and Y. If the Employer elects 28(g)(2)b., the Employer should not elect 11(b)(8)b. Election
28(g)(2)a. does not apply to Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions.]

 

	(h)	 ̈	Describe: 	 
	 	 	(e.g., Pro rata as to Division A Participants and Permitted Disparity (two-tiered at 100% of the SSTWB) as to Division B Participants.)

 

    	15

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

29.    QNEC (PLAN-DESIGNATED)
(3.04(C)(1)). The following provisions apply regarding Plan-Designated QNECs (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

[Note: Regardless of its elections under
this Election 29, the Employer under Section 3.04(C)(2) may elect for any Plan Year where the Plan is using Current Year Testing
to make Operational QNECs which the Plan Administrator will allocate only to NHCEs for purposes of correction of an ADP or ACP
test failure.]

 

	(a)	 ̈	Not applicable. There are no Plan-Designated QNECs.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Applies. There are Plan-Designated QNECs to which the following provisions apply (Complete (1), (2), and (3)):

 

	 	(1)	Nonelective Contributions affected. The following Nonelective Contributions (as allocated to the designated allocation group under Election 29(b)(2)) are Plan-Designated QNECs (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	All. All Nonelective Contributions.  
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Designated. Only the following Nonelective Contributions under Election 27:  _________________.

 

	 	(2)	Allocation Group. Subject to Section 3.06, allocate the Plan-Designated QNEC (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	NHCEs only. Only to NHCEs under the method elected in Election 29(b)(3).
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	All Participants. To all Participants under the method elected in Election 29(b)(3).

 

	 	(3)	Allocation Method. The Plan Administrator will allocate a Plan-Designated QNEC using the following method (Choose one of a., b., c., or d.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Pro rata.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Flat dollar.
	 	 	 	 
	 	c.	 ̈	Reverse. See Section 3.04(C)(3).

 

	 	d.	 ̈	Describe: 	 

 

[Note: Any allocation method the Employer
elects under Election 29(b)(3)d. must be definitely determinable. See Section 4.10(D) as to targeting limitations applicable to
QNEC nondiscrimination testing.]

 

30.    SAFE HARBOR
401(k) PLAN (SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS/ADDITIONAL MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS) (3.05). The Employer under Election 6(e) will
(or in the case of the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution may) contribute the following Safe Harbor Contributions described in
Section 3.05(E) and will or may contribute Additional Matching Contributions described in Section 3.05(F) (Choose one of (a),
(b), (c), or (d) when and as applicable. Complete (e) and (h). Choose (f), (g), and (i) as applicable):

 

	(a)	 ̈	Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution equals            % of a Participant's Compensation [Note: The amount in the blank must be at least 3%. The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution applies toward (offsets) most other Employer Nonelective Contributions. See Section 3.05(E)(11).]
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Safe Harbor Nonelective
    Contribution/delayed year-by-year election (maybe and supplemental notices). In connection with the Employer's
    provision of the maybe notice under Section 3.05(I)(1), the Employer elects into safe harbor status by giving the
    supplemental notice and by making this Election 30(b) to provide for a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution equal to            % (specify
    amount at least equal to 3%) of a Participant's Compensation. This Election 30(b) and safe harbor status applies for the
    Plan Year ending:                                              (specify
    Plan Year end), which is the Plan Year to which the Employer's maybe and supplemental notices apply.

 

[Note: If the Employer makes a delayed
election into safe harbor status under Section 3.05(I)(1), the Employer must amend the Plan to provide for a Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution equal to at least 3% of each Participant's Compensation. The Employer may make this amendment by substitute Adoption
Agreement page (electing Election 30(b)) or by another form of amendment under Section 11.02(B). An Employer using the maybe notice
should not elect a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution under Election 30(a) unless the Employer intends to continue safe harbor
status under this election in the subsequent Plan Year. By making its amendment into safe harbor status under Election 30(b), the
Employer avoids the need to further amend the Plan if the Employer is not certain that it will apply the safe harbor in the subsequent
Plan Year. By contrast, an Employer which gave the maybe notice and has decided to make the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution
for that year and for future years should use Election 30(a). The Employer only elects 30(a) and should not elect 30(b) if prior
to the Plan Year the Employer unequivocally decides to elect safe harbor status for the Plan Year and provides a safe harbor notice
consistent with this election rather than giving the maybe notice. If the Employer gives the maybe notice and the Employer will
or may make Matching Contributions, the Employer should elect Additional Matching under Election 30(h) (and should not elect Matching
Contributions under Election 24) if it wishes to avoid ACP testing.]

 

    	16

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	(c)	 ̈	Basic Matching Contribution. A Matching Contribution equal to 100% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals not exceeding 3% of the Participant's Compensation, plus 50% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals in excess of 3% but not in excess of 5% of the Participant's Compensation. See Sections 1.34(E) and 3.05(E)(4). (Complete (1)):

 

	 	(1)	Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(c), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                             . [Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Basic Match, such as "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" or "the Plan Year."]

 

	(d)	 ̈	Enhanced Matching Contribution. See Sections 1.34(F) and 3.05(E)(5). (Choose one of (1) or (2) and complete (3) for any election):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Uniform percentage. A Matching Contribution equal to            % of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but not as to Elective Deferrals exceeding            % of the Participant's Compensation.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Tiered formula. A Matching Contribution equal to the specified matching rate for the corresponding level of each Participant's Elective Deferral percentage. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation.

 

	 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Rate	 
	 	______%	 	______%	 
	 	______%	 	______%	 
	 	______%	 	______%	 

 

	 	(3)	Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(d), "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                             . [Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Enhanced Match, such as "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" or "the Plan Year."]

 

[Note: The matching rate may not increase
as the Elective Deferral percentage increases and the Enhanced Matching formula otherwise must satisfy the requirements of Code
§§401(k)(12)(B)(ii) and (iii). If the Employer elects to satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Election 37(a)(2)a., the Employer
also must limit Elective Deferrals taken into account for the Enhanced Matching Contribution to a maximum of 6% of Plan Year Compensation.]

 

	(e)	Participants who will receive Safe Harbor Contributions. The allocation of Safe Harbor Contributions (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Applies to all Participants. Applies to all Participants except as may be limited under Election 30(f).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	NHCEs only. Is limited to NHCE Participants only and may be limited further under Election 30(f). No HCE will receive a Safe Harbor Contribution allocation.

 

	 	(3)	 ̈	NHCEs and designated HCEs. Is limited to NHCE Participants and to the following HCE Participants and may be limited further under Election 30(f): _________________________________________

 

[Note: Any HCE allocation group the
Employer describes under Election 30(e)(3) must be definitely determinable. (e.g., Division "A" HCEs OR HCEs who
own more than 5% of the Employer without regard to attribution rules).]

 

	(f)	 ̈	Early Elective Deferrals/delay of Safe Harbor Contribution. The Employer may elect this Election 30(f) only if the Employer in Election 14 elects eligibility requirements for Elective Deferrals of less than age 21 and one Year of Service but elects age 21 and one Year of Service for Safe Harbor Matching or for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. The Employer under this Election 30(f) limits the allocation of any Safe Harbor Contribution under Election 30 for a Plan Year to those Participants: (i) who have attained age 21; (ii) who have completed one Year of Service; and (iii) who the Plan Administrator in applying the OEE rule described in Section 4.06(C), treats as benefiting in the disaggregated plan covering the Includible Employees. Those Participants in the Plan Year whom the Plan Administrator treats as Otherwise Excludable Employees will not receive any Safe Harbor Contribution allocation and the Plan Administrator will apply the ADP (and, as applicable the ACP) test(s) to the disaggregated plan benefiting the Otherwise Excludable Employees. If the Employer in Election 10(a)(2) has elected "Participating Compensation" for allocating Elective Deferrals, Nonelective Contributions or Matching Contributions (as relevant to the allocation under this Election 30 based on the Contribution Type), the Plan Administrator, in allocating the Safe Harbor Contribution for the Plan Year in which the Participant crosses over to the Includible Employees group, will count Compensation and Elective Deferrals only on and following the Cross-Over Date. See Section 3.05(D).
	 	 	 
	(g)	 ̈	Another plan. The Employer will make the Safe Harbor Contribution to the following plan:                                     .

 

    	17

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	(h)	Additional Matching Contributions. See Sections 1.34(G) and 3.05(F). (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	No Additional Matching Contributions. The Employer will not make any Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Additional Matching Contributions. The Employer will or may make the following Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan. (Choose a. and b. as applicable):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Fixed Additional Matching Contribution. The following Fixed Additional Matching Contribution (Choose (i) and (ii) as applicable and complete (iii) for any election):

 

	 	(i)	 ̈	Uniform percentage. A Matching Contribution equal to            % of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but not as to Elective Deferrals exceeding            % of the Participant's Compensation.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(ii)	 ̈	Tiered formula. A Matching Contribution equal to the specified matching rate for the corresponding level of each Participant's Elective Deferral percentage. A Participant's Elective Deferral percentage is equal to the Participant's Elective Deferrals divided by his/her Compensation.

 

	 	Elective Deferral Percentage	 	Matching Rate	 
	 	______%	 	______%	 
	 	______%	 	______%	 
	 	______%	 	______%	 

 

	 	(iii)	Time period. For purposes of this Election 30(h)(2)a., "Compensation" and "Elective Deferrals" mean Compensation and Elective Deferrals for:                                          . [Note: The Employer must complete the blank line with the applicable time period for computing the Additional Match, e.g., "each payroll period," "each calendar month," "each Plan Year quarter" OR "the Plan Year." If the Employer elects a match under both (i) and (ii) and will apply a different time period to each match, the Employer may indicate as such in the blank line.]

 

	 	b.	 ̈	Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution. The Employer may make a Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution. If the Employer makes a Discretionary Matching Contribution, the Discretionary Matching Contribution will not apply as to Elective Deferrals exceeding            % of the Participant's Compensation (complete the blank if applicable or leave blank).

 

[Note: If the Employer elects to satisfy
the ACP safe harbor under Election 37(a)(2)a. or 37(a)(2)c.(i), then as to any and all Matching Contributions, including Fixed
Additional Matching Contributions and Discretionary Additional Matching Contributions: (i) the matching rate may not increase as
the Elective Deferral percentage increases; (ii) no HCE may be entitled to a greater rate of match than any NHCE; (iii) the Employer
must limit Elective Deferrals taken into account for the Additional Matching Contributions to a maximum of 6% of Plan Year Compensation;
(iv) the Plan must apply all Matching Contributions to Catch-Up Deferrals; and (v) in the case of a Discretionary Additional Matching
Contribution, the contribution amount may not exceed 4% of the Participant's Plan Year Compensation.]

 

	(i)	 ̈	Multiple Safe Harbor Contributions in disaggregated Plan. The Employer elects to make different Safe Harbor Contributions and/or Additional Matching Contributions to disaggregated parts of its Plan under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(b)(4) as follows:                                                                                                     (Specify contributions for disaggregated plans, e.g., as to Collectively Bargained Employees a 3% Nonelective Safe Harbor Contribution applies and as to non-Collectively Bargained Employees, the Basic Matching Contribution applies).

 

31.    ALLOCATION
CONDITIONS (3.06(B)/(C)). The Plan does not apply any allocation conditions to: (i) Elective Deferrals; (ii) Safe Harbor
Contributions; (iii) commencing as of the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, Additional Matching Contributions which will
satisfy the ACP test safe harbor; (iv) Employee Contributions; (v) Rollover Contributions; (vi) Designated IRA Contributions; (vii)
SIMPLE Contributions; or (viii) Prevailing Wage Contributions, except as may be required by the Prevailing Wage Contract. To receive
an allocation of Matching Contributions, Nonelective Contributions or Participant forfeitures, a Participant must satisfy the following
allocation condition(s) (Choose one of (a) or (b). Choose (c) if applicable):

 

	(a)	 ̈	No conditions. No allocation conditions apply to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions or to forfeitures.
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Conditions. The following allocation conditions apply to the designated Contribution Type and/or forfeitures (Choose one or more of (1) through (7) as applicable):

 

[Note: For this Election 31, except
as the Employer describes otherwise in Election 31(b)(7) or as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) and 3.04(C)(2) regarding Operational
QMACs and Operational QNECs, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions
to which allocation conditions may apply. The Employer under Election 31(b)(7) may not impose an Hour of Service condition exceeding
1,000 Hours of Service in a Plan Year.]

 

    	18

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	 	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	 	 	(2)	 	(3)	 	(4)
	 	 	 	 	 	Matching,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Nonelective	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	and Forfeitures	 	 	 	Matching	 	Nonelective	 	Forfeitures
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(1)	 ̈	None.	 	N/A	 	 	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	(See Election	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	31(a))	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	501 HOS/terminees (91 consecutive days if
    Elapsed Time). See Section 3.06(B)(1)(b).	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Last day of the Plan Year.	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	x	Last day of the Election 31(c) time period.	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	x	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(5)	 ̈	1,000 HOS in the Plan Year (182 consecutive
    days in Plan Year if Elapsed Time).	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	_______ (specify) HOS within the Election
    31(c) time period, (but not exceeding 1,000 HOS in
    a Plan Year).	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈

 

	 	(7)	 ̈	Describe conditions: 	 
	 	 	 	(e.g., Last day of the Plan Year as to Nonelective Contributions for Participating Employer "A" Participants. No allocation conditions for Participating Employer "B" Participants).

 

	(c)	x	Time period. Under Section 3.06(C), apply Elections 31(b)(4), (b)(6) or (b)(7) to the specified contributions/forfeitures based on each (Choose one of (1) through (5)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Plan Year	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Plan Year quarter	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Calendar month	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	 ̈	Payroll period	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈

 

	 	(5)	x	Describe time period: A Participant will share in the Discretionary Matching Contribution if employed on the last day of the Plan Year quarter regardless of the amount of service completed during the Plan Year quarter. A Participant will share in the additional profit-sharing Discretionary Matching Contribution if employed on the last day of the Plan Year regardless of the amount of service completed during the Plan Year.

 

[Note: If the Employer elects 31(b)(4)
or (b)(6), the Employer must choose (c). If the Employer elects 31(b)(7), choose (c) if applicable.]

 

32.    ALLOCATION
CONDITIONS – APPLICATION/WAIVER/SUSPENSION (3.06(D)/(F)). Under Section 3.06(D), in the event of Severance from
Employment as described below, apply or do not apply Election 31(b) allocation conditions to the specified contributions/forfeitures
as follows (If the Employer elects 31(b), the Employer must complete Election 32. Choose one of (a) or (b). Complete (c)):

 

[Note: For this Election 32, except
as the Employer describes otherwise in Election 31(b)(7) or as provided in Sections 3.03(C)(2) and 3.04(C)(2) regarding Operational
QMACs and Operational QNECs, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective includes all Nonelective Contributions
to which allocation conditions may apply.]

 

	(a)	x	Total waiver or application. If a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment on account of or following death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	x	Do not apply. Do not apply elected allocation conditions to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions or to forfeitures.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Apply. Apply elected allocation conditions to Matching Contributions, to Nonelective Contributions and to forfeitures.

 

    	19

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	 	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	 	 	(2)	 	(3)	 	(4)
	 	 	 	 	 	Matching,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Nonelective	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	and Forfeitures	 	 	 	Matching	 	Nonelective	 	Forfeitures
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Application/waiver as to Contribution Types events. If a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment, apply allocation conditions except such conditions are waived if Severance is on account of or following death, Disability or attainment of Normal Retirement Age as specified, and as applied to the specified Contribution Types/forfeitures (Choose (1), (2), and (3) as applicable):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(1)	 ̈	Death	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Disability	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Normal Retirement Age	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈

 

	(c)	Suspension. The suspension of allocation conditions of Section 3.06(F) (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Applies. Applies as follows (Choose one of a., b., or c.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Both. Applies both to Nonelective Contributions and to Matching Contributions.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Nonelective. Applies only to Nonelective Contributions.
	 	 	 	 
	 	c.	 ̈	Match. Applies only to Matching Contributions.

 

	 	(2)	x	Does not apply.

 

33.    FORFEITURE
ALLOCATION METHOD (3.07). The Plan Administrator will allocate a Participant forfeiture attributable to all Contribution
Types or attributable to all Nonelective Contributions or to all Matching Contributions as follows (Choose one or more of (a)
through (g) as applicable. Choose (e) only in conjunction with at least one other election):

 

	[Note: Even if the Employer elects immediate vesting, the Employer should complete Election 33. See Section 7.07.]	 	(1)	 	 	 	(2)	 	(3)
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Nonelective	 	Matching
	 	 	 	 	Forfeitures	 	 	 	Forfeitures	 	Forfeitures
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)	 ̈	Additional Nonelective. Allocate as additional
    Discretionary Nonelective Contribution.	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Additional Match. Allocate as additional Discretionary Matching Contribution.	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Reduce Nonelective. Apply to Nonelective Contribution.	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(d)	x	Reduce Match. Apply to Matching Contribution.	 	x	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(e)	x	Plan expenses. Pay reasonable Plan expenses first (See Section 7.04(C)), then allocate in the manner described above.	 	x	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈

 

	(f)	 ̈	Safe harbor/top-heavy exempt. Apply all forfeitures to Safe Harbor Contributions and Plan expenses in accordance with Section 3.07(A)(4).

 

	(g)	 ̈	Describe: 	 
	 	 	(e.g., Forfeitures attributable to transferred balances from Plan X are allocated only to former Plan X participants.)

 

34.    FORFEITURE
ALLOCATION TIMING (3.07(B)). See Sections 3.07, 5.07 and 7.07 as to when a forfeiture occurs. Once a forfeiture occurs,
this Election 34 determines the timing of the forfeiture allocation. The Plan Administrator will allocate a Participant's forfeiture
(Choose one or both of (a) and (b) as applicable):

 

	 	 	 	(1)	 	 	 	(2)	 	(3)
	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Nonelective	 	Matching
	 	 	 	Forfeitures	 	 	 	Forfeitures	 	Forfeitures
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)	x	Same Plan Year. In the same Plan Year in which the designated forfeiture occurs.	x	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Next Plan Year. In the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the designated forfeiture occurs.	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈

 

    	20

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

[Note: The elected forfeiture allocation
timing applies irrespective of when the Employer makes its contribution(s), if any, for a Plan Year. Even if the Employer elects
immediate vesting, the Employer should complete Election 34. See Sections 3.07 and 7.07.]

 

35.    EMPLOYEE
(AFTER-TAX) CONTRIBUTIONS (3.09). The following additional elections apply to Employee Contributions under Election
6(f). (Complete (a) and (b)):

 

	(a)	Limitations. The Plan permits Employee Contributions subject to the following limitations, if any, in addition to those already imposed under the Plan (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	None. No additional limitations.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Additional limitations. The following additional limitations: ______________________________________

 

	 	[Note: Any designated limitation(s) must be the same for all Participants and must be definitely determinable.]

 

	(b)	Matching Contributions. (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	None. The Employer will not make any Matching Contributions based on Employee Contributions.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Applies. For each Plan Year, the Employer's Matching Contribution made as to Employee Contributions is:
	 	 	 	 	.

 

36.    DESIGNATED
IRA CONTRIBUTIONS (3.12). Under Election 6(h), a Participant may make Designated IRA Contributions effective for Plan
Years beginning after             (date specified must be no earlier than December 31, 2002). (Complete
(a) and (b)):

 

	(a)	Type of IRA contribution. A Participant's Designated IRA Contributions will be (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Traditional.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Roth.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Traditional/Roth. As the Participant elects at the time of contribution.

 

	(b)	Type of Account. A Participant's Designated IRA Contributions will be held in the following form of Account(s) (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	IRA.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Individual Retirement Annuity.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	IRA/Individual Retirement Annuity. As the Participant elects at the time of contribution.

 

ARTICLE IV

LIMITATIONS AND TESTING

 

[Note: The Employer, in the "Effective
as of execution" column under Election 37, must elect those testing elections which are: (i) in effect as of date of the Employer's
execution of this Adoption Agreement; and (ii) if the Adoption Agreement restates the Plan, also are retroactive to the
later of the Plan's original Effective Date or EGTRRA restated Effective Date, except as indicated in Appendix A. If the Employer
wishes to change any testing election after it executes this Adoption Agreement, the Employer must elect the changes in
the "Changes post-execution" column under Election 37, and the Employer must specify the Plan Year Effective Date(s)
of any changed election. The Employer may complete the Effective Date blanks specifying the changed election applies to a single
Plan Year (e.g., "2011 only"), or a range of Plan Years (e.g., "2011-2015") or may specify the change as becoming
effective in a specified Plan Year (e.g., "commencing 2010"). If the Employer specifies a single Plan Year only or specifies
a range of Plan Years, the Plan becomes subject to the election in the "Effective as of execution" column in the Plan
Years commencing after the specified Year(s), unless the Employer subsequently changes the election. If the Employer specifies
the change as commencing in a Plan Year, the election applies in the specified Plan Year and in all following Plan Years unless
the Employer subsequently changes the election.]

 

37.    ANNUAL TESTING
ELECTIONS (4.06(B)). The Employer makes the following Plan specific annual testing elections under Section 4.06(B).
(Complete (a) and (b)):

 

	 	 	 	 	(1)	(2)
	 	 	 	 	Effective as of execution	Changes post-execution
	 	 	 	 	(and retroactively	(specify Plan Year
	 	 	 	 	if restatement)	Effective Date(s))
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)	Nondiscrimination testing. (Choose one or more of (1), (2), or (3)):	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(1)	x	Traditional 401(k) Plan/ADP/ACP test.	 	 
	 	 	 	The following testing method(s) apply	 	 
	 	 	 	(Choose a. and b. as applicable):	 	 

 

[Note: The Plan may "split test"
for Plan Years commencing in 2005.]

 

    	21

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	 	a.	x	Current Year Testing. See Section 4.11(E).

Current Year Testing applies to the ADP/ACP tests as elected below (Choose one or both of (i) and (ii)):

	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(i)	x	ADP test.	x	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(ii)	x	ACP test.	x	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

[Note: The Employer may leave (ii) blank
if the Plan does not permit Matching Contributions or Employee Contributions and the Plan Administrator will not recharacterize
Elective Deferrals as Employee Contributions for testing.]

 

	 	b.	 ̈	Prior Year Testing. See Section 4.11(I). Prior Year Testing applies to the ADP/ACP tests as elected below. See Sections 4.10(B)(4)(f)(iv) and 4.10(C)(5)(e)(iv) as to the first Plan Year. (Choose one or both of (i) and (ii)):

 

	 	(i)	 ̈	ADP test.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(ii)	 ̈	ACP test.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

[Note: The Employer may leave (ii) blank
if the Plan does not permit Matching Contributions or Employee Contributions and the Plan Administrator will not recharacterize
Elective Deferrals as Employee Contributions for testing.]

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	Safe Harbor Plan/No testing or ACP test only.
	 	 	 	(Choose one of a., b., or c.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	No testing.	 ̈	£ 	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	ADP test safe harbor applies and if applicable,	 	 	 
	 	 	 	ACP test safe harbor applies.	 	 	 

 

	 	b.	 ̈	ACP test only.
	 	 	 	ADP test safe harbor applies, but Plan will perform
	 	 	 	ACP test as follows (Choose one of (i) or (ii)):

 

	 	(i)	 ̈	Current Year Testing.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(ii)	 ̈	Prior Year Testing.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

[Note: The Employer may elect Prior
Year Testing under Election 37(a)(2)b.(ii) only for Plan Years after the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date.]

 

	 	c.	 ̈	Possible delayed election.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	(maybe notice/supplemental notice)	 	 	 

 

	 	The Employer under Section 3.05(I)(1) may treat the Plan as a Traditional 401(k) Plan or may make a delayed election to treat the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. If the Employer gives the maybe and supplemental notices and amends the Plan to provide for the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, the Plan is an ADP test safe harbor plan for the Plan Year to which the maybe and supplemental notices and the amendment apply. If the Employer does not give the supplemental notice, the Plan is a Traditional 401(k) Plan, subject to ADP Current Year Testing and, if applicable, to ACP Current Year Testing. If the Employer gives the supplemental notice and amends the Plan to provide for the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, and the Employer has elected Additional Matching Contributions under Election 30(h) (Choose one of (i) or (ii)):

 

	 	(i)	 ̈	No testing. ADP and ACP test safe harbors apply. The Employer's elections under 30(h) as to Additional Matching Contributions satisfy the ACP safe harbor requirements and the Employer elects to apply the Election 30(h) stated ACP test safe harbor conditions (see the Note following Election 30(h)) as to all Additional Matching Contributions.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(ii)	 ̈	ACP test only. ADP safe harbor applies, but the Plan will perform the ACP test as to all Additional Matching Contributions using Current Year Testing.

 

	 	[Note: Even if the Employer does not elect 37(a)(2)c., the Employer still may make a delayed election into safe harbor status under Section 3.05(I)(1) using the maybe and supplemental notices and by amending the plan to provide for the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. However, in this case, the Employer also must amend the Plan to make its testing elections under this Election 37 consistent with its delayed election into safe harbor status. The Employer then may elect any election under 37(a)(2), including 37(a)(2)c. An Employer's election of 37(a)(2)c. permits the Plan to remain in perpetual possible delayed safe harbor election status, while minimizing the number of Plan amendments required to do so.]

 

    	22

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	 	(3)	 ̈	SIMPLE 401(k) Plan/No testing.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

	(b)	HCE determination. (Complete both (1) and (2)):

 

	 	(1)	Top-paid group election. (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	x	Does not apply.	x	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Applies.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

	 	(2)	Calendar year data election (fiscal year Plan only).
	 	 	(Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Does not apply.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Applies.	 ̈	 ̈	Effective Date(s):
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

ARTICLE V

VESTING REQUIREMENTS

 

38.    NORMAL RETIREMENT
AGE (5.01). A Participant attains Normal Retirement Age under the Plan on the following date (Choose one of (a) or
(b)):

 

	(a)	x	Specific age. The date the Participant attains age   65  . [Note: The age may not exceed age 65.]
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Age/participation. The later of the date the Participant attains age           or the          anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan. [Note: The age may not exceed age 65 and the anniversary may not exceed the 5th.]

 

39.    EARLY RETIREMENT
AGE (5.01). (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	x	Not applicable. The Plan does not provide for an Early Retirement Age.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Early Retirement Age. Early Retirement Age is the later of: (i) the date a Participant attains age          ; (ii) the date a Participant reaches his/her               anniversary of the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or  (iii) the date a Participant completes         Years of Service.

 

[Note: The Employer should leave blank
any of clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) which are not applicable.]

 

"Years of Service" under this
Election 39 means (Choose one of (1) or (2) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Eligibility. Years of Service for eligibility in Election 16.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Vesting. Years of Service for vesting in Elections 42 and 43.

 

[Note: Election of an Early Retirement
Age does not affect the time at which a Participant may receive a Plan distribution. However, a Participant becomes 100% vested
at Early Retirement Age.]

 

40.    ACCELERATION
ON DEATH OR DISABILITY (5.02). Under Section 5.02, if a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment as a result of
death or Disability (Choose one of (a), (b), or (c)):

 

	(a)	x	Applies. Apply 100% vesting.
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Not applicable. Do not apply 100% vesting. The Participant's vesting is in accordance with the applicable Plan vesting schedule.
	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Limited application. Apply 100% vesting, but only if a Participant incurs a Severance from Employment as a result of (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Death.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Disability.

 

    	23

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

41.    VESTING SCHEDULE
(5.03). A Participant has a 100% Vested interest at all times in his/her Accounts attributable to: (i) Elective Deferrals;
(ii) Employee Contributions; (iii) QNECs; (iv) QMACs; (v) Safe Harbor Contributions; (vi) SIMPLE Contributions; (vii) Rollover
Contributions; (viii) Prevailing Wage Contributions unless the Prevailing Wage Contract provides otherwise; (ix) DECs; and (x)
Designated IRA Contributions. The following vesting schedule applies to Regular Matching Contributions, to Additional Matching
Contributions (irrespective of ACP testing status) and to Nonelective Contributions (other than Prevailing Wage Contributions)
(Choose (a) or choose one or both of (b) and (d) as applicable. Choose (c) if elect a non-top-heavy schedule under (b) or (d)):

 

	(a)	 ̈	Immediate vesting. 100% Vested at all times in all Accounts.

 

[Note: Unless all Contribution
Types are 100% Vested, the Employer should not elect 41(a). If the Employer elects immediate vesting under 41(a), the Employer
should not complete the balance of Election 41 or Elections 42 and 43 (except as noted therein). The Employer must elect 41(a)
if the eligibility Service condition under Election 14 as to all Contribution Types (except Elective Deferrals and Safe
Harbor Contributions) exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months. The Employer must elect 41(b)(1) as to any Contribution
Type where the eligibility service condition exceeds one Year of Service or more than 12 months. The Employer should elect 41(b)
if any Contribution Type is subject to a vesting schedule.]

 

	(b)	x	Vesting schedules: Apply the following vesting schedules (Choose one or more of (1) through (7) as applicable):

 

	 	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	 	 	(2)	 	(3)	 	(4)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Additional
	 	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	 	 	Regular	 	Matching (See
	 	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Nonelective	 	Matching	 	Section 3.05(F))
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(1)	 ̈	Immediate vesting	 	N/A	 	 	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	(See Election 41(a))	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Top-heavy: 6-year graded	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Top-heavy: 3-year cliff	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	x	Modified top-heavy:	 	 ̈	 	OR	 	 ̈	 	x	 	 ̈

	 	Years of Service	 	Vested %	 
	 	Less than 1	 	a.	0%	 
	 	1	 	b.	10%	 
	 	2	 	c.	20%	 
	 	3	 	d.	40%	 
	 	4	 	e.	60%	 
	 	5	 	f.	80%	 
	 	6 or more	 	 	100%	 

 

	 	(5)	 ̈	Non-top-heavy: 7-year graded	 	N/A	 	 	 	 ̈	 	N/A	 	N/A
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	Non-top-heavy: 5-year cliff	 	N/A	 	 	 	 ̈	 	N/A	 	N/A
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(7)	 ̈	Modified non-top-heavy:	 	N/A	 	 	 	 ̈	 	N/A	 	N/A

	 	Years of Service	 	Vested %	 
	 	Less than 1	 	a.	 	 
	 	1	 	b.	 	 
	 	2	 	c.	 	 
	 	3	 	d.	 	 
	 	4	 	e.	 	 
	 	5	 	f.	 	 
	 	6	 	g.	 	 
	 	7 or more	 	 	100%	 

 

[Note: If the Employer does not elect
41(a), the Employer under 41(b) must elect immediate vesting or must elect a top-heavy or modified top-heavy vesting schedule.
The modified top-heavy schedule of Election 41(b)(4) must satisfy Code §416. A top-heavy schedule must apply to Regular Matching
Contributions and to Additional Matching Contributions. See Section 5.03(A)(1). The Employer as to Nonelective Contributions only
may elect one of Elections 41(b)(5), (6), or (7) in addition to electing a top-heavy schedule. The Employer must complete Election
41(c) if it elects any non-top-heavy schedule. If the Employer does not elect a non-top-heavy schedule, the elected top-heavy schedule(s)
applies to all Plan Years. If the Employer elects 41(b)(7), the modified non-top-heavy schedule must satisfy Code §411(a)(2).
If the Employer elects Additional Matching under Election 30(h), the Employer should elect vesting under the Additional Matching
column in this Election 41(b). That election applies to the Additional Matching even if the Employer has given the maybe notice
but does not give the supplemental notice for any Plan Year and as to such Plan Years, the Plan is not a safe harbor plan and the
Matching Contributions are not Additional Matching Contributions. If the Plan's Effective Date is after December 31, 2006, do not
complete Elections 41(b)(5), (b)(6), or (b)(7).]

 

	(c)	 ̈	Nonelective Contributions: application of top-heavy schedule (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Apply in all Plan Years once top-heavy. Apply the top-heavy vesting schedule under Election 41(b) for the first Plan Year in which the Plan is top-heavy and then in all subsequent Plan Years.

 

    	24

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	Apply
    only in top-heavy Plan Years. Apply the non-top-heavy schedule under Election 41(b) in all Plan Years in which the Plan
    is not a top-heavy plan.

 

	(d)	x	Special
vesting provisions: The Modified top-heavy Vesting Schedule as described above in (b)(4) also applies to the additional
profit-sharing Discretionary Matching Contribution.  Employees who were participants in the Robertson Ceco Savings Plan
on July 31, 2006 and who became a Participant in the Plan on August 1, 2006 as a result of the merger of the Robertson Ceco Savings
Plan into the Plan, will be 100% vested in his prior Robertson-Ceco Prior Employer Contribution Sub-Account and shall be deemed
100% vested in any Employer Contributions allocated to his Discretionary Matching and additional profit-sharing Discretionary
Matching Contribution Accounts under this Plan from and after August 1, 2006.  A former employee of Metl-Span LLC who
was a participant in the BlueScope Employee Savings Trust as of June 22, 2012 and who became a Participant in the Plan on June
22, 2012 as a result of the acquisition of Metl-Span LLC, shall be deemed 100% vested in any Employer Contributions allocated
to his Discretionary Matching and additional profit-sharing Discretionary Matching Contribution Accounts under this Plan from
and after June 22, 2012.  A former employee of Midland Metals Inc. who was a participant in the Midland Metals, Inc.
Employees' 401(k) Plan prior to July 1, 2001 shall continue to vest in their prior Employer Contribution portion in accordance
with the following vesting schedule: 0-1 Year of Service 0%; 2 Years of Service 20%; 3 Years of Service 40%; 4 Years of Service
60%; 5 Years of Service 80%; 6 Years of Service 100%.  A former employee of Midland Metals Inc. who was a participant
in the Midland Metals, Inc. Employees' 401(k) Plan prior to July 1, 2001 shall continue to vest in their prior Employer Contribution
portion in accordance with the following vesting schedule: 0-1 Year of Service 0%; 2 Years of Service 20%; 3 Years of Service
40%; 4 Years of Service 60%; 5 Years of Service 80%; 6 Years of Service 100%. Former employees of Metal Building Components, Inc.
and Doublecote, L.L.C. who were participants in the Metal Building Components, Inc. 401(k) Plan and Doublecote, L.L.C. 401(k)
Retirement Plan prior to January 1, 1999 and January 1, 2001 shall continue to vest in their prior Employer Contribution portion
in accordance with the following vesting schedule:  1 Year of Service 10%, 2 Years of Service 20%, 3 Years of Service
30%, 4 Years of Service 40%, 5 Years of Service 60%, 6 Years of Service 80%, 7 Years of Service 100%;  A former employee
of Midland Metals Inc. who was a participant in the Midland Metals, Inc. Employees' 401(k) Plan prior to July 1, 2001 shall continue
to vest in their prior Employer Contribution portion in accordance with the following vesting schedule: 0-1 Year of Service 0%;
2 Years of Service 20%; 3 Years of Service 40%; 4 Years of Service 60%; 5 Years of Service 80%; 6 Years of Service 100%.

 

[Note:
The Employer under Election 41(d) may describe special vesting provisions from the elections available under Election 41 and/or
a combination thereof as to a: (i) Participant group (e.g., Full vesting applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired
on/before "x" date. 6-year graded vesting applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x"
date.); and/or (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Full vesting applies as to Discretionary Nonelective Contributions. 6-year graded
vesting applies to Fixed Nonelective Contributions). Any special vesting provision must satisfy Code §411(a) and must be
nondiscriminatory.]

 

	42.	YEAR
    OF SERVICE - VESTING (5.05). (Complete both (a) and (b)):

 

[Note:
If the Employer elects the Elapsed Time Method for vesting the Employer should not complete this Election 42. If the Employer
elects immediate vesting, the Employer should not complete Election 42 or Election 43 unless it elects to apply a Year of Service
for vesting under any other Adoption Agreement election.]

 

	(a)	Year
    of Service. An Employee must complete at least      1,000     
    Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period to receive credit for a Year of Service under Article V. [Note: The
    number may not exceed 1,000. If left blank, the requirement is 1,000.]
	 	 
	(b)	Vesting Computation
    Period. The Plan measures a Year of Service based on the following 12-consecutive month period (Choose one of (1) or
    (2)):

 

	 	(1)	x	Plan
    Year.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Anniversary Year.

 

43.   EXCLUDED
YEARS OF SERVICE - VESTING (5.05(C)). The Plan excludes the following Years of Service for purposes of vesting (Choose
(a) or choose one or more of (b) through (e) as applicable):

 

	(a)	 ̈	None.
    None other than as specified in Section 5.05(C)(1).
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Age 18. Any
    Year of Service before the Vesting Computation Period during which the Participant attained the age of 18.
	 	 	 
	(c)	x	Prior to Plan establishment.
    Any Year of Service during the period the Employer did not maintain this Plan or a predecessor plan.
	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Rule of Parity.
    Any Year of Service excluded under the rule of parity. See Plan Section 5.06(C).

 

	(e)	 ̈	Additional
    exclusions. The following Years of Service: 	 

 

[Note:
The Employer under Election 43(e) may describe vesting service exclusions provisions available under Election 43 and/or
a combination thereof as to a: (i) Participant group (e.g., No exclusions apply to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired
on/before "x" date. The age 18 exclusion applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.);
or (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., No exclusions apply as to Discretionary Nonelective Contributions. The age 18 exclusion applies
to Fixed Nonelective Contributions). Any exclusion specified under Election 43(e) must comply with Code §411(a)(4). Any exclusion
must be nondiscriminatory.]

 

    	25

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

 

ARTICLE
VI

DISTRIBUTION
OF ACCOUNT BALANCE

 

44.   MANDATORY
DISTRIBUTION (6.01(A)(1)/6.08(D)). The Plan provides or does not provide for Mandatory Distribution of a Participant's
Vested Account Balance following Severance from Employment, as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	 ̈	No Mandatory
    Distribution. The Plan will not make a Mandatory Distribution following Severance from Employment.
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Mandatory Distribution.
    The Plan will make a Mandatory Distribution following Severance from Employment. (Complete (1) and (2). Choose (3)
    unless the Employer elects to limit Mandatory Distributions to $1,000 including Rollover Contributions under Elections 44(b)(1)b.
    and 44(b)(2)b.):

 

	 	(1)	Amount
    limit. As to a Participant who incurs a Severance from Employment and who will receive distribution before attaining the
    later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, the Mandatory Distribution maximum amount is equal to (Choose one of a., b.,
    or c.):

 

	 	a.	x	$5,000.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	$1,000.
	 	 	 	 
	 	c.	 ̈	Specify amount:
    $             (may not exceed $5,000). 

 

	 	(2)	Application
    of Rollovers to amount limit. In determining whether a Participant's Vested Account Balance exceeds the Mandatory Distribution
    dollar limit in Election 44(b)(1), the Plan (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	x	Disregards
    Rollover Contribution Account.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Includes Rollover
    Contribution Account.

 

	 	(3)	x	Amount
    of Mandatory Distribution subject to Automatic Rollover. A Mandatory Distribution to a Participant before attaining the
    later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age is subject to Automatic Rollover under Section 6.08(D) (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	x	Only
    if exceeds $1,000. Only if the amount of the Mandatory Distribution exceeds $1,000, which for this purpose must include
    any Rollover Contributions Account.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Specify lesser amount.
    Only if the amount of the Mandatory Distribution is at least: $           
     (specify $1,000 or less).

 

45.   SEVERANCE
DISTRIBUTION TIMING (6.01). Subject to the timing limitations of Section 6.01(A)(1) in the case of a Mandatory Distribution,
or in the case of any Distribution Requiring Consent under Section 6.01(A)(2), for which consent is received, the Plan Administrator
will instruct the Trustee to distribute a Participant's Vested Account Balance as soon as is administratively practical following
the time specified below (Choose one or more of (a) through (k) as applicable):

 

[Note:
If a Participant dies after Severance from Employment but before receiving distribution of all of his/her Account, the elections
under this Election 45 no longer apply. See Section 6.01(B) and Election 49.]

 

	 	 	 	(1)	(2)
	 	 	 	Mandatory	Distribution
	 	 	 	Distribution	Requiring Consent
	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)	x	Immediate. Immediately
    following Severance from Employment.	x	x
	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Next Valuation Date.
    After the next Valuation Date following Severance	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	from Employment.	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Plan Year. In
    the             Plan Year following Severance from	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Employment (e.g.,
    next or fifth).	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Plan Year quarter.
    In the             Plan Year quarter following	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Severance from Employment
    (e.g., next or fifth).	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	(e)	 ̈	Contribution Type
    Accounts.                                   
     as to the	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Participant's                                   
     Account(s) and                                   
     as to	 	 
	 	 	the Participant's                                   
     Account(s) (e.g., As soon as is practical	 	 
	 	 	following Severance
    from Employment as to the Participant's Elective	 	 
	 	 	Deferral Account
    and as soon as is practical in the next Plan Year	 	 
	 	 	following Severance
    from Employment as to the Participant's Nonelective	 	 
	 	 	and Matching Accounts).	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	(f)	 ̈	Vesting controlled
    timing. If the Participant's total	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Vested Account Balance
    exceeds $           ,	 	 
	 	 	distribute                         
     (specify timing) and if	 	 
	 	 	the Participant's total
    Vested Account Balance does not	 	 
	 	 	exceed
    $           , distribute                         
     (specify timing).	 	 

 

    	26

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

	 	 	 	 	 
	(g)	 ̈	Distribute at Normal
    Retirement Age. As to a Mandatory	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Distribution, distribute
    not later than 60 days after the	 	 
	 	 	beginning of the Plan
    Year following the Plan Year in	 	 
	 	 	which the previously
    severed Participant attains the	 	 
	 	 	earlier of Normal Retirement
    Age or age 65. [Note: An	 	 
	 	 	election under column
    (2) only will have effect if the	 	 
	 	 	Plan's NRA is less
    than age 62.]	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	(h)	 ̈	Acceleration.
    Notwithstanding any later specified distribution date in	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Election 45, a Participant
    may elect an earlier distribution	 	 
	 	 	following Severance
    from Employment (Choose (1) and (2) as applicable):	 	 

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Disability.
    If Severance from Employment is on account of Disability or if	 	 
	 	 	 	the Participant incurs
    a Disability following Severance from Employment.	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Hardship. If
    the Participant incurs a hardship under Section 6.07	 	 
	 	 	 	following Severance
    from Employment.	 	 

 

	(i)	 ̈	Required
    distribution at Normal Retirement Age. A severed Participant	N/A	 ̈
	 	 	may not elect to delay
    distribution beyond the later of age 62 or Normal	 	 
	 	 	Retirement Age.	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	(j)	 ̈	No buy-back/vesting
    controlled timing.	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	Distribute as soon
    as is practical following Severance	 	 
	 	 	from Employment if
    the Participant is fully Vested.	 	 
	 	 	Distribute as soon
    as is practical following a Forfeiture	 	 
	 	 	Break in Service if
    the Participant is not fully Vested.	 	 

 

	(k)	 ̈	Describe Severance
    from Employment distribution timing: 	 	 

 

[Note:
The Employer under Election 45(k) may describe Severance from Employment distribution timing provisions from the elections
available under Election 45 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Immediate distribution after
Severance of Employment applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x" date. Distribution after
the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x"
date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., As to Division A Employees, immediate distribution after Severance of Employment applies
as to Elective Deferral Accounts and distribution after the next Valuation Date following Severance from Employment applies to
Nonelective Contribution Accounts); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan
merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with
the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 45(k) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject
to Employer discretion; (iii) comply with Code §401(a)(14) timing requirements; (iv) be nondiscriminatory and (v) preserve
Protected Benefits as required.]

 

46.   IN-SERVICE
DISTRIBUTIONS/EVENTS (6.01(C)). A Participant may elect an In-Service Distribution of the designated Contribution Type
Accounts based on any of the following events in accordance with Section 6.01(C) (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

[Note:
If the Employer elects any In-Service Distribution option, a Participant may elect to receive as many In-Service Distributions
per Plan Year (with a minimum of one per Plan Year) as the Plan Administrator's In-Service Distribution form or policy may permit.
If the form or policy is silent, the number of In-Service Distributions is not limited. Prevailing Wage Contributions are treated
as Nonelective Contributions unless the Prevailing Wage Contract provides otherwise. See Section 6.01(C)(4)(d) if the Employer
elects to use Prevailing Wage Contributions to offset other contributions.]

 

	(a)	 ̈	None.
    The Plan does not permit any In-Service Distributions except as to any of the following (if applicable): (i) RMDs under
    Section 6.02; (ii) Protected Benefits; and (iii) under Section 6.01(C)(4) as to Employee Contributions, Rollover Contributions,
    DECs, Transfers, and Designated IRA Contributions.
	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Permitted. In-Service
    Distributions are permitted as follows from the designated Contribution Type Accounts (Choose one or more of (1) through
    (9)):

 

[Note:
Unless the Employer elects otherwise in Election 46(b)(9), Elective Deferrals under Election 46(b) includes Pre-Tax and Roth Deferrals
and Matching Contributions includes Additional Matching Contributions, irrespective of the Plan's ACP testing status.]

 

    	27

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)	(5)	(6)	(7)
	 	 	 	 	All	 	Elective	Safe Harbor	 	 	Matching	Nonelective/
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Deferrals	Contributions	QNECs	QMACs	Contrib.	SIMPLE
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(1)	 ̈	None. Except
    for	N/A	 	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	Election 46(a)	(See Election	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	exceptions. 	46(a))	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	x	Age   59
    1/2   (must	x	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	be at least 59 1/2).	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 (3)	 ̈	Age            
    (may	N/A	 	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	be less than 59
    1/2).	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	x	Hardship (safe	N/A	 	x	N/A	N/A	N/A	x	 ̈
	 	 	 	harbor). See	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Section 6.07(A).	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(5)	 ̈	Hardship (non- 	N/A	 	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	safe harbor).
    See	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Section 6.07(B).	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	Disability. 	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(7)	 ̈	           
    year 	N/A	 	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	contributions. 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	(specify minimum
    of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	two years) See	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(i).	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(8)	 ̈	           
    months 	N/A	 	N/A	N/A	N/A	N/A	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	of participation.
    	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	(specify minimum
    of	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	60 months) See	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	Section 6.01(C)(4)(a)(ii).	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

	 	(9)	x	Describe:
     A Participant who was a former participant in the Robertson Ceco Savings Plan and who had a Robertson Investment
    Sub-Account balance at the date of merger into this Plan may withdraw all or any portion of their prior Robertson Investment
    Sub-Account that has been held in the Sub-Account for at least 24 months. The maximum number of withdrawals permitted in any
    12 month period is one.

 

[Note:
The Employer under Election 46(b)(9) may describe In-Service Distribution provisions from the elections available under
Election 46 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Employee Accounts are distributable
at age 59 1/2 OR Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable at age 59 1/2). No In-Service Distributions
apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired after "x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Discretionary Nonelective
Contribution Accounts are distributable on Disability. Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable on Disability
or Hardship (non-safe harbor)); and/or (iii) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged
into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the
terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 46(b)(9) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject
to Employer discretion; (iii) preserve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early"
distribution of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Section 6.01(C)(4).]

 

In-Service
Distribution of other Accounts. See Section 6.01(C)(4) as to In-Service Distribution of Employee Contributions, Rollover Contributions,
DECs, Transfers, and Designated IRA Contributions.

 

47.   IN-SERVICE
DISTRIBUTIONS/ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS (6.01(C)). The following additional conditions apply to In-Service Distributions
under Election 46(b) (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

[Note:
The Employer should complete Election 47 if the Employer elects any In-Service Distributions under Election 46(b).]

 

	(a)	 ̈	Additional
    conditions. (Complete (1). Choose (2) and (3) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	Vesting.
    A Participant may receive an In-Service Distribution under Election 46(b) based on vesting in the distributing Account
    as follows (Choose one of a., b., or c.):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	100%
    vesting required. A Participant may not receive any In-Service Distribution unless the Participant is 100% Vested in the
    distributing Account.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	100% vesting required
    except hardship. A Participant may not receive any In-Service Distribution unless the Participant is 100% Vested in the
    distributing Account, unless the distribution is based on hardship.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	c.	 ̈	Not required.
    A Participant may receive an In-Service Distribution even from a partially-Vested Account, but the amount distributed may
    not exceed the Vested amount in the distributing partially-Vested Account.

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	Minimum
    amount. A Participant may not receive an In-Service Distribution in an amount which is less than: $           
     (specify amount not exceeding $1,000).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Describe other conditions:
    _____________________________________________________________

 

[Note:
An Employer's election under Election 47(a)(3) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion;
(iii) preserve Protected Benefits as required; (iv) be nondiscriminatory; and (v) not permit an "early" distribution
of any Restricted 401(k) Accounts or Restricted Pension Accounts. See Section 6.01(C)(4).]

 

    	28

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

 

	(b)	x	No other
    conditions. A Participant may elect to receive an In-Service Distribution upon any Election 46(b) event without further
    condition, provided that the amount distributed may not exceed the Vested amount in the distributing Account.

 

48.   POST-SEVERANCE
AND LIFETIME RMD DISTRIBUTION METHODS (6.03). A Participant whose Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 (or any lesser
amount elected in Appendix B, Election 54(g)(7)): (i) who has incurred a Severance from Employment and will receive a distribution;
or (ii) who remains employed but who must receive lifetime RMDs, may elect distribution under one of the following method(s) of
distribution described in Section 6.03 and subject to any Section 6.03 limitations. (Choose one or more of (a) through (f)
as applicable): 

 

[Note:
If a Participant dies after Severance from Employment but before receiving distribution of all of his/her Account, the elections
under this Election 48 no longer apply. See Section 6.01(B) and Election 49.]

 

	(a)	x	Lump-Sum.
    See Section 6.03(A)(3).
	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Installments only
    if Participant subject to lifetime RMDs. A Participant who is required to receive lifetime RMDs may receive installments
    payable in monthly, quarterly or annual installments equal to or exceeding the annual RMD amount. See Sections 6.02(A) and
    6.03(A)(4)(a).
	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Installments.
    See Section 6.03(A)(4).

 

	(d)	 ̈	Alternative
    Annuity: 	 	. See Section
    6.03(A)(5).

 

[Note:
Under a Plan which is subject to the joint and survivor annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04 (Election 50(b)), the
Employer may elect under 48(d) to offer one or more additional annuities (Alternative Annuity) to the Plan's QJSA or QPSA. If
the Employer elects under Election 50(a) to exempt Exempt Participants from the joint and survivor annuity requirements, the Employer
should not elect to provide an Alternative Annuity under 48(d).]

 

	(e)	 ̈	Ad-Hoc
    distributions. See Section 6.03(A)(6).

 

[Note:
If an Employer elects to permit Ad-Hoc distributions: (i) the option must be available to all Participants; and (ii) the option
is a Protected Benefit.]

 

	(f)	 ̈	Describe
    distribution method(s): 	 

 

[Note:
The Employer under Election 48(f) may describe Severance from Employment distribution methods from the elections available
under Election 48 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Division A Employee Accounts are distributable
in a Lump-Sum OR Accounts of Employees hired after "x" date are distributable in a Lump-Sum. Division B Employee Accounts
are distributable in a Lump-Sum or in Installments OR Accounts of Employees hired on/before "x" date are distributable
in a Lump-Sum or in Installments.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable
in a Lump-Sum. Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts are distributable in a Lump-Sum or in Installments); and/or (iii) merged
plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be distributable in accordance
with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election
48(f) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer, Plan Administrator or Trustee discretion; (iii)
be nondiscriminatory; and (iv) preserve Protected Benefits as required.]

 

49.   BENEFICIARY
DISTRIBUTION ELECTIONS (6.01(B)/6.02(B)/6.03). Subject to the Participant's elections under Section 6.01(B)(1) as to
the timing and method of distribution of the Participant's Account to the Participant's Beneficiary (which Participant elections
must be consistent with the Plan and this Election 49), in the case of a Participant's death, the Beneficiary will receive distribution
of the Participant's Account (or of the Beneficiary's share thereof) as follows (Complete (a), (b), and (c)):

 

[Note:
For purposes of this Election 49, unless otherwise noted, a "Beneficiary" includes, but is not limited to a "Designated
Beneficiary" under Section 6.02(E)(1).]

 

	 	 	 	 	(1)	(2)
	 	 	 	 	Spouse Beneficiary	Other Beneficiary
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)	Timing.
    The Plan will distribute to the Beneficiary as soon	 	 
	 	as is practical
    at (or not later than) the following time or date	 	 
	 	(Choose
    one of (1) through (4). Choose (5) if applicable):	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(1)	x	Immediate. Immediately
    following the	x	x
	 	 	 	Participant's death.	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Next Calendar Year.
    In the calendar year which	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	next follows the calendar
    year of the Participant's	 	 
	 	 	 	death, but not later
    than December 31 of such	 	 
	 	 	 	following calendar
    year.	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	As Beneficiary elects.
    At such time as the Beneficiary	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	may elect, provided
    that distribution pursuant to such	 	 
	 	 	 	election (or in the
    absence of any Beneficiary election)	 	 
	 	 	 	must commence no later
    than the Section 6.02 required date.	 	 

 

    	29

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

 

	 	(4)	 ̈	Describe:
    	 	 	 ̈	 ̈

 

[Note:
The Employer under Election 49(a)(4) may describe an alternative distribution timing or afford the Beneficiary an election which
is narrower than that permitted under election 49(a)(3). However, any election under Election 49(a)(4) must require distribution
to commence no later than the Section 6.02 required date.]

 

	 	(5)	 ̈	Death
    before DCD; spousal election to delay. If the	 ̈	N/A
	 	 	 	Participant dies before
    his/her Distribution Commencement	 	 
	 	 	 	Date and the Participant's
    sole Designated Beneficiary is	 	 
	 	 	 	his/her spouse, the
    spouse may elect to delay distribution	 	 
	 	 	 	until the end of the
    calendar year in which the Participant	 	 
	 	 	 	would have attained
    age 70 1/2, if that date is later than the	 	 
	 	 	 	date upon which distribution
    would be required to commence	 	 
	 	 	 	to a non-spouse Beneficiary.	 	 

 

	(b)	Method.
    The Plan will distribute to the Beneficiary under the
	 	following distribution
    method(s). If more than one method is
	 	elected, the Beneficiary
    may choose the method of distribution.
	 	(Choose one or more
    of (1) through (4) but do not elect (4) only):

 

	 	(1)	x	Lump-Sum.
    See Section 6.03(A)(3).	x	x
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Installments sufficient
    to satisfy RMD.	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	See Section 6.03(A)(4)(a).
    An Installment in each Distribution	 	 
	 	 	 	Calendar Year must
    at least equal the RMD amount.	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Ad-Hoc sufficient
    to satisfy RMD. See Section 6.03(A)(6).	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	The Beneficiary must
    elect an Ad-Hoc distribution for each	 	 
	 	 	 	Distribution Calendar
    Year at least equal to the RMD amount.	 	 

 

[Note:
If an Employer elects to permit Ad-Hoc distributions: (i) the option must be available to all Beneficiaries; and (ii) the option
is a Protected Benefit.]

 

	 	(4)	 ̈	QPSA.
    See Section 6.04(B).	 ̈	N/A

 

[Note:
If the Employer elects 50(b), the Employer should elect 49(b)(4). If the Employer elects 50(a), the Employer should not elect
49(b)(4). A surviving spouse may elect to waive the QPSA in favor of another method.]

 

	(c)	Death
    before the DCD. If a Participant dies before the Distribution
	 	Commencement Date,
    the distribution to the Beneficiary will be made
	 	in accordance with
    the following rule(s) (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3)):

 

	 	(1)	x	Beneficiary
    election. See Section 6.02(B)(1)(e). This election	x	x
	 	 	 	applies only if the
    Beneficiary is a Designated Beneficiary	 	 
	 	 	 	under Treas.
    Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-4. If not, the 5-year rule applies.	 	 
	 	 	 	In the absence of the
    Designated Beneficiary's election, the	 	 
	 	 	 	Life Expectancy rule
    applies. The Employer in Appendix B	 	 
	 	 	 	may elect to change
    the default (no Designated Beneficiary	 	 
	 	 	 	election) to the 5-year
    rule.	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Life Expectancy
    rule. See Section 6.02(B)(1)(d). This election	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	applies only if the
    Beneficiary is a Designated Beneficiary	 	 
	 	 	 	under Treas.
    Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-4. If not, the 5-year rule applies.	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	5-year rule.
    See Section 6.02(B)(1)(c). This election applies	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	regardless of whether
    the Beneficiary is a Designated Beneficiary	 	 
	 	 	 	under Treas.
    Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-4.	 	 

 

50.   JOINT
AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS (6.04). The joint and survivor annuity distribution requirements of Section 6.04
(Choose one of (a) or (b)):

 

	(a)	x	Profit
    sharing exception. Do not apply to an Exempt Participant, as described in Section 6.04(G)(1), but apply to any other Participants
    (or to a portion of their Account as described in Section 6.04(G)) (Complete (1)):

 

	 	(1)	One-year
    marriage rule. Under Section 7.05(A)(3) relating to an Exempt Participant's Beneficiary designation under the profit sharing
    exception (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Applies.
    The one-year marriage rule applies.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	x	Does not apply.
    The one-year marriage rule does not apply.

 

    	30

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

 

	(b)	 ̈	Joint
    and survivor annuity applicable. Section 6.04 applies to all Participants (Complete (1)):
	 	 	 
	 	(1)	One-year marriage
    rule. Under Section 6.04(B) relating to the QPSA (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Applies.
    The one-year marriage rule applies.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Does not apply.
    The one-year marriage rule does not apply.

 

ARTICLE
VII

ADMINISTRATIVE
PROVISIONS

 

51.   ALLOCATION
OF EARNINGS (7.04(B)). For each Contribution Type provided under the Plan, the Plan allocates Earnings using the following
method (Choose one or more of (a) through (f) as applicable):

 

[Note:
Elective Deferrals/Employee Contributions also includes Rollover Contributions, Transfers, DECs and Designated IRA Contributions,
Matching Contributions includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions includes all Nonelective Contributions
unless described otherwise in Election 51(f).]

 

	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	 	 	Elective Deferrals/	 	 
	 	 	 	All	 	Employee	Matching	Nonelective
	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Contributions	Contributions	Contributions
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)	x	Daily. See Section
    7.04(B)(4)(a).	x	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	 ̈	Balance forward.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	See Section 7.04(B)(4)(b).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Balance forward
    with adjustment.	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	See Section 7.04(B)(4)(c).
    Allocate	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	pursuant to the balance
    forward method,	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	except treat as part
    of the relevant	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Account at the beginning
    of the Valuation	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Period            %
    of the contributions	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	made during the following
    Valuation	 	 	 	 	 
	 		Period: ________________.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Weighted average.
    See Section	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	7.04(B)(4)(d). If not
    a monthly	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	weighting period, the
    weighting	 	 	 	 	 
	 		period is: _______________.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(e)	 ̈	Participant-Directed
    Account. 	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	See Section 7.04(B)(4)(e).	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(f)	 ̈

	Describe Earnings allocation method: _______________________________________________________________

  

[Note:
The Employer under Election 51(f) may describe Earnings allocation methods from the elections available under Election
51 and/or a combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., Daily applies to Division A Employees OR to Employees
hired after "x" date. Balance forward applies to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired on/before "x"
date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., Daily applies as to Discretionary Nonelective Contribution Accounts. Participant-Directed
Account applies to Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts); (iii) investment type, investment vendor or Account type (e.g., Balance
forward applies to investments placed with vendor A and Participant-Directed Account applies to investments placed with vendor
B OR Daily applies to Participant-Directed Accounts and balance forward applies to pooled Accounts); and/or (iv) merged plan account
now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged into this Plan continue to be subject to Earnings allocation in
accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under
Election 51(f) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject to Employer discretion; and (iii) be nondiscriminatory.]

 

    	31

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

ARTICLE
VIII

TRUSTEE
AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

 

52.VALUATION
OF TRUST (8.02(C)(4)). In addition to the last day of the Plan Year, the Trustee (or Named Fiduciary as applicable)
must value the Trust Fund on the following Valuation Date(s) (Choose one or more of (a) through (d) as applicable):

 

[Note:
Elective Deferrals/Employee Contributions also include Rollover Contributions, Transfers, DECs and Designated IRA Contributions,
Matching Contributions includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective Contributions includes all Nonelective Contributions
unless described otherwise in Election 52(d).]

 

	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	(3)	(4)
	 	 	 	 	 	Elective Deferrals/	 	 
	 	 	 	All	 	Employee	Matching	Nonelective
	 	 	 	Contributions	 	Contributions	Contributions	Contributions
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(a)  	 ̈ 	No additional Valuation
    Dates. 	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(b)	x	Daily Valuation
    Dates. Each business	x	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	day of the Plan Year
    on which Plan	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	assets for which there
    is an	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	established market
    are valued and	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	the Trustee is conducting
    business.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Last day of a specified
    period. The	 ̈	OR	 ̈	 ̈	 ̈
	 	 	last day of each            
    of the Plan Year.	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈

	Specified Valuation Dates: ______________________________________________________

  

[Note:
The Employer under Election 52(d) may describe Valuation Dates from the elections available under Election 52 and/or a
combination thereof as to any: (i) Participant group (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply to Division A Employees OR to
Employees hired after "x" date. Daily Valuation Dates apply to Division B Employees OR to Employees hired on/before
"x" date.); (ii) Contribution Type (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply as to Discretionary Nonelective Contribution
Accounts. The last day of each Plan Year quarter applies to Fixed Nonelective Contribution Accounts); (iii) investment type, investment
vendor or Account type (e.g., No additional Valuation Dates apply to investments placed with vendor A and Daily Valuation Dates
apply to investments placed with vendor B OR Daily Valuation Dates apply to Participant-Directed Accounts and no additional Valuation
Dates apply to pooled Accounts); and/or (iv) merged plan account now held in the Plan (e.g., The accounts from the X plan merged
into this Plan continue to be subject to Trust valuation in accordance with the X plan terms [supply terms] and not in accordance
with the terms of this Plan). An Employer's election under Election 52(d) must: (i) be objectively determinable; (ii) not be subject
to Employer discretion; and (iii) be nondiscriminatory.]

 

    	32

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

EXECUTION
PAGE

 

The Employer,
by executing this Adoption Agreement, hereby agrees to the provisions of this Plan and Trust.

 

	 	Employer:	NCI
    Building Systems, Inc.
	 	 	 
	 	Date: 	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd
    R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	Executive
    Vice President and General Counsel
	 	 	[print
    name/title]

 

The Trustee
(and Custodian, if applicable), by executing this Adoption Agreement, hereby accepts its position and agrees to all of the obligations,
responsibilities and duties imposed upon the Trustee (or Custodian) under the Prototype Plan and Trust. If the Employer under
Election 5(c) will use a separate Trust, the Trustee need not execute this Adoption Agreement.

  

	 	Nondiscretionary Trustee(s): 	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

	 	 	 
	 	Date: 	10/26/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed: 	/s/ Sharon Covaneef
	 	 	 
	 	V.P. Relationship Manager
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

	 	Nondiscretionary Trustee(s):	 

	 	 	 
	 	Date:	 
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	 
	 	 	 
	 	 
	 	[print name/title]

 

	 	Custodian(s) (Optional):	 

 

	 	Date:	 
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	 
	 	 	 
	 	 
	 	[print name/title]

  

Use of
Adoption Agreement. Failure to complete properly the elections in this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of
the Employer's Plan. The Employer only may use this Adoption Agreement only in conjunction with the basic plan document referenced
by its document number on Adoption Agreement page one.

 

Execution
for Page Substitution Amendment Only. If this paragraph is completed, this Execution Page documents an amendment to Adoption
Agreement Election(s)            effective                           , by substitute Adoption Agreement
page number(s)          . The Employer should retain all Adoption Agreement Execution Pages and amended pages.
[Note: The Effective Date may be retroactive or may be prospective as permitted under Applicable Law.]

 

Prototype
Plan Sponsor. The Prototype Plan Sponsor identified on the first page of the basic plan document will notify all adopting
Employers of any amendment to this Prototype Plan or of any abandonment or discontinuance by the Prototype Plan Sponsor of its
maintenance of this Prototype Plan. For inquiries regarding the adoption of the Prototype Plan, the Prototype Plan Sponsor's intended
meaning of any Plan provisions or the effect of the Opinion Letter issued to the Prototype Plan Sponsor, please contact the Prototype
Plan Sponsor at the following address and telephone number:  1525 West W.T. Harris Blvd., Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-1176,
800-669-5812.

 

Reliance
on Sponsor Opinion Letter. The Prototype Plan Sponsor has obtained from the IRS an Opinion Letter specifying the form of this
Adoption Agreement and the basic plan document satisfy, as of the date of the Opinion Letter, Code §401. An adopting Employer
may rely on the Prototype Sponsor's IRS Opinion Letter only to the extent provided in Rev. Proc. 2005-16. The Employer
may not rely on the Opinion Letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification requirements, which
are specified in the Opinion Letter and in Rev. Proc. 2005-16, Sections 19.02 and 19.03. In order to have reliance in such circumstances
or with respect to such qualification requirements, the Employer must apply for a determination letter to Employee Plans Determinations
of the IRS.

 

    	33

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

 

APPENDIX
A

EGTRRA
RESTATED PLANS - SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES

[Covering
period from restated Effective Date in Election 4(b) until Employer executes EGTRRA restatement]

 

53.SPECIAL
EFFECTIVE DATES (1.19). The Employer elects or does not elect Appendix A special Effective Date(s) as follows. (Choose
(a) or one or more of (b) through (r) as applicable):

 

[Note:
If the Employer elects 53(a), do not complete the balance of this Election 53.]

 

	(a)	x	Not applicable. The Employer does not elect any Appendix A special Effective Dates.

 

[Note:
The Employer should use this Appendix A where it is restating its Plan for EGTRRA with a retroactive Effective Date, but where
one or more Adoption Agreement elections under the restated Plan became effective after the Plan's general restatement Effective
Date under Election 4(b). For periods prior to the below-specified special Effective Date(s), the Plan terms in effect prior to
its restatement under this Adoption Agreement control for purposes of the designated provisions. Any special Effective Date the
Employer elects must comply with Applicable Law.]

 

	(b)	 ̈	Contribution
    Types (1.12). The Contribution Types under Election(s) 6            
    are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	 	 	[Note: The Plan
    may not permit Roth Deferrals before January 1, 2006.]
	 	 	 
	(c)	 ̈	Excluded Employees
    (1.21(D)). The Excluded Employee provisions under Election(s) 8            
    are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Compensation (1.11).
    The Compensation definition under Election(s)            
     (specify 9-11 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(e)	 ̈	Eligibility (2.01-2.03).
    The eligibility provisions under Election(s)            
     (specify 14-19 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(f)	 ̈	Elective Deferrals
    (3.02(A)-(C)). The Elective Deferral provisions under Election(s)            
     (specify 20-22 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(g)	 ̈	Catch-Up Deferrals
    (3.02(D)). The Catch-Up Deferral provisions under Election 23            
    are effective:                         .
    
	 	 	 
	(h)	 ̈	Matching Contributions
    (3.03). The Matching Contribution provisions under Election(s)             
     (specify 24-26 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(i)	 ̈	Nonelective Contributions
    (3.04). The Nonelective Contribution provisions under Election(s)            
     (specify 27-29 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(j)	 ̈	401(k) safe harbor
    (3.05). The 401(k) safe harbor provisions under Election(s) 30            
    are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(k)	 ̈	Allocation conditions
    (3.06). The allocation conditions under Election(s)            
     (specify 31-32 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(l)	 ̈	Forfeitures (3.07).
    The forfeiture allocation provisions under Election(s)            
     (specify 33-34 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(m)	 ̈	Employee Contributions
    (3.09). The Employee Contribution provisions under Election(s) 35            
    are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(n)	 ̈	Testing elections
    (4.06(B)). The testing elections under Election(s) 37            
    under the "Effective as of execution (and retroactively if restatement)" column are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(o)	 ̈	Vesting (5.03).
    The vesting provisions under Election(s)              (specify
    38-43 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(p)	 ̈	Distributions (6.01
    and 6.03). The distribution elections under Election(s)            
     (specify 44-50 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(q)	 ̈	Earnings/Trust valuation
    (7.04(B)/8.02(C)(4)). The Earnings allocation and Trust valuation provisions under Election(s)            
    (specify 51-52 as applicable) are effective:                         .
	 	 	 
	(r)	 ̈	Special Effective
    Date(s) for other elections (specify elections and dates): _____________________________

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

 

APPENDIX
B

BASIC PLAN
DOCUMENT OVERRIDE ELECTIONS

 

54.   BASIC
PLAN OVERRIDES. The Employer elects or does not elect to override various basic plan provisions as follows (Choose (a)
or choose one or more of (b) through (i) as applicable):

 

[Note:
If the Employer elects 54(a), do not complete the balance of this Election 54.]

 

	(a)	 ̈	Not
    applicable. The Employer does not elect to override any basic plan provisions.

 

[Note:
The Employer at the time of restating its Plan with this Adoption Agreement may make an election on Appendix A (Election 53(r))
to specify a special Effective Date for any override provision the Employer elects in this Election 54. If the Employer, after
it has executed this Adoption Agreement, later amends its Plan to change any election on this Appendix B, the Employer should
document the Effective Date of the Appendix B amendment on the Execution Page or otherwise in the amendment.]

 

	(b)	 ̈	Definition
    (Article I) overrides. (Choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	W-2
    Compensation exclusion of paid/reimbursed moving expenses (1.11(B)(1)). W-2 Compensation excludes amounts paid or reimbursed
    by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by an Employee, but only to the extent that, at the time of payment, it is reasonable
    to believe that the Employee may deduct these amounts under Code §217.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Alternative (general)
    415 Compensation (1.11(B)(4)). The Employer elects to apply the alternative (general) 415 definition of Compensation in
    lieu of simplified 415 Compensation. As to amounts received from an unfunded nonqualified deferred compensation plan which
    is includible in gross income in the taxable year of receipt (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	Include.
    Include the nonqualified deferred compensation.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	Do not include.
    Do not include the nonqualified deferred compensation.

 

	 	(3)	 ̈	Inclusion
    of Deemed 125 Compensation (1.11(C)). Compensation under Section 1.11 includes Deemed 125 Compensation.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	 ̈	Inclusion of Post-Severance
    Compensation (1.11(I) and 4.05(C)(1)). The Plan includes Post-Severance Compensation within the meaning of Prop. Treas.
    Reg. §1.415(c)-2(e) as described in Sections 1.11(I) and 4.05(C)(1) as follows (Choose one or both of a. and b.):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	Include
    for 415 testing. Include for 415 testing and for other testing which uses 415 Compensation. This provision applies effective
    as of                         
     (specify a date which is no earlier than January 1, 2005).
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	Include for allocations.
    Include for allocations as follows (specify affected Contribution Type(s) and any adjustments to Post-Severance
    Compensation used for allocation): ____________________________ This provision applies effective as of                                  
     (specify a date which is no earlier than January 1, 2002).

 

	 	(5)	 ̈	Inclusion
    of Deemed Disability Compensation (1.11(K)). Include Deemed Disability Compensation. (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	a.	 ̈	NHCEs
    only. Apply only to disabled NHCEs.
	 	 	 	 
	 	b.	 ̈	All Participants.
    Apply to all disabled Participants. The Employer will make Employer Contributions for such disabled Participants for:
                                                      (specify
    a fixed or determinable period).

 

	 	(6)	 ̈	Early
    application of final 401(k) regulations (1.28). The Employer (consistent with the Plan Administrator's operation of the
    Plan) elects to apply the final 401(k) regulations before the beginning of the 2006 Plan Year. The Employer elects to apply
    the regulations effective as of:                                                                    (specify Plan Year ending after December 29, 2004, e.g., Plan Year
    ending December 31, 2004 OR Plan Year beginning January 1, 2005).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(7)	 ̈	Leased Employees
    (1.21(B)). The Employer for purposes of the following Contribution Types, does not exclude Leased Employees:                                                                   (specify
    Contribution Types).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(8)	 ̈	Offset if contributions
    to leasing organization plan (1.21(B)(2)). The Employer will reduce allocations to this Plan for any Leased Employee
    to the extent that the leasing organization contributes to or provides benefits under a leasing organization plan to or
    for the Leased Employee and which are attributable to the Leased Employee's services for the Employer. The amount of
    the offset is as follows: ______________________________

 

[Note:
The election of an offset under this Election 54(b)(8) requires that the Employer aggregate its plan with the leasing organization's
plan for coverage and nondiscrimination testing.]

 

	 	(9)	 ̈	Reclassified
    Employees (1.21(D)(3)). The Employer for purposes of the following Contribution Types, does not exclude Reclassified Employees
    (or the following categories of Reclassified Employees): ____________________________ (specify Contribution Types and/or categories of Reclassified Employees).

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

 

	(c)	 ̈	Rule
    of parity – participation (Article II) override (2.03(D)). For purposes of Plan participation, the Plan applies
    the "rule of parity" under Code §410(a)(5)(D).
	 	 	 
	(d)	 ̈	Contribution/allocation
    (Article III) overrides. (Choose one or more of (1) through (7) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Treatment
    of Automatic Deferrals as Roth Deferrals (3.02(B)(7)). The Employer elects to treat Automatic Deferrals as Roth Deferrals
    in lieu of treating Automatic Deferrals as Pre-Tax Deferrals.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Application of Safe
    Harbor Contributions to other allocations (3.05(E)(11)). Any Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions allocated to a Participant's
    account will not be applied toward (offset) any allocation to the Participant of a non-Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Short Plan Year
    or allocation period (3.06(B)(1)(c)). The Plan Administrator (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	No pro-ration.
    Will not pro-rate Hours of Service in any short allocation period.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	Pro-ration based
    on months. Will pro-rate any Hour of Service requirement based on the number of months in the short allocation period.

 

	 	(4)	 ̈	Limited
    waiver of allocation conditions for re-hired Participants (3.06(G)). The allocation conditions the Employer has elected
    in the Adoption Agreement do not apply to re-hired Participants in the Plan Year they resume participation, as described in
    Section 3.06(G).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(5)	 ̈	Associated Match
    forfeiture timing (3.07(A)(1)(c)). Forfeiture of associated matching contributions occurs in the Testing Year.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	Safe Harbor top-heavy
    exempt fail-safe (3.07(A)(4)). In lieu of ordering forfeitures as (a), (b), (c), and (d) under Section 3.07(A)(4), the
    Employer establishes the following forfeiture ordering rules (Specify the ordering rules, for example, (d), (a), (b), and
    (c)):                         .
	 	 	 	 
	 	(7)	 ̈	Suspension (3.06(F)(3)).
    The Plan Administrator in applying Section 3.06(F) will (Choose one or more of a., b., and c. as applicable):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	Re-order
    tiers. Apply the suspension tiers in Section 3.06(F)(2) in the following order:                                         (specify order).
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	Hours of Service
    tie-breaker. Apply the greatest Hours of Service as the tie-breaker within a suspension tier in lieu of applying the lowest
    Compensation.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	c.	 ̈	Additional/other
    tiers. Apply the following additional or other tiers:                                                   (specify suspension tiers and ordering).

 

	(e)	 ̈	Testing
    (Article IV) overrides. (Choose one or both of (1) and (2) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Early
    application of Gap Period income to Excess Deferrals (4.11(C)(1)). The Plan Administrator will distribute Gap Period income
    allocated on Excess Deferrals as to Excess Deferrals occurring in the                         
    Taxable Year and in later Taxable Years (Specify a Taxable Year before 2008).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Early application
    of Gap Period income to Excess Contributions/Aggregates (4.11(C)(2)). The Plan Administrator will distribute Gap Period
    income allocated on Excess Contributions and Excess Aggregate Contributions occurring in the                       
    Plan Year and in later Plan Years (Specify a Plan Year before the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date).

 

	(f)	 ̈	Vesting
    (Article V) overrides. (Choose one or more of (1) through (6) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Application
    of top-heavy vesting to Matching (5.03(A)(1)). The Employer makes the following elections regarding the application of
    top-heavy vesting to its Regular Matching and Additional Matching Contributions (Choose one or both of a. and b.):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	Post-EGTRRA
    Matching only. Apply top-heavy vesting only to such post-2001 Plan Year Matching Contributions.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	Waiver of Hour of
    Service requirement. Apply top-heavy vesting as under the basic plan or as modified by Election 54(f)(1)a. to all Participants
    even if they did not have an Hour of Service in any post-2001 Plan Year.

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	Alternative
    "grossed-up" vesting formula (5.03(C)(2)). The Employer elects the alternative vesting formula described in
    Section 5.03(C)(2).
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Source of Cash-Out
    forfeiture restoration (5.04(B)(5)). To restore a Participant's Account Balance as described in Section 5.04(B)(5), the
    Plan Administrator, to the extent necessary, will allocate from the following source(s) and in the following order (Specify,
    in order, one or more of the following: Forfeitures, Earnings, and/or Employer Contribution): ____________________________.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	 ̈	Deemed Cash-Out
    of 0% Vested Participant (5.04(C)). The deemed cash-out rule of Section 5.04(C) does not apply to the Plan.

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k)
Plan

 

	 	(5)	 ̈	Accounting
    for Cash-Out repayment; Contribution Type (5.04(D)(2)). In lieu of the accounting described in Section 5.04(D)(2), the
    Plan Administrator will account for a Participant's Account Balance attributable to a Cash-Out repayment: (Choose one of
    a. or b.):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	Nonelective
    rule. Under the nonelective rule.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	Rollover rule.
    Under the rollover rule.

 

	 	(6)	 ̈	One-year
    hold-out rule – vesting (5.06(D)). The one-year hold-out Break in Service rule under Code §411(a)(6)(B) applies.

 

	(g)	 ̈	Distribution
    (Article VI) overrides. (Choose one or more of (1) through (7) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Election
    of 5-year rule (6.02(B)(1)(e)). Under Section 6.02(B)(1)(e) relating to death before the RBD, if a Designated Beneficiary
    does not make a timely election, the 5-year rule applies in lieu of the Life Expectancy rule.

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	2002
    only special Effective Date for Section 6.02 (6.02(D)(4)). For the 2002 DCY only, the Plan Administrator will apply the
    RMD rules in effect under (Choose one of a. or b.):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	1987
    proposed regulations. The 1987 proposed Treasury regulations under Code §401(a)(9).
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	2001 proposed regulations.
    The 2001 proposed Treasury regulations under Code §401(a)(9).

 

	 	(3)	 ̈	RBD
    definition (6.02(E)(7)(c)). In lieu of the RBD definition in Section 6.02(E)(7)(a) and (b), the Plan Administrator (Choose
    one of a. or b.):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	SBJPA
    definition indefinitely. Indefinitely will apply the pre-SBJPA RBD definition.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	SBJPA definition
    to specified date. Will apply the pre-SBJPA definition until                         
     (the stated date may not be earlier than January 1, 1997), and thereafter will apply the RBD definition in Sections
    6.02(E)(7)(a) and (b).

 

	 	(4)	 ̈	Modification
    of QJSA (6.04(A)(3)). The Survivor Annuity percentage will be            %.
    (Specify a percentage between 50% and 100%.)
	 	 	 	 
	 	(5)	 ̈	Modification of
    QPSA (6.04(B)(2)). The QPSA percentage will be            %.
    (Specify a percentage between 50% and 100%.)
	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	Restriction on hardship
    source; grandfathering (6.07(E)). The hardship distribution limit includes grandfathered amounts.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(7)	 ̈	Replacement of $5,000
    amount (6.09). All Plan references (except in Sections 3.02(D), 3.10 and 3.12(C)(2)) to "$5,000" will be $           .
    (Specify an amount less than $5,000.)

 

	(h)	x	Administrative,
    Trust and insurance overrides (Articles VII, VIII and IX). (Choose one or more of (1) through (9) as applicable):

 

	 	(1)	 ̈	Contributions
    prior to accrual or precise determination (7.04(B)(5)(b)). The Plan Administrator will allocate Earnings described in
    Section 7.04(B)(5)(b) as follows (Choose one of a., b., or c.):

 

	 	 	a.	 ̈	Treat
    as contribution. Treat the Earnings as an Employer Matching or Nonelective Contribution and allocate accordingly.
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 ̈	Balance forward.
    Allocate the Earnings using the balance forward method described in Section 7.04(B)(4)(b).
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	c.	 ̈	Weighted average.
    Allocate the Earnings on Matching Contributions using the weighted average method in a manner similar to the method described
    in Section 7.04(B)(4)(d).

 

	 	(2)	 ̈	Automatic
    revocation of spousal designation (7.05(A)(1)). The automatic revocation of a spousal Beneficiary designation in the case
    of divorce or legal separation does not apply.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	Limitation on frequency
    of Beneficiary designation changes (7.05(A)(4)). Except in the case of a Participant incurring a major life event, a period
    of at least                  must elapse
    between Beneficiary designation changes. (Specify a period of time, e.g., 90 days OR 12 months.)
	 	 	 	 
	 	(4)	 ̈	Definition of "spouse"
    (7.05(A)(5)). The following definition of "spouse" applies:                                                 .
    (Specify a definition consistent with Applicable Law.)
	 	 	 	 
	 	(5)	x	Administration of
    default provision; default Beneficiaries (7.05(C)). The following list of default Beneficiaries will apply:  (a)
    Participant's surviving spouse (b) Participant's estate. (Specify,
    in order, one or more Beneficiaries who will receive the interest of a deceased Participant.)
	 	 	 	 
	 	(6)	 ̈	Subsequent restoration
    of forfeiture-sources and ordering (7.07(A)(3)). Restoration of forfeitures will come from the following sources, in the
    following order                                                   . (Specify, in order,
    one or more of the following: Forfeitures, Employer Contribution, Trust Fund Earnings.)

 

    	3

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized
401(k) Plan

 

	 	(7)	 ̈	State
    law (7.10(H)). The law of the following state will apply:                                                            .
    (Specify one of the 50 states or the District of Columbia, or other appropriate legal jurisdiction, such as a territory
    of the United States or an Indian tribal government.)
	 	 	 	 
	 	(8)	 ̈	Employer securities/real
    property in Profit Sharing Plans/401(k) Plans (8.02(A)(13)(a)). The Plan limit on investment in qualifying Employer
    securities/real property is               %.
    (Specify a percentage which is less than 100%.)
	 	 	 	 
	 	(9)	 ̈	Provisions relating
    to insurance and insurance company (9.08). The following provisions apply:                                             
     (Specify such language as necessary to accommodate life insurance Contracts the Plan holds.)

 

[Note:
The provisions in this Election 54(h)(9) may override provisions in Article IX of the Plan, but must be consistent with all other
provisions of the Plan and Applicable Law.]

 

	(i)	 ̈	Code
    Sections 415/416 (Article XI) override (11.02(A)(1)). Because of the required aggregation of multiple plans, to satisfy
    Code §§415 and/or 416, the following overriding provisions apply:                                                                  .
    (Specify such language as necessary to satisfy §§415 and 416.) 

 

    	4

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

APPENDIX
C

LIST OF
GROUP TRUST FUNDS/PERMISSIBLE TRUST AMENDMENTS

 

55.    ̈   INVESTMENT
IN GROUP TRUST FUND (8.09). The nondiscretionary Trustee, as directed or the discretionary Trustee acting without direction
(and in addition to the discretionary Trustee's authority to invest in its own funds under Section 8.02(A)(3)), may invest in
any of the following group trust funds:                                                              .
(Specify the names of one or more group trust funds in which the Plan can invest).

 

[Note:
A discretionary or nondiscretionary Trustee also may invest in any group trust fund authorized by an independent Named Fiduciary.]

 

56.   x   PERMISSIBLE
TRUST AMENDMENTS (8.11). The Employer makes the following amendments to the Trust as permitted under Rev. Proc. 2005-16,
Section 5.09 (Choose one or more of (a) through (c) as applicable):

 

[Note:
Any amendment under this Election 56 must not: (i) conflict with any Plan provision unrelated to the Trust or Trustee; or (ii)
cause the Plan to violate Code §401(a). The amendment may override, add to, delete or otherwise modify the Trust provisions.
Do not use this Election 56 to substitute another pre-approved trust for the Trust. See Election 5(c) as to a substitute trust.]

 

	 	(a)	 ̈	Investments.
    The Employer amends the Trust provisions relating to Trust investments as follows:
	 	 		.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(b)	 ̈	Duties. The
    Employer amends the Trust provisions relating to Trustee (or Custodian) duties as follows:
	 	 		.
	 	 	 	 
	 	(c)	x	Other administrative
    provisions. The Employer amends the other administrative provisions of the Trust as follows:
	 	 	 	 
	 	 		The
    Trustee shall be a directed trustee with respect to contributions pursuant to ERISA 403(a)(1) and the Plan Administrator shall
    be the fiduciary responsible for directing the Trustee regarding any obligation to collect contributions.

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

APPENDIX D

TABLE I: ACTUARIAL FACTORS

UP-1984

Without Setback

 

	Number of years	 	 	 	 	 	 
	from attained age	 	 	 	 	 	 
	at the end of Plan Year until	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Normal Retirement Age	 	7.50%	 	8.00%	 	8.50%
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  0	 	8.458	 	8.196	 	7.949
	  1	 	7.868	 	7.589	 	7.326
	  2	 	7.319	 	7.027	 	6.752
	  3	 	6.808	 	6.506	 	6.223
	  4	 	6.333	 	6.024	 	5.736
	  5	 	5.891	 	5.578	 	5.286
	  6	 	5.480	 	5.165	 	4.872
	  7	 	5.098	 	4.782	 	4.491
	  8	 	4.742	 	4.428	 	4.139
	  9	 	4.412	 	4.100	 	3.815
	10	 	4.104	 	3.796	 	3.516
	11	 	3.817	 	3.515	 	3.240
	12	 	3.551	 	3.255	 	2.986
	13	 	3.303	 	3.014	 	2.752
	14	 	3.073	 	2.790	 	2.537
	15	 	2.859	 	2.584	 	2.338
	16	 	2.659	 	2.392	 	2.155
	17	 	2.474	 	2.215	 	1.986
	18	 	2.301	 	2.051	 	1.831
	19	 	2.140	 	1.899	 	1.687
	20	 	1.991	 	1.758	 	1.555
	21	 	1.852	 	1.628	 	1.433
	22	 	1.723	 	1.508	 	1.321
	23	 	1.603	 	1.396	 	1.217
	24	 	1.491	 	1.293	 	1.122
	25	 	1.387	 	1.197	 	1.034
	26	 	1.290	 	1.108	 	0.953
	27	 	1.200	 	1.026	 	0.878
	28	 	1.116	 	0.950	 	0.810
	29	 	1.039	 	0.880	 	0.746
	30	 	0.966	 	0.814	 	0.688
	31	 	0.899	 	0.754	 	0.634
	32	 	0.836	 	0.698	 	0.584
	33	 	0.778	 	0.647	 	0.538
	34	 	0.723	 	0.599	 	0.496
	35	 	0.673	 	0.554	 	0.457
	36	 	0.626	 	0.513	 	0.422
	37	 	0.582	 	0.475	 	0.389
	38	 	0.542	 	0.440	 	0.358
	39	 	0.504	 	0.407	 	0.330
	40	 	0.469	 	0.377	 	0.304
	41	 	0.436	 	0.349	 	0.280
	42	 	0.406	 	0.323	 	0.258
	43	 	0.377	 	0.299	 	0.238
	44	 	0.351	 	0.277	 	0.219
	45	 	0.327	 	0.257	 	0.202

 

Note: A Participant's Actuarial
Factor under Table I is the factor corresponding to the number of years until the Participant reaches his/her Normal Retirement
Age under the Plan. A Participant's age as of the end of the current Plan Year is his/her age on his/her last birthday. For any
Plan Year beginning on or after the Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age, the factor for "zero" years applies.

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

APPENDIX D

TABLE II: ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUARIAL FACTORS
FOR NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE

OTHER THAN 65

UP-1984

Without Setback

 

	Normal Retirement	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Age	 	7.50%	 	8.00%	 	8.50%
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	55	 	1.2242	 	1.2147	 	1.2058
	56	 	1.2043	 	1.1959	 	1.1879
	57	 	1.1838	 	1.1764	 	1.1694
	58	 	1.1627	 	1.1563	 	1.1503
	59	 	1.1411	 	1.1357	 	1.1305
	60	 	1.1188	 	1.1144	 	1.1101
	61	 	1.0960	 	1.0925	 	1.0891
	62	 	1.0726	 	1.0700	 	1.0676
	63	 	1.0488	 	1.0471	 	1.0455
	64	 	1.0246	 	1.0237	 	1.0229
	65	 	1.0000	 	1.0000	 	1.0000
	66	 	0.9752	 	0.9760	 	0.9767
	67	 	0.9502	 	0.9518	 	0.9533
	68	 	0.9251	 	0.9274	 	0.9296
	69	 	0.8998	 	0.9027	 	0.9055
	70	 	0.8740	 	0.8776	 	0.8810
	71	 	0.8478	 	0.8520	 	0.8561
	72	 	0.8214	 	0.8261	 	0.8307
	73	 	0.7946	 	0.7999	 	0.8049
	74	 	0.7678	 	0.7735	 	0.7790
	75	 	0.7409	 	0.7470	 	0.7529
	76	 	0.7140	 	0.7205	 	0.7268
	77	 	0.6874	 	0.6942	 	0.7008
	78	 	0.6611	 	0.6682	 	0.6751
	79	 	0.6349	 	0.6423	 	0.6494
	80	 	0.6090	 	0.6165	 	0.6238

 

Note: Use Table II only if
the Normal Retirement Age for any Participant is not 65. If a Participant's Normal Retirement Age is not 65, adjust Table I by
multiplying all factors applicable to that Participant in Table I by the appropriate Table II factor.

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

AMENDMENT FOR THE FINAL 415 REGULATIONS

 

ARTICLE I

PREAMBLE

 

		1.1	Effective date of Amendment. This Amendment is effective for limitation years and plan years
beginning on or after July 1, 2007, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

		1.2	Superseding of inconsistent provisions. This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the
Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 

		1.3	Employer's election. The Employer adopts all Articles of this Amendment, except those Articles
that the Employer specifically elects not to adopt.

 

		1.4	Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any reference to "Section"
in this Amendment refers only to sections within this Amendment, and is not a reference to the Plan. The Article and Section numbering
in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and does not relate to any Plan article, section or other numbering
designations.

 

		1.5	Effect of restatement of Plan. If the Employer restates the Plan, then this Amendment shall
remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated or otherwise become obsolete (e.g.,
if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which incorporates the final Code §415 Regulation provisions).

 

		1.6	Adoption by prototype sponsor. Except as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan and Section 5.01 of Revenue Procedure 2005-16, the sponsor hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all adopting employers.

 

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

 

The Employer only needs to complete the
questions in Section 2.2 in order to override the default provisions set forth below. If the Plan will use all of the default provisions,
then these questions should be skipped and the Employer does not need to execute this amendment.

 

		2.1	Default Provisions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in Section 2.2, the following defaults
will apply:

 

		a.	The provisions of the Plan setting forth the definition of compensation for purposes of Code §415
(hereinafter referred to as "415 Compensation"), as well as compensation for purposes of determining highly compensated
employees pursuant to Code §414(q) and for top-heavy purposes under Code §416 (including the determination of key employees),
shall be modified by (1) including payments for unused sick, vacation or other leave and payments from nonqualified unfunded deferred
compensation plans (Amendment Section 3.2(b)), (2) excluding salary continuation payments for participants on military service
(Amendment Section 3.2(c)), and (3) excluding salary continuation payments for disabled participants (Amendment Section 3.2(d)).

 

		b.	The "first few weeks rule" does not apply for purposes of 415 Compensation (Amendment
Section 3.3).

 

		c.	The provision of the Plan setting forth the definition of compensation for allocation purposes
(hereinafter referred to as "Plan Compensation") shall be modified to provide for the same adjustments to Plan Compensation
(for all contribution types) that are made to 415 Compensation pursuant to this Amendment.

 

		2.2	In lieu of default provisions. In lieu of the default provisions above, the following apply:
(select all that apply; if no selections are made, then the defaults apply)

 

415 Compensation. (select
all that apply):

	 	a.	 ̈	Exclude leave cashouts and deferred compensation (Section 3.2(b))
	 	b.	 ̈	Include military continuation payments (Section 3.2(c))
	 	c.	 ̈	Include disability continuation payments (Section 3.2(d)):

	 	1.	 ̈	For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only	 
	 	2.	 ̈	For all participants and the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period:

	 	d.	 ̈	Apply the administrative delay ("first few weeks") rule (Section 3.3)

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

Plan Compensation. (select
all that apply):

 

NOTE: Elective Deferrals
includes Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals and Employee Contributions, Matching includes all Matching Contributions and Nonelective
includes all Nonelective Contributions. For all Plans other than 401(k) plans, only use column 1. or column 4. in the table below.

 

NOTE: Under the GUST
PPD document, the plan excludes all post-severance compensation unless the Employer had elected otherwise in its adoption agreement.

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	Elective	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	Deferrals	Matching	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	e.	o	Default provisions apply	   1. N/A	OR	2. o	3. o	4. o
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	f.	o	No change from existing Plan provisions	1. o	OR	2. o	3. o	4. o
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	g.	o	Exclude all post-severance compensation	1. o	OR	2. o	3. o	4. o
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	h.	o	Exclude post-severance regular pay	1. o	OR	2. o	3. o	4. o
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	i.	o	Exclude leave cashouts and deferred compensation	1. o	OR	2. o	3. o	4. o
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	j.	o	Include post-severance military continuation payments	1. o	OR	2. o	3. o	4. o
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	k.	o	Include post-severance disability continuation payments:	1. o	OR	2. o	3. o	4. o

	  	a.	 ̈	For Nonhighly Compensated Employees only	 
	  	b.	 ̈	For all participants and the salary continuation will continue for the following fixed or determinable period: _____________	 

 

	 	l.	x	Other deferred compensation
is excluded from All Contributions (describe)

  

Plan Compensation Special
Effective Date. The definition of Plan Compensation is modified as set forth herein effective as of the same date as the 415
Compensation change is effective unless otherwise specified:

m.     ________________________________________________ (enter the effective date)

 

ARTICLE III

FINAL SECTION 415 REGULATIONS

 

		3.1	Effective date. The provisions of this Article III shall apply to limitation years beginning
on and after July 1, 2007.

 

		3.2	415 Compensation paid after severance from employment. 415 Compensation shall be adjusted,
as set forth herein and as otherwise elected in Article II, for the following types of compensation paid after a Participant's
severance from employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan (or any other entity that is treated as the Employer pursuant
to Code §414(b), (c), (m) or (o)). However, amounts described in subsections (a) and (b) below may only be included in 415
Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2 1/2 months after severance from employment or by the end of
the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment. Any other payment of compensation paid after severance
of employment that is not described in the following types of compensation is not considered 415 Compensation within the meaning
of Code §415(c)(3), even if payment is made within the time period specified above.

 

		(a)	Regular pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular
pay after severance of employment if:

 

		(1)	The payment is regular compensation for services during the participant's regular working hours,
or compensation for services outside the participant's regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions,
bonuses, or other similar payments; and

 

		(2)	The payment would have been paid to the participant prior to a severance from employment if the
participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

		(b)	Leave cashouts and deferred compensation. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation,
unless otherwise elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation
if they were paid prior to the participant's severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide
sick, vacation, or other leave, but only if the participant would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued.
In addition, deferred compensation shall be included in 415 Compensation, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment,
if the compensation would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if it had been paid prior to the participant's
severance from employment, and the compensation is received pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but
only if the payment would have been paid at the same time if the participant had continued in employment with the Employer and
only to the extent that the payment is includible in the participant's gross income.

 

		(c)	Salary continuation payments for military service participants. 415 Compensation does not
include, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, payments to an individual who does not currently perform services
for the Employer by reason of qualified military service (as that term is used in Code §414(u)(1)) to the extent those payments
do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer
rather than entering qualified military service.

 

		(d)	Salary continuation payments for disabled Participants. Unless otherwise elected in Section
2.2 of this Amendment, 415 Compensation does not include compensation paid to a participant who is permanently and totally disabled
(as defined in Code §22(e)(3)). If elected, this provision shall apply to either just non-highly compensated participants
or to all participants for the period specified in Section 2.2 of this Amendment.

 

		3.3	Administrative delay ("the first few weeks") rule. 415 Compensation for a limitation
year shall not include, unless otherwise elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, amounts earned but not paid during the limitation
year solely because of the timing of pay periods and pay dates. However, if elected in Section 2.2 of this Amendment, 415 Compensation
for a limitation year shall include amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of pay
periods and pay dates, provided the amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next limitation year, the amounts are included
on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated participants, and no compensation is included in more
than one limitation year.

 

		3.4	Inclusion of certain nonqualified deferred compensation amounts. If the Plan's definition
of Compensation for purposes of Code §415 is the definition in Regulation Section 1.415(c)-2(b) (Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(2)
under the Regulations in effect for limitation years beginning prior to July 1, 2007) and the simplified compensation definition
of Regulation 1.415(c)-2(d)(2) (Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)(10) under the Regulations in effect for limitation years prior to
July 1, 2007) is not used, then 415 Compensation shall include amounts that are includible in the gross income of a Participant
under the rules of Code §409A or Code §457(f)(1)(A) or because the amounts are constructively received by the Participant.
[Note if the Plan's definition of Compensation is W-2 wages or wages for withholding purposes, then these amounts are already included
in Compensation.]

 

		3.5	Definition of annual additions. The Plan's definition
of "annual additions" is modified as follows:

 

		(a)	Restorative payments. Annual additions for purposes of Code §415 shall not include
restorative payments. A restorative payment is a payment made to restore losses to a Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary
for which there is reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA or under other applicable federal or
state law, where participants who are similarly situated are treated similarly with respect to the payments. Generally, payments
are restorative payments only if the payments are made in order to restore some or all of the plan's losses due to an action (or
a failure to act) that creates a reasonable risk of liability for such a breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary
duty arising from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). This includes payments to a plan made pursuant to a Department of
Labor order, the Department of Labor's Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program, or a court-approved settlement, to restore losses
to a qualified defined contribution plan on account of the breach of fiduciary duty (other than a breach of fiduciary duty arising
from failure to remit contributions to the Plan). Payments made to the Plan to make up for losses due merely to market fluctuations
and other payments that are not made on account of a reasonable risk of liability for breach of a fiduciary duty under ERISA are
not restorative payments and generally constitute contributions that are considered annual additions.

 

		(b)	Other Amounts. Annual additions for purposes of Code §415 shall not include: (1) The
direct transfer of a benefit or employee contributions from a qualified plan to this Plan; (2) Rollover contributions (as described
in Code §§401(a)(31), 402(c)(1), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3), and 457(e)(16)); (3) Repayments of loans made to a
participant from the Plan; and (4) Repayments of amounts described in Code §411(a)(7)(B) (in accordance with Code §411(a)(7)(C))
and Code §411(a)(3)(D) or repayment of contributions to a governmental plan (as defined in Code §414(d)) as described
in Code §415(k)(3), as well as Employer restorations of benefits that are required pursuant to such repayments.

 

		(c)	Date of tax-exempt Employer contributions. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary,
in the case of an Employer that is exempt from Federal income tax (including a governmental employer), Employer contributions are
treated as credited to a participant's account for a particular limitation year only if the contributions are actually made to
the plan no later than the 15th day of the tenth calendar month following the end of the calendar year or fiscal year (as applicable,
depending on the basis on which the employer keeps its books) with or within which the particular limitation year ends.

 

    	3

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

		3.6	Change of limitation year. The limitation year may only be changed by a Plan amendment.
Furthermore, if the Plan is terminated effective as of a date other than the last day of the Plan's limitation year, then the Plan
is treated as if the Plan had been amended to change its limitation year.

 

		3.7	Excess Annual Additions. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the
annual additions (within the meaning of Code §415) are exceeded for any participant, then the Plan may only correct such excess
in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2006-27 or any superseding
guidance, including, but not limited to, the preamble of the final §415 regulations.

 

		3.8	Aggregation and Disaggregation of Plans.

 

		(a)	For purposes of applying the limitations of Code §415, all defined contribution plans (without
regard to whether a plan has been terminated) ever maintained by the Employer (or a "predecessor employer") under which
the participant receives annual additions are treated as one defined contribution plan. The "Employer" means the Employer
that adopts this Plan and all members of a controlled group or an affiliated service group that includes the Employer (within the
meaning of Code §§414(b), (c), (m) or (o)), except that for purposes of this Section, the determination shall be made
by applying Code §415(h), and shall take into account tax-exempt organizations under Regulation Section 1.414(c)-5, as modified
by Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1). For purposes of this Section:

 

		(1)	A former Employer is a "predecessor employer" with respect to a participant in a plan
maintained by an Employer if the Employer maintains a plan under which the participant had accrued a benefit while performing services
for the former Employer, but only if that benefit is provided under the plan maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, the
formerly affiliated plan rules in Regulation Section 1.415(f)-1(b)(2) apply as if the Employer and predecessor Employer constituted
a single employer under the rules described in Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2) immediately prior to the cessation of
affiliation (and as if they constituted two, unrelated employers under the rules described in Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1)
and (2) immediately after the cessation of affiliation) and cessation of affiliation was the event that gives rise to the predecessor
employer relationship, such as a transfer of benefits or plan sponsorship.

 

		(2)	With respect to an Employer of a participant, a former entity that antedates the Employer is a
"predecessor employer" with respect to the participant if, under the facts and circumstances, the Employer constitutes
a continuation of all or a portion of the trade or business of the former entity.

 

		(b)	Break-up of an affiliate employer or an affiliated service group. For purposes of aggregating
plans for Code §415, a "formerly affiliated plan" of an employer is taken into account for purposes of applying
the Code §415 limitations to the employer, but the formerly affiliated plan is treated as if it had terminated immediately
prior to the "cessation of affiliation." For purposes of this paragraph, a "formerly affiliated plan" of an
employer is a plan that, immediately prior to the cessation of affiliation, was actually maintained by one or more of the entities
that constitute the employer (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1)
and (2)), and immediately after the cessation of affiliation, is not actually maintained by any of the entities that constitute
the employer (as determined under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)). For
purposes of this paragraph, a "cessation of affiliation" means the event that causes an entity to no longer be aggregated
with one or more other entities as a single employer under the employer affiliation rules described in Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1)
and (2) (such as the sale of a subsidiary outside a controlled group), or that causes a plan to not actually be maintained by any
of the entities that constitute the employer under the employer affiliation rules of Regulation Section 1.415(a)-1(f)(1) and (2)
(such as a transfer of plan sponsorship outside of a controlled group).

 

		(c)	Midyear Aggregation. Two or more defined contribution plans that are not required to be
aggregated pursuant to Code §415(f) and the Regulations thereunder as of the first day of a limitation year do not fail to
satisfy the requirements of Code §415 with respect to a participant for the limitation year merely because they are aggregated
later in that limitation year, provided that no annual additions are credited to the participant's account after the date on which
the plans are required to be aggregated.

 

ARTICLE IV

PLAN COMPENSATION

 

		4.1	Compensation limit. Notwithstanding Amendment Section 4.2 or any election in Amendment Section
2.2, if the Plan is a 401(k) plan, then participants may not make elective deferrals with respect to amounts that are not 415 Compensation.
However, for this purpose, 415 Compensation is not limited to the annual compensation limit of Code §401(a)(17).

 

		4.2	Compensation paid after severance from employment. Compensation for purposes of allocations
(hereinafter referred to as Plan Compensation) shall be adjusted, unless otherwise elected in Amendment Section 2.2, in the same
manner as 415 Compensation pursuant to Article III of this Amendment if those amounts would have been included in Compensation
if they were paid prior to the Participant's severance from employment, except in applying Article III, the term "limitation
year" shall be replaced with the term "plan year" and the term "415 Compensation" shall be replaced with
the term "Plan Compensation."

 

    	4

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

		4.3	Option to apply Plan Compensation provisions early. The provisions of this Article shall
apply for Plan Years beginning on and after July 1, 2007, unless another effective date is specified in Section 2.2 of this Amendment.

 

Except with respect to any election made
by the employer in Section 2.2, this amendment is hereby adopted by the prototype sponsor on behalf of all adopting employers on:

 

[Sponsor's signature and Adoption Date
are on file with Sponsor]

 

Sponsor Name: Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

NOTE: The Employer only needs to execute
this Amendment if an election has been made in Section 2.2 of this Amendment.

 

This amendment has been executed this _________________
day of ______________________________, ________.

 

	Name of Plan: 	NCI 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan	 

 

	Name of Employer: 	NCI Building Systems, Inc.	 

 

	By: 	 	 
	 	                  EMPLOYER	 

 

    	5

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

PPD ADOPTION AGREEMENT

ADMINISTRATIVE CHECKLIST

January 1, 2013

 

This Administrative Checklist ("AC")
is not part of the Adoption Agreement or Plan but is for the use of the Plan Administrator in administering the Plan. Relius software
also uses the AC and the following Supporting Forms Checklist ("SFC") in preparing the Plan's SPD and some administrative
forms, such as the Loan Policy, if applicable.

 

The plan document preparer need not
complete the AC but may find it useful to do so. The preparer may modify the AC, including adding items, without affecting reliance
on the Plan's opinion or advisory letter since the AC is not part of the approved Plan. Any change to this AC is not a Plan amendment
and is not subject to any Plan provision or to Applicable Law regarding the timing or form of Plan amendments. However, the Plan
Administrator's administration of any AC item must be in accordance with applicable Plan terms and with Applicable Law.

 

The AC reflects the Plan policies and
operation as of the date set forth above and may also reflect Plan policies and operation pre-dating the specified date.

 

	AC1.	PLAN LOANS (7.06). The Plan permits or does not permit Participant Loans as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

	 	(a)	o	Does not permit.
	 	(b)	x	Permitted pursuant to the Loan Policy. See SFC Election 69 to complete Loan Policy.

 

AC2.  PARTICIPANT
DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT (7.03(B)). The Plan permits Participant direction of investment or does not permit Participant
direction of investment as to some or all Accounts as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

	 	(a)	o	Does not permit. The Plan does not permit Participant direction of investment of any Account.
	 	(b)	x	Permitted as follows. The Plan permits Participant direction of investment. (Complete (1) through (4)):

	 	(1)	Accounts affected. (Choose a. or choose one or more of b. through f.):

	 	a.	x	All Accounts.
	 	b.	o	Elective Deferral Accounts (Pre-tax
    and Roth) and Employee Contributions.
	 	c.	o	All Nonelective Contribution Accounts.
	 	d.	o	All Matching Contribution Accounts.
	 	e.	o	All Rollover Contribution and Transfer
    Accounts.
	 	f.	o	Specify Accounts:  ____________________________________________________

	 	(2)	Restrictions on Participant direction (Choose one of a. or b.):

	 	a.	x	None. Provided the
    investment does not result in a prohibited transaction, give rise to UBTI, create administrative problems or violate the Plan
    terms or Applicable Law.
	 	b.	o	Restrictions: ________________________________________________________

	 	(3)	ERISA §404(c). (Choose one of a. or b.):

	 	a.	x	Applies.
	 	b.	o	Does not apply.

	 	(4)	QDIA (Qualified Default Investment Alternative). (Choose one of a. or b.):

	 	a.	o	Applies. See SFC Election 110 for details.
	 	b.	o	Does not apply.

 

AC3.  ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS
(3.08). The Plan permits or does not permit Rollover Contributions as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

	 	(a)	o	Does not permit.
	 	(b)	x	Permits. Subject to approval by the Plan Administrator and as further described below (Complete(1) and (2)):

	 	(1)	Who may roll over. (Choose one of a. or b.):

	 	a.	o	Participants only.
	 	b.	x	Eligible Employees or Participants.

	 	(2)	Sources/Types. The Plan will accept a Rollover Contribution (Choose one of a. or b.):

	 	a.	x	All. From any Eligible Retirement Plan
    and as to all Contribution Types eligible to be rolled into this Plan.
	 	b.	o	Limited. Only from the following
    types of Eligible Retirement Plans and/or as to the following Contribution Types: ___________________________________________

 

AC4.PLAN EXPENSES (7.04(C)).
The Employer will pay or the Plan will be charged with non-settlor Plan expenses as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

	 	(a)	o	Employer pays all expenses except those intrinsic to Trust assets which the Plan will pay (e.g., brokerage commissions).
	 	(b)	x	Plan pays some or all non-settlor expenses. See SFC Election 126 for details.

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

AC5.  RELATED
AND PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS (1.23(C)/(D)). There are or are not Related Employers and Participating Employers as follows
(Complete (a) through (c)):

	 	(a)	Related Employers. (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

	 	(1)	o	None.
	 	(2)	x	Name(s) of Related Employers:  NCI Group, Inc., Robertson-Ceco II Corporation and Metl-Span LLC

	 	(b)	Participating (Related) Employers. (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

	 	(1)	o	None.
	 	(2)	x	Name(s) of Participating Employers:  NCI Group, Inc., Robertson-Ceco II Corporation and Metl-Span LLC
	 	 	 	See SFC Election 71 for details.

	 	(c)	Former Participating Employers. (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

	 	(1)	x	None.
	 	(2)	o	Applies.

 

	 	Name(s)	 	Date of cessation	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

AC6. TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM-MULTIPLE PLANS
(10.03). If the Employer maintains another plan, this Plan provides that the Plan Administrator operationally will determine
in which plan the Employer will satisfy the Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution (or benefit) requirement as to Non-Key Employees who
participate in such plans and who are entitled to a Top-Heavy Minimum Contribution (or benefit). This Election documents the Plan
Administrator's operational election. (Choose (a) or choose one of (b) or (c)):

	 	(a)	x	Does not apply.
	 	(b)	o	If only another Defined Contribution Plan. Make the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation (Choose one of (1) or (2)):

	 	(1)	o	To this Plan.
	 	(2)	o	To another Defined Contribution Plan:  _______________________________ (plan name)

	 	(c)	o	If one or more Defined Benefit Plans. Make the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation or provide the top-heavy minimum benefit (Choose one of (1), (2), or (3)):

	 	(1)	o	To this Plan. Increase the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation to 5%.
	 	(2)	o	To another Defined Contribution
Plan. Increase the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation to 5% and provide under the: ____________________________________ (name of other Defined Contribution
Plan).
	 	(3)	o	To a Defined Benefit Plan. Provide the 2% top-heavy minimum benefit under the:                                (name of Defined Benefit Plan) and applying the following interest rate and mortality assumptions:                             .

 

AC7. SELF-EMPLOYED PARTICIPANTS
(1.21(A)). One or more self-employed Participants with Earned Income benefits in the Plan as follows (Choose one of (a)
or (b)):

	 	(a)	x	None.
	 	(b)	o	Applies.

 

AC8.PROTECTED BENEFITS (11.02(C)).
The following Protected Benefits no longer apply to all Participants or do not apply to designated amounts/Participants as indicated,
having been eliminated by a Plan amendment (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

	 	(a)	x	Does not apply. No Protected Benefits have been eliminated.
	 	(b)	o	Applies. Protected Benefits have been eliminated as follows (Choose one or more of rows (1) through (4) as applicable. Choose one of columns (1), (2), or (3), and complete column (4)):

 

	 	 	 	 	 	(1)	 	(2)	 	(3)	 	(4)
	 	 	 	 	 	All	 	Post-E.D.	 	Post-E.D.	 	Effective
	 	 	 	 	 	Participants/	 	Contribution	 	Participants	 	Date
	 	 	 	 	 	Accounts	 	Accounts only	 	only	 	(E.D.)
	 	(1)	 ̈	QJSA/QPSA distributions	 	o	 	o	 	o	 	 
	 	(2)	 ̈	Installment distributions	 	o	 	o	 	o	 	 
	 	(3)	 ̈	In-kind distributions	 	o	 	o	 	o	 	 

	 	(4)	 ̈	Specify: 	  

  

AC9.LIFE INSURANCE (9.01).
The Trust invests or does not invest in life insurance Contracts as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

	 	(a)	x	Does not apply.
	 	(b)	o	Applies. Subject to the limitations and other provisions in Article IX and/or Appendix B.

 

AC10.DISTRIBUTION OF CASH OR PROPERTY
(8.04). The Plan provides for distribution in the form of (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

	 	(a)	o	Cash only. Except where property distribution is required or permitted under Section 8.04.
	 	(b)	x	Cash or property. At the distributee's election and consistent with any Plan Administrator policy under Section 8.04.

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

Nonstandardized 401(k) Plan

 

AC11. EMPLOYER SECURITIES/EMPLOYER
REAL PROPERTY (8.02(A)(13)). The Trust invests or does not invest in qualifying Employer securities and/or qualifying
Employer real property as follows (Choose one of (a) or (b)):

	 	(a)	o	Does not apply.
	 	(b)	x	Applies. Such investments are subject to the limitations of Section 8.02(A)(13) and/or Appendix B.

 

    	3

    	 

    

 

 

PPA-Sponsor

 

AMENDMENT FOR PENSION PROTECTION ACT
AND HEART ACT

 

ARTICLE I

PREAMBLE

 

		1.1	Effective date of Amendment. The Employer, or if applicable, the sponsor on behalf of the
Employer, adopts this Amendment to the Plan to reflect recent law changes. This Amendment is effective as indicated below for the
respective provisions.

 

		1.2	Superseding of inconsistent provisions. This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the
Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 

		1.3	Employer's election. The Employer adopts all the default provisions of this Amendment except
as otherwise elected in Article II.

 

		1.4	Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any reference to "Section"
in this Amendment refers only to sections within this Amendment, and is not a reference to the Plan. The Article and Section numbering
in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and does not relate to any Plan article, section or other numbering
designations.

 

		1.5	Effect of restatement of Plan. If the Employer restates the Plan, then this Amendment shall
remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated or otherwise become obsolete (e.g.,
if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which incorporates PPA provisions).

 

		1.6	Adoption by prototype sponsor. Except as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to the provisions
of the Plan and Section 5.01 of Revenue Procedure 2005-16, the sponsor hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all adopting employers.
The adoption by the sponsor becomes applicable with respect to an adopting Employer's Plan as of the last day of the first Plan
Year beginning after December 31, 2008, unless the Employer individually adopts this Amendment, or an alternative amendment, prior
to such date.

 

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

 

The Employer only needs to complete the
questions in Sections 2.2 through 2.7 below in order to override the default provisions set forth below. If the Plan will use all
of the default provisions, then these questions should be skipped and the Employer does not need to execute this Amendment.

 

		2.1	Default Provisions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in this Article, the following
defaults will apply:

 

		a.	If the Plan has a vesting schedule for nonelective contributions that does not meet the Pension
Protection Act of 2006 (PPA), then the vesting schedule for any Employer nonelective contributions for Participants who complete
an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, will be the schedule below. Such schedule will apply to all
nonelective contributions, even those made prior to January 1, 2007.

 

If the Plan has a graded
vesting schedule (i.e., the vesting schedule includes a vested percentage that is more than 0% and less than 100%), then the vesting
schedule will be a 6-year graded schedule (20% after 2 years of vesting service and an additional 20% for each year thereafter).

 

If the Plan has a cliff
vesting schedule that requires more than 3 years of vesting service, then nonelective contributions will be nonforfeitable upon
the completion of 3 years of vesting service.

 

		b.	Nonspousal beneficiary rollovers are allowed effective for distributions made after 12/31/06.

 

		c.	Hardship distributions for expenses of a beneficiary are not allowed.

 

		d.	The option to permit in-service distributions at age 62 (with respect to amounts attributable
to a money purchase pension plan, target benefit plan, or any other defined contribution plan that has received a transfer of assets
from a pension plan) is not adopted.

 

		e.	Qualified Reservist Distributions are not allowed.

 

		f.	Continued benefit accruals pursuant to the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of
2008 (HEART Act) are not provided.

 

		2.2	Vesting (Article III). The default vesting schedule applies unless a. is elected
below.

		a.	 ̈	In lieu of the above default vesting provisions, the employer elects
the following schedule:

		1.	 ̈	3 year cliff (a Participant's accrued benefit derived from employer nonelective
contributions is nonforfeitable upon the Participant's completion of three years of vesting service).

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

PPA-Sponsor

 

		2.	 ̈	6 year graded schedule (20% after 2 years of vesting service and an additional
20% for each year thereafter).

		3.	 ̈	Other (must be at least as liberal as 1. or 2. above at each point in
time):

 

	Years of vesting service	Nonforfeitable percentage
	 	 	 	%
	 	 	 	%
	 	 	 	%
	 	 	 	%
	 	 	 	%

 

The vesting schedule set forth
herein only applies to Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, and, unless
b. is elected below, applies to all nonelective contributions subject to a vesting schedule.

		b.	 ̈	The vesting schedule will only apply to nonelective contributions made
in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006 (the prior schedule will apply to nonelective contributions made in prior Plan
Years).

 

		2.3	Non-spousal rollovers (Article VII). Non-spousal rollovers are allowed after December
31, 2006 unless a. is elected below (Article VII provides that such distributions are always allowed after December 31, 2009):

		a.	 ̈	Use the following instead of the default (select one):

		1.	 ̈	Non-spousal rollovers are not allowed.

		2.	 ̈	Non-spousal rollovers are allowed effective              
(not earlier than January 1, 2007 and not later than January 1, 2010).

 

		2.4	Hardships (Article VIII). Hardship distributions for expenses of beneficiaries will
not be allowed unless elected below:

		a.	 ̈	Hardship distributions are allowed for beneficiary expenses (See IRS
Notice 2007-7) (applies only for 401(k) or profit sharing plans that allow hardship distributions) effective as of August 17,
2006 unless another date is elected below:

		1.	 ̈	                                      
                                                                                                                                               (may
                                                                                                                                               not be earlier than August 17, 2006).

 

		2.5	In-service distributions (Article IX). In-service distributions at age 62 will not
be allowed (except as otherwise permitted under the Plan without regard to this Amendment) unless elected below:

		a.	 ̈	In-service distributions will be allowed for Participants at age 62 (generally
applies only for money purchase (including target benefit) plans, but may apply to any other defined contribution plans that have
received a transfer of assets from a pension plan) effective as of the first day of the 2007 Plan Year unless another date is
elected below:

		1.	 ̈	                                     
                                                                                                                                               (may                                          not be earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year).

 

  AND, the following
limitations apply to in-service distributions:

		2.	 ̈	The Plan already provides for in-service distributions and the restrictions
set forth in the Plan (e.g., minimum amount of distributions or frequency of distributions) are applicable to in-service distributions
at age 62.

		3.	 ̈	N/A. No limitations.

		4.	 ̈	The following elections apply to in-service distributions at age 62 (select
all that apply):

		a.	 ̈	The
                                         minimum amount of a distribution is $______
                                         (may not exceed $1,000).

		b.	 ̈	No
                                         more than            
                                         distribution(s) may be made to a Participant during a Plan Year.

		c.	 ̈	Distributions may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested.

		d.	 ̈	In-service
                                         distributions may be made subject to the following provisions:           
                                         (must be definitely determinable and not subject to discretion).

 

		2.6	Qualified Reservist Distributions (Article X). Qualified Reservist distributions
will not be allowed unless elected below:

		a.	x	Qualified
                                         Reservist Distributions are allowed effective as of January 1, 2010 (may not be
                                         earlier than September 12, 2001).

 

		2.7	Continued benefit accruals (Article XV). Continued benefit accruals for the Heart
Act (Amendment Section 15.2) will not apply unless elected below:

		a.	 ̈	The provisions of Amendment Section 15.2 apply.

 

ARTICLE
III

NONELECTIVE
CONTRIBUTION VESTING

 

		3.1	Applicability. This Article applies to Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a
Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, with respect to accrued benefits derived from employer nonelective contributions made
in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006. Unless otherwise elected by the employer in Amendment Section 2.2 above, this
Article also will apply to all nonelective contributions subject to a vesting schedule, including nonelective contributions allocated
under the Plan terms as of a date in a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007.

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

PPA-Sponsor

 

		3.2	Vesting schedule. A Participant's accrued benefit derived from employer nonelective contributions
vests as provided in Amendment Section 2.1.a, or if applicable, Amendment Section 2.2.

 

ARTICLE IV

PARTICIPANT DISTRIBUTION NOTIFICATION

 

		4.1	180-day notification period. For any distribution notice issued in Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2006, any reference to the 90-day maximum notice period prior to distribution in applying the notice requirements
of Code §§402(f) (the rollover notice), 411(a)(11) (Participant's consent to distribution), and 417 (notice under the
joint and survivor annuity rules) will become 180 days.

 

		4.2	Notice of right to defer distribution. For any distribution notice issued in Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2006, the description of a Participant's right, if any, to defer receipt of a distribution also will
describe the consequences of failing to defer receipt of the distribution. For notices issued before the 90th day after the issuance
of Treasury regulations (unless future Revenue Service guidance otherwise requires), the notice will include: (i) a description
indicating the investment options available under the Plan (including fees) that will be available if the Participant defers distribution;
and (ii) the portion of the summary plan description that contains any special rules that might affect materially a Participant's
decision to defer.

 

ARTICLE V

ROLLOVER OF AFTER-TAX/ROTH AMOUNTS

 

		5.1	Direct rollover to qualified plan/403(b) plan. For taxable years beginning after December
31, 2006, a Participant may elect to transfer employee (after-tax) or Roth elective deferral contributions by means of a direct
rollover to a qualified plan or to a 403(b) plan that agrees to account separately for amounts so transferred, including accounting
separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which
is not includible in gross income.

 

ARTICLE VI

DIVESTMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES

 

		6.1	Rule applicable to elective deferrals and employee contributions. For Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2006, if any portion of the account of a Participant (including, for purposes of this Article VI, a beneficiary
entitled to exercise the rights of a Participant) attributable to elective deferrals or employee contributions is invested in publicly-traded
Employer securities, the Participant may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent
amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Section 6.3.

 

		6.2	Rule applicable to Employer contributions. If any portion of a Participant's account attributable
to nonelective or matching contributions is invested in publicly-traded Employer securities, then a Participant who has completed
at least 3 years of vesting service, or a beneficiary of any deceased Participant entitled to exercise the right of a Participant,
may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which
satisfy the requirements of Section 6.3.

 

		a.	Three-year phase-in applicable to Employer contributions. For Employer securities acquired
with nonelective or matching contributions during a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the rule described in this Section
6.2 only applies to the percentage of the Employer securities (applied separately for each class of securities) as follows:

 

	Plan Year	 	Percentage
	2007	 	33
	2008	 	66
	2009	 	100

 

		b.	Exception to phase-in for certain age 55 Participants. The 3-year phase-in rule of Section
6.2.a does not apply to a Participant who has attained age 55 and who has completed at least 3 years of service before the first
Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2005.

 

		6.3	Investment options. For purposes of this Article VI, other investment options must include
not less than 3 investment options, other than Employer securities, to which the Participant may direct the proceeds of divestment
of Employer securities required by this Article VI, each of which options is diversified and has materially different risk and
return characteristics. The Plan must provide reasonable divestment and reinvestment opportunities at least quarterly. Except as
provided in regulations, the Plan may not impose restrictions or conditions on the investment of Employer securities which the
Plan does not impose on the investment of other Plan assets, other than restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application
of securities laws or a condition permitted under IRS Notice 2006-107 or other applicable guidance.

 

		6.4	Exceptions for certain plans. This Article VI does not apply to a one-participant plan,
as defined in Code §401(a)(35)(E)(iv), or to an employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP") if: (i) there are no contributions
to the ESOP (or related earnings) attributable to elective deferrals or matching contributions; and (ii) the ESOP is a separate
plan, for purposes of Code §414(l), from any other defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan maintained by the same
employer or employers.

 

    	3

    	 

    

 

PPA-Sponsor

 

		6.5	Treatment as publicly traded Employer securities. Except as provided in Treasury regulations
or in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(ii) (relating to certain controlled groups), a plan holding Employer securities which are not publicly
traded Employer securities is treated as holding publicly traded Employer securities if any Employer corporation, or any member
of a controlled group of corporations which includes such Employer corporation (as defined in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(iii)) has
issued a class of stock which is a publicly traded Employer security.

 

ARTICLE VII

DIRECT ROLLOVER OF NON-SPOUSAL DISTRIBUTION

 

		7.1	Non-spouse beneficiary rollover right. For distributions after December 31, 2009, and unless
otherwise elected in Section 2.3 of this Amendment, for distributions after December 31, 2006, a non-spouse beneficiary who is
a "designated beneficiary" under Code §401(a)(9)(E) and the regulations thereunder, by a direct trustee-to-trustee
transfer ("direct rollover"), may roll over all or any portion of his or her distribution to an individual retirement
account the beneficiary establishes for purposes of receiving the distribution. In order to be able to roll over the distribution,
the distribution otherwise must satisfy the definition of an eligible rollover distribution.

 

		7.2	Certain requirements not applicable. Although a non-spouse beneficiary may roll over directly
a distribution as provided in Section 7.1, any distribution made prior to January 1, 2010 is not subject to the direct rollover
requirements of Code §401(a)(31) (including Code §401(a)(31)(B), the notice requirements of Code §402(f) or the
mandatory withholding requirements of Code §3405(c)). If a non-spouse beneficiary receives a distribution from the Plan, the
distribution is not eligible for a "60-day" rollover.

 

		7.3	Trust beneficiary. If the Participant's named beneficiary is a trust, the Plan may make
a direct rollover to an individual retirement account on behalf of the trust, provided the trust satisfies the requirements to
be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Code §401(a)(9)(E).

 

		7.4	Required minimum distributions not eligible for rollover. A non-spouse beneficiary may not
roll over an amount which is a required minimum distribution, as determined under applicable Treasury regulations and other Revenue
Service guidance. If the Participant dies before his or her required beginning date and the non-spouse beneficiary rolls over to
an IRA the maximum amount eligible for rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the life expectancy
rule, pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-3, A-4(c), in determining the required minimum distributions from the IRA that
receives the non-spouse beneficiary's distribution.

 

ARTICLE VIII

DISTRIBUTION BASED ON BENEFICIARY HARDSHIP

 

		8.1	Beneficiary-based distribution. If elected in Amendment Section 2.4.a, then beginning as
of the date specified in such Section, a Participant's hardship event, for purposes of the Plan's safe harbor hardship distribution
provisions pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B), includes an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant's
primary beneficiary under the Plan, that would constitute a hardship event if it occurred with respect to the Participant's spouse
or dependent as defined under Code §152 (such hardship events being limited to educational expenses, funeral expenses and
certain medical expenses). For purposes of this Article, a Participant's "primary beneficiary under the Plan" is an individual
who is named as a beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the Participant's account balance
under the Plan upon the Participant's death.

 

ARTICLE IX

IN-SERVICE PENSION DISTRIBUTIONS

 

		9.1	Age 62 distributions. If elected in Amendment Section 2.5.a, then beginning as of the date
specified in such Section, if the Plan is a money purchase pension plan, a target benefit plan, or any other defined contribution
plan that has received a transfer of assets from a pension plan, a Participant who has attained age 62 and who has not separated
from employment may elect to receive a distribution of his or her vested account balance (or in case of a transferee plan, of the
transferred account balance).

 

ARTICLE X

QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTION

 

		10.1	401(k) distribution restrictions. If elected in Amendment Section 2.6, then effective as
of the date specified in such Section, the Plan permits a Participant to elect a Qualified Reservist Distribution, as defined in
this Article X.

 

		10.2	Qualified Reservist Distribution defined. A "Qualified Reservist Distribution"
is any distribution to an individual who is ordered or called to active duty after September 11, 2001, if: (i) the distribution
is from amounts attributable to elective deferrals in a 401(k) plan; (ii) the individual was (by reason of being a member of a
reserve component, as defined in section 101 of title 37, United States Code) ordered or called to active duty for a period in
excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and (iii) the Plan makes the distribution during the period beginning on the date
of such order or call, and ending at the close of the active duty period.

 

    	4

    	 

    

 

PPA-Sponsor

 

ARTICLE XI

OTHER 401(k)/401(m) PLAN PROVISIONS

 

		11.1	Gap period income on distributed excess contributions and excess aggregate contributions.
This Section applies to excess contributions (as defined in Code §401(k)(8)(B)) and excess aggregate contributions (as defined
in Code §401(m)(6)(B)) made with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2007. The Plan administrator will not
calculate and distribute allocable income for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the Plan Year in which the excess
contribution or excess aggregate contribution occurred and prior to the distribution).

 

		11.2	Gap period income on distributed excess deferrals. With respect to 401(k) plan excess deferrals
(as defined in Code §402(g)) made in taxable year 2007, the Plan administrator must calculate allocable income for the taxable
year and also for the gap period (i.e., the period after the close of the taxable year in which the excess deferral occurred and
prior to the distribution); provided that the Plan administrator will calculate and distribute the gap period allocable income
only if the Plan administrator in accordance with the Plan terms otherwise would allocate the gap period allocable income to the
Participant's account. With respect to 401(k) plan excess deferrals made in taxable years after 2007, gap period income may not
be distributed.

 

		11.3	Plan termination distribution availability. For purposes of determining whether the Employer
maintains an alternative defined contribution plan (described in Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(4)(i)) that would prevent the
Employer from distributing elective deferrals (and other amounts, such as QNECs, that are subject to the distribution restrictions
that apply to elective deferrals) from a terminating 401(k) plan, an alternative defined contribution plan does not include an
employee stock ownership plan defined in Code §§4975(e)(7) or 409(a), a simplified employee pension as defined in Code
§408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code §408(p), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code §403(b),
or a plan that is described in Code §§457(b) or (f).

 

ARTICLE XII

QUALIFIED OPTIONAL SURVIVOR ANNUITY

 

		12.1	Right to Elect Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. Effective with respect to Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2007, a participant who elects to waive the qualified joint and survivor annuity form of benefit,
if offered under the Plan, is entitled to elect the "qualified optional survivor annuity" at any time during the applicable
election period. Furthermore, the written explanation of the joint and survivor annuity shall explain the terms and conditions
of the "qualified optional survivor annuity."

 

		12.2	Definition of Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.

 

		a.	General. For purposes of this Article, the term "qualified optional survivor annuity"
means an annuity:

 

		(1)	For the life of the participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the spouse which is equal
to the "applicable percentage" of the amount of the annuity which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant
and the spouse, and

 

		(2)	Which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the participant.

 

Such term also includes any
annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in the preceding sentence.

 

		b.	Applicable percentage. For purposes of this Section, the "applicable percentage"
is based on the survivor annuity percentage (i.e., the percentage which the survivor annuity under the Plan's qualified joint and
survivor annuity bears to the annuity payable during the joint lives of the participant and the spouse). If the survivor annuity
percentage is less than 75 percent, then the "applicable percentage" is 75 percent; otherwise, the "applicable percentage"
is 50 percent.

 

ARTICLE XIII

DIRECT ROLLOVER TO ROTH IRA

 

		13.1	Roth IRA rollover. For distributions made after December 31, 2007, a participant may elect
to roll over directly an eligible rollover distribution to a Roth IRA described in Code §408A(b).

 

ARTICLE XIV

QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS

 

		14.1	Permissible QDROs. Effective April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise satisfies
the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order ("QDRO") will not fail to be a QDRO: (i) solely because the
order is issued after, or revises, another domestic relations order or QDRO; or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order
is issued, including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant's death.

 

		14.2	Other QDRO requirements apply. A domestic relations order described in Section 14.1 is subject
to the same requirements and protections that apply to QDROs.

 

    	5

    	 

    

 

PPA-Sponsor

 

ARTICLE XV

HEART ACT PROVISIONS

 

		15.1	Death benefits. In the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Participant
dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code §414(u)), the survivors of the Participant are entitled
to any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the
Plan as if the Participant had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.

 

		15.2	Benefit accrual. If the Employer elects in Amendment Section 2.7 to apply this Section 15.2,
then for benefit accrual purposes, the Plan treats an individual who dies or becomes disabled on or after January 1, 2007 (as defined
under the terms of the Plan) while performing qualified military service with respect to the Employer as if the individual had
resumed employment in accordance with the individual's reemployment rights under USERRA, on the day preceding death or disability
(as the case may be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or disability.

 

		a.	Determination of benefits. The Plan will determine the amount of employee contributions
and the amount of elective deferrals of an individual treated as reemployed under this Section 15.2 for purposes of applying paragraph
Code §414(u)(8)(C) on the basis of the individual's average actual employee contributions or elective deferrals for the lesser
of: (i) the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to qualified military service; or (ii) if service with
the Employer is less than such 12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Employer.

 

		15.3	Differential wage payments. For years beginning after December 31, 2008, (i) an individual
receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code §3401(h)(2), is treated as an employee of the employer making the
payment, (ii) the differential wage payment is treated as compensation, and (iii) the Plan is not treated as failing to meet the
requirements of any provision described in Code §414(u)(1)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the
differential wage payment.

 

		15.4	Severance from employment. Notwithstanding Section 15.3(i), for purposes of Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I),
an individual is treated as having been severed from employment during any period the individual is performing service in the uniformed
services described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A).

 

		a.	Suspension of deferrals. If an individual elects to receive a distribution by reason of
severance from employment, death or disability, the individual may not make an elective deferral or employee contribution during
the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.

 

		b.	Nondiscrimination requirement. Section 15.3(iii) applies only if all employees of the Employer
performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive differential wage payments
(as defined in Code §3401(h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to participate in a retirement plan maintained
by the employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into account Code §§410(b)(3),
(4), and (5)).

 

* * * * * *
*

 

Except with respect to any election made
by the employer in Article II, this amendment is hereby adopted by the prototype sponsor on behalf of all adopting employers.

 

Sponsor's signature and Adoption Date
are on file with Sponsor.

 

	Sponsor Name:	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.	 

 

NOTE:  The Employer only needs
to execute this Amendment if an election has been made in Article II.

 

This Amendment has been executed this 16th day of
October, 2012.

 

Name of Plan: NCI 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan

 

Name of Employer: NCI Building Systems,
Inc.

 

	By:	/s/ Todd R. Moore	 
	 	EMPLOYER	 

 

    	6

    	 

    

 

HEART/WRERA Amendment – Employer

 

AMENDMENT FOR

HEART AND WRERA

(Defined Contribution Plan)

 

ARTICLE I

PREAMBLE

 

		1.1	Effective date of Amendment. The Employer adopts this Amendment to the Plan to reflect recent
law changes. This Amendment is effective as indicated below for the respective provisions.

 

		1.2	Superseding of inconsistent provisions. This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the
Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.

 

		1.3	Employer's election. The Employer adopts all the default provisions of this Amendment except
as otherwise elected in Article II.

 

		1.4	Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any reference to "Section"
in this Amendment refers only to sections within this Amendment, and is not a reference to the Plan. The Article and Section numbering
in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this Amendment, and does not relate to any Plan article, section or other numbering
designations.

 

		1.5	Effect of restatement of Plan. If the Employer restates the Plan, then this Amendment shall
remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated or otherwise become obsolete (e.g.,
if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which incorporates these HEART and WRERA provisions).

 

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

 

The Employer only needs to complete the
questions in Sections 2.2 through 2.3 below in order to override the default provisions set forth below.

 

		2.1	Default Provisions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in this Article, the following
defaults will apply:

 

		a.	Continued benefit accruals pursuant to the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of
2008 (HEART Act) are not provided.

 

		b.	Differential wage payments are treated as Compensation for all Plan benefit purposes.

 

		c.	The Plan permits distributions pursuant to the HEART Act on account of "deemed" severance
of employment.

 

		d.	Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) for 2009 were suspended unless a Participant or Beneficiary
elected to receive such distributions.

 

		2.2	HEART ACT provisions (Article III).

 

Continued
benefit accruals. Amendment Section 3.2 will not apply unless elected below:

		a.	 ̈	The provisions of Amendment Section 3.2 apply effective as of: (select
one)

		1.	 ̈	the first day of the 2007 Plan Year.

		2.	 ̈	                               
                                         (may not be earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year).

 

 However,
the provisions no longer apply effective as of: (select if applicable)

		3.	 ̈	                               .

 

Differential pay. Differential
wage payments (as described in Amendment Section 3.3) will be treated, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2008, as compensation
for all Plan benefit purposes unless b. is elected below:

		b.	x	In lieu of the above default provision, the employer elects the following
(select all that apply; these selections do not affect the operation of Amendment Section 3.3(ii)):

		1.	 ̈	the
                                         inclusion is effective for Plan Years beginning after                                
                                         (may not be earlier than December 31, 2008).

		2.	x	the inclusion only applies to Compensation for purposes of Elective Deferrals.

 

Distributions for deemed severance
of employment. The Plan permits distributions pursuant to Amendment Section 3.4 unless otherwise elected below:

		c.	x	The Plan does not permit such distributions.

		d.	 ̈	The
                                         Plan permits such distributions effective as of                                 
                                         (may not be earlier than January 1, 2007).

 

    	 Page 1 of 4

    	 

    

 

HEART/WRERA Amendment – Employer

 

		2.3	WRERA (RMD waivers for 2009). The provisions of Amendment Section 4.1 apply (RMDs are suspended
unless a Participant or Beneficiary elects otherwise) unless otherwise elected below:

		a.	 ̈	The provisions of Amendment Section 4.2 apply (RMDs continued unless
otherwise elected by a Participant or Beneficiary).

		b.	 ̈	RMDs continued in accordance with the terms of the Plan without regard
to this Amendment (i.e., no election available to Participants or Beneficiaries).

		c.	 ̈	Other:
                               

 

For purposes of Amendment Section
4.3, the Plan will also treat the following as eligible rollover distributions in 2009: (If no election is made,
then a direct rollover will be offered only for distributions that would be eligible rollover distributions without regard to Code
§401(a)(9)(H)):

		d.	 ̈	2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs (both as defined in Article IV of this
Amendment).

		e.	x	2009 RMDs (as defined in Article IV of this Amendment) but only if paid
with an additional amount that is an eligible rollover distribution without regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H).

 

ARTICLE III

HEART ACT PROVISIONS

 

		3.1	Death benefits. In the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a Participant
dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code §414(u)), the Participant's Beneficiary is entitled to
any additional benefits (other than benefit accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan
as if the Participant had resumed employment and then terminated employment on account of death. Moreover, the Plan will credit
the Participant's qualified military service as service for vesting purposes, as though the Participant had resumed employment
under USERRA immediately prior to the Participant's death.

 

		3.2	Benefit accrual. If the Employer elects in Amendment Section 2.2 to apply this Section 3.2,
then effective as of the date specified in Amendment Section 2.2, for benefit accrual purposes, the Plan treats an individual who
dies or becomes disabled (as defined under the terms of the Plan) while performing qualified military service with respect to the
Employer as if the individual had resumed employment in accordance with the individual's reemployment rights under USERRA, on the
day preceding death or disability (as the case may be) and terminated employment on the actual date of death or disability.

 

		a.	Determination of benefits. The Plan will determine the amount of employee contributions
and the amount of elective deferrals of an individual treated as reemployed under this Section 3.2 for purposes of applying paragraph
Code §414(u)(8)(C) on the basis of the individual's average actual employee contributions or elective deferrals for the lesser
of: (i) the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to qualified military service; or (ii) the actual length
of continuous service with the Employer.

 

		3.3	Differential wage payments. For years beginning after December 31, 2008: (i) an individual
receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code §3401(h)(2), is treated as an employee of the employer making the
payment; (ii) the differential wage payment is treated as compensation for purposes of Code §415(c)(3) and Treasury Reg. §1.415(c)-2
(e.g., for purposes of Code §415, top-heavy provisions of Code §416, determination of highly compensated employees under
Code §414(q), and applying the 5% gateway requirement under the Code §401(a)(4) regulations); and (iii) the Plan is not
treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code §414(u)(1)(C) (or corresponding plan provisions,
including, but not limited to, Plan provisions related to the ADP or ACP test) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is
based on the differential wage payment. The Plan Administrator operationally may determine, for purposes of the provisions described
in Code §414(u)(1)(C), whether to take into account any deferrals, and if applicable, any matching contributions, attributable
to differential wages. Differential wage payments (as described herein) will also be considered compensation for all Plan purposes
unless otherwise elected at Amendment Section 2.2.

 

Section 3.3(iii) above applies
only if all employees of the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §3401(h)(2)(A) are entitled
to receive differential wage payments (as defined in Code §3401(h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to
participate in a retirement plan maintained by the Employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent
terms (taking into account Code §§410(b)(3), (4), and (5)).

 

		3.4	Deemed Severance. Notwithstanding Section 3.3(i), if a Participant performs service in the
uniformed services (as defined in Code §414(u)(12)(B)) on active duty for a period of more than 30 days, the Participant will
be deemed to have a severance from employment solely for purposes of eligibility for distribution of amounts not subject to Code
§412. However, the Plan will not distribute such a Participant's account on account of this deemed severance unless the Participant
specifically elects to receive a benefit distribution hereunder. If a Participant elects to receive a distribution on account of
this deemed severance, then the individual may not make an elective deferral or employee contribution during the 6-month period
beginning on the date of the distribution. If a Participant would be entitled to a distribution on account of a deemed severance,
and a distribution on account of another Plan provision (such as a qualified reservist distribution), then the other Plan provision
will control and the 6-month suspension will not apply.

 

    	 Page 2 of 4

    	 

    

 

HEART/WRERA Amendment – Employer

 

ARTICLE IV

WAIVER OF 2009 REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

 

		4.1	Suspension of RMDs unless otherwise elected by Participant. This paragraph does not apply
if the Employer elected Amendment Section 2.3a, b, or c. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan relating to required minimum
distributions under Code §401(a)(9), a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum
distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of Code §401(a)(9)(H) ("2009 RMDs"), and who would have satisfied that
requirement by receiving distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially
equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy)
of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant's designated Beneficiary,
or for a period of at least 10 years ("Extended 2009 RMDs"), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the
Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence
will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence.

 

		4.2	Continuation of RMDs unless otherwise elected by Participant. This paragraph applies if
Amendment Section 2.3a is selected. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan relating to required minimum distributions under
Code §401(a)(9), a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive required minimum distributions for 2009
but for the enactment of Code §401(a)(9)(H) ("2009 RMDs"), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving
distributions that are (1) equal to the 2009 RMDs or (2) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions
(that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant,
the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant's designated Beneficiary, or for a period of
at least 10 years ("Extended 2009 RMDs"), will receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary
chooses not to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the
opportunity to elect to stop receiving the distributions described in the preceding sentence.

 

		4.3	Direct Rollovers. Notwithstanding the provisions of the Plan relating to required minimum
distributions under Code §401(a)(9), and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, certain
additional distributions in 2009, as elected by the Employer in Amendment Section 2.3, will be treated as eligible rollover distributions.
If no election is made by the Employer in Amendment Section 2.3, then a direct rollover will be offered only for distributions
that would be eligible rollover distributions without regard to Code §401(a)(9)(H).

 

ARTICLE V

DIVESTMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES

 

		5.1	Application and Effective Date of Article.

 

		a.	Application. This Article V only applies to a Plan that is an "applicable defined contribution
plan." Except as provided herein or in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(35)-1, an "applicable defined contribution plan"
means a defined contribution plan that holds employer securities (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(3))
that are publicly traded (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(5)). An "applicable defined contribution"
does not include a one-participant plan, as defined in Code §401(a)(35)(E)(iv) or an employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP")
as defined in Code §4975(e)(7) if: (i) the ESOP holds no contributions (or related earnings) that are (or were ever) subject
to Code §§ 401(k) or 401(m); and (ii) the ESOP is a separate plan, for purposes of Code §414(l), from any other
defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan maintained by the same employer or employers. Except as provided in Treas. Reg.
§1.401(a)(35)-1(f)(2)(iv) or in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(ii) (relating to certain controlled groups), the Plan is treated
as holding publicly traded Employer securities if any Employer corporation, or any member of a controlled group of corporations
which includes such Employer corporation (as defined in Code §401(a)(35)(F)(iii)) has issued a class of stock which is a publicly
traded Employer security.

 

		b.	Effective date. The provisions of Code §401(a)(35) generally apply to Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2006. However, the effective date of the provisions relating to Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(35)-1 are applicable
to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2011.

 

		5.2	Rule applicable to elective deferrals and employee contributions. If any portion of an "applicable
individual's" account attributable to elective deferrals or employee contributions is invested in publicly-traded Employer
securities, then, except as otherwise provided herein, the "applicable individual" may elect to direct the Plan to divest
any such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Section
5.4. For purposes of this Section 5.2, an "applicable individual" means: (i) a Participant; (ii) an alternate payee who
has an account under the Plan; or (iii) a Beneficiary of a deceased Participant.

 

    	 Page 3 of 4

    	 

    

 

HEART/WRERA Amendment – Employer

 

		5.3	Rule applicable to Employer contributions. If any portion of an "applicable individual's"
account attributable to nonelective or matching contributions is invested in publicly-traded Employer securities, then, except
as otherwise provided herein, the "applicable individual" may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities,
and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Section 5.4.

 

		a.	Definition of "Applicable individual." For purposes of this Section 5.3, an "applicable
individual" means: (i) a Participant who has completed at least three (3) years of service; (ii) an alternate payee who has
an account under the Plan with respect to a Participant who has completed at least three (3) years of service; or (iii) a Beneficiary
of a deceased Participant. For this purpose, a Participant completes three (3) years of service on the last day of the vesting
computation period provided for under the Plan that constitutes the completion of the third year of service under Code §411(a)(5).
However, if the Plan uses the elapsed time method of crediting service for vesting purposes (or the Plan provides for immediate
vesting without using a vesting computation period or the elapsed time method of determining vesting), a Participant completes
three (3) years of service on the day immediately preceding the third anniversary of the Participant's date of hire.

 

		b.	Three-year phase-in applicable to Employer contributions. For Employer securities acquired
with nonelective or matching contributions during a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the rule described in this Section
5.3 only applies to the percentage of the Employer securities (applied separately for each class of securities) as follows:

 

	Plan Year	 	Percentage
	2007	 	33
	2008	 	66
	2009	 	100

 

		c.	Exception to phase-in for certain age 55 Participants. The 3-year phase-in rule of Section
5.3.b does not apply to a Participant who has attained age 55 and who has completed at least three (3) years of service (as defined
in Section 5.3.a above) before the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2005.

 

		5.4	Investment options. For purposes of this Article V, other investment options must include
not less than three (3) investment options, other than Employer securities, to which the individual who has the right to divest
under Amendment Section 5.2 or 5.3 may direct the proceeds from the divestment of Employer securities. Each of the three (3) investment
options must be diversified and have materially different risk and return characteristics. For this purpose, investment options
that constitute a broad range of investment alternatives within the meaning of Department of Labor Regulation §2550.404c–1(b)(3)
are treated as being diversified and having materially different risk and return characteristics.

 

		5.5	Restrictions or conditions on investments in Employer securities. The Plan must provide
reasonable divestment and reinvestment opportunities at least quarterly. Furthermore, except as permitted by Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(35)-1(e),
the Plan may not impose restrictions or conditions on the investment of Employer securities which the Plan does not impose on the
investment of other Plan assets.

 

* * * * * * *

 

This Amendment has been executed this 16th
day of October, 2012.

 

Name of Plan: NCI 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan

 

Name of Employer: NCI Building Systems,
Inc.

 

	By:	/s/ Todd R. Moore	 
	 	EMPLOYER	 

 

    	 Page 4 of 4

    	 

    

 

PARTICIPATION
AGREEMENT (1.23(D))

 

[Note: Each Participating Employer must
execute a separate Participation Agreement, the terms of which control as to that Participating Employer.]

 

Agreement as to Signatory Employer control.
The undersigned Related Employer, by executing this Participation Agreement, elects to become a Participating Employer in the
Plan identified in the foregoing Adoption Agreement. The Participating Employer accepts, and agrees to be bound by, all of the
Elections as made by the Signatory Employer except as otherwise indicated below. The Participating Employer also hereby consents
to the Signatory Employer's sole authority (without further signature or other action by the Participating Employer) to amend,
to restate or to terminate the Plan, to terminate the Participating Employer's participation in the Plan, and to take certain other
actions, in accordance with Section 1.23(A).

 

Effective Date(s). (Choose one):

 

		 ̈	New Plan. The Participating Employer's
adoption of this Plan is as a new Plan, effective on:                                .

 

		

x

	Restated Plan. The Participating Employer's adoption of this Plan is as a restated
Plan. The restated Effective Date as to the Participating Employer is:  January 1, 2013.
The Plan as to the Participating Employer was originally effective on:  January 1, 2008.

 

[Note: If the Participating Employer
is adopting this Plan as an EGTRRA restated Plan, the restated Effective Date should be the beginning of the 2002 Plan Year or
the Participating Employer's original Effective Date, whichever is later. Where the Participating Employer is restating its Plan,
the Participating Employer should execute this Participation Agreement even if the prior version of the Plan accorded to the Signatory
Employer the authority to make Plan amendments on behalf of Participating Employers without Participating Employer signature or
approval.]

 

Different elections or special Effective
Dates. (Choose one):

 

		x	None. There are no different elections
or special Effective Dates which apply to the Participating Employer.

 

[Note: The Employer should elect "none"
above only if the Adoption Agreement elections and Effective Dates (other than above in this Participation Agreement) are the same
for the Participating Employer and the Signatory Employer. If different elections or Effective Dates apply, the Employer should
elect "applies" below.]

 

		 ̈	Applies. As to the Participating
Employer, the following elections apply (or do not apply) which are different (or have different Effective Dates) than the elections
applicable to the Signatory Employer:

 

	Election number	 	Applies	 	Does not apply	 	Completion of election blanks-as necessary	 	Effective Date
	 	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 	 	 

 

	 	Participating Employer: 	NCI Group, Inc.

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	Todd R. Moore, EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

	 	Participating Employer's
EIN:	76-0398132

 

Acceptance by Signatory Employer and
Trustee/Custodian.

 

	 	Signatory Employer: 	NCI Building Systems, Inc.

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	Todd R. Moore, EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

	 	Trustee(s)/Custodian(s): 	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

	 	Date:	4/12/13
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Darcy Kent
	 	 	 
	 	Darcy Kent / Vice President
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

    	 Page 1 of 2

    	 

    

 

ADOPTING RESOLUTION

 

The undersigned authorized representative
of NCI Group, Inc. (the Employer) hereby certifies that the following resolutions were duly adopted by the Employer on 10/16/12,
and that such resolutions have not been modified or rescinded as of the date hereof:

 

RESOLVED, that the form of the Participation
Agreement of NCI Group, Inc., a Participating Employer, which evidences the adoption of the amended 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan
and Trust sponsored by NCI Building Systems, Inc., the Signatory Employer, is hereby approved and adopted and that an authorized
representative of the Participating Employer is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver to the Administrator of the
Plan one or more counterparts of the Participation Agreement.

 

RESOLVED, that the Signatory Employer retains
sole authority to amend, to restate or to terminate the Plan, to terminate the Participating Employer's participation in the Plan,
and to take certain other actions, in accordance with Section 1.23(A), without further signature or other action by the Participating
Employer.

 

	 	Participating Employer: 	NCI Group, Inc.

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	 	Todd R. Moore – EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

    	 Page 2 of 2

    	 

    

 

PARTICIPATION
AGREEMENT (1.23(D))

 

[Note: Each Participating Employer must
execute a separate Participation Agreement, the terms of which control as to that Participating Employer.]

 

Agreement as to Signatory Employer control.
The undersigned Related Employer, by executing this Participation Agreement, elects to become a Participating Employer in the
Plan identified in the foregoing Adoption Agreement. The Participating Employer accepts, and agrees to be bound by, all of the
Elections as made by the Signatory Employer except as otherwise indicated below. The Participating Employer also hereby consents
to the Signatory Employer's sole authority (without further signature or other action by the Participating Employer) to amend,
to restate or to terminate the Plan, to terminate the Participating Employer's participation in the Plan, and to take certain other
actions, in accordance with Section 1.23(A).

 

Effective Date(s). (Choose one):

 

		 ̈	New
                                         Plan. The Participating Employer's adoption of this Plan is as a new Plan, effective
                                         on:                                 .

 

		x	Restated
Plan. The Participating Employer's adoption of this Plan is as a restated Plan. The restated Effective Date as to the Participating
Employer is:  January 1, 2013.
The Plan as to the Participating Employer was originally effective on:  August 1, 2006.

 

[Note: If the Participating Employer
is adopting this Plan as an EGTRRA restated Plan, the restated Effective Date should be the beginning of the 2002 Plan Year or
the Participating Employer's original Effective Date, whichever is later. Where the Participating Employer is restating its Plan,
the Participating Employer should execute this Participation Agreement even if the prior version of the Plan accorded to the Signatory
Employer the authority to make Plan amendments on behalf of Participating Employers without Participating Employer signature or
approval.]

 

Different elections or special Effective
Dates. (Choose one):

 

		x	None. There are no different elections
or special Effective Dates which apply to the Participating Employer.

 

[Note: The Employer should elect "none"
above only if the Adoption Agreement elections and Effective Dates (other than above in this Participation Agreement) are the same
for the Participating Employer and the Signatory Employer. If different elections or Effective Dates apply, the Employer should
elect "applies" below.]

 

		 ̈	Applies. As to the Participating
Employer, the following elections apply (or do not apply) which are different (or have different Effective Dates) than the elections
applicable to the Signatory Employer:

 

	Election number	 	Applies	 	Does not apply	 	Completion of election blanks-as necessary	 	Effective Date
	 	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 	 	 

 

	 	Participating Employer:	Robertson-Ceco II Corporation

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	 	Todd R. Moore, EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

	 	Participating Employer's EIN:	36-3479146

 

Acceptance by Signatory Employer and
Trustee/Custodian.

 

	 	Signatory Employer: 	NCI Building Systems, Inc.

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	 	Todd R. Moore, EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

	 	Trustee(s)/Custodian(s):	Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

	 	Date:	4/12/13
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Darcy Kent
	 	 	 
	 	 	Darcy Kent / Vice President
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

    	 Page 1 of 2

    	 

    

 

ADOPTING RESOLUTION

 

The undersigned authorized representative
of Robertson-Ceco II Corporation (the Employer) hereby certifies that the following resolutions were duly adopted by the
Employer on 10/16/12, and that such resolutions have not been modified or rescinded as of the date hereof:

 

RESOLVED, that the form of the Participation
Agreement of Robertson-Ceco II Corporation, a Participating Employer, which evidences the adoption of the amended 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan and Trust sponsored by NCI Building Systems, Inc., the Signatory Employer, is hereby approved and adopted and
that an authorized representative of the Participating Employer is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver to the
Administrator of the Plan one or more counterparts of the Participation Agreement.

 

RESOLVED, that the Signatory Employer retains
sole authority to amend, to restate or to terminate the Plan, to terminate the Participating Employer's participation in the Plan,
and to take certain other actions, in accordance with Section 1.23(A), without further signature or other action by the Participating
Employer.

 

	 	Participating Employer:	Robertson-Ceco II Corporation

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	 	Todd R. Moore – EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

    	 Page 2 of 2

    	 

    

 

PARTICIPATION
AGREEMENT (1.23(D))

 

[Note: Each Participating Employer must
execute a separate Participation Agreement, the terms of which control as to that Participating Employer.]

 

Agreement as to Signatory Employer control.
The undersigned Related Employer, by executing this Participation Agreement, elects to become a Participating Employer in the
Plan identified in the foregoing Adoption Agreement. The Participating Employer accepts, and agrees to be bound by, all of the
Elections as made by the Signatory Employer except as otherwise indicated below. The Participating Employer also hereby consents
to the Signatory Employer's sole authority (without further signature or other action by the Participating Employer) to amend,
to restate or to terminate the Plan, to terminate the Participating Employer's participation in the Plan, and to take certain other
actions, in accordance with Section 1.23(A).

 

Effective Date(s). (Choose one):

 

		 ̈	New Plan. The Participating Employer's
adoption of this Plan is as a new Plan, effective on:                       .

 

		x	Restated
Plan. The Participating Employer's adoption of this Plan is as a restated Plan. The restated Effective Date as to the Participating
Employer is:  January 1, 2013.
The Plan as to the Participating Employer was originally effective on:  June 22, 2012.

 

[Note: If the Participating Employer
is adopting this Plan as an EGTRRA restated Plan, the restated Effective Date should be the beginning of the 2002 Plan Year or
the Participating Employer's original Effective Date, whichever is later. Where the Participating Employer is restating its Plan,
the Participating Employer should execute this Participation Agreement even if the prior version of the Plan accorded to the Signatory
Employer the authority to make Plan amendments on behalf of Participating Employers without Participating Employer signature or
approval.]

 

Different elections or special Effective
Dates. (Choose one):

 

		x	None. There are no different elections
or special Effective Dates which apply to the Participating Employer.

 

[Note: The Employer should elect "none"
above only if the Adoption Agreement elections and Effective Dates (other than above in this Participation Agreement) are the same
for the Participating Employer and the Signatory Employer. If different elections or Effective Dates apply, the Employer should
elect "applies" below.]

 

		 ̈	Applies. As to the Participating
Employer, the following elections apply (or do not apply) which are different (or have different Effective Dates) than the elections
applicable to the Signatory Employer:

 

	Election number	 	Applies	 	Does not apply	 	Completion of election blanks-as necessary	 	Effective Date
	 	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 ̈	 	 ̈	 	 	 	 

 

	 	Participating Employer:	Metl-Span LLC

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	 	Todd R. Moore – EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

	 	Participating Employer's EIN:	75-2760406

 

Acceptance by Signatory Employer and
Trustee/Custodian.

 

	 	Signatory Employer:  	NCI
    Building Systems, Inc.

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	 	Todd R. Moore – EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

	 	Trustee(s)/Custodian(s):
     	Wells
    Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

	 	Date:	4/12/13
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Darcy Kent
	 	 	 
	 	 	Darcy Kent / Vice President
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

    	 Page 1 of 2

    	 

    

 

ADOPTING RESOLUTION

 

The undersigned authorized representative
of Metl-Span LLC (the Employer) hereby certifies that the following resolutions were duly adopted by the Employer on 10/16/12,
and that such resolutions have not been modified or rescinded as of the date hereof:

 

RESOLVED, that the form of the Participation
Agreement of Metl-Span LLC, a Participating Employer, which evidences the adoption of the amended 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and
Trust sponsored by NCI Building Systems, Inc., the Signatory Employer, is hereby approved and adopted and that an authorized
representative of the Participating Employer is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver to the Administrator of the
Plan one or more counterparts of the Participation Agreement.

 

RESOLVED, that the Signatory Employer retains
sole authority to amend, to restate or to terminate the Plan, to terminate the Participating Employer's participation in the Plan,
and to take certain other actions, in accordance with Section 1.23(A), without further signature or other action by the Participating
Employer.

 

	 	Participating Employer:
     	Metl-Span
    LLC

 

	 	Date:	10/16/12
	 	 	 
	 	Signed:	/s/ Todd R. Moore
	 	 	 
	 	 	Todd R. Moore – EVP
	 	 	[print name/title]

 

    	 Page 2 of 2

    	 

    

 

 

 

WELLS FARGO

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PROTOTYPE PLAN AND
TRUST AGREEMENT

 

 

    	 

    	 

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	ARTICLE I, DEFINITIONS	 	 
	1.01	Account	 	1
	1.02	Account Balance or Accrued Benefit	 	1
	1.03	Accounting Date	 	1
	1.04	Adoption Agreement	 	1
	1.05	Advisory Letter	 	1
	1.06	Annuity Contract	 	1
	1.07	Appendix	 	2
	1.08	Applicable Law	 	2
	1.09	Beneficiary	 	2
	1.10	Code	 	2
	1.11	Compensation	 	2
	1.12	Contribution Types	 	4
	1.13	Defined Contribution Plan	 	4
	1.14	Defined Benefit Plan	 	4
	1.15	Disability	 	4
	1.16	Designated IRA Contribution	 	5
	1.17	DOL	 	5
	1.18	Earnings	 	5
	1.19	Effective Date	 	5
	1.20	Elective Deferrals.	 	5
	1.21	Employee	 	5
	1.22	Employee Contribution and DECs	 	7
	1.23	Employer	 	7
	1.24	Employer Contribution	 	7
	1.25	Entry Date	 	7
	1.26	EPCRS	 	7
	1.27	ERISA	 	7
	1.28	Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date	 	7
	1.29	401(k) Plan	 	7
	1.30	401(m) Plan.	 	8
	1.31	Hour of Service	 	8
	1.32	IRS	 	9
	1.33	Limitation Year	 	9
	1.34	Matching Contribution	 	9
	1.35	Money Purchase Pension Plan/Money Purchase Pension Contribution	 	9
	1.36	Named Fiduciary	 	9
	1.37	Nonelective Contribution	 	9
	1.38	Opinion Letter	 	10
	1.39	Participant	 	10
	1.40	Plan	 	10
	1.41	Plan Administrator	 	10
	1.42	Plan Year	 	10
	1.43	Practitioner	 	10
	1.44	Predecessor Employer/Predecessor Plan	 	10
	1.45	Prevailing Wage Contract/Contribution	 	10
	1.46	Profit Sharing Plan	 	10
	1.47	Protected Benefit	 	10
	1.48	Prototype Plan/Master Plan (M&P Plan)	 	10
	1.49	QDRO	 	11
	1.50	Qualified Military Service	 	11
	1.51	Restated Plan.	 	11
	1.52	Rollover Contribution	 	11
	1.53	Safe Harbor Contribution	 	11
	1.54	Salary Reduction Agreement	 	11
	1.55	Separation from Service/Severance from Employment	 	11
	1.56	Service	 	11
	1.57	SIMPLE Contribution	 	12
	1.58	Sponsor	 	12
	1.59	Successor Plan	 	12
	1.60	Target Benefit Plan/Target Benefit Contribution	 	12
	1.61	Taxable Year	 	12
	1.62	Transfer	 	12
	1.63	Trust	 	12
	1.64	Trust Fund	 	12
	1.65	Trustee/Custodian	 	12
	1.66	Valuation Date	 	12
	1.67	Vested	 	12
	1.68	USERRA	 	12
	1.69	Volume Submitter Plan	 	12
	ARTICLE II, ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION	 	 
	2.01	Eligibility	 	13
	2.02	Application of Service Conditions	 	13
	2.03	Break in Service - Participation	 	14
	2.04	Participation upon Re-employment	 	15
	2.05	Change in Employment Status	 	15
	2.06	Participation Opt-Out	 	15
	ARTICLE III, PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES	 	 
	3.01	Contribution Types	 	17
	3.02	Elective Deferrals	 	17
	3.03	Matching Contributions	 	19
	3.04	Nonelective/Employer Contributions	 	21
	3.05	Safe Harbor 401(k) Contributions	 	25
	3.06	Allocation Conditions	 	29
	3.07	Forfeiture Allocation	 	31
	3.08	Rollover Contributions	 	33
	3.09	Employee Contributions	 	33
	3.10	Simple 401(k) Contributions	 	33
	3.11	USERRA Contributions	 	35
	3.12	Designated IRA Contributions	 	35
	3.13	Deductible Employee Contributions (DECs)	 	37
	ARTICLE IV, LIMITATIONS AND TESTING	 	 
	4.01	Annual Additions Limit - No Other Plans	 	38
	4.02	Annual Additions Limit - Other 415 Aggregated Plans	 	39
	4.03	Other Defined Contribution Plans Limitation	 	39
	4.04	No Combined DCP/DBP Limitation	 	40
	4.05	Definitions: Sections 4.01-4.04	 	40
	4.06	Annual Testing Elections	 	40
	4.07	Testing Based On Benefits	 	42
	4.08	Amendment To Pass Testing	 	43
	4.09	Application Of Compensation Limit	 	43
	4.10	401(k) Testing	 	43
	ARTICLE V, VESTING	 	 
	5.01	Normal/Early Retirement Age	 	51
	5.02	Participant Death or Disability	 	51
	5.03	Vesting Schedule	 	51
	5.04	Cash-Out Distribution/Possible Restoration	 	52
	5.05	Year of Service - Vesting	 	54
	5.06	Break in Service and Forfeiture Break in Service – Vesting	 	54
	5.07	Forfeiture Occurs	 	54
	50.8	Amendment to Vesting Schedule	 	55
	ARTICLE VI, DISTRIBUTIONS	 	 
	6.01	Timing of Distribution	 	56
	6.02	Required Minimum Distributions	 	59
	6.03	Post-Separation (Severance), Lifetime RMD and Beneficiary Distribution Methods	 	62
	6.04	Annuity Distributions to Participants and to Surviving Spouses	 	63
	6.05	QDRO Distributions	 	65
	6.06	Defaulted Loan - Timing of Offset	 	66
	6.07	Hardship Distribution	 	66

 

    	i

    	 

    

 

	6.08	Direct Rollover of Eligible Rollover  Distributions	 	67
	6.09	Replacement of $5,000 Amount	 	69
	6.10	TEFRA Elections	 	69
	ARTICLE VII, ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS	 	 
	7.01	Employer Administrative Provisions	 	70
	7.02	Plan Administrator	 	70
	7.03	Direction of Investment	 	71
	7.04	Account Administration, Valuation and Expenses	 	72
	7.05	Participant Administrative Provisions	 	75
	7.06	Plan Loans	 	77
	7.07	Lost Participants	 	77
	7.08	Plan Correction	 	79
	7.09	Prototype/Volume Submitter Plan Status	 	79
	7.10	Plan Communications, Interpretation, and Construction	 	79
	ARTICLE VIII, TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES	 	 
	8.01	Acceptance	 	81
	8.02	Investment Powers and Duties	 	81
	8.03	Named Fiduciary	 	84
	8.04	Distribution of Cash or Property	 	84
	8.05	Trustee/Custodian Fees and Expenses	 	85
	8.06	Third Party Reliance	 	85
	8.07	Appointment of Ancillary Trustee or Independent Fiduciary.	 	85
	8.08	Resignation and Removal	 	85
	8.09	Investment In Group Trust Fund	 	86
	8.10	Combining Trusts of Employer's Plans	 	86
	8.11	Amendment/Substitution of Trust	 	86
	ARTICLE IX, PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSURANCE AND INSURANCE COMPANY	 	 
	9.01	Insurance Benefit	 	87
	9.02	Insurance Benefit	 	87
	9.03	Disposition of Life Insurance Protection.	 	87
	9.04	Dividends	 	87
	9.05	Limitations On Insurance Company Duties	 	88
	9.06	Records/Information	 	88
	9.07	Conflict With Plan	 	88
	9.08	Appendix B Override	 	88
	9.09	Definitions	 	88
	ARTICLE X, TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS	 	 
	10.01	Determination of Top-Heavy Status	 	89
	10.02	Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation	 	89
	10.03	Plan Which Will Satisfy Top-Heavy	 	89
	10.04	Top-Heavy Vesting	 	90
	10.05	Safe Harbor/Simple Plan Exemption	 	90
	10.06	Definitions	 	90
	ARTICLE XI, EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, AND TERMINATION	 	 
	11.01	Exclusive Benefit	 	92
	11.02	Amendment by Employer	 	92
	11.03	Amendment by Prototype Sponsor/Volume Submitter Practitioner	 	93
	11.04	Frozen Plan	 	93
	11.05	Plan Termination	 	94
	11.06	Merger/Direct Transfer	 	95
	ARTICLE XII, Multiple Employer Plan [Volume Submitter Only]	 	 
	12.01	Election/Overriding Effect	 	96
	12.02	Definitions	 	96
	12.03	Participating Employer Elections	 	96
	12.04	HCE Status	 	96
	12.05	Testing	 	96
	12.06	Top-Heavy	 	97
	12.07	Compensation	 	97
	12.08	Service	 	97
	12.09	Required Minimum Distributions	 	97
	12.10	Cooperation and Indemnification	 	97
	12.11	PEO Transition Rules	 	97
	12.12	Involuntary Termination	 	98
	12.13	Voluntary Termination	 	99

 

    	ii

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

WELLS FARGO

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PROTOTYPE PLAN AND
TRUST AGREEMENT

BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in its capacity as Prototype Plan Sponsor
or as Volume Submitter Practitioner, establishes this Prototype Plan or this Volume Submitter Plan intended to conform to and qualify
under §401 and §501 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. An Employer establishes a Plan and Trust under
this Prototype Plan or this Volume Submitter Plan by executing an Adoption Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1  Account. Account
means the separate Account(s) which the Plan Administrator or the Trustee maintains under the Plan for a Participant.

 

1.2  Account Balance or Accrued
Benefit. Account Balance or Accrued Benefit means the amount of a Participant's Account(s) as of any relevant date derived
from Plan contributions and from Earnings.

 

1.3  Accounting Date. Accounting
Date means the last day of the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator will allocate Employer Contributions and forfeitures for a particular
Plan Year as of the Accounting Date of that Plan Year, and on such other dates, if any, as the Plan Administrator determines, consistent
with the Plan's allocation conditions and other provisions.

 

1.4  Adoption Agreement. Adoption
Agreement means the document executed by each Employer adopting this Plan. References to Adoption Agreement within this basic plan
document are to the Adoption Agreement as completed and executed by a particular Employer unless the context clearly indicates
otherwise. An adopting Employer's Adoption Agreement and this basic plan document together constitute a single Plan and Trust of
the Employer. Each elective provision of the Adoption Agreement corresponds (by its parenthetical section reference) to the section
of the Plan which grants the election. All "Section" references within an Adoption Agreement are to the basic plan document.
All "Election" references within an Adoption Agreement are Adoption Agreement references. The Employer or Plan Administrator
to facilitate Plan administration or to generate written policies or forms for use with the Plan may maintain one or more administrative
checklists as an attachment to the Adoption Agreement or otherwise. Any such checklists are not part of the Plan.

 

(A)  Prototype/Standardized Plan or Nonstandardized
Plan. Each Adoption Agreement offered under this Prototype Plan is either a Nonstandardized Plan or a Standardized Plan, as
identified in that Adoption Agreement, under Rev. Proc 2005-16 §§4.10 and 4.11. The provisions of this Plan apply in
the same manner to Nonstandardized Plans and to Standardized Plans unless otherwise specified. If the Employer maintains its Plan
pursuant to a Nonstandardized Adoption Agreement or a Standardized Adoption Agreement, the Plan is a Prototype Plan and all provisions
in this basic plan which expressly or by their context refer to a "Volume Submitter Plan" are not applicable.

 

(B)  Volume Submitter Adoption Agreement. A
Volume Submitter Adoption Agreement for purposes of this Volume Submitter Plan is subject to the same provisions as apply to a
Nonstandardized Plan, except as the Plan or Volume Submitter Adoption Agreement otherwise indicates. If the Employer maintains
its Plan pursuant to a Volume Submitter Adoption Agreement, the Plan is a Volume Submitter Plan and all provisions in this basic
plan which expressly or by their context refer to a "Prototype Plan" are not applicable.

 

(C)  Participation Agreement. Participation
Agreement, in the case of a Prototype Plan means the Adoption Agreement page or pages executed by one or more Related Employers
to become a Participating Employer. In the case of a Volume Submitter Plan, Participation Agreement means the Adoption Agreement
page or pages executed by one or more Related Employers or, in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, by one or more Employers which
are not Related Employers (see Section 12.02(C)) to become a Participating Employer.

 

1.5  Advisory Letter. Advisory
Letter means an IRS issued letter as to the acceptability in form of a Volume Submitter Plan as defined in Section 13.03 of Rev.
Proc. 2005-16.

 

1.6  Annuity Contract. Annuity
Contract means an annuity contract that the Trustee purchases with the Participant's Vested Account Balance. An Annuity Contract
includes a QJSA, a QPSA and an Alternative Annuity. If the Plan Administrator elects or is required to provide an Annuity Contract,
such annuity must be a Nontransferable Annuity and otherwise must comply with the Plan terms.

 

(A)  Annuity Starting Date. A Participant's
Annuity Starting Date means the first day of the first period for which the Plan pays an amount as an annuity or in any other form.

 

(B)  Alternative Annuity. See Section 6.03(A)(5).

 

(C)  Nontransferable Annuity. Nontransferable
Annuity means an Annuity Contract which by its terms provides that it may not be sold, assigned, discounted, pledged as collateral
for a loan or security for the performance of an obligation or for any purpose to any person other than the insurance company.
If the Plan distributes an Annuity Contract, the Annuity Contract must be a Nontransferable Annuity.

 

(D)  QJSA. See Sections 6.04(A)(1) and (2).

 

    	1

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(E)  QPSA. See Section 6.04(B)(1).

 

1.7  Appendix. Appendix
means one of the Appendices to an Adoption Agreement designated as "A", "B", "C", or "D"
which are expressly authorized by the Plan and as part of the Plan, are covered by the Advisory Letter or Opinion Letter.

 

1.8  Applicable Law. Applicable
Law means the Code, ERISA, USERRA, Treasury, IRS and DOL regulations, rulings, notices, and other written guidance, case law and
any other applicable federal, state or local law affecting the Plan and which is binding upon the Plan or upon which the Employer,
the Plan Administrator, the Trustee and other Plan fiduciaries may rely in the operation, administration and management of the
Plan and Trust. If Applicable Law supersedes or modifies any authority the Plan specifically references, the reference includes
such Applicable Law.

 

1.9  Beneficiary. Beneficiary
means a person designated by a Participant, a Beneficiary or by the Plan who is or may become entitled to a benefit under the Plan.
A Beneficiary who becomes entitled to a benefit under the Plan remains a Beneficiary under the Plan until the Trustee has fully
distributed to the Beneficiary his/her Plan benefit. A Beneficiary's right to (and the Plan Administrator's or a Trustee's duty
to provide to the Beneficiary) information or data concerning the Plan does not arise until the Beneficiary first becomes entitled
to receive a benefit under the Plan.

 

1.10  Code. Code means
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and includes applicable Treasury regulations.

 

1.11  Compensation.

 

(A)  Uses and Context. Any reference in the
Plan to Compensation is a reference to the definition in this Section 1.11, unless the Plan reference, or the Employer in its Adoption
Agreement, modifies this definition. Except as the Plan otherwise specifically provides, the Plan Administrator will take into
account only Compensation actually paid during (or as permitted under the Code, paid for) the relevant period. A Compensation payment
includes Compensation paid by the Employer through another person under the common paymaster provisions in Code §§3121
and 3306. In the case of a Self-Employed Individual, Compensation means Earned Income as defined in Section 1.11(J). However, if
the Plan must use an equivalent alternative compensation amount (pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)-1(g)(1)(i) or other Applicable
Law) in performing nondiscrimination testing relating to Matching Contributions, Nonelective Contributions and other Employer Contributions
(excluding Elective Deferrals), the Compensation of such Self-Employed Individual will be limited to such equivalent alternative
compensation amount.

 

(B)  Base Definitions and
Modifications. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect one of the following base definitions of Compensation: W-2
Wages, Code §3401(a) Wages, or 415 Compensation. The Employer may elect a different base definition as to different Contribution
Types. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may specify any modifications thereto, for purposes of contribution allocations under
Article III. If the Employer fails to elect one of the above-referenced definitions, the Employer is deemed to have elected the
W-2 Wages definition.

 

(1)  W-2 Wages. W-2 Wages
means wages for federal income tax withholding purposes, as defined under Code §3401(a), plus all other payments to an Employee
in the course of the Employer's trade or business, for which the Employer must furnish the Employee a written statement under Code
§§6041, 6051, and 6052, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based
on the nature or location of the employment or services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code §3401(a)(2)).
The Employer in Appendix B may elect to exclude from W-2 Compensation certain Employer paid or reimbursed moving expenses as described
therein.

 

(2)  Code §3401(a) Wages
(income tax wage withholding). Code §3401(a) Wages means wages within the meaning of Code §3401(a) for the purposes
of income tax withholding at the source, but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages
based on the nature or the location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
Code §3401(a)(2)).

 

(3)  Code
§415 Compensation (current income definition/simplified compensation under Treas. Reg. §1.415-2(d)(10) and Prop.
Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(d)(2)). Code §415 Compensation means the Employee's wages,
salaries, fees for professional service and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the
amounts are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to, commissions paid salespersons, compensation for services
on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements or
other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan as described in Treas. Reg. §1.62-2(c)).

 

Code §415 Compensation does not include:

 

(a)  Deferred compensation/SEP/SIMPLE.
Employer contributions (other than Elective Deferrals) to a plan of deferred compensation (including a simplified employee
pension plan under Code §408(k) or to a simple retirement account under Code §408(p)) to the extent the contributions
are not included in the gross income of the Employee for the Taxable Year in which contributed, and any distributions from a plan
of deferred compensation (whether or not qualified), regardless of whether such amounts are includible in the gross income of the
Employee when distributed.

 

(b)  Option exercise. Amounts
realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option (an option other than a statutory option under Treas. Reg. §1.421-1(b)),
or when restricted stock or other property held by an Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a
substantial risk of forfeiture under Code §83.

 

    	2

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(c)  Sale of option stock.
Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a statutory stock option as defined under
Treas. Reg. §1.421-1(b).

 

(d)  Other amounts that receive
special tax benefits. Other amounts that receive special tax benefits, such as premiums for group term life insurance (but
only to the extent that the premiums are not includible in the gross income of the Employee and are not salary reduction amounts
under Code §125).

 

(e)  Other similar items. Other
items of remuneration which are similar to any of the items in Sections 1.11(B)(3)(a) through (d).

 

(4)  Alternative (general)
415 Compensation. The Employer in Appendix B may elect to apply the 415 definition of Compensation in Treas. Reg. §1.415-2(d)(1)
and Prop. Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)-2(a). Under this definition, Compensation means as defined in Section 1.11(B)(3) but with
the addition of: (a) amounts described in Code §§104(a)(3), 105(a), or 105(h) but only to the extent that these amounts
are includible in Employee's gross income; (b) amounts paid or reimbursed by the Employer for moving expenses incurred by the Employee,
but only to the extent that at the time of payment it is reasonable to believe these amounts are not deductible by the Employee
under Code §217; (c) the value of a nonstatutory option (an option other than a statutory option under Treas. Reg. §1.421-1(b))
granted by the Employer to the an Employee, but only to the extent that the value of the option is includible in the Employee's
gross income for the Taxable Year of the grant; and (d) the amount includible in the Employee's gross income upon the Employee's
making of an election under Code §83(b). The Employer in Appendix B also must elect whether to include as Compensation amounts
received from a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan in the Taxable Year received but only to extent includible in
gross income.

 

(C)  Deemed 125 Compensation. Deemed 125 Compensation
means, in the case of any definition of Compensation which includes a reference to Code §125, amounts under a Code §125
plan of the Employer that are not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage, because the Participant
is unable to certify that he/she has other health coverage. Compensation under this Section 1.11 does not include Deemed 125 Compensation,
unless the Employer in Appendix B elects to include Deemed 125 Compensation under this Section 1.11.

 

(D)  Elective Deferrals. Compensation under
Section 1.11 includes Elective Deferrals unless the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to exclude Elective Deferrals.

 

(E)  Compensation Dollar Limitation. For any
Plan Year, the Plan Administrator in allocating contributions under Article III or in testing the Plan for nondiscrimination, cannot
take into account more than $200,000 (or such larger or smaller amount as the Commissioner of Internal Revenue may prescribe pursuant
to an adjustment made in the same manner as under Code §415(d)) of any Participant's Compensation. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
an Employee under a 401(k) Plan may make Elective Deferrals with respect to Compensation which exceeds the Plan Year Compensation
limitation, provided such Elective Deferrals otherwise satisfy the Elective Deferral Limit and other applicable Plan limitations.
In applying any Plan limitation on the amount of Matching Contributions or any Plan limit on Elective Deferrals which are subject
to Matching Contributions, where such limits are expressed as a percentage of Compensation, the Plan Administrator may apply the
Compensation limit under this Section 1.11(E) annually, even if the Matching Contribution formula is applied on a per pay period
basis or is applied over any other time interval which is less than the full Plan Year or the Plan Administrator may pro rate the
Compensation limit.

 

(F)  Nondiscrimination. For purposes of determining
whether the Plan discriminates in favor of HCEs, Compensation means as the Plan Administrator operationally determines provided
that any such nondiscrimination testing definition which the Plan Administrator applies must satisfy Code §414(s) and the
regulations thereunder. For this purpose the Plan Administrator may, but is not required, to apply for nondiscrimination testing
purposes the Plan's allocation definition of Compensation under this Section 1.11 or Annual Additions Limit definition of Compensation
under Section 4.05(C). The Employer's election in its Adoption Agreement relating to Pre-Entry Compensation (to limit Compensation
to Participating Compensation or to include Plan Year Compensation) is nondiscriminatory.

 

(G)  Excluded Compensation. Excluded Compensation
means such Compensation as the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to exclude for purposes of this Section 1.11.

 

(H)  Pre-Entry Compensation. The Employer in
its Adoption Agreement for allocation purposes must elect Participating Compensation or Plan Year Compensation as to some or all
Contribution Types.

 

(1)  Participating Compensation.
Participating Compensation for purposes of this Section 1.11 means Compensation only for the period during the Plan Year in
which the Participant is a Participant in the overall Plan, or under the plan resulting from disaggregation under the OEE or EP
rules under Section 4.06(C)(1), or as to a Contribution Type as applicable. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects Participating
Compensation, the Employer will elect whether to apply the election to all Contribution Types or only to particular Contribution
Type(s).

 

(2)  Plan Year Compensation.
Plan Year Compensation for purposes of this Section 1.11 means Compensation for a Plan Year, including Compensation for any
period prior to the Participant's Entry Date in the overall Plan or as to a Contribution Type as applicable. If the Employer in
its Adoption Agreement elects Plan Year Compensation, the Employer will elect whether to apply the election to all Contribution
Types or only to particular Contribution Type(s).

 

    	3

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(I)  Post-Severance Compensation. The Plan
excludes Post-Severance Compensation unless the Employer in Appendix B elects to include Post–Severance Compensation as described
in this Section 1.11(I). If the Employer elects to include Post-Severance Compensation, the Employer in Appendix B will specify
the Effective Date thereof which for purposes of 415 testing (or other testing requiring use of 415 Compensation) cannot be earlier
than January 1, 2005.

 

(1)  Post-Severance Compensation
under Proposed 415 Regulations.

 

(a)  Payment timing. Post–Severance
Compensation includes certain payments described below made after Severance from Employment, and within 2 1/2 months following
Severance from Employment (whether paid in the same Plan or Limitation Year or paid in the Plan or Limitation Year following the
Severance from Employment). The Employer in Appendix B also may elect (for allocation purposes only) to include amounts which would
be Post-Severance Compensation but for being paid after the time limit described herein (except as to Elective Deferrals) or may
elect to limit Post-Severance Compensation to any lesser period of time.

 

(b)  Limitation as to type.
Post-Severance Compensation means: (i) Payments that, absent a Severance from Employment, would have been paid to the Employee
while the Employee continued in employment with the Employer and which consist of regular compensation for services during the
Employee's regular working hours or for services outside the Employee's regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential),
commissions, bonuses and other similar compensation; and (ii) payments for bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if
the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. The Employer in Appendix B may elect (for allocation
purposes only) to exclude certain of the above amounts which would be Post-Severance Compensation.

 

(c)  Exclusions. Post-Severance
Compensation under Section 1.11(I)(1) does not include any payment not described in Section 1.11(I)(1)(b) even if paid within the
time period described in Section 1.11(I)(1)(a), including severance pay, unfunded non-qualified deferred compensation or parachute
payments under Code

§280G(b)(2).

 

(2)  Qualified Military Service.
Post-Severance Compensation includes (without regard to the timing requirement of Section 1.11(I)(1)(a), including for Elective
Deferrals) amounts paid to individuals not currently performing Service for the Employer by reason of Qualified Military Service,
to the extent that those payments do not exceed what the Employer would have paid to the Employee had the Employee not entered
Qualified Military Service. The Employer in Appendix B may elect (for allocation purposes only) to exclude the above amounts from
Post-Severance Compensation.

 

(J)  Earned Income. Earned Income means net
earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Employer has established the Plan, provided personal
services of the Self-Employed Individual are a material income-producing factor. Earned Income also includes gains and earnings
(other than capital gain) from the sale or licensing of property (other than goodwill) by the individual who created that property,
even if those gains would not ordinarily be considered net earnings from self- employment. The Plan Administrator will determine
net earnings without regard to items excluded from gross income and the deductions allocable to those items. The Plan Administrator
will determine net earnings after the deduction allowed to the Self-Employed Individual for all contributions made by the Employer
to a qualified plan and after the deduction allowed to the Self-Employed Individual under Code §164(f) for self-employment
taxes.

 

(K)  Deemed Disability Compensation. The Plan
does not include Deemed Disability Compensation under Code §415(c)(3)(C) unless the Employer in Appendix B elects to include
Deemed Disability Compensation under this Section 1.11(K). Deemed Disability Compensation is the Compensation the Participant would
have received for the year if the Participant were paid at the same rate as applied immediately prior to Disability if such deemed
compensation is greater than actual Compensation as determined without regard to this Section 1.11(K). This Section 1.11(K) applies
only if the affected Participant is an NHCE immediately prior to becoming disabled (or the Appendix B election provides for the
continuation of contributions on behalf of all such disabled participants for a fixed or determinable period) and all contributions
made with respect to Compensation under this Section 1.11(K) are immediately Vested.

 

1.12  Contribution
Types. Contribution Types means the contribution types required or permitted under the Plan as the Employer elects in its Adoption
Agreement.

 

1.13  Defined Contribution
Plan. Defined Contribution Plan means a retirement plan which provides for an individual account for each Participant and for
benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the Participant's Account, and on any Earnings, expenses, and forfeitures which
the Plan Administrator may allocate to such Participant's Account.

 

1.14  Defined Benefit Plan.
Defined Benefit Plan means a retirement plan which does not provide for individual accounts for Employer contributions and
which provides for payment of determinable benefits in accordance with the plan's formula.

 

1.15  Disability. Disability
means, as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement, the basic plan definition or an alternative definition. A Participant
who incurs a Disability is "disabled."

 

(A)  Basic Plan Definition. Disability means
the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment
that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than
twelve months. The permanence and degree of such impairment must be supported by medical evidence.

 

    	4

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(B)  Alternative Definition. The Employer in
its Adoption Agreement may specify any alternative definition of Disability which is not inconsistent with Applicable Law.

 

(C)  Administration. For purposes of this Plan,
a Participant is disabled on the date the Plan Administrator determines the Participant satisfies the definition of Disability.
The Plan Administrator may require a Participant to submit to a physical examination in order to confirm the Participant's Disability.
The Plan Administrator will apply the provisions of this Section 1.15 in a nondiscriminatory, consistent, and uniform manner.

 

1.16  Designated
IRA Contribution. Designated IRA Contribution means a Participant's IRA contribution to the Plan made in accordance with the
Adoption Agreement.

 

1.17  DOL.
DOL means the U.S. Department of Labor.

 

1.18  Earnings. Earnings
means the net income, gain or loss earned by a particular Account, by the Trust, or with respect to a contribution or to a distribution,
as the context requires.

 

1.19  Effective Date. The
Effective Date of this Plan is the date the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement, but not earlier that January 1, 2002. However,
as to a particular provision or action taken by any party pursuant to the Plan (such as a Plan amendment or termination, or the
giving of any notice), a different Effective Date may apply such as the basic plan document may provide, as the Employer may elect
in its Adoption Agreement, in a Participation Agreement or in an Appendix, or as indicated in any other document which evidences
the action taken.

 

1.20  Elective Deferrals.
Elective Deferrals means a Participant's Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals, Automatic Deferrals and, as the context requires,
Catch-Up Deferrals under the Plan, and which the Employer contributes to the Plan at the Participant's election (or automatically)
in lieu of cash compensation. As to other plans, elective deferrals means amounts excludible from the Employee's gross income under
Code §§125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), 408(p) or 457(b), and includes amounts included in the Employee's
gross income under Code §402A, and contributed by the Employer, at the Employee's election, to a cafeteria plan, a qualified
transportation fringe benefit plan, a 401(k) plan, a SARSEP, a tax-sheltered annuity, a SIMPLE plan or a Code §457(b) plan.

 

(A)  Pre-Tax Deferral. Pre-Tax Deferral means
an Elective Deferral (including a Catch-Up Deferral or an Automatic Deferral) which is not subject to income tax when made.

 

(B)  Roth Deferral. Roth Deferral means an
Elective Deferral (including a Catch-Up Deferral or an Automatic Deferral) which a Participant irrevocably designates as a Roth
Deferral under Code §402A at the time of deferral and which is subject to income tax when made to the Plan. In the case of
an Automatic Deferral, see Section 3.02(B)(7).

 

(C)  Automatic Deferral. See Section 3.02(B)(1).

 

(D)  Catch-Up Deferral. See Section 3.02(D)(2).

 

1.21  Employee. Employee
means any common law employee, Self-Employed Individual, Leased Employee or other person the Code treats as an employee of the
Employer for purposes of the Employer's qualified plan. An Employee is either an Eligible Employee or an Excluded Employee. An
Employee is either an HCE or an NHCE.

 

(A)  Self-Employed Individual. Self-Employed
Individual means an individual who has Earned Income (or who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business
did not have net profits) for the Taxable Year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established.

 

(B)  Leased Employee. Leased Employee means
an individual (who otherwise is not an Employee of the Employer) who, pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other
person (the "leasing organization), has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and any persons related to
the Employer within the meaning of Code §144(a)(3)) on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year and who performs
such services under primary direction or control of the Employer within the meaning of Code §414(n)(2). Except as described
in Section 1.21(B)(1), a Leased Employee is an Employee for purposes of the Plan. However, under a Nonstandardized Plan or under
a Volume Submitter Plan, a Leased Employee is an Excluded Employee unless the Employer in Appendix B elects not to treat Leased
Employees as Excluded Employees as to any or all Contribution Types. "Compensation" in the case of an out- sourced worker
who is an Employee or a Leased Employee includes Compensation from the leasing organization which is attributable to services performed
for the Employer.

 

(1)  Safe Harbor Plan Exception.
A Leased Employee is not an Employee for Plan purposes if the leasing organization covers the employee in a safe harbor plan
and, prior to application of this safe harbor plan exception, 20% or fewer of the NHCEs, excluding those NHCEs who do not satisfy
the "substantially full-time" standard of Code §414(n)(2)(B), are Leased Employees. A safe harbor plan is a Money
Purchase Pension Plan providing immediate participation, full and immediate vesting, and a nonintegrated contribution formula equal
to at least 10% of the employee‘s compensation, without regard to employment by the leasing organization on a specified date.
The safe harbor plan must determine the 10% contribution on the basis of compensation as defined in Code §415(c)(3) including
Elective Deferrals.

 

(2)  Other Requirements. The
Plan Administrator must apply this Section 1.21 in a manner consistent with Code §§414(n) and 414(o) and the regulations
issued under those Code sections. The Plan Administrator for 415 testing under Article IV, for satisfaction of the Top-Heavy Minimum
Allocation under Article X and otherwise as required under Applicable Law will treat contributions or benefits provided to a Leased
Employee under a plan of the leasing organization, and which are attributable to services performed by the Leased Employee for
the Employer, as provided by the Employer. However, the Employer will not offset (reduce) contributions to this Plan by such contributions
or benefits provided to the Leased Employee under the leasing organization's plan unless the Employer in Appendix B elects to do
so.

 

    	5

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(C)  Eligible Employee. Eligible Employee means
an Employee other than an Excluded Employee.

 

(D)  Excluded Employee. Excluded Employee means,
as the Plan provides or as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement, any Employee, or class or group of Employees, not eligible
to participate in the Plan, or as to any Contribution Type, as the context requires.

 

(1)  Collective Bargaining
Employees. If the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to exclude Collective Bargaining Employees from eligibility to
participate, the exclusion applies to any Employee included in a unit of Employees covered by an agreement which the Secretary
of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and one or more employers if: (a) retirement
benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining; and (b) two percent or fewer of the employees covered by the agreement are
"professional employees" as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)-9, unless the collective bargaining agreement requires
the Employee to be included within the Plan. The term "employee representatives" does not include any organization more
than half the members of which are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

 

(2)  Nonresident Aliens. If
the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to exclude Nonresident Aliens from eligibility to participate, the exclusion applies
to any Nonresident Alien Employee who does not receive any earned income, as defined in Code §911(d)(2), from the Employer
which constitutes United States source income, as defined in Code §861(a)(3).

 

(3)  Reclassified Employees.
A Reclassified Employee under a Nonstandardized Plan or a Volume Submitter Plan is an Excluded Employee unless the Employer
in Appendix B elects: (a) to include all Reclassified Employees as Eligible Employees; (b) to include one or more categories of
Reclassified Employees as Eligible Employees; or (c) to include Reclassified Employees (or one or more groups of Reclassified
Employees) as Eligible Employees as to one or more Contribution Types. A Reclassified Employee is any person the Employer does
not treat as a common law employee or as a self-employed individual (including, but not limited to, independent contractors, persons
the Employer pays outside of its payroll system and out-sourced workers) for federal income tax withholding purposes under Code
§3401(a), irrespective of whether there is a binding determination that the individual is an Employee or a Leased Employee
of the Employer. Self-Employed Individuals are not Reclassified Employees.

 

(4)  Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal
Employees. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to exclude any Employees who it defines in the Adoption Agreement
as "part-time," "temporary" or "seasonal" based on their regularly scheduled Service being less than
a specified number of Hours of Service during a relevant Eligibility Computation Period. Notwithstanding any such exclusion, if
the Part-Time, Temporary or Seasonal Excluded Employee actually completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service in the relevant Eligibility
Computation Period, the affected Excluded Employee is no longer an Excluded Employee and will enter the Plan on the next Entry
Date following completion of the Eligibility Computation Period in which he/she completed 1,000 Hours of Service, provided the
Employee is employed by the Employer on that Entry Date.

 

(E)  HCE. HCE means a highly compensated Employee,
defined under Code §414(q) as an Employee who satisfies one of Sections 1.21(E)(1) or (2) below.

 

(1)  More than 5%
owner. During the Plan Year or during the preceding Plan Year, the Employee is a more than 5% owner of the Employer
(applying the constructive ownership rules of Code §318 as modified by Code §416(i)(1)(B)(iii)(I), and applying the
principles of Code §318 as modified by Code §416(i)(1)(B)(iii)(I), for an unincorporated entity).

 

(2)  Compensation Threshold.
During the preceding Plan Year (or in the case of a short Plan Year, the immediately preceding 12 month period) the Employee
had Compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted for the relevant year by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue at the same time
and in the same manner as under Code §415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996)
and, if the Employer under its Adoption Agreement makes the top-paid group election, was part of the top-paid 20% group of Employees
(based on Compensation for the preceding Plan Year).

 

(3)  Compensation
Definition. For purposes of this Section 1.21(E), "Compensation" means Compensation as defined in Section 4.05(C).

 

(4)  Top-paid Group and Calendar
Year Data. The Plan Administrator must make the determination of who is an HCE, including the determinations of the number
and identity of the top-paid 20% group, consistent with Code §414(q) and regulations issued under that Code section. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement may make a calendar year data election to determine the HCEs for the Plan Year, as prescribed by Treasury
regulations or by other guidance published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin. A calendar year data election must apply to all plans
of the Employer which reference the HCE definition in Code §414(q). For purposes of this Section 1.21(E), if the current Plan
Year is the first year of the Plan, then the term "preceding Plan Year" means the 12-consecutive month period immediately
preceding the current Plan Year.

 

(5)  Highly compensated former
employee. The determination of highly compensated former employee status and the rules applicable thereto are determined in
accordance with Temporary Reg. §1.414(q)-1T, A-4 and Notice 97-45.

 

(F)  NHCE. NHCE means a nonhighly compensated
employee, which is any Employee who is not an HCE.

 

    	6

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

1.22  Employee Contribution
and DECs. Employee Contribution means a Participant's after-tax contribution to the Trust and which the Participant designates
as an Employee Contribution at the time of contribution. An Elective Deferral (Pre-Tax or Roth) is not an Employee Contribution.
A deductible employee contribution (DEC) means certain pre-1987 contributions described in Section 3.13.

 

1.23  Employer. Employer
means each Signatory Employer, Lead Employer, Related Employer, and Participating Employer as the Plan indicates or as the context
requires.

 

(A)  Signatory Employer. The Signatory Employer
is the Employer who establishes a Plan under this Prototype Plan or under this Volume Submitter Plan by executing an Adoption Agreement.
The Employer for purposes of acting as Plan Administrator, making Plan amendments, restating the Plan, terminating the Plan or
performing other ERISA settlor functions, means the Signatory Employer and does not include any Related Employer or Participating
Employer. The Signatory Employer also may terminate the participation in the Plan of any Participating Employer upon written notice.
The Signatory Employer will provide such notice not less than 30 days prior to the date of termination unless the Signatory Employer
determines that the interest of Plan Participants requires earlier termination. See Article XII if the Plan is a Volume Submitter
Plan and is a Multiple Employer Plan.

 

(B)  Lead Employer. Lead Employer means the
Signatory Employer under a Volume Submitter Plan which is a Multiple Employer Plan. See Section 12.02(B).

 

(C)  Related Group/Related Employer. A Related
Group is a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code §414(b)), trades or businesses (whether or not incorporated)
which are under common control (as defined in Code §414(c)), an affiliated service group (as defined in Code §414(m))
or an arrangement otherwise described in Code §414(o). Each Employer/member of the Related Group is a Related Employer. The
term "Employer" includes every Related Employer for purposes of crediting Service and Hours of Service, determining Years
of Service and Breaks in Service under Articles II and V, determining Separation from Service, applying the coverage test under
Code Section 410(b), applying the Annual Additions Limit and nondiscrimination testing in Article IV, applying the top-heavy rules
and the minimum allocation requirements of Article X, applying the definitions of Employee, HCE, Compensation (except as the Employer
may elect in its Adoption Agreement relating to allocations) and Leased Employee, applying the safe harbor 401(k) provisions of
Article III, applying the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions of Article III and for any other purpose the Code or the Plan require.

 

(D)  Participating Employer. Participating
Employer means a Related Employer (to the Signatory Employer or another Related Employer) which signs the Execution Page of the
Adoption Agreement or a Participation Agreement to the Adoption Agreement. Only a Participating Employer (or Employees thereof)
may contribute to the Plan. A Participating Employer is an Employer for all purposes of the Plan except as provided in Sections
1.23(A) or (B).

 

(1)  Standardized/Nonstandardized
Plan. If the Employer‘s Plan is a Standardized Plan, all Employees of the Employer or of any Related Employer, are Eligible
Employees, irrespective of whether the Related Employer directly employing the Employee is a Participating Employer. Notwithstanding
the immediately preceding sentence, individuals who become Employees of a Related Employer as a result of a transaction described
in Code §410(b)(6)(C) are Excluded Employees during the Plan Year in which such transaction occurs nor in the following Plan
Year, unless: (a) the Related Employer which employs such Employees becomes during such period a Participating Employer by executing
a Participation Agreement to the Adoption Agreement; or (b) as described under Applicable Law, the Plan benefits or coverage change
significantly during the transition period resulting in the termination of the transition period. If the Plan is a Nonstandardized
Plan, the Employees of a Related Employer are Excluded Employees unless the Related Employer is a Participating Employer.

 

(2)  Volume Submitter/Multiple
Employer Plan. If Article XII applies, a Participating Employer includes an unrelated Employer who executes a Participation
Agreement. See Section 12.02(C).

 

1.24  Employer Contribution.
Employer Contribution means a Nonelective Contribution, a Matching Contribution, an Elective Deferral, a Prevailing Wage Contribution,
a Money Purchase Pension Contribution or a Target Benefit Contribution, as the context may require.

 

1.25  Entry Date. Entry
Date means the date(s) the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement upon which an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the Plan's
eligibility conditions and who remains employed by the Employer on the Entry Date, commences participation in the Plan or in a
part of the Plan.

 

1.26  EPCRS. EPCRS means
the IRS's Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System for resolving plan defects, or any successor program.

 

1.27  ERISA. ERISA means
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and includes applicable DOL regulations.

 

1.28  Final 401(k) Regulations
Effective Date. Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date means the Plan Year beginning in 2006 (or such earlier Plan Year ending
after December 29, 2004 as the Plan Administrator operationally applied and as the Employer elects in Appendix B). A reference
to the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date also includes the final 401(m) regulations as the context requires.

 

1.29  401(k) Plan. 401(k)
Plan means the 401(k) Plan the Employer establishes under a 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement. The Plan as the Employer elects under
its 401(k) Adoption Agreement may be a Traditional 401(k) Plan, a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan or a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. A 401(k) Plan
is also a Profit Sharing Plan for purposes of applying the Plan terms, except as to Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions
or otherwise where the Plan specifies provisions which apply either to such Contributions Types or to the overall Plan on account
of its status as a 401(k) Plan.

 

    	7

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(A)  Traditional 401(k) Plan. A Traditional
401(k) Plan is a 401(k) Plan under which Elective Deferrals are subject to nondiscrimination testing under the ADP test and any
Matching Contributions and Employee Contributions also are subject to nondiscrimination testing under the ACP test.

 

(B)  Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. A Safe Harbor
401(k) Plan is a 401(k) Plan under which Elective Deferrals are not subject to nondiscrimination testing under the ADP test because
the Plan satisfies the ADP test safe harbor. Any Matching Contributions are subject to the ACP test unless the Plan also satisfies
the ACP test safe harbor. Any Employee Contributions are subject to the ACP test.

 

(C)  SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan
is a 401(k) Plan which satisfies the contribution and other requirements in Section 3.10 and which is not subject to nondiscrimination
testing or certain other requirements as provided in Section 3.10.

 

1.30  401(m) Plan. 401(m)
Plan means the 401(m) plan, if any, the Employer establishes under its Adoption Agreement. The definitions under Sections 1.29(A),
(B), and (C) also apply as to a 401(m) Plan.

 

1.31  Hour of Service. Hour
of Service means:

 

(i)  Paid and duties. Each
Hour of Service for which the Employer, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is entitled
to payment, for the performance of duties. The Plan Administrator credits Hours of Service under this Paragraph (i) to the Employee
for the computation period in which the Employee performs the duties, irrespective of when paid;

 

(ii)  Back pay. Each Hour
of Service for back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, to which the Employer has agreed or for which the Employee has
received an award. The Plan Administrator credits Hours of Service under this Paragraph (ii) to the Employee for the computation
period(s) to which the award or the agreement pertains rather than for the computation period in which the award, agreement or
payment is made; and

 

(iii)  Payment but no duties.
Each Hour of Service for which the Employer, either directly or indirectly, pays an Employee, or for which the Employee is
entitled to payment (irrespective of whether the employment relationship is terminated), for reasons other than for the performance
of duties during a computation period, such as leave of absence, vacation, holiday, sick leave, illness, incapacity (including
disability), layoff, jury duty or military duty. The Plan Administrator will credit no more than 501 Hours of Service under this
Paragraph (iii) to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee does not perform any duties
(whether or not such period occurs during a single computation period). The Plan Administrator credits Hours of Service under this
Paragraph (iii) in accordance with the rules of paragraphs (b) and (c) of Labor Reg. §2530.200b- 2, which the Plan, by this
reference, specifically incorporates in full within this Paragraph (iii).

 

(iv)  Crediting and computation.
The Plan Administrator will not credit an Hour of Service under more than one of the above Paragraphs (i), (ii) or (iii). A
computation period for purposes of this Section 1.31 is the Plan Year, Year of Service period, Break in Service period or other
period, as determined under the Plan provision for which the Plan Administrator is measuring an Employee's Hours of Service. The
Plan Administrator will resolve any ambiguity with respect to the crediting of an Hour of Service in favor of the Employee.

 

(A)  Method of Crediting Hours of Service. The
Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement the method the Plan Administrator will use in crediting an Employee with Hours of
Service and the purpose for which the elected method will apply.

 

(1)  Actual Method. Under
the Actual Method as determined from records, an Employee receives credit for Hours of Service for hours worked and hours for which
the Employer makes payment or for which payment is due from the Employer.

 

(2)  Equivalency Method. Under
an Equivalency Method, for each equivalency period for which the Plan Administrator would credit the Employee with at least one
Hour of Service, the Plan Administrator will credit the Employee with: (a) 10 Hours of Service for a daily equivalency; (b) 45
Hours of Service for a weekly equivalency; (c) 95 Hours of Service for a semimonthly payroll period equivalency; and (d) 190 Hours
of Service for a monthly equivalency.

 

(3)  Elapsed Time Method.
Under the Elapsed Time Method, an Employee receives credit for Service for the aggregate of all time periods (regardless of
the Employee's actual Hours of Service) commencing with the Employee's Employment Commencement Date, or with his/her Re- Employment
Commencement Date, and ending on the date a Break in Service begins. See Section 2.02(C)(4). In applying the Elapsed Time Method,
the Plan Administrator will credit an Employee's Service for any Period of Severance of less than 12-consecutive months and will
express fractional periods of Service in days.

 

(i)  Elapsed Time – Break
in Service. Under the Elapsed Time Method, a Break in Service is a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months. In
the case of an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on
the first anniversary of the first date the Employee is otherwise absent from Service does not constitute a Break in Service.

 

(ii)  Elapsed Time –
Period of Severance. A Period of Severance is a continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the
Employer. The continuous period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits, is discharged, or dies or if earlier, the first
12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee otherwise is absent from Service for any other reason (including disability,
vacation, leave of absence, layoff, etc.).

 

    	8

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(B)  Maternity/Paternity Leave/Family and Medical
Leave Act. Solely for purposes of determining whether an Employee incurs a Break in Service under any provision of this Plan,
the Plan Administrator must credit Hours of Service during the Employee's unpaid absence period: (1) due to maternity or paternity
leave; or (2) as required under the Family and Medical Leave Act. An Employee is on maternity or paternity leave if the Employee's
absence is due to the Employee's pregnancy, the birth of the Employee's child, the placement with the Employee of an adopted child,
or the care of the Employee's child immediately following the child's birth or placement. The Plan Administrator credits Hours
of Service under this Section 1.31(B) on the basis of the number of Hours of Service for which the Employee normally would receive
credit or, if the Plan Administrator cannot determine the number of Hours of Service the Employee would receive credit for, on
the basis of 8 hours per day during the absence period. The Plan Administrator will credit only the number (not exceeding 501)
of Hours of Service necessary to prevent an Employee's Break in Service. The Plan Administrator credits all Hours of Service described
in this Section 1.31(B) to the computation period in which the absence period begins or, if the Employee does not need these Hours
of Service to prevent a Break in Service in the computation period in which his/her absence period begins, the Plan Administrator
credits these Hours of Service to the immediately following computation period.

 

(C)  Qualified Military Service. Hour of Service
also includes any Service the Plan must credit for contributions and benefits in order to satisfy the crediting of Service requirements
of Code §414(u).

 

1.32  IRS. IRS means the
Internal Revenue Service.

 

1.33  Limitation Year. Limitation
Year means the consecutive month period the Employer specifies in its Adoption Agreement as applicable to allocations under Article
IV. If the Employer elects the same Plan Year and Limitation Year, the Limitation Year is always a 12- consecutive month period
even if the Plan Year is a short period, unless the short Plan Year results from an amendment, in which case, the Limitation Year
also is a short year. If the Employer amends the Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation
Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year for which the Employer makes the amendment, creating a short Limitation Year.

 

1.34  Matching Contribution.
Matching Contribution means a fixed or discretionary contribution the Employer makes on account of Elective Deferrals under
a 401(k) Plan or on account of Employee Contributions. Matching contributions also include Participant forfeitures allocated on
account of such Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions.

 

(A)  Fixed Matching Contribution. Fixed Matching
Contribution means a Matching Contribution which the Employer, subject to satisfaction of allocation conditions, if any, must make
pursuant to a formula in the Adoption Agreement. Under the formula, the Employer contributes a specified percentage or dollar amount
on behalf of a Participant based on that Participant's Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions eligible for a match.

 

(B)  Discretionary Matching Contribution. Discretionary
Matching Contribution means a Matching Contribution which the Employer in its sole discretion elects to make to the Plan. The Employer
retains discretion over the Discretionary Matching Contribution rate or amount, the limit(s) on Elective Deferrals or Employee
Contributions subject to match, the per Participant match allocation limit(s), the Participants who will receive the allocation,
and the time period applicable to any matching formula(s) (collectively, the "matching formula"), except as the Employer
otherwise elects in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(C)  QMAC. QMAC means a qualified matching
contribution which is 100% Vested at all times and which is subject to the distribution restrictions described in Section 6.01(C)(4)(b).
Matching Contributions are not 100% Vested at all times if the Employee has a 100% Vested interest solely because of his/her Years
of Service taken into account under a vesting schedule. Any Matching Contributions allocated to a Participant's QMAC Account under
the Plan automatically satisfy and are subject to the QMAC definition.

 

(D)  Regular Matching Contribution. A Regular
Matching Contribution is a Matching Contribution which is not a QMAC, a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution or an Additional Matching
Contribution.

 

(E)  Basic Matching Contribution. See Section
3.05(E)(4).

 

(F)  Enhanced Matching Contribution. See Section
3.05(E)(5).

 

(G)  Additional Matching Contribution. See
Section 3.05(F)(1).

 

(H)  SIMPLE Matching Contribution. See Section
3.10(E)(1).

 

(I)  Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. See
Section 3.05(E)(3).

 

1.35  Money Purchase Pension
Plan/Money Purchase Pension Contribution. Money Purchase Pension Plan means the Money Purchase Pension Plan the Employer establishes
under a Money Purchase Pension Plan Adoption Agreement. The Employer Contribution to its Money Purchase Pension Plan is a Money
Purchase Pension Contribution. The Employer will make its Money Purchase Pension Contribution as the Employer elects in its Adoption
Agreement.

 

1.36  Named Fiduciary. The
Named Fiduciary is the Employer. The Employer in writing also may designate the Plan Administrator (if the Plan Administrator is
not the Employer) and other persons as additional Named Fiduciaries. See Section 8.03. If the Plan is a restated Plan and under
the prior plan document a different Named Fiduciary is in place, this Section 1.36 becomes effective on the date the Employer executes
this restated Plan unless the Employer designates otherwise in writing.

 

1.37  Nonelective Contribution.
Nonelective Contribution means a fixed or discretionary Employer Contribution which is not a Matching Contribution, a Money
Purchase Pension Contribution or a Target Benefit Contribution.

 

    	9

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(A)  Fixed Nonelective Contribution. Fixed
Nonelective Contribution means a Nonelective Contribution which the Employer, subject to satisfaction of allocation conditions,
if any, must make pursuant to a formula (based on Compensation of Participants who will receive an allocation of the contributions
or otherwise) in the Adoption Agreement. See 3.04(A)(2).

 

(B)  Discretionary Nonelective Contribution. Discretionary
Nonelective Contribution means a Nonelective Contribution which the Employer in its sole discretion elects to make to the Plan.
See 3.04(A)(1).

 

(C)  QNEC. QNEC means a qualified nonelective
contribution which is 100% Vested at all times and which is subject to the distribution restrictions described in Section 6.01(C)(4)(b).
Nonelective Contributions are not 100% Vested at all times if the Employee has a 100% Vested interest solely because of his/her
Years of Service taken into account under a vesting schedule. Any Nonelective Contributions allocated to a Participant's QNEC Account
under the Plan automatically satisfy and are subject to the QNEC definition.

 

(D)  SIMPLE Nonelective Contribution. See Section
3.10(E) (1).

 

(E)  Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. See
Section 3.05(E)(2).

 

1.38  Opinion Letter. Opinion
Letter means an IRS issued letter as to the acceptability of the form of a Prototype Plan as defined in Section 4.06 of Rev. Proc.
2005-16.

 

1.39  Participant. Participant
means an Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in the Plan or as to any Contribution Type as the context requires, in accordance
with the provisions of Section 2.01.

 

1.40  Plan. Plan means
the retirement plan established or continued by the Employer in the form of this Prototype Plan or Volume Submitter Plan, including
the Adoption Agreement under which the Employer has elected to establish this Plan. The Employer must designate the name of the
Plan in its Adoption Agreement. An Employer may execute more than one Adoption Agreement offered under this Plan, each of which
will constitute a separate Plan and Trust established or continued by that Employer. All section references within this basic plan
document are Plan section references unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The Plan includes any Appendix permitted by
the basic plan document or by the Employer's Adoption Agreement and which the Employer attaches to its Adoption Agreement.

 

(A)  Multiple Employer Plan (Article XII). Multiple
Employer Plan means a Plan in which at least one Employer which is not a Related Employer participates. This Plan may be a Multiple
Employer Plan only if maintained on a Volume Submitter Adoption Agreement. Article XII of the Plan applies to a Multiple Employer
Plan, but otherwise does not apply to the Plan.

 

(B)  Frozen Plan. See Section 3.01(J).

 

1.41  Plan Administrator.
Plan Administrator means the Employer unless the Employer designates another person or persons to hold the position of Plan
Administrator. Any person(s) the Employer appoints as Plan Administrator may or may not be Participants in the Plan. In addition
to its other duties, the Plan Administrator has full responsibility for the Plan's compliance with the reporting and disclosure
rules under ERISA. If the Employer is the Plan Administrator, any requirement under the Plan for communication between the Employer
and the Plan Administrator automatically is deemed satisfied, and the Employer has discretion to determine the manner of documenting
any decision deemed to be communicated under this provision.

 

1.42  Plan Year. Plan
Year means the consecutive month period the Employer specifies in its Adoption Agreement.

 

1.43  Practitioner.
Practitioner means the sponsor as to its Employer clients of the Volume Submitter Plan and as defined in Section 13.04 of Rev.
Proc. 2005-16.

 

1.44  Predecessor Employer/Predecessor
Plan.

 

(A)  Predecessor Employer. A Predecessor Employer
is an employer that previously employed one or more of the Employees.

 

(B)  Predecessor Plan. A Predecessor Plan is
a Code §401(a) or §403(a) qualified plan the Employer terminated within the five-year period beginning before or after
the Employer establishes this Plan, as described in Treas. Reg.§1.411(a)-5(b)(3)(v)(B).

 

1.45  Prevailing Wage Contract/Contribution.
Prevailing Wage Contract means a contract under which Employees are performing services subject to the Davis- Bacon Act, the
McNamara-O'Hara Contract Service Act or any other federal, state or municipal prevailing wage law. A Prevailing Wage Contribution
is a contribution the Employer makes to the Plan in accordance with a Prevailing Wage Contract. A Prevailing Wage Contribution
is treated as a Nonelective Contribution or other Employer Contribution except as the Plan otherwise provides.

 

1.46  Profit Sharing Plan.
Profit Sharing Plan means the Profit Sharing Plan the Employer establishes under a Profit Sharing Plan Adoption Agreement.

 

1.47  Protected Benefit. Protected
Benefit means any accrued benefit described in Treas. Reg. §1.411(d)-4, including any optional form of benefit provided under
the Plan which may not (except in accordance with such Regulations) be reduced, eliminated or made subject to Employer discretion.

 

1.48  Prototype Plan/Master
Plan (M&P Plan). Prototype Plan means as described in Section 4.02 of Rev. Proc. 2005-16 or in any successor thereto under
which each adopting Employer establishes a separate Trust. This Plan is not a Master Plan as described in Section 4.01 of Rev.
Proc. 2005-16 under which unrelated adopting employers participate in a single funding medium (trust or custodial account). However,
the Plan could be a Master Trust under DOL Reg. §2525.103-2(e). A Prototype Plan or a Master Plan must have an Opinion Letter
as described in Section 4.06 of Rev. Proc. 2005-16.

 

    	10

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

1.49  QDRO. QDRO means
a qualified domestic relations order under Code §414(p).

 

1.50  Qualified Military Service.
Qualified Military Service means qualified military service as defined in Code §414(u)(5). Notwithstanding any provision
in the Plan to the contrary, as to Qualified Military Service, the Plan will credit Service under Section 1.31(C), the Employer
will make contributions to the Plan and the Plan will provide benefits in accordance with Code §414(u).

 

1.51  Restated Plan. A
Restated Plan means a plan the Employer adopts in substitution for, and in amendment of, an existing plan, as the Employer elects
in its Adoption Agreement. If a Participant incurs a Separation from Service or Severance from Employment before the Employer executes
the Adoption Agreement as a Restated Plan, the provisions of the Restated Plan do not apply to the Participant unless he/she has
an Account Balance as of the execution date or unless the Employer rehires the Participant.

 

1.52  Rollover Contribution.
A Rollover Contribution means an amount of cash or property (including a participant loan from another plan) which the Code
permits an Eligible Employee or Participant to transfer directly or indirectly to this Plan from another Eligible Retirement Plan
(or vice versa) within the meaning of Code §402(c)(8)(B) and Section 6.08(F)(2). A Rollover Contribution will be made to the
Plan and not to a Designated IRA within the Plan under Section 3.12, if any.

 

1.53  Safe Harbor Contribution.
Safe Harbor Contribution means a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution or a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution as the Employer
elects in its Adoption Agreement. See Sections 3.05(E)(2) and (3).

 

1.54  Salary Reduction Agreement.
A Salary Reduction Agreement means a Participant's written election to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan (including a Contrary
Election under Section 3.02(B)(4)), made on the form the Plan Administrator provides for this purpose.

 

(A)  Effective Date. A Salary Reduction Agreement
may not be effective earlier than the following date which occurs last: (1) under Article II, the Participant's Entry Date or,
in the case of a re-hired Employee, his/her re- participation date; (2) the execution date of the Salary Reduction Agreement; (3)
the date the Employer adopts the 401(k) Plan; or (4) the Effective Date of the 401(k) Plan (or Elective Deferral provision within
the Plan).

 

(B)  Compensation. A Salary Reduction
Agreement must specify the dollar amount of Compensation or the percentage of Compensation the Participant wishes to defer.
The Salary Reduction Agreement: (1) applies only to Compensation for Elective Deferral allocation as the Employer elects in
its Adoption Agreement and which becomes currently available after the effective date of the Salary Reduction Agreement; and
(2) applies to all or to such Elective Deferral Compensation as the Salary Reduction Agreement indicates, including any
Participant elections made in the Salary Reduction Agreement.

 

(C)  Additional Rules. The Plan Administrator
in the Plan's Salary Reduction Agreement form, or in a Salary Reduction Agreement policy will specify additional rules and restrictions
applicable to a Participant's Salary Reduction Agreement, including but not limited to those rules regarding changing or revoking
a Salary Reduction Agreement. Any such rules and restrictions must be consistent with the Plan and with Applicable Law.

 

1.55  Separation from
Service/Severance from Employment. Separation from Service means an event after which the Employee no longer has an
employment relationship with the Employer maintaining this Plan or with a Related Employer. The Plan applies Separation from
Service for all purposes except as otherwise provided. For purposes of distribution of Restricted 401(k) Accounts, the
application of Post-Severance Compensation and top-heavy look-back period distributions, the plan will apply the definition
of Severance from Employment under EGTRRA §646 (as modified for Code §415 purposes in applying the
parent-subsidiary controlled group rules).

 

1.56  Service. Service
means any period of time the Employee is in the employ of the Employer, including any period the Employee is on an unpaid leave
of absence authorized by the Employer under a uniform, nondiscriminatory policy applicable to all Employees.

 

(A)  Related Employer Service. See Section
1.23(C).

 

(B)  Predecessor Employer/Plan Service. See
Section 1.44. If the Employer maintains (by adoption, plan merger or Transfer) the plan of a Predecessor Employer, service of the
Employee with the Predecessor Employer is Service with the Employer. If the Employer maintained a Predecessor Plan, for purposes
of vesting Service, the Plan Administrator must count service credited to any Employee covered under the Predecessor Plan. If the
Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to disregard vesting Service prior to the time that the Employer maintained the Plan,
the Plan Administrator will treat a Predecessor Plan as the Plan for purposes of such election.

 

(C)  Elective Service Crediting. If the Employer
does not maintain the plan of a Predecessor Employer, the Plan does not credit Service with the Predecessor Employer, unless the
Employer in its Adoption Agreement (or in a Participation Agreement, if applicable) elects to credit designated Predecessor Employer
Service and specifies the purposes for which the Plan will credit service with that Predecessor Employer. Unless the Employer under
its Adoption Agreement provides for this purpose specific Entry Dates, an Employee who satisfies the Plan's eligibility condition(s)
by reason of the crediting of predecessor service will enter the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II as if the
Employee were a re- employed Employee on the first day the Plan credits predecessor service.

 

(D)  Standardized Plan. If the Employer's Plan
is a Standardized Plan, the Plan limits the elective crediting of past Predecessor Employer Service to the period which does not
exceed 5 years immediately preceding the year in which an amendment crediting such service becomes effective, such credit must
be granted to all Employees on a reasonably uniform basis, and the crediting must otherwise comply with Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-5(a)(3).

 

    	11

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

1.57  SIMPLE
Contribution. SIMPLE Contribution means a SIMPLE Nonelective Contribution or a SIMPLE Matching Contribution. See Section 3.10(E).

 

1.58  Sponsor. Sponsor
means the sponsor of this Prototype Plan as to the Sponsor's adopting Employer clients and as defined in Section 4.07 of Rev. Proc.
2005- 16.

 

1.59  Successor Plan. Successor
Plan means a plan in which at least 50% of the Eligible Employees for the first Plan Year were eligible under a cash or deferred
arrangement maintained by the Employer in the prior year, as described in Treas. Reg. §1.401k-2(c)(2)(iii).

 

1.60  Target Benefit Plan/Target
Benefit Contribution. Target Benefit Plan means the Target Benefit Plan the Employer establishes under the Target Benefit Plan
Adoption Agreement. The Employer Contribution to its Target Benefit Plan is a Target Benefit Contribution. The Employer will make
its Target Benefit Contribution as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement.

 

1.61  Taxable Year. Taxable
Year means the taxable year of a Participant or of the Employer as the context requires.

 

1.62  Transfer. Transfer
means the Trustee's movement of Plan assets from the Plan to another plan (or vice versa) directly as between the trustees and
not by means of a distribution. A Transfer may be an Elective Transfer or a Nonelective Transfer. See Section 11.06. A Direct Rollover
under Section 6.08(F)(1) is not a Transfer.

 

1.63  Trust. Trust means
the separate Trust created under the Plan.

 

1.64  Trust Fund. Trust
Fund means all property of every kind acquired by the Plan and held by the Trust, other than incidental benefit insurance contracts.

 

1.65  Trustee/Custodian. Trustee
or Custodian means the person or persons who as Trustee or Custodian execute the Adoption Agreement, or any successor in office
who in writing accepts the position of Trustee or Custodian. The Employer must designate in its Adoption Agreement whether the
Trustee will administer the Trust as a discretionary Trustee or as a nondiscretionary Trustee. See Article VIII. If the Sponsor
or Practitioner is a bank, savings and loan association, credit union, mutual fund, insurance company, or other institution qualified
to serve as Trustee, a person other than the Sponsor or Practitioner (or its affiliate) may not serve as Trustee or as Custodian
of the Plan without the written consent of the Sponsor or Practitioner.

 

1.66  Valuation Date. Valuation
Date means the Accounting Date, such additional dates as the Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect, and any other date that
the Plan Administrator designates for the valuation of the Trust Fund.

 

1.67  Vested. Vested means
a Participant or a Beneficiary has an unconditional claim, legally enforceable against the Plan, to the Participant's Account Balance
or Accrued Benefit or to a portion thereof if not 100% Vested. Vesting means the degree to which a Participant is Vested in one
or more Accounts.

 

1.68  USERRA. USERRA means
the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended.

 

1.69  Volume Submitter Plan.
Volume Submitter Plan means as described in Section 13.01 of Rev. Proc. 2005-16 or in any successor thereto. A Volume Submitter
Plan must have an Advisory Letter as described in Section

13.03 of Rev. Proc. 2005-16.

 

    	12

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

ARTICLE II

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

2.1  ELIGIBILITY. Each
Eligible Employee becomes a Participant in the Plan in accordance with the eligibility conditions the Employer elects in its Adoption
Agreement. The Employer may elect different age and service conditions for different Contribution Types under the Plan.

 

(A)  Maximum Age and Years of Service. For
purposes of an Eligible Employee's participation in the Plan, the Plan may not impose an age condition exceeding age 21 and may
not require completion of more than one Year of Service, except under Section 2.02(E).

 

(B)  New Plan. Any Eligible Employee who has
satisfied the Plan's eligibility conditions and who has reached his/her Entry Date as of the Effective Date is eligible to participate
as of the Effective Date, assuming the Employer continues to employ the Employee on that date. Any other Eligible Employee becomes
eligible to participate: (1) upon satisfaction of the eligibility conditions and reaching his/her Entry Date; or (2) upon reaching
his/her Entry Date if such Employee had already satisfied the eligibility conditions prior to the Effective Date.

 

(C)  Restated Plan. If this Plan is a Restated
Plan, each Employee who was a Participant in the Plan on the day before the restated Effective Date continues as a Participant
in the Restated Plan, irrespective of whether he/she satisfies the eligibility conditions of the Restated Plan, unless the Employer
provides otherwise in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(D)  Prevailing Wage Contribution. If the Employer
makes Prevailing Wage Contributions to the Plan, except as the Prevailing Wage Contract otherwise provides, no minimum age or service
conditions apply to an Eligible Employee's eligibility to receive Prevailing Wage Contributions under the Plan. The Employer's
Adoption Agreement elections imposing age and service eligibility conditions apply to such an Employee as to non-Prevailing Wage
Contributions under the Plan.

 

(E)  Special Eligibility Effective Date (Dual Eligibility).
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to provide a special Effective Date for the Plan's eligibility conditions,
with the effect that such conditions may apply only to Employees who are employed by the Employer after a specified date.

 

2.2  APPLICATION OF SERVICE
CONDITIONS. The Plan Administrator will apply this Section 2.02 in administering the Plan's eligibility service condition(s),
if any.

 

(A)  Definition of Year of Service. A Year
of Service for purposes of an Employee's participation in the Plan, means the applicable Eligibility Computation Period under Section
2.02(C), during which the Employee completes the number of Hours of Service (not exceeding 1,000) the Employer specifies in its
Adoption Agreement, without regard to whether the Employer continues to employ the Employee during the entire Eligibility Computation
Period.

 

(B)  Counting Years of Service. For purposes
of an Employee's participation in the Plan, the Plan counts all of an Employee's Years of Service, except as provided in Section
2.03.

 

(C)  Initial and Subsequent Eligibility Computation
Periods. If the Plan requires one Year of Service for eligibility and an Employee does not complete one Year of Service during
the Initial Eligibility Computation Period, the Plan measures Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods in accordance with the
Employer's election in its Adoption Agreement. If the Plan measures Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods on a Plan Year basis,
an Employee who receives credit for the required number of Hours of Service during the Initial Eligibility Computation Period and
also during the first applicable Plan Year receives credit for two Years of Service under Article II.

 

(1)  Definition of Eligibility
Computation Period. An Eligibility Computation Period is a 12-consecutive month period.

 

(2)  Definition of Initial
Eligibility Computation Period. The Initial Eligibility Computation Period is the Employee's Anniversary Year which begins
on the Employee's Employment Commencement Date.

 

(3)  Definition of Anniversary
Year. An Employee's Anniversary Year is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the Employee's Employment Commencement
Date or beginning on anniversaries thereof.

 

(4)  Definitions of Employment
Commencement Date/Re-Employment Commencement Date. An Employee's Employment Commencement Date is the date on which the Employee
first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer. An Employee's Re-Employment Commencement Date is the date on which the Employee
first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer after the Employer re-employs the Employee.

 

(5)  Definition of Subsequent
Eligibility Computation Period. A Subsequent Eligibility Computation Period is any Eligibility Computation Period after the
Initial Eligibility Computation Period, as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(D)  Entry Date. The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement elects the Entry Date(s) and elects whether such Entry Date(s) are retroactive, coincident with or next following an
Employee's satisfaction of the Plan's eligibility conditions. The Employer may elect to apply different Entry Dates to different
Contribution Types. If the Employer makes Prevailing Wage Contributions to the Plan, except as the Prevailing Wage Contract otherwise
provides, an Eligible Employee's Entry Date with regard to such contributions is the Employee's Employment Commencement Date. The
Employer's Adoption Agreement elections regarding Entry Dates apply to such an Employee as to non-Prevailing Wage Contributions
under the Plan.

 

    	13

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(1)  Definition of Entry Date.
See Section 1.25.

 

(2)  Maximum delay in participation.
An Entry Date may not result in an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the Plan's eligibility conditions being held out of
Plan participation longer than six months, or if earlier, the first day of the next Plan Year, following completion of the Code
§410(a) maximum eligibility requirements.

 

(E)  Alternative Service Conditions. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement may elect to impose for eligibility a condition of less than one Year of Service or of more than one
Year of Service, but not exceeding two Years of Service. If the Employer elects an alternative Service condition to one Year of
Service or two Years of Service, the Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement the Hour of Service and other requirement(s),
if any, after the Employee completes one Hour of Service. Under any alternative Service condition election, the Plan may not require
an Employee to complete more than one Year of Service (1,000 Hours of Service in 12-consecutive months) or two Years of Service
if applicable.

 

(1)  Vesting requirement.
If the Employer elects to impose more than a one Year of Service eligibility condition, the Plan Administrator must apply 100%
vesting on any Employer Contributions (and the resulting Accounts) subject to that eligibility condition.

 

(2)  One Year of Service maximum
for specified Contributions. The Plan may not require more than one Year of Service for eligibility for an Eligible Employee
to make Elective Deferrals, to receive Safe Harbor Contributions or to receive SIMPLE Contributions.

 

(F)  Equivalency or Elapsed Time. If the Employer
in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply the Equivalency Method or the Elapsed Time Method in applying the Plan's eligibility
Service condition, the Plan Administrator will credit Service in accordance with Sections 1.31(A)(2) and (3).

 

2.3  BREAK IN SERVICE –
PARTICIPATION. The Plan Administrator will apply this Section 2.03 if any Break in Service rule applies under the Plan.

 

(A)  Definition of Break in Service. For purposes
of this Article II, an Employee incurs a Break in Service if during any applicable Eligibility Computation Period he/she does not
complete more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer. The Eligibility Computation Period under this Section 2.03(A) is the
same as the Eligibility Computation Period the Plan uses to measure a Year of Service under Section 2.02. If the Plan applies the
Elapsed Time Method of crediting Service under Section 1.31(A)(3), a Participant incurs a Break in Service if the Participant has
a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months.

 

(B)  Two Year Eligibility. If the Employer
under the Adoption Agreement elects a two Years of Service eligibility condition, an Employee who incurs a one year Break in Service
prior to completing two Years of Service:

 

(1) is a new Employee on the date he/she first performs an Hour
of Service for the Employer after the Break in Service; (2) the Plan disregards the Employee's Service prior to the Break in Service;
and (3) the Employee establishes a new Employment Commencement Date for purposes of the Initial Eligibility Computation Period
under Section 2.02(C).

 

(C)  One Year Hold-Out Rule-Participation. The
Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect whether to apply the "one year hold-out" rule under Code §410(a)(5)(C).
Under this rule, a Participant will incur a suspension of participation in the Plan after incurring a one year Break in Service
and the Plan disregards a Participant's Service completed prior to a Break in Service until the Participant completes one Year
of Service following the Break in Service. The Plan suspends the Participant's participation in the Plan as of the first day of
the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs the Break in Service.

 

(1)  Completion of one Year
of Service. If a Participant completes one Year of Service following his/her Break in Service, the Plan restores the Participant's
pre- break Service and the Participant resumes active participation in the Plan retroactively to the first day of the Eligibility
Computation Period in which the Participant first completes one Year of Service following his/her Break in Service.

 

(2)  Eligibility Computation
Period. The Plan Administrator measures the Initial Eligibility Computation period under this Section 2.03(C) from the date
the Participant first receives credit for an Hour of Service following the one year Break in Service. The Plan Administrator measures
any Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods, if necessary, in a manner consistent with the Employer's Eligibility Computation
Period election in its Adoption Agreement, using the Re- Employment Commencement Date in determining the Anniversary Year if applicable.

 

(3)  Election to limit application
to separated Employees. If the Employer elects to apply the one year hold-out rule, the Employer also may elect in its Adoption
Agreement to limit application of the rule only to a Participant who has incurred a Separation from Service.

 

(4)  Application to Employee
who did not enter. The Plan Administrator also will apply the one year hold- out rule, if applicable, to an Employee who satisfies
the Plan's eligibility conditions, but who incurs a Separation from Service and a one year Break in Service prior to becoming a
Participant.

 

(5)  No effect on vesting
or Earnings. This Section 2.03(C) does not affect a Participant's vesting credit under Article V and, during a suspension period,
the Participant's Account continues to share fully in Earnings under Article VII.

 

(6)  No restoration under
two year break rule. The Plan Administrator in applying this Section 2.03(C) does not restore any Service disregarded under
the Break in Service rule of Section 2.03(B).

 

    	14

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(7)  No application to Elective
Deferrals in 401(k) Plan. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan and the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply the Section
2.03(C) one year hold-out rule, the Plan Administrator will not apply such provisions to the Elective Deferral portion of the Plan.

 

(8)  USERRA. An Employee
who has completed Qualified Military Service and who the Employer has rehired under USERRA, does not incur a Break in Service under
the Plan by reason of the period of such Qualified Military Service.

 

(D)  Rule of Parity – Participation. For
purposes of Plan participation, the Plan does not apply the "rule of parity" under Code §410(a)(5)(D), unless the
Employer in Appendix B elects to apply the rule of parity.

 

2.4  PARTICIPATION UPON RE-EMPLOYMENT.

 

(A)  Rehired Participant/Immediate Re-Entry. A
Participant who incurs a Separation from Service will re- enter the Plan as a Participant on his/her Re-Employment Commencement
Date (provided he/she is not an Excluded Employee), subject to any Break in Service rule, if applicable, under Section 2.03.

 

(B)  Rehired Eligible Employee Who Had Satisfied
Eligibility. An Eligible Employee who satisfies the Plan's eligibility conditions, but who incurs a Separation from Service
prior to becoming a Participant, subject to any Break in Service rule, if applicable, under Section 2.03, will become a Participant
on the later of: (1) the Entry Date on which he/she would have entered the Plan had he/she not incurred a Separation from Service;
or (2) his/her Re- Employment Commencement Date.

 

(C)  Rehired Eligible Employee Who Had Not Satisfied
Eligibility. An Eligible Employee who incurs a Separation from Service prior to satisfying the Plan's eligibility conditions
becomes a Participant in accordance with the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections. The Plan Administrator, for purposes of applying
any shift in the Eligibility Computation Period, takes into account the Employee's prior Service and the Employee is not treated
as a new hire.

 

2.5  CHANGE IN EMPLOYMENT
STATUS. The Plan Administrator will apply this Section 2.05 if the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elected to exclude any
Employees as Excluded Employees.

 

(A)  Participant Becomes an Excluded Employee.
If a Participant has not incurred a Separation from Service but becomes an Excluded Employee (as to any or all Contribution
Types), during the period of exclusion the Excluded Employee: (i) will not share in the allocation of the applicable Employer Contributions
(including a Top- Heavy Minimum Allocation under Section 10.02 if the Employee is excluded as to all Contribution Types) or Participant
forfeitures, based on Compensation paid to the Excluded Employee during the period of exclusion; (ii) may not make Employee Contributions,
Rollover Contributions or Designated IRA Contributions; and (iii) if the Plan is a 401(k) Plan and the Participant is an Excluded
Employee as to Elective Deferrals, may not make Elective Deferrals as to Compensation paid to the Excluded Employee during the
period of exclusion.

 

(1)  Vesting, accrual, Break
in Service and Earnings. A Participant who becomes an Excluded Employee under this Section 2.05(A) continues: (a) to receive
Service credit for vesting under Article V for each included vesting Year of Service; (b) to receive Service credit for applying
any allocation conditions under Section 3.06 as to Employer Contributions accruing for any non- excluded period and as to Contribution
Types for which the Participant is not an Excluded Employee; (c) to receive Service credit in applying the Break in Service rules;
and (d) to share fully in Earnings under Article VII.

 

(2)  Resumption of Eligible
Employee status. If a Participant who becomes an Excluded Employee subsequently resumes status as an Eligible Employee, the
Participant will participate in the Plan immediately upon resuming eligible status, subject to the Break in Service rules, if applicable,
under Section 2.03.

 

(B)  Excluded Employee Becomes Eligible. If
an Excluded Employee who is not a Participant becomes an Eligible Employee, he/she will participate immediately in the Plan if
he/she has satisfied the Plan's eligibility conditions and would have been a Participant had he/she not been an Excluded Employee
during his/her period of Service. An Excluded Employee receives Service credit for eligibility, for allocation conditions under
Section 3.06 (but the Plan disregards Compensation paid while excluded) and for vesting under Article V for each included vesting
Year of Service, notwithstanding the Employee's Excluded Employee status.

 

2.06  PARTICIPATION OPT-OUT.

 

(A)  Volume Submitter Plan. If the Plan is
a Volume Submitter Plan, the Plan Administrator may elect to permit an Eligible Employee to elect irrevocably to not participate
in the Plan (to "opt-out"). The Eligible Employee prior to his/her Entry Date and prior to first becoming eligible under
any plan of the Employer as described in Code §219(g)(5)(A), including terminated plans, must file an opt- out election in
writing with the Plan Administrator on a form the Plan Administrator provides for this purpose. An Employee's election not to participate,
pursuant to this Section 2.06(A), includes his/her right to make Elective Deferrals, Employee Contributions, Rollover Contributions
or Designated IRA Contributions, unless the Plan Administrator's opt-out form permits an Eligible Employee to opt-out of specified
Contribution Types prior to becoming eligible to participate in such Contribution Type. A Participant's mere failure to make Elective
Deferrals or Employee Contributions is not an opt-out under this Section 2.06(A).

 

    	15

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(B)  Prototype Plan. If the Plan is a Prototype
Plan, the Plan does not permit an otherwise Eligible Employee or any Participant to elect to opt-out. However, if the Plan is a
Nonstandardized Plan, an Eligible Employee may opt-out in accordance with Section 2.06(A) provided: (1) the Plan terms as in effect
prior to restatement under this Plan permitted the opt-out; and (2) the Employee executes the opt-out prior to the date of the
Employer's execution of this Plan as a Restated Plan.

 

    	16

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

ARTICLE III

PLAN CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES

 

3.1  CONTRIBUTION TYPES.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect the Contribution Type(s) and any formulas, allocation methods, conditions and
limitations applicable thereto, except where the Plan expressly reserves discretion to the Employer or to the Plan Administrator.

 

(A)  Application of Limits. The Employer's
contribution to the Trust for any Plan Year is subject to Article IV limits and other Plan limits.

 

(B)  Compensation for Allocations/Limit. The
Plan Administrator will allocate all Employer Contributions and Elective Deferrals based on the definition of Compensation under
Section 1.11 the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement for a particular Contribution Type. The Plan Administrator in allocating
such contributions must limit each Participant's Compensation to the amount described in Section 1.11(E).

 

(C)  Allocation Conditions. The Plan Administrator
will allocate Employer Contributions only to those Participants who satisfy the Plan's allocation conditions under Section 3.06,
if any, for the Contribution Type being allocated.

 

(D)  Top-Heavy. If the Plan is top-heavy, the
Employer will satisfy the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation requirements in accordance with Article X.

 

(E)  Net Profit Not Required. The Employer
need not have net profits to make a contribution under the Plan, unless the Employer in its Adoption Agreement specifies a fixed
formula based on net profits.

 

(F)  Form of Contribution. Subject to the consent
of the Trustee under Article VIII, the Employer may make Employer Contributions to a Profit Sharing Plan, to a 401(k) Plan or to
a 401(m) Plan (excluding Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions) in the form of property instead of cash, provided the contribution
of property is not a prohibited transaction under Applicable Law. The Employer may not make contributions in the form of property
to its Money Purchase Pension Plan or to its Target Benefit Plan.

 

(G)  Time of Payment of Contribution. The Employer
may pay to the Trust its Employer Contributions for any Plan Year in one or more installments, without interest. Unless otherwise
required by applicable contract or Applicable Law, the Employer may make an Employer Contribution to the Plan for a particular
Plan Year at such time(s) as the Employer in its sole discretion determines. If the Employer makes a contribution for a particular
Plan Year after the close of that Plan Year, the Employer will designate to the Plan Administrator and to the Trustee the Plan
Year for which the Employer is making the Employer Contribution. The Plan Administrator will allocate the contribution accordingly.

 

(H)  Return of Employer Contribution. The Employer
contributes to the Plan on the condition its contribution is not due to a mistake of fact and the IRS will not disallow the deduction
of the Employer Contribution.

 

(1)  Request for contribution
return/timing. The Trustee, upon written request from the Employer, must return to the Employer the amount of the Employer
Contribution made by the Employer by mistake of fact or the amount of the Employer Contribution disallowed as a deduction under
Code §404. The Trustee will not return any portion of the Employer Contribution under the provisions of this Section 3.01(H)
more than one year after: (a) the Employer made the contribution by mistake of fact; or (b) the IRS's disallowance of the contribution
as a deduction, and then, only to the extent of the disallowance.

 

(2)  Earnings. The Trustee
will not increase the amount of the Employer Contribution returnable under this Section 3.01(H) for any Earnings increases attributable
to the contribution, but the Trustee will decrease the Employer Contribution returnable for any Earnings losses attributable thereto.

 

(3)  Evidence. The Trustee
may require the Employer to furnish the Trustee whatever evidence the Trustee deems necessary to enable the Trustee to confirm
the amount the Employer has requested be returned is properly returnable under Applicable Law.

 

(I)  Money Purchase Pension and Defined Benefit
Plans. If the Employer's Plan is a Money Purchase Pension Plan and the Employer also maintains a defined benefit pension plan,
notwithstanding the Money Purchase Pension Contribution formula in the Employer's Adoption Agreement, the Employer's required contribution
to its Money Purchase Pension Plan for a Plan Year is limited to the amount which the Employer may deduct under Code §404(a)(7).
If the Employer under Code §404(a)(7) must reduce its Money Purchase Pension Plan contribution, the Plan Administrator will
allocate the reduced contribution amount in accordance with the Plan's allocation formula.

 

(J)  Frozen Plan. The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement may elect to treat the Plan as a Frozen Plan. Under a Frozen Plan, the Employer and the Participants will not make any
contributions to the Plan. A Frozen Plan remains subject to all qualification and reporting requirements except as Applicable Law
otherwise provides and the Plan provisions (other than those relating to ongoing permitted or required contributions) continue
in effect until the Employer terminates the Plan. An Eligible Employee will not become a Participant in a Frozen Plan.

 

3.2  ELECTIVE DEFERRALS.
If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan and the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to permit Elective Deferrals, the Plan Administrator
will apply the provisions of this Section 3.02. A Participant's Elective Deferrals will be made pursuant to a Salary Reduction
Agreement unless the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to apply the Automatic Deferral provision under Section 3.02(B)
or the CODA provision under Section 3.02(C).

 

    	17

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(A)  Limitations. Except as described below
regarding Catch-Up Deferrals, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect the Plan limitations, if any, which apply to Elective
Deferrals (or separately to Pre-Tax Deferrals or to Roth Deferrals, if applicable). Such Plan limitations are in addition to those
mandatory limitations imposed under Article IV and under Applicable Law. In applying any such additional Plan limitation, the Plan
Administrator will take into account the Compensation for Elective Deferral purposes the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement.
The Plan Administrator in the Salary Reduction Agreement form or in a Salary Reduction Agreement policy (see Section 1.54(C)) may
specify additional rules and restrictions applicable to Salary Reduction Agreements. The Employer in a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan may not
impose any Plan limit on Elective Deferrals except as provided under Code §408(p). See Section 3.05(C)(2) regarding limits
on Elective Deferrals under a safe harbor plan. The Employer may elect a Plan limit in its Adoption Agreement, but if the Employer
does not so elect, the Plan Administrator may establish or change a Plan limit on Elective Deferrals from time to time by providing
notice to the Participants as is consistent with Applicable Law. Any such limit change made during a Plan Year applies only prospectively.

 

(B)  Automatic Deferrals. The Employer in its
Adoption Agreement will elect whether to apply or not apply the Automatic Deferral provisions of this Section 3.02(B).

 

(1)  Definition of Automatic
Deferral. An Automatic Deferral is an Elective Deferral that results from the operation of this Section 3.02(B). Under the
Automatic Deferral, the Employer automatically will reduce by the Automatic Deferral Amount the Compensation of each Participant
affected by the Automatic Deferral under Section 3.02(B)(3), except those Participants who timely make a Contrary Election under
Section 3.02(B)(4).

 

(2)  Definition of Automatic
Deferral Amount/Increases. The Automatic Deferral Amount is the amount of Automatic Deferral which the Employer elects in its
Adoption Agreement. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to apply a scheduled increase to the Automatic Deferral Amount.
If a Participant subject to the Automatic Deferral elected, before the Effective Date of the Automatic Deferral, to defer an amount
which is less than the Automatic Deferral Amount the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement, the Automatic Deferral Amount
under this Section 3.02(B) includes only the incremental amount necessary to increase the Participant's Elective Deferral to equal
the Automatic Deferral Amount, including any scheduled increases thereto.

 

(3)  Employees or Participants
subject to Automatic Deferral. If the Employer elects to apply the Automatic Deferral, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement
will elect which Participants or Employees are affected by the Automatic Deferral on the Effective Date thereof and which Participants,
if any, are not subject to the Automatic Deferral.

 

(4)  Definition of Contrary
Election. A Contrary Election is a Participant's election made after the Effective Date of the Automatic Deferral not to defer
any Compensation or to defer an amount which is more or less than the Automatic Deferral Amount.

 

(5)  Effective Date of Contrary
Election. A Participant's Contrary Election generally is effective as of the first payroll period which follows the Participant's
Contrary Election. However, a Participant may make a Contrary Election which is effective: (a) for the first payroll period in
which he/she becomes a Participant if the Participant makes a Contrary Election within a reasonable period following the Participant's
Entry Date and before the Compensation to which the Election applies becomes currently available; or (b) for the first payroll
period following the Effective Date of the Automatic Deferral, if the Participant makes a Contrary Election not later than the
Effective Date of the Automatic Deferral. A Participant who makes a Contrary Election is not thereafter subject to the Automatic
Deferral or to any scheduled increases thereto, even if the Participant later revokes or modifies the Contrary Election. A Participant's
Contrary Election continues in effect until the Participant subsequently changes his/her Salary Reduction Agreement.

 

(6)  Automatic Deferral election
notice. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects the Automatic Deferral, the Plan Administrator must provide a notice
(consistent with Applicable Law) to each Eligible Employee which explains the effect of the Automatic Deferral and a Participant's
right to make a Contrary Election, including the procedure and timing applicable to the Contrary Election. The Plan Administrator
must provide the notice to an Eligible Employee a reasonable period prior to that Employee's commencement of participation in the
Plan subject to the Automatic Deferral. The Plan Administrator also must provide Participants with the effective opportunity to
make a Contrary Election at least once during each Plan Year.

 

(7)  Treatment of Automatic
Deferrals/Roth or Pre-Tax. The Plan Administrator will treat Automatic Deferrals as Elective Deferrals for all purposes under
the Plan, including application of limitations, nondiscrimination testing and distributions. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement
has elected to permit Roth Deferrals, Automatic Deferrals are Pre-Tax Deferrals unless the Employer in Appendix B elects otherwise.

 

(C)  Cash or Deferred Arrangement (CODA). The
Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to apply the CODA provisions of this Section 3.02(C). Under a CODA, a Participant
may elect to receive in cash his/her proportionate share of the Employer's cash or deferred contribution, in accordance with the
Employer's Adoption Agreement election. A Participant's proportionate share of the Employer's cash or deferred contribution is
the percentage of the total cash or deferred contribution which bears the same ratio that the Participant's Compensation for the
Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. For purposes of determining each Participant's
proportionate share of the cash or deferred contribution, a Participant's Compensation is his/her Compensation for Nonelective
Contribution allocations (unless the Employer elects otherwise in its Adoption Agreement) as determined under Section 1.11, excluding
any effect the proportionate share may have on the Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator will determine
the proportionate share prior to the Employer's actual contribution to the Trust, to provide the Participants with the opportunity
to file cash elections. The Employer will pay directly to the Participant the portion of his/her proportionate share the Participant
has elected to receive in cash.

 

    	18

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(D)  Catch-Up Deferrals. The Employer in its
Adoption Agreement will elect whether or not to permit Catch-Up Eligible Participants to make Catch-Up Deferrals to the Plan under
this Section 3.02(D).

 

(1)  Definition of Catch-Up
Eligible Participant. A Catch-Up Eligible Participant is a Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals and who has
attained at least age 50 or who will attain age 50 before the end of the Taxable Year in which he/she will make a Catch-Up Deferral.
A Participant who dies or who incurs a Separation from Service before actually attaining age 50 in such Taxable Year is a Catch-Up
Eligible Participant.

 

(2)  Definition of Catch-Up
Deferral. A Catch-Up Deferral is an Elective Deferral by a Catch-up Eligible Participant and which exceeds: (a) a Plan limit
on Elective Deferrals under Section 3.02(A); (b) the Annual Additions Limit under Section 4.05(B); (c) the Elective Deferral Limit
under Section 4.10(A); or (d) the ADP Limit under Section 4.10(B).

 

(3)  Limit on Catch-Up Deferrals.
A Participant's Catch-Up Deferrals for a Taxable Year may not exceed the lesser of: (a) 100% of the Participant's Compensation
for the Taxable Year when added to the Participant's other Elective Deferrals; or (b) the Catch-Up Deferral dollar limit in effect
for the Taxable Year as set forth below:

 

	Year	 	Non-SIMPLE Plan	 	 	SIMPLE Plan	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2002	 	$	1,000	 	 	$	500	 
	2003	 	$	2,000	 	 	$	1,000	 
	2004	 	$	3,000	 	 	$	1,500	 
	2005	 	$	4,000	 	 	$	2,000	 
	2006	 	$	5,000	 	 	$	2,500	 

 

(4)  Adjustment after 2006.
After the 2006 Taxable Year, the Secretary of the Treasury will adjust the Catch- Up Deferral dollar limit in multiples of
$500 under Code

§414(v)(2)(C).

 

(5)  Treatment of Catch-Up
Deferrals. Catch-Up Deferrals are not: (a) subject to the Annual Additions Limit under Section 4.05(B); (b) subject to the
Elective Deferral Limit under Section 4.10(A); (c) included in a Participant's ADR in calculating the Plan's ADP under Section
4.10(B); or (d) taken into account in determining the Highest Contribution Rate under Section 10.06(E). Catch-Up Deferrals are
taken into account in determining the Plan's Top-Heavy Ratio under Section 10.06(K). Otherwise, Catch-Up Deferrals are treated
as other Elective Deferrals.

 

(6)  Universal availability.
If the Employer permits Catch-Up Deferrals to its Plan, the right of all Catch-Up Eligible Participants to make Catch-Up Deferrals
must satisfy the universal availability requirement of Treas. Reg. §1.414(v)-1(e). If the Employer maintains more than one
applicable plan within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.414(v)-1(g)(1), and any of the applicable plans permit Catch-Up Deferrals,
then any Catch-up Eligible Participant in any such plans must be permitted to have the same effective opportunity to make the same
dollar amount of Catch-Up Deferrals. Any Plan-imposed limit on total Elective Deferrals including Catch-Up Deferrals may not be
less than 75% of a Participant's gross Compensation.

 

(E)  Roth Deferrals. Effective for Taxable
Years beginning in 2006, the Employer in its 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement may elect to permit Roth Deferrals. The Employer must
also elect to permit Pre-Tax Deferrals if the Employer elects to permit Roth Deferrals. The Plan Administrator will administer
Roth Deferrals in accordance with this Section 3.02(E).

 

(1)  Treatment of Roth Deferrals.
The Plan Administrator will treat Roth Deferrals as Elective Deferrals for all purposes of the Plan, except where the Plan
or Applicable Law indicate otherwise.

 

(2)  Separate accounting.
The Plan Administrator will establish a Roth Deferral Account for each Participant who makes any Roth Deferrals and Earnings
thereon in accordance with Section 7.04(A)(1). The Plan Administrator will establish a Pre-Tax Account and Earnings thereon for
each Participant who makes any Pre- Tax Deferrals in accordance with Section 7.04(A)(1). The Plan Administrator will credit only
Roth Deferrals and Earnings thereon (allocated on a reasonable and consistent basis) to a Participant's Roth Deferral Account.

 

(3)  No re-classification.
An Elective Deferral contributed to the Plan either as a Pre-Tax Deferral or as a Roth Deferral may not be re-classified as
the other type of Elective Deferral.

 

(F)  Elective Deferrals as Employer Contributions.
Where the context requires under the Plan, Elective Deferrals are Employer Contributions except: (1) under Section 3.04 relating
to allocation of Employer Contributions; (2) under Section 3.06 relating to allocation conditions; (3) under Section 5.03 relating
to vesting; and (4) where the Code prohibits the use of Elective Deferrals to satisfy qualified plan requirements.

 

3.3  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.
If the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to provide for Matching Contributions (or if Section 3.03(C)(2) applies), the
Plan Administrator will apply the provisions of this Section 3.03.

 

(A)  Matching Formula: Type, Rate/Amount, Limitations
and Time Period. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect the type(s) of Matching Contributions (Fixed or Discretionary
Matching Contributions), and as applicable, the Matching Contribution rate(s)/amount(s), the limit(s) on Elective Deferrals or
Employee Contributions subject to match, the limit(s) on the amount of Matching Contributions, and the time period the Plan Administrator
will apply in the computation of any Matching Contributions. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply any limit
on Matching Contributions based on pay periods or on any other time period which is less than the Plan Year, the Plan Administrator
will determine the limits in accordance with the time period specified and will not take into account any other Compensation or
Elective Deferrals not within the applicable time period, even in the case of a Participant who becomes eligible for the match
mid-Plan Year and regardless of the Employer's election as to Pre- Entry Compensation.

 

    	19

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(1)  Fixed Match. The
Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to make a Fixed Matching Contribution to the Plan under one or more formulas.

 

(a)  Allocation. The Employer
may contribute on a Participant's behalf under a Fixed Matching Contribution formula only to the extent that the Participant makes
Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions which are subject to the formula and if the Participant satisfies the allocation conditions
for Fixed Matching Contributions, if any, the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(2)  Discretionary Match.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to make a Discretionary Matching Contribution to the Plan.

 

(a)  Allocation. To the
extent the Employer makes Discretionary Matching Contributions, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Discretionary Matching
Contributions to the Account of each Participant entitled to the match under the Employer's discretionary matching allocation formula
and who satisfies the allocation conditions for Discretionary Matching Contributions, if any, the Employer elects in its Adoption
Agreement. The Employer under a Discretionary Matching Contribution retains discretion over the amount of its Matching Contributions,
and, except as the Employer otherwise elects in its Adoption Agreement, the Employer also retains discretion over the matching
formula. See Section 1.34(B).

 

(3)  Roth Deferrals. Unless
the Employer elects otherwise in its Adoption Agreement, the Employer's Matching Contributions apply in the same manner to Roth
Deferrals as they apply to Pre-Tax Deferrals.

 

(4)  Contribution timing.
Except as described in Section 3.05 regarding a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the time period that the Employer elects for computing
its Matching Contributions does not require that the Employer actually contribute the Matching Contribution at any particular time.
As to Matching Contribution timing and the ACP test, see Section 4.10(C)(5)(e)(iii).

 

(5)  Participating Employers.
If any Participating Employers contribute Matching Contributions to the Plan, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect:
(a) whether each Participating Employer will be subject to the same or different Matching Contribution formulas than the Signatory
Employer; and (b) whether the Plan Administrator will allocate Matching Contributions only to Participants directly employed by
the contributing Employer or to all Participants regardless of which Employer contributes or how much any Employer contributes.
The allocation of Matching Contributions under this Section 3.03(A)(5) also applies to the allocation of any forfeiture attributable
to Matching Contributions and which the Plan allocates to Participants.

 

(B)  Regular Matching Contributions. If the
Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to make Matching Contributions, such contributions are Regular Matching Contributions
unless: (i) the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to treat some or all Matching Contributions as a Plan-Designated QMAC
under Section 3.03(C)(1); or (ii) the Employer makes an Operational QMAC under Section 3.03(C)(2).

 

(1)  Separate Account. The
Plan Administrator will establish a separate Regular Matching Contribution Account for each Participant who receives an allocation
of Regular Matching Contributions in accordance with Section 7.04(A)(1).

 

(C)  QMAC. The provisions of this Section 3.03(C)
apply to QMAC contributions.

 

(1)  Plan-Designated
QMAC. The Employer in its 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement will elect whether or not to treat some or all Matching
Contributions as a QMAC ("Plan-Designated QMAC"). If The Employer elects any Plan-Designated QMAC, the Employer in
its Adoption Agreement will elect whether to allocate the QMAC to all Participants or only to NHCE Participants. The Plan
Administrator will allocate a Plan-Designated QMAC only to those Participants who have satisfied eligibility conditions under
Article II to receive Matching Contributions (or if applicable, to receive QMACs) and who have satisfied any allocation
conditions under Section 3.06 the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement as applicable to QMACs.

 

(2)  Operational QMAC. The
Employer, to facilitate the Plan Administrator's correction of test failures under Section 4.10, (or to lessen the degree of such
failures), but only if the Plan is using Current Year Testing, also may make Discretionary Matching Contributions as QMACs to the
Plan ("Operational QMAC"), irrespective of whether the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected to provide for
any Matching Contributions or Plan-Designated QMACs. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, will allocate the Operational QMAC,
but will limit the allocation of any Operational QMAC only to some or all NHCEs who are ADP Participants or ACP Participants under
Sections 4.11(A) and (B). The Plan Administrator may allocate an Operational QMAC to any such NHCE Participants who are eligible
to make (and who actually make) Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions even if such Participants have not satisfied any eligibility
conditions under Article II applicable to Matching Contributions (including QMACs) or have not satisfied any allocation conditions
under Section 3.06 applicable to Matching Contributions (or to QMACs). Where the Plan Administrator disaggregates the Plan for
coverage and for nondiscrimination testing under the "otherwise excludible employees" rule described in Section 4.06(C),
the Plan Administrator also may limit the QMAC allocation to those NHCEs in any disaggregated plan which actually is subject to
ADP and ACP testing (because there are HCEs in that disaggregated plan).

 

    	20

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(3)  Separate Account. The
Plan Administrator will establish a separate QMAC Account for each Participant who receives an allocation of QMACs in accordance
with Section 7.04(A)(1).

 

(D)  Matching Catch-Up Deferrals. The Employer
in its 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement must elect whether or not to match any Catch-Up Deferrals if the Plan permits Catch- Up Deferrals.
The Employer's election to match Catch-Up Deferrals will apply to all Matching Contributions or will specify the Fixed Matching
Contributions or Discretionary Matching Contributions which apply to the Catch-Up Deferrals. Regardless of the Employer's Adoption
Agreement election, in a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Plan will apply the Basic Matching Contribution or Enhanced Matching Contribution
to Catch-Up Deferrals and if the Plan will satisfy the ACP test safe harbor under Section 3.05(G), the Employer will apply any
Additional Matching Contribution to Catch-Up Deferrals.

 

(E)  Targeting Limitations. Matching Contributions,
for nondiscrimination testing purposes, are subject to the targeting limitations in Section 4.10(D). The Employer will not make
an Operational QMAC in an amount which exceeds the targeting limitations.

 

3.04  NONELECTIVE/EMPLOYER
CONTRIBUTIONS. If the Employer elects to provide for Nonelective Contributions to a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Plan (or
if Section 3.04(C)(2) applies), or the Plan is a Money Purchase Pension Plan or a Target Benefit Plan, the Plan Administrator will
apply the provisions of this Section 3.04.

 

(A)  Amount and Type. The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement must elect the type and amount of Nonelective Contributions or other Employer Contributions.

 

(1)  Discretionary Nonelective
Contribution. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to make Discretionary Nonelective Contributions.

 

(2)  Fixed Nonelective or
other Employer Contributions. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to make Fixed Nonelective Contributions or Money
Purchase Pension Plan or Target Benefit Plan Contributions. The Employer must specify the time period to which any fixed contribution
formula will apply (which is deemed to be the Plan Year if the Employer does not so specify) and must elect the allocation method
which may be the same as the contribution formula or may be a different allocation method under Section 3.04(B).

 

(3)  Prevailing Wage Contribution.
The Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Plan may elect to make fixed Employer Contributions pursuant to
a Prevailing Wage Contract. In such event, the Employer's Prevailing Wage Contributions will be made in accordance with the Prevailing
Wage Contract, based on hourly rate, employment category, employment classification and such other factors as such contract specifies.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect whether to offset the Employer Contributions (which are not Prevailing Wage Contributions)
to this Plan or to another Employer plan, by the amount of the Participant's Prevailing Wage Contributions. To offset any Employer
Contribution, the Prevailing Wage Contribution must comply with any distribution restriction under Section 6.01(C)(4) otherwise
applicable to the Employer Contribution being offset and the Plan Administrator must account for the Prevailing Wage Contribution
accordingly. See Section 5.03(E) regarding vesting of Prevailing Wage Contributions.

 

(4)  Participating Employers.
If any Participating Employers contribute Nonelective Contributions or other Employer Contributions to the Plan, the Employer
in its Adoption Agreement must elect: (a) whether each Participating Employer will be subject to the same or different Nonelective/Employer
Contribution formulas under Section 3.04(A) and allocation methods under Section 3.04(B) than the Signatory Employer; and (b) whether,
under Section 3.04(B), the Plan Administrator will allocate Nonelective/Employer Contributions only to Participants directly employed
by the contributing Employer or to all Participants regardless of which Employer contributes or how much any Employer contributes.
The allocation of Nonelective/Employer Contributions under this Section 3.04(A)(4) also applies to the allocation of any forfeiture
attributable to Nonelective/Employer Contributions and which the Plan allocates to Participants.

 

(B)  Method of Allocation. The Employer in
its Adoption Agreement must specify the method of allocating Nonelective Contributions or other Employer Contributions to the Trust.
The Plan Administrator will apply this Section 3.04(B) by including in the allocation only those Participants who have satisfied
the Plan's allocation conditions under Section 3.06, if any, applicable to the contribution. The Plan Administrator, in allocating
a contribution under any allocation formula which is based in whole or in part on Compensation, will take into account Compensation
under Section 1.11 as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement and only will take into account the Compensation of the Participants
entitled to an allocation. In addition, if the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement to define allocation Compensation
over a time period which is less than a full Plan Year, the Plan Administrator will apply the allocation methods in this Section
3.04(B) based on Participant Compensation within the relevant time period.

 

(1)  Pro rata allocation formula.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect a pro rata allocation formula. Under a pro rata allocation formula, the Plan
Administrator will allocate the Employer Contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for
the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

 

(2)  Permitted disparity allocation
formula. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect a two- tiered or a four-tiered permitted disparity formula, providing
allocations described in (a) or (b) below, respectively.

  

    	21

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(a)  Two-tiered.

 

(i)  Tier one. Under the
first tier, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer Contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio that each Participant's
Compensation plus Excess Compensation (as the Employer defines that term in its Adoption Agreement) for the Plan Year bears to
the total Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation under this first tier, as
a percentage of each Participant's Compensation plus Excess Compensation, must not exceed the applicable percentage (5.7%, 5.4%,
or 4.3%) listed under Section 3.04(B)(2)(c).

 

(ii)  Tier two. Under
the second tier, the Plan Administrator will allocate any remaining Employer Contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio that
each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

 

(b)  Four-tiered.

 

(i)  Tier one. Under the
first tier, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer Contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio that each Participant's
Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3% of each
Participant's Compensation. Solely for purposes of this first tier allocation, a "Participant" means, in addition to
any Participant who satisfies the allocation conditions of Section 3.06 for the Plan Year, any other Participant entitled to a
Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation.

 

(ii)  Tier two. Under
the second tier, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer Contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio that each Participant's
Excess Compensation (as the Employer defines that term in its Adoption Agreement) for the Plan Year bears to the total Excess Compensation
of all Participants for the Plan Year, but not exceeding 3% of each Participant's Excess Compensation.

 

(iii)  Tier three. Under
the third tier, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer Contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio that each Participant's
Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Participants
for the Plan Year. The allocation under this third tier, as a percentage of each Participant's Compensation plus Excess Compensation,
must not exceed the applicable percentage (2.7%, 2.4%, or 1.3%) listed under Section 3.04(B)(2)(c).

 

(iv)  Tier four. Under
the fourth tier, the Plan Administrator will allocate any remaining Employer Contributions for a Plan Year in the same ratio that
each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for the Plan Year.

 

(c)  Maximum disparity table.
For purposes of the permitted disparity allocation formulas under this Section 3.04(B)(2), the applicable percentage is:

 

	Integration level %	 	Applicable %	 	 	Applicable %	 
	of taxable	 	for 2-tiered	 	 	for 4-tiered	 
	wage base	 	formula	 	 	formula	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	100%	 	 	5.7	%	 	 	2.7	%
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	More than 80% but less than 100%	 	 	5.4	%	 	 	2.4	%
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	More than 20% (but not less than $10,001) and not more than 80%	 	 	4.3	%	 	 	1.3	%
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	20% (or $10,000, if greater) or less	 	 	5.7	%	 	 	2.7	%

 

(d)  Overall
permitted disparity limits.

 

(i)  Annual overall permitted
disparity limit. Notwithstanding Sections 3.04(B)(2)(a) and (b), for any Plan Year the Plan benefits any Participant who benefits
under another qualified plan or under a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code §408(k)) maintained by the Employer
that provides for permitted disparity (or imputes disparity), the Plan Administrator will allocate Employer Contributions to the
Account of each Participant in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Participants
for the Plan Year.

 

(ii)  Cumulative permitted
disparity limit. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1994, the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a
Participant is 35 total cumulative permitted disparity years. "Total cumulative permitted disparity years" means the
number of years credited to the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under the Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified
employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employer. For purposes of determining the Participant's
cumulative permitted disparity limit, the Plan Administrator will treat all years ending in the same calendar year as the same
year. If the Participant has not benefited under a Defined Benefit Plan or under a Target Benefit Plan of the Employer for any
year beginning after December 31, 1993, the Participant does not have a cumulative permitted disparity limit.

 

For purposes of this Section 3.04(B)(2)(d),
a Participant "benefits" under a plan for any Plan Year during which the Participant receives, or is deemed to receive,
a contribution allocation in accordance with Treas. Reg.

§1.410(b)-3(a).

 

(e)  Pro-ration of integration
level. In the event that the Plan Year is less than 12 months and the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer Contribution
based on Compensation for the short Plan Year, the Plan Administrator will pro rate the integration level based on the number of
months in the short Plan Year. The Plan Administrator will not pro rate the integration level in the case of: (i) a Participant
who participates in the Plan for less than the entire 12 month Plan Year and whose allocation is based on Participating Compensation;
(ii) a new Plan established mid-Plan Year, but with an Effective Date which is as of the beginning of the Plan Year; or (iii) a
terminating Plan which bases allocations on Compensation through the effective date of the termination, but where the Plan Year
continues for the balance of the full 12 month Plan Year.

 

    	22

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(3)  Classifications allocation
formula. The Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Plan may elect to specify classifications of Participants
to whom the Plan Administrator will allocate any Employer Contribution.

 

(a)  Volume Submitter. The
Employer in its Volume Submitter Plan may elect to specify any number of classifications and a classification may consist of any
number of Participants. The Employer also may elect to put each Participant in his/her own classification. The Plan Administrator
will apportion the Employer Contribution for a Plan Year to the classifications as the Employer designates at the time that the
Employer makes the contribution. If there is more than one Participant in a classification, the Plan Administrator will allocate
the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year within each classification as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement which may
be: (i) in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Plan Year Compensation for
all Participants within the same classification (pro rata); or (ii) the same dollar amount to each Participant within a classification.
If a Participant during a Plan Year shifts from one classification to another, the Plan Administrator will apportion the Participant's
allocation during that Plan Year pro rata based on the Participant's Compensation while a member of each classification, unless
the Employer in Appendix B: (i) specifies apportionment based on the number of months or days a Participant spends in a classification;
or (ii) elects that the Employer in a nondiscriminatory manner will direct the Plan Administrator as to which classification the
Participant will participate in during that entire Plan Year.

 

(b)  Nonstandardized Plan.
The Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan may elect to specify any number of classifications and a classification may consist
of any number of Participants. The Employer also may elect to put each Participant in his/her own classification. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, each NHCE classification must be reasonable as described in Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)- 4(b) and the maximum
number of HCE and NHCE allocation rates is restricted as described below. The Plan Administrator will apportion the Employer Contribution
for a Plan Year to the classifications as the Employer designates at the time that the Employer makes the contribution. If there
is more than one Participant in a classification, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year
within each classification in the same ratio that each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Plan Year
Compensation for all Participants within the same classification (pro rata). The maximum number of allocation rates that the Plan
may have during a Plan Year: (i) in the case of HCEs, is the number of eligible HCEs with a limit of 25 allocation rates; and (ii)
in the case of the NHCEs, is as follows:

 

	Number of eligible NHCEs	 	  Allocation rates	 
	 	 	 	 
	2 or less	 	 	1	 
	3-8	 	 	2	 
	9-11	 	 	3	 
	12-19	 	 	4	 
	20-29	 	 	5	 
	30 or more	 	 	see below	 

 

If there are 30 or more eligible NHCEs, the maximum number of
allocation rates is equal to the number of eligible NHCEs, divided by the number 5 (rounded to the next lowest whole number if
the result is not a whole number), with a maximum of 25 allocation rates. For this purpose, an "allocation rate" is the
Participant's allocation under this Section 3.04(B)(3)(b), divided by Compensation for nondiscrimination testing under Section
1.11(F). If, in any Plan Year, the number of classifications the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement exceeds the maximum
number of allocation rates, the Employer will direct the Plan Administrator to allocate the Employer Contribution in a manner that
results in more than one classification receiving the same allocation rate, and as is sufficient to bring the number of allocation
rates within limits. If a Participant during a Plan Year shifts from one classification to another, the Employer in a nondiscriminatory
manner will direct the Plan Administrator as to which classification the Participant will participate in during that entire Plan
Year; a Participant may not participate in more than one classification during a Plan Year. The limitations of this Section 3.04(B)(3)(b)
apply if the Employer's adoption of this Plan is a new Plan and in the case of a Restated Plan, these limitations apply for Plan
Years which begin after the date the Employer executes the Restated Plan. For Plan Years up to and including the Plan year in which
the Employer adopts the Plan as a Restated Plan, the Employer will apply the Plan terms as in effect under the prior Plan.

 

(4)  Super-integrated allocation
formula. The Employer in its Volume Submitter Plan may elect a super- integrated allocation formula. The Plan Administrator
will allocate the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year in accordance with the tiers of priority that the Employer elects in
its Adoption Agreement. The Plan Administrator will not allocate to the tier with the next lower priority until the Employer has
contributed an amount sufficient to maximize the allocation under the immediately preceding tier.

 

(5)  Age-based allocation
formula. The Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Plan may elect an age-based allocation formula. The Plan
Administrator will allocate the Employer Contribution for the Plan Year in the same ratio that each Participant's Benefit Factor
for the Plan Year bears to the sum of the Benefit Factors of all Participants for the Plan Year.

 

(a)  Definition of Benefit
Factor. A Participant's Benefit Factor is his/her Compensation for the Plan Year multiplied by the Participant's Actuarial
Factor.

 

    	23

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(b)  Definition of Actuarial
Factor. A Participant's Actuarial Factor is the factor that the Plan Administrator establishes based on the interest rate and
mortality table the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement. If the Employer elects to use the UP-1984 table, a Participant's
Actuarial Factor is the factor in Table I of Appendix D to the Adoption Agreement or is the product of the factors in Tables I
and II of Appendix D to the Adoption Agreement if the Plan's Normal Retirement Age is not age 65. If the Employer in its Adoption
Agreement elects to use a table other than the UP-1984 table, the Plan Administrator will determine a Participant's Actuarial Factor
in accordance with the designated table (which the Employer will attach to the Adoption Agreement as a substituted Appendix D)
and the Adoption Agreement elected interest rate.

 

(6)  Uniform points allocation
formula. The Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Plan may elect a uniform points allocation formula. The
Plan Administrator will allocate any Employer Contribution for a Plan Year in the same ratio that each Participant's points bear
to the total points of all Participants for the Plan Year. The Plan Administrator determines a Participant's points in accordance
with the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections under which the Employer will elect to define points based on Years of Service,
Compensation and/or age.

 

(7)  Incorporation of fixed
or Prevailing Wage Contribution formula. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to allocate Employer Contributions
in accordance with the Plan's fixed Employer Contribution formula. In such event, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer
Contributions for a Plan Year in accordance with the Fixed Nonelective or other Employer Contribution formula or in accordance
with the Prevailing Wage Contribution formula the Employer has elected under Sections 3.04(A)(2) or (3).

 

(8)  Target Benefit/Money
Purchase allocation formula. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Employer Contributions for a Plan Year to its Money Purchase
Pension Plan or to its Target Benefit Plan as provided in the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

 

(C)  QNEC. The provisions of this Section 3.04(C)
apply to QNEC contributions.

 

(1)  Plan-Designated QNEC.
The Employer in its 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement will elect whether or not to treat some or all Nonelective Contributions
as a QNEC ("Plan-Designated QNEC"). If the Employer elects any Plan-Designated QNECs, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement
will elect whether to allocate a Plan-Designated QNEC to all Participants or only to NHCE Participants and the Employer in its
Adoption Agreement also must elect a QNEC allocation method as follows: (a) pro rata in relation to Compensation; (b) in the same
dollar amount without regard to Compensation (flat dollar); (c) under the reverse allocation method; or (d) under any other method
subject to the testing limitations of Section 3.04(C)(5). The Plan Administrator will allocate an QNEC under this Section 3.04(C)(1)
only to those Participants who have satisfied eligibility conditions under Article II to receive Nonelective Contributions (or
if applicable, to QNECs) and who have satisfied any allocation conditions under Section 3.06 the Employer has elected in the Adoption
Agreement as applicable to QNECs.

 

(2)  Operational QNEC. The
Employer, to facilitate the Plan Administrator's correction of test failures under Section 4.10, (or to lessen the degree of such
failures), but only if the Plan is using Current Year Testing, also may make Discretionary Nonelective Contributions as QNECs to
the Plan ("Operational QNEC"), irrespective of whether the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected to provide
for any Nonelective Contributions or Plan- Designated QNECs. The Plan Administrator, in its discretion, will allocate the Operational
QNEC, but will limit the allocation of any Operational QNEC only to some or all NHCE Participants who are ADP Participants or ACP
Participants under Sections 4.11(A) and (B). The Plan Administrator operationally must elect whether to allocate an Operational
QNEC to NHCE ADP Participants: (a) pro rata in relation to Compensation; (b) in the same dollar amount without regard to Compensation
(flat dollar); (c) under the reverse allocation method; or (d) under any other method; provided, that any QNEC allocation is subject
to the limitations of Section 3.04(C)(5). The Plan Administrator may allocate an Operational QNEC to any NHCE ADP or ACP Participants
even if such Participants have not satisfied any eligibility conditions under Article II applicable to Nonelective Contributions
(including QNECs) or have not satisfied any allocation conditions under Section 3.06 applicable to Nonelective Contributions (or
to QNECs). Where the Plan Administrator disaggregates the Plan for coverage and for nondiscrimination testing under the "otherwise
excludible employees" rule described in Section 4.06(C), the Plan Administrator also may limit the QNEC allocation to those
NHCEs in any disaggregated "plan" which actually is subject to ADP and ACP testing (because there are HCEs in that disaggregated
plan), The Employer may designate all or any part of its Prevailing Wage Contribution as a QNEC, provided that the Prevailing Wage
Contribution qualifies as a QNEC and that QNEC treatment is not inconsistent with the Prevailing Wage Contract.

 

(3)  Reverse QNEC allocation.
Under the reverse QNEC allocation method, the Plan Administrator (subject to Section 3.06 if applicable), will allocate a QNEC
first to the NHCE Participant(s) with the lowest Compensation for the Plan Year in an amount not exceeding the Annual Additions
Limit for each Participant, with any remaining amounts allocated to the next highest paid NHCE Participant(s) not exceeding his/her
Annual Additions Limit and continuing in this manner until the Plan Administrator has fully allocated the QNEC.

 

(4)  Separate Account. The
Plan Administrator will establish a separate QNEC Account for each Participant who receives an allocation of QNECs in accordance
with Section 7.04(A)(1).

 

(5)  Anti-conditioning and
targeting. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement and the Plan Administrator in operation may not condition the allocation
of any QNEC under this Section 3.04(C), on whether a Participant has made Elective Deferrals. The nondiscrimination testing of
QNECs also is subject to the targeting limitations of Section 4.10(D). The Employer will not make an Operational QNEC in an amount
which exceeds the targeting limitations.

 

    	24

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(6)  Standardized Plan limitation.
The Employer in its Standardized Plan may not elect a reverse QNEC allocation method or any similar QNEC allocation method
even if such allocation would comply with Section 3.04(C)(5).

 

(D)  Qualified Replacement Plan. The Employer
may establish or maintain this Plan as a qualified replacement plan as described in Code §4980 under which the Plan may receive
a Transfer from a terminating qualified plan the Employer also maintains. The Plan Administrator will credit the transferred amounts
to a suspense account under the Plan and thereafter the Plan Administrator will allocate the transferred amounts under this Section
3.04(D) in the same manner as the Plan Administrator allocates Employer Nonelective Contributions.

 

3.05  SAFE HARBOR 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS.
The Employer in its 401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement may elect to apply to its Plan the safe harbor provisions of this Section 3.05.

 

(A)  Prior Election and Notice/12 Month Plan Year.
Except as otherwise provided in this Plan or in accordance with Applicable Law, an Employer: (i) prior to beginning of the
Plan Year to which the safe harbor provisions apply, must elect the safe harbor plan provisions of this Section 3.05; (ii) prior
to the beginning of the Plan Year to which the safe harbor provisions apply, must satisfy the applicable notice requirements; and
(iii) must apply the safe harbor provisions for the entire 12 month safe harbor Plan Year.

 

(1)  Short Plan Year. An
Employer's Plan may be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan in a short Plan Year: (a) as provided in Sections 3.05(I)(3) or (4), relating
to the initial safe harbor Plan Year; (b) after the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date if the Employer creates a short Plan
Year by changing its Plan Year, provided that the Employer maintains the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan in the Plan Years both
before and after the short Plan Year as described in Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-3(e)(3); or (c) after the Final 401(k) Regulations
Effective Date if the short Plan Year is the result of the Employer's termination of the Plan under Section 3.05(I)(5).

 

(B)  Effect/Remaining Terms/Testing Status. The
provisions of this Section 3.05 apply to an electing Employer notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan and all
other remaining Plan terms continue to apply to the Employer's Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. An Employer which elects and
operationally satisfies the safe harbor provisions of this Section 3.05 is not subject to the nondiscrimination provisions of
Section 4.10(B) (ADP test). An electing Employer which provides for an Enhanced Matching Contribution under Section
3.05(E)(5) or for Additional Matching Contributions under Section 3.05(F) is subject to the nondiscrimination provisions of
Section 4.10(C) (ACP test), unless the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to apply the ACP test safe harbor described
in Section 3.05(G). If the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, for purposes of testing in future (non-safe harbor) Plan Years,
the Plan in the safe harbor Plan Year is deemed to be using Current Year Testing as to the ADP test and is deemed to be using
Current Year Testing for the ACP test if the Plan in the safe harbor Plan Year satisfies the ACP test safe harbor. If a Safe
Harbor 401(k) Plan is subject to Sections 3.05(I)(1) or (2), the Plan in such Plan Year is deemed to be using Current Year
Testing for both the ADP and ACP tests.

 

(C)  Compensation for Allocation. In allocating
Safe Harbor Contributions and Additional Matching Contributions that satisfy the ACP test safe harbor under Section 3.05(G) and
for Elective Deferral allocation under this Section 3.05, the following provisions apply:

 

(1)  Safe Harbor and Additional
Matching allocation. For purposes of allocating the Employer's Safe Harbor Contributions and ACP test safe harbor Additional
Matching Contributions, if any, Compensation is limited as described in Section 1.11(E) and Employer must elect under its Adoption
Agreement a nondiscriminatory definition of Compensation as described in Section 1.11(F). The Employer in its Adoption Agreement
may not elect to limit NHCE Compensation to a specified dollar amount, except as required under Section 1.11(E).

 

(2)  Deferral allocation.
An Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to limit the type of Compensation from which a Participant may make an Elective
Deferral to any reasonable definition. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement also may elect to limit the amount of a Participant's
Elective Deferrals to a whole percentage of Compensation or to a whole dollar amount, provided each Eligible NHCE Participant may
make Elective Deferrals in an amount sufficient to receive the maximum Matching Contribution, if any, available under the Plan
and may defer any lesser amount. However, a Participant may not make Elective Deferrals in the event that the Participant is suspended
from doing so under Section 6.07(A)(2), relating to hardship distributions or to the extent that the allocation would exceed a
Participant's Annual Additions Limit in Section 4.05(B) or the maximum Deferral Limit in Section 4.10(A). If the Plan permits Roth
Deferrals in addition to Pre-Tax Deferrals, Elective Deferrals for purposes of Section 3.05 includes both Roth Deferrals and Pre-Tax
Deferrals.

 

(D)  "Early" Elective Deferrals/Delay
of Safe Harbor Contribution. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects any age and service eligibility requirements
for Elective Deferrals that are less than age 21 and one Year of Service (with one Year of Service being defined as completion
of 1,000 Hours of Service during the relevant Eligibility Computation Period), the Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect
to limit Safe Harbor Contributions to the Participants who have attained age 21 and who have satisfied the foregoing one Year of
Service requirement. The Plan Administrator under this Adoption Agreement election will apply the OEE rule under Section 4.06(C)
and will perform the ADP (and ACP) tests as necessary for the Participants who are in the disaggregated plan which benefits the
Otherwise Excludible Employees. The disaggregated plan which benefits the Includible Employees is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan under
this Section 3.05. However, nothing in this Section 3.05(D) affects the obligation of the Employer under Article X in the event
that the Plan is top-heavy, to provide a Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation for Non-Key Employee Participants in the Elective Deferral
component of the Plan who have not satisfied the age and service requirements applicable to the Safe Harbor Contributions. Under
this Section 3.05(D), eligibility for Additional Matching Contributions and for Nonelective Contributions which are not Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contributions is controlled by the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections and is not necessarily limited to age 21
and one Year of Service as is the case for Safe Harbor Contributions. However, as to ACP test safe harbor treatment for Additional
Matching Contributions, see Section 3.05(F)(3).

 

    	25

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(E)  Safe Harbor Contributions/ADP Test Safe Harbor.
An Employer which elects under this Section 3.05(E) to apply the safe harbor provisions, must satisfy the ADP test safe harbor
contribution requirement under Code §401(k)(12) by making a Safe Harbor Contribution to the Plan. Except as otherwise provided
in this Section 3.05, the Employer must make its Safe Harbor Contributions (and any Additional Matching Contributions which will
satisfy the ACP test safe harbor), no later than twelve months after the end of the Plan Year to which such contributions are allocated.
If the Employer satisfies this Section 3.05(E) and the remaining applicable provisions of Section 3.05, Elective Deferrals are
not subject to nondiscrimination testing under Section 4.10(B) (ADP test). The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to
apply forfeitures toward satisfaction of the Employer's required Safe Harbor Contribution.

 

(1)  Definition of Safe Harbor
Contribution. A Safe Harbor Contribution is a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution or a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution as
the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(2)  Definition of Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contribution. A Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution is a Fixed Nonelective Contribution in an amount the Employer
elects in its Adoption Agreement, which must equal at least 3% of each Participant's Compensation unless the Employer elects to
limit Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions to NHCEs under Section 3.05(E)(8) or unless Section 3.05(D) applies. A Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contribution is a QNEC.

 

(3)  Definition of Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution. A Safe Harbor Matching Contribution is a Basic Matching Contribution or an Enhanced Matching Contribution.
Under a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution an HCE may not receive a greater rate of match at any level of Elective Deferrals than
any NHCE. A Safe Harbor Matching Contribution is a QMAC.

 

(4)  Definition of Basic Matching
Contribution. A Basic Matching Contribution is a Fixed Matching Contribution equal to 100% of a Participant's Elective Deferrals
which do not exceed 3% of Compensation, plus 50% of Elective Deferrals which exceed 3%, but do not exceed 5% of Compensation.

 

(5)  Definition of Enhanced
Matching Contribution. An Enhanced Matching Contribution is a Fixed Matching Contribution made in accordance with any formula
the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement under which: (a) at any rate of Elective Deferrals, a Participant receives a Matching
Contribution which is at least equal to the match the Participant would receive under the Basic Matching Contribution formula;
and (b) the rate of match does not increase as the rate of Elective Deferrals increases.

 

(6)  Time period for computing/contributing
Safe Harbor Matching Contribution.

 

(a)  Computation. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement must elect the applicable time period for computing the Employer's Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.
If the Employer fails to so elect, the Employer is deemed to have elected to compute its Safe Harbor Matching Contribution based
on the Plan Year.

 

(b)  Contribution deadline.
If the Employer elects to compute its Safe Harbor Matching Contribution based on a time period which is less than the Plan
Year, the Employer must contribute the Safe Harbor Matching Contributions to the Plan no later than the end of the Plan Year quarter
which follows the quarter in which the Elective Deferral that gave rise to the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution was made. If the
Employer fails to contribute by the foregoing deadline, the Employer will correct the operational failure by contributing the Safe
Harbor Matching Contribution as soon as is possible and will also contribute Earnings on the Contribution. See Section 7.08. If
the time period for computing the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution is the Plan Year, the Employer must contribute the Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution to the Plan no later than twelve months after the end of the Plan Year to which the Safe Harbor Contribution
is allocated.

 

(7)  No allocation conditions.
The Plan Administrator must allocate the Employer's Safe Harbor Contribution without regard to the Section 3.06 allocation
conditions, if any, the Employer has elected as to non-Safe Harbor Contributions.

 

(8)  NHCEs must receive allocation;
further election of allocation group. Subject to Section 3.05(D), the Plan Administrator must allocate the Safe Harbor Contribution
to NHCE Participants, which for purposes of Section 3.05 means NHCEs who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement, must elect whether to allocate Safe Harbor Contributions: (a) to all Participants; (b) only to NHCE
Participants; or (c) to NHCE Participants and to designated HCE Participants.

 

(9)  100% vesting/distribution
restrictions. A Participant's Account Balance attributable to Safe Harbor Contributions at all times is 100% Vested and is
subject to the distribution restrictions described in Section 6.01(C)(4)(b).

 

(10)  Possible application
of ACP test. If the Plan's sole Matching Contribution is a Basic Matching Contribution, the Basic Matching Contribution is
not subject to nondiscrimination testing under Section 4.10(C) (ACP test). The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect whether
to satisfy the ACP test safe harbor amount limitation under Section 3.05(G) with respect to the Employer's Enhanced Matching Contributions
or to test its Enhanced Matching Contributions under Section 4.10(C) (ACP test). As of the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date,
the Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to test Enhanced Matching Contributions using Current Year Testing or Prior Year
Testing. Prior to the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, the Employer was limited to Current Year Testing under Notice 98-52.

 

    	26

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(11)  Application to other
allocations/testing. Except as the Employer otherwise elects in Appendix B and as described below as to permitted disparity,
any Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions will be applied toward (offset) any other allocation to a Participant of a non-Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contribution. An Employer electing to apply the general nondiscrimination test under Section 4.06(C), may include Safe
Harbor Nonelective Contributions in applying the general test. An Employer which has elected in its Adoption Agreement to apply
permitted disparity in allocating the Employer's Nonelective Contributions made in addition to Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions
may not include within the permitted disparity formula allocation any of the Employer's Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions.

 

(12)  Contribution to another
plan. An Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to make the Safe Harbor Contribution to another Defined Contribution
Plan the Employer maintains provided: (a) this Plan and the other plan have the same Plan Years; (b) each Participant eligible
for Safe Harbor Contributions under this Plan is eligible to participate in the other plan; and (c) the other plan provides that
100% vesting and the distribution restrictions under Section 6.01(C)(4)(b) apply to the Safe Harbor Contribution Account maintained
within the other plan. An Employer cannot apply any Safe Harbor Contributions to satisfy the 401(k) safe harbor requirements in
more than one plan.

 

(F)  Additional Matching Contributions. The
Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to make Additional Matching Contributions to its safe harbor Plan under this Section
3.05(F).

 

(1)  Definition of Additional
Matching Contributions. Additional Matching Contributions are Fixed or Discretionary Matching Contributions("Fixed Additional
Matching Contributions" or "Discretionary Additional Matching Contributions") the Employer makes to its Safe Harbor
401(k) Plan (including a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan the Employer elected into during the Plan Year under Section 3.05(I)(1)) and are
not Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Additional Matching Contributions are in addition to whatever type of Safe Harbor Contributions
the Employer makes to satisfy the ADP test safe harbor under Section 3.05(E). If the Employer under Section 3.05(I)(1) does not
elect into the safe harbor as of a Plan Year, any Matching Contributions for that Plan Year are not Additional Matching Contributions
and as such cannot qualify for the ACP test safe harbor.

 

(2)  Safe harbor or testing.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect whether to subject the Additional Matching Contributions to the ACP test
safe harbor requirements of Section 3.05(G), or for the Plan Administrator to test the Additional Matching Contributions (and any
Safe Harbor Matching Contribution) for nondiscrimination under Section 4.10(C) (ACP test). If the Employer under section 3.05(I)(1)
elects during the Plan Year to become a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, any Additional Matching which satisfies the ACP test safe harbor
requirements is not subject to the ACP test. As of the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement
may elect to test Additional Matching Contributions (and any Safe Harbor Matching Contribution) using Current Year Testing or Prior
Year Testing. Prior to such Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, the Employer was limited to Current Year Testing under Notice
98-52.

 

(3)  Eligibility, vesting,
allocation conditions and distributions. The Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement the eligibility conditions, vesting
schedule, allocation conditions and distribution provisions applicable to the Employer's Additional Matching Contributions. To
satisfy the ACP safe harbor under Section 3.05(G), effective as of the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, any allocation
conditions the Employer otherwise elects in its Adoption Agreement do not apply to Additional Matching Contributions. However,
regardless of whether the Employer elects to treat the Additional Matching Contributions as being subject to the ACP test safe
harbor, the Employer may elect: (a) to apply a vesting schedule to the Additional Matching Contributions; and (b) to treat the
Additional Matching Contributions Account as not subject to the distribution restrictions under Section 6.01(C)(4)(b). If the Employer
wishes to apply the ACP test safe harbor to Additional Matching Contributions, the Employer must not elect eligibility conditions
applicable to the Additional Matching Contribution which exceed age 21 and one Year of Service and the Employer must elect eligibility
conditions which are the same as it elects for the Safe Harbor Contribution.

 

(4)  Time
period for computing/contributing Additional Matching Contributions.

 

(a)  Computation. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement must elect the applicable time period for computing the Employer's Additional Matching Contributions.
If the Employer fails to so elect, the Employer is deemed to have elected to compute its Additional Matching Contribution based
on the Plan Year.

 

(b)  Contribution deadline.
This Section 3.05(F)(4)(b) applies if the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply the ACP test safe harbor under
Section 3.05(G) to its Additional Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects to compute its Additional Matching Contribution
based on a time period which is less than the Plan Year, the Employer must contribute the Additional Matching Contributions to
the Plan no later than the end of the Plan Year quarter which follows the quarter in which the Elective Deferral that gave rise
to the Additional Matching Contribution was made. If the Employer fails to contribute by the foregoing deadline, the Employer will
correct the operational failure by contributing the Additional Matching Contribution as soon as is possible and will also contribute
Earnings on the Contribution. See Section 7.08. If the Employer elects to apply the ACP test safe harbor and elects the Plan Year
as the time period for computing the Additional Matching Contribution, the Employer must contribute the Additional Matching Contribution
to the Plan no later than twelve months after the end of the Plan Year to which the Additional Matching Contribution is allocated.

 

    	27

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(G)  ACP test safe harbor. The Employer in
its Adoption Agreement will elect whether (i) to apply the amount limitations under this Section 3.05(G) in order to comply with
the ACP test safe harbor as described in this Section 3.05(G); or (ii) the Plan Administrator must test all Matching Contributions
unless the Plan's only Matching Contribution is a Basic Matching Contribution. If the Employer elects to test, the Employer will
elect whether to perform the ACP test using Current Year or Prior Year Testing. Prior to the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective
Date, the Employer was limited to Current Year Testing under Notice 98-52.

 

(1)  Amount limitations. Under
the ACP test safe harbor: (a) the Employer may not make Matching Contributions as to a Participant's Elective Deferrals which exceed
6% of the Participant's Plan Year Compensation; (b) the amount of any Discretionary Additional Matching Contribution allocated
to any Participant may not exceed 4% of the Participant's Plan Year Compensation; (c) the rate of Matching Contributions may not
increase as the rate of Elective Deferrals increases; and (d) an HCE may not receive a rate of match greater than any NHCE (taking
into account HCE aggregation under Section 4.10(C)(6)). Requirement (d) does not apply prior to the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective
Date, where such requirement is failed due to the application of Section 3.06 allocation conditions.

 

(2)  No partial ACP test safe
harbor. If the Employer's Plan has more than one Matching Contribution formula, each Matching Contribution formula must satisfy
the ACP test safe harbor or the Plan Administrator must test all of the Employer's Matching Contributions together under Section
4.10(C) (ACP test).

 

(3)  Employee Contributions.
If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected to permit Employee Contributions under the Plan: (a) any Employee Contributions
do not satisfy the ACP test safe harbor and the Plan Administrator must test the Employee Contributions under Section 4.10(C) (ACP
test) using Current Year Testing or Prior Year Testing as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement; and (b) if the Employer
in its Adoption Agreement elects to match the Employee Contributions, the Plan Administrator in applying the 6% amount limit in
Section 3.05(G)(1) must aggregate a Participant's Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions which are subject to the 6% limit.
Prior to the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, the Employer was limited to Current Year Testing under Notice 98-52.

 

(H)  Safe Harbor Notice. The Plan Administrator
must provide a safe harbor notice to each Participant a reasonable period prior to each Plan Year for which the Employer in its
Adoption Agreement has elected to apply the safe harbor provisions.

 

(1)  Deemed reasonable notice.
The Plan Administrator is deemed to provide timely notice if the Plan Administrator provides the safe harbor notice at least
30 days and not more than 90 days prior to the beginning of the safe harbor Plan Year.

 

(2)  Mid-year notice/new
Participant or Plan. If: (a) an Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan during a safe harbor Plan Year,
but after the Plan Administrator has provided the annual safe harbor notice for that Plan Year; (b) the Employer adopts mid-year
a new Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan; or (c) the Employer amends mid- year its existing Profit Sharing Plan to add a 401(k) feature and
also elects safe harbor status, the Plan Administrator must provide the safe harbor notice a reasonable period (with 90 days being
deemed reasonable) prior to and no later than the Employee's Entry Date.

 

(3)  Content. The safe
harbor notice must provide comprehensive information regarding the Participants' rights and obligations under the Plan and must
be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the average Participant. The Plan Administrator's notice must satisfy the
content requirements of Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-3(d).

 

(4)  Election following notice.
A Participant may make or modify a Salary Reduction Agreement under the Employer's Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for 30 days following
receipt of the safe harbor notice, or if greater, for the period the Plan Administrator specifies in the Salary Reduction Agreement.

 

(5)  Notice failure. If
the Plan Administrator for any Plan Year fails to give a timely safe harbor notice or gives a notice which does not satisfy the
safe harbor notice content requirements, the Plan is not a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for that Plan Year and the Plan Administrator
will test the Plan Year Elective Deferrals and Matching Contributions, if any, under Sections 4.10(B) and (C). In such event, notwithstanding
the Plan's failure to attain safe harbor status, any Adoption Agreement elections related to the Safe Harbor Contributions continue
to apply unless and until the Employer amends the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer corrects the safe harbor
notice failure under Section 7.08, the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for the applicable Plan Year.

 

(I)  Mid-Year
Changes in Safe Harbor Status.

 

(1)  Contingent ("maybe")
notice and supplemental notice-delayed election of Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. The Employer during any Plan Year
may elect for its Plan to become a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan under this Section 3.05(I)(1) for that Plan Year, provided: (i) the
Plan is using Current Year Testing; (ii) the Employer amends the Plan to add the safe harbor provisions not later than 30 days
prior to the end of the Plan Year and to apply the safe harbor provisions for the entire Plan Year; (iii) the Employer elects to
satisfy the Safe Harbor Contribution requirement using the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution; and (iv) the Plan Administrator
provides a notice ("maybe notice") to Participants prior to the beginning of the Plan Year for which the safe harbor
amendment may become effective, that the Employer later may elect to become a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for that Plan Year using
the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution and that if the Employer does so, the Plan Administrator will provide a supplemental notice
to Participants at least 30 days prior to the end of that Plan Year informing Participants of the Employer's election to provide
the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution for that Plan Year. The Employer elects into the safe harbor by timely giving the supplemental
notice and by amending the Plan as described above. Except as otherwise specified, the Participant notices described in this Section
3.05(I)(1) also must satisfy the requirements applicable to safe harbor notices under Section 3.05(H).

 

    	28

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(a)  Effect on Additional Matching
Contributions. If the Employer gives a maybe notice under this Section 3.05(I)(1), and then gives the supplemental notice electing
into the ADP test safe harbor for the Plan Year, any Additional Matching Contribution the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement
will be subject to the ACP test safe harbor or will be subject to testing under Section 4.10(C) (ACP test) using Current Year Testing,
based on the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections relating to the Additional Matching Contributions. If the Employer does not
give a supplemental notice, any Matching Contributions are not Additional Matching Contributions in that Plan Year and the Plan
Administrator will test all such Matching Contributions under Section 4.10(C) (ACP test) using Current Year Testing.

 

(2)  Exiting safe harbor
matching. The Employer may amend its Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan during a Plan Year to reduce or eliminate prospectively, any
or all Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Additional Matching Contributions, provided: (a) the Plan Administrator provides
a notice to the Participants which explains the effect of the amendment, specifies the amendment's Effective Date and informs
Participants they will have a reasonable opportunity to modify their Salary Reduction Agreements, and if applicable, Employee
Contributions; (b) Participants have a reasonable opportunity and period prior to the Effective Date of the amendment to
modify their Salary Reduction Agreements, and if applicable, Employee Contributions; and (c) the amendment is not effective
earlier than the later of: (i) 30 days after the Plan Administrator gives notice of the amendment; or (ii) the date the
Employer adopts the amendment. An Employer which amends its Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan to eliminate or reduce the any Matching
Contribution under this Section 3.05(I)(2), effective during the Plan Year, must continue to apply all of the safe harbor
requirements of this Section 3.5 until the amendment becomes effective and also must apply for the entire Plan Year, using
Current Year Testing, the nondiscrimination test under Section 4.10(B) (ADP test) and the nondiscrimination test under
Section 4.10(C) (ACP test). However, any Employer which eliminates only an Additional Matching Contribution does not need to
test under the ADP test provided that the Plan still satisfies the ADP test safe harbor.

 

(3)  Amendment of
non-401(k) Plan into safe harbor status. An Employer maintaining a Profit Sharing Plan or pre-ERISA Money Purchase
Pension Plan, during a Plan Year, may amend prospectively its Plan to become a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provided: (a) the
Employer's Plan is not a Successor Plan; (b) the Participants may make Elective Deferrals for at least 3 months during the
Plan Year; (c) the Plan Administrator provides the safe harbor notice described in Section 3.05(H) a reasonable time prior to
and not later than the Effective Date of the 401(k) arrangement; and (d) the Plan commencing on the Effective Date of the
amendment (or such earlier date as the Employer will specify in its Adoption Agreement), satisfies all of the safe harbor
requirements of this Section 3.05.

 

(4)  New Plan/new Employer.
An Employer (including a new Employer) may establish a new Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan which is not a Successor Plan, provided;
(a) the Plan Year is at least 3 months long; (b) the Plan Administrator provides the safe harbor notice described in Section 3.05(H)
a reasonable time prior to and not later than the Effective Date of the Plan; and (c) the Plan commencing on the Effective Date
of the Plan satisfies all of the safe harbor requirements of this Section 3.05. If the Employer is new, the Plan Year may be less
than 3 months provided the Plan is in effect as soon after

the Employer is established as it is administratively feasible

for the Employer to establish the Plan.

 

(5)  Plan
termination. An Employer may terminate its Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan mid-Plan Year in accordance with Article XI and this Section
3.05(I)(5).

 

(a)  Acquisition/disposition
or substantial business hardship. If the Employer terminates its Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan resulting in a short Plan Year, and
the termination is on account of an acquisition or disposition transaction described in Code §410(b)(6)(C), or if termination
is on account the Employer's substantial business hardship, within the meaning of Code §412(d), the Plan remains a Safe Harbor
401(k) Plan for the short Plan Year provided that the Employer satisfies this Section 3.05 through the Effective Date of the Plan
termination.

 

(b)  Other termination. If
the Employer terminates its Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for any reason other than as described in Section 3.05(I)(5)(a), and the termination
results in a short Plan Year, the Employer must conduct the termination under the provisions of Section 3.05(I)(2), except that
the Employer need not provide Participants with the right to change their Salary Reduction Agreements.

 

3.6  ALLOCATION
CONDITIONS. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect the allocation conditions, if any, which the Plan Administrator
will apply in allocating Employer Contributions (except for those contributions described below) and in allocating forfeitures
allocated as an Employer Contribution under the Plan.

 

(A)  Contributions Not Subject to Allocation Conditions.
The Employer may not elect to impose any allocation conditions on: (1) Elective Deferrals; (2) Safe Harbor Contributions; (3)
commencing as of the Final 2004 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, Additional Matching Contributions to which the Employer elects
to apply the ACP test safe harbor; (4) Employee Contributions; (5) Rollover Contributions; (6) Designated IRA Contributions; (7)
SIMPLE Contributions; or (8) Prevailing Wage Contributions, except as may be required by the Prevailing Wage Contract. The Plan
Administrator also may elect under Sections 3.03(C)(2) and 3.04(C)(2), not to apply to any Operational QMAC or Operational QNEC
any allocation conditions otherwise applicable to Matching Contributions (including QMACs) or to Nonelective Contributions (including
QNECs).

 

    	29

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(B)  Conditions. The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement may elect to impose allocation conditions based on Hours of Service or employment at a specified time (or both), in accordance
with this Section 3.06(B). The Employer may elect to impose different allocation conditions to different Employer Contribution
Types under the Plan. A Participant does not accrue an Employer Contribution or forfeiture allocated as an Employer Contribution
with respect to a Plan Year or other applicable period, until the Participant satisfies the allocation conditions for that Employer
Contribution Type.

 

(1)  Hours of Service requirement.
Except as required to satisfy the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation, the Plan Administrator will not allocate any portion of an
Employer Contribution for a Plan Year to any Participant's Account if the Participant does not complete the applicable minimum
Hours of Service (or consecutive calendar days of employment under the Elapsed Time Method) requirement the Employer specifies
in its Adoption Agreement for the relevant period.

 

(a)  1,000 HOS in Plan Year/other
HOS requirement. The Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Plan may elect to require a Participant to complete:
(i) 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year (or to be employed for at least 182 consecutive calendar days under the Elapsed
Time Method); (ii) a specified number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year which is less than 1,000 Hours of Service; or (iii)
a specified number of Hours of Service within the time period the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement, but not exceeding
1,000 Hours of Service in a Plan Year.

 

(b)  501 HOS/terminees. The
Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to require a Participant to complete during a Plan Year 501 Hours of Service (or to
be employed for at least 91 consecutive calendar days under the Elapsed Time Method) to share in the allocation of Employer Contributions
for that Plan Year where the Participant is not employed by the Employer on the last day of that Plan Year, including the Plan
Year in which the Employer terminates the Plan.

 

(c)  Short Plan Year or allocation
period. This Section 3.06(B)(1)(c) applies to any Plan Year or to any other allocation time period under the Adoption Agreement
which is less than 12 months, where in either case, the Employer creates a short allocation period on account of a Plan amendment,
the termination of the Plan or the adoption of the Plan with an initial short Plan Year. In the case of any short allocation period,
the Plan Administrator will prorate any Hour of Service requirement based on the number of days in the short allocation period
divided by the number of days in the normal allocation period, using 365 days in the case of Plan Year allocation period. The Employer
in Appendix B may elect not to pro-rate Hours of Service in any short allocation period or to apply a monthly pro-ration method.

 

(2)  Last day requirement.

 

(a)  Standardized Plan. If
the Plan is a Standardized Plan, a Participant who is employed by the Employer on the last day of a Plan Year will share in the
allocation of Employer Contributions for that Plan Year without regard to the Participant's Hours of Service completed during that
Plan Year.

 

(b)  Nonstandardized or Volume
Submitter Plan. The Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Plan may elect to require a Participant to be
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year or other specified period or on a specified date. If the Plan is a Nonstandardized
or Volume Submitter Money Purchase Pension Plan or Target Benefit Plan, the Plan expressly conditions Employer Contribution allocations
on a Participant's employment with the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year for the Plan Year in which the Employer terminates
or freezes the Plan, even if the Employer in its Adoption Agreement did not elect the "last day of the Plan Year" allocation
condition.

 

(C)  Time Period. The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement will elect the time period to which the Plan Administrator will apply any allocation condition. The Employer may elect
to apply the same time period to all Contribution Types or to elect a different time period based on Contribution Type.

 

(D)  Death, Disability or Normal Retirement Age.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect whether any elected allocation condition applies or is waived for a Plan
Year if a Participant incurs a Separation from Service during the Plan Year on account of the Participant's death, Disability or
attainment of Normal Retirement Age in the current Plan Year or on account of the Participant's Disability or attainment of Normal
Retirement Age in a prior Plan Year. The Employer's election may be based on Contribution Type or may apply to all Contribution
Types.

 

(E)  No Other Conditions. In allocating Employer
Contributions under the Plan, the Plan Administrator will not apply any other allocation conditions except those the Employer elects
in its Adoption Agreement or otherwise as the Plan may require.

 

(F)  Suspension of Allocation Conditions in a Nonstandardized
or Volume Submitter Plan. The Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Plan will elect whether to apply the
suspension provisions of this Section 3.06(F). If: (i) Section 3.06(F) applies; (ii) the Plan (or any component part of the Plan)
in any Plan Year must perform coverage testing; and (iii) the Plan (or component part of the Plan) fails to satisfy coverage under
the ratio percentage test under Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)- 2(b)(2), the Plan suspends for that Plan Year any Plan (or component
part of the Plan) allocation conditions in accordance with this Section 3.06(F). If the Plan Administrator must perform coverage
testing, the Administrator will apply testing separately as required to each component part of the Plan after applying the aggregation
and disaggregation rules under Treas. Reg. §§1.410(b)–6 and –7.

 

    	30

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(1)  No
average benefit test. If the Employer elects to apply this Section 3.06(F), the Plan Administrator may not apply the
average benefit test under Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)-2(b)(3), to determine satisfaction of coverage or to correct a coverage
failure, as to the Plan or to the component part of the Plan to which this Section 3.06(F) applies, unless the Plan or
component still fails coverage after application of this Section 3.06(F). The restriction in this Section 3.06(F)(1) does not
apply as to application of the average benefit test in performing nondiscrimination testing.

 

(2)  Methodology. If this
Section 3.06(F) applies for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator, in the manner described herein, will suspend the allocation conditions
for the NHCEs who are included in the coverage test and who are Participants in the Plan (or component part of the Plan) but who
are not benefiting thereunder (within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.410(b)-3), such that enough additional NHCEs are benefiting
under the Plan (or component part of the Plan) to pass coverage under the ratio percentage test. The ordering of suspension of
allocation conditions is in the following priority tiers and if more than one NHCE in any priority tier satisfies the conditions
for suspension (but all are not needed to benefit to pass coverage), the Plan Administrator will apply the suspension beginning
first with the NHCE(s) in that suspension tier with the lowest Compensation during the Plan Year:

 

(a)  Last day. Those NHCE(s)
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, without regard to the number of Hours of Service in the Plan Year. If
necessary to pass coverage, the Plan Administrator then will apply Section 3.06(F)(2)(b).

 

(b)  Latest Separation. Those
NHCE(s) who have the latest Separation from Service date during the Plan Year, without regard to the number of Hours of Service
in the Plan Year. If necessary to pass coverage, the Plan Administrator then will apply Section 3.06(F)(2)(c).

 

(c)  Most Hours of Service
(more than 500). Those NHCE(s) with the greatest number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year but who have more than 500
Hours of Service.

 

(3)  Appendix B. The Employer
in Appendix B may elect a different order of the suspension tiers, may elect to use Hours of Service (in lieu of Compensation)
as a tiebreaker within any tier or may elect additional or other suspension tiers which are objective and not subject to Employer
discretion.

 

(4)  Separate Application
to Nonelective and Matching. If applicable under the Plan, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect whether to apply
this Section 3.06(F): (a) to both Nonelective Contributions and to Matching Contributions if both components fail the ratio percentage
test; (b) only to Nonelective Contributions if this component fails the ratio percentage test; or (c) only to Matching Contributions
if this component fails the ratio percentage test.

 

(G)  Conditions Apply to Re-Hired Employees. If
a Participant incurs a Separation from Service and subsequently is re-hired and resumes participation in the same Plan Year as
the Separation from Service or in any subsequent Plan Year, the allocation conditions under this Section 3.06, if any, continue
to apply to the re-hired Employee/Participant in the Plan Year in which he/she is re-hired, unless the Employer elects otherwise
in Appendix B.

 

3.7  FORFEITURE ALLOCATION.
The amount of a Participant's Account forfeited under the Plan is a Participant forfeiture. The Plan Administrator, subject to
Section 3.06 as applicable, will allocate Participant forfeitures at the time and in the manner the Employer specifies in its Adoption
Agreement.

 

(A)  Allocation Method. The Employer in its
Adoption Agreement must specify the method the Plan Administrator will apply to allocate forfeitures.

 

(1)  401(k) forfeiture source.
If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect a different allocation method based on the forfeiture
source (from Nonelective Contributions or from Matching Contributions) or may elect to apply the same allocation method to all
forfeitures.

 

(a)  Attributable to Matching.
A Participant's forfeiture is attributable to Matching Contributions if the forfeiture is: (i) from the non-Vested portion
of a Matching Contribution Account forfeited in accordance with Section 5.07 or, if applicable, Section 7.07; (ii) a non-Vested
Excess Aggregate Contribution (including Allocable Income) forfeited in correcting for nondiscrimination failures under Section
4.10(C); or (iii) an Associated

Matching Contribution.

 

(b)  Definition of Associated
Matching Contribution. An Associated Matching Contribution includes any Vested or non-Vested Matching Contribution (including
Allocable Income) made as to Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions the Plan Administrator distributes under Section 4.01(E)
(Excess Amount), Section 4.10(A) (Excess Deferrals), Section 4.10(B) (ADP test), Section 4.10(C) (ACP test) or Section 7.08 relating
to Plan correction.

 

(c)  Forfeiture or distribution
of Associated Match. An Employee forfeits an Associated Matching Contribution unless the Matching Contribution is a Vested
Excess Aggregate Contribution distributed in accordance with Section 4.10(C) (ACP test). A forfeiture under this Section 3.07(A)(1)(c)
occurs in the Plan Year following the Testing Year (unless the Employer in Appendix B elects that the forfeiture occurs in the
Testing Year) and the forfeiture is allocated in the Plan Year described in Section 3.07(B). See Section 3.07(B)(1) as to nondiscrimination
testing of allocated forfeitures. In the event of correction under Section 7.08 resulting in forfeiture of Associated Matching
Contributions, the forfeiture occurs in the Plan Year of correction.

 

    	31

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(2)  Application of "reduce"
option/excess forfeitures. If the Employer elects to allocate forfeitures to reduce Nonelective or Matching Contributions and
the allocable forfeitures for the forfeiture allocation Plan Year described in Section 3.07(B) exceed the amount of the applicable
contribution for that Plan Year to which the Plan Administrator would apply the forfeitures (or there are no applicable contributions
under the Plan), the Plan Administrator will allocate the remaining forfeitures in the forfeiture allocation Plan Year. In such
event, the Plan Administrator will allocate the remaining forfeitures as an additional Discretionary Nonelective Contribution or
as a Discretionary Matching Contribution, as the Plan Administrator determines.

 

(3)  Plan expenses. If
the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply forfeitures to the payment of Plan expenses under Section 7.04(C), which
for this purpose may also include any Earnings on the forfeitures, the Employer must elect a secondary allocation method so that
if the forfeitures exceed the Plan's expenses, the Plan Administrator will apply any remaining forfeitures under the secondary
method the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(4)  Safe harbor-top-heavy
exempt fail-safe. If the Employer has a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan which otherwise qualifies for exemption from the top-heavy
requirements of Article X, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to limit the allocation of all Plan forfeitures in
such a manner as to avoid inadvertent application of the top-heavy requirements on account of a forfeiture allocation. If the Employer
in its Adoption Agreement elects this "fail-safe" provision, the Plan Administrator will allocate forfeitures in the
following order of priority: (a) first to reduce Safe Harbor Contributions; (b) then to reduce Fixed Additional Matching Contributions
if any, which satisfy the ACP test safe harbor under Section 3.05(G); (c) then as Discretionary Additional Matching Contributions
which satisfy the ACP safe harbor (without regard to whether the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected Discretionary Additional
Matching Contributions); and (d) then to pay Plan expenses. If the Employer elects to allocate forfeitures under this Section 3.07(A)(4),
the Plan Administrator will apply this Section 3.07(A)(4) regardless of whether the Employer in any Plan Year actually satisfies
all conditions necessary for the Plan to be top-heavy exempt. The Employer in Appendix B may elect to alter the forfeiture allocation
ordering rules of this Section 3.07(A)(4).

 

(5)  No allocation to Elective
Deferral Accounts. The Plan Administrator will not allocate forfeitures to any Participant's Elective Deferral Account, including
his/her Roth Deferral Account.

 

(6)  Allocation under classifications.
If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected to allocate its Nonelective Contributions based on classifications of
Participants, the Plan Administrator will allocate any forfeitures which under the Plan are allocated as additional Nonelective
Contributions: (a) first to each classification pro rata in relation to the Employer's Nonelective Contribution to that classification
for the forfeiture allocation Plan Year described in Section 3.07(B); and (b) second, the total amount of forfeitures allocated
to each classification under (a) are allocated in the same manner as are the Nonelective Contributions to be allocated to that
classification.

 

(B)  Timing (forfeiture allocation Plan Year).
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect as to forfeitures occurring in a Plan Year, whether the Plan Administrator
will allocate the forfeitures in the same Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur or will allocate the forfeitures in the Plan
Year which next follows the Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur. See Sections 3.07(A)(1)(c), 5.07 and 7.07 as to when a forfeiture
occurs.

 

(1)  401(k) Plans/allocation
timing and re- testing. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, the Employer may elect different allocation timing based on the forfeiture
source (from Nonelective Contributions or from Matching Contributions) or may elect to apply the same allocation timing to all
forfeitures. If the 401(k) Plan is subject to the ACP test and allocates any forfeiture as a Matching Contribution, the following
re-testing rules apply. If, under the Plan, the Plan Administrator will allocate the forfeiture in the same Plan Year in which
the forfeiture occurs, the Plan Administrator will not re-run the ACP test. If the Plan Administrator allocates the forfeiture
in the Plan Year which follows the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs, the Plan Administrator will include the allocated
forfeiture in the ACP test for the forfeiture allocation Plan Year. If the Plan allocates any forfeiture as a Nonelective Contribution,
the allocation, in the forfeiture allocation Plan Year, is subject to any nondiscrimination testing which applies to Nonelective
Contributions for that Plan Year.

 

(2)  Contribution amount and
timing not relevant. The forfeiture allocation timing rules in this Section 3.07(B) apply irrespective of when the Employer
makes its Employer Contribution for the forfeiture allocation Plan Year, and irrespective of whether the Employer makes an Employer
Contribution for that Plan Year.

 

(C)  Administration of Account Pending/Incurring
Forfeiture. The Plan Administrator will continue to hold the undistributed, non-Vested portion of the Account of a Participant
who has incurred a Separation from Service solely for his/her benefit until a forfeiture occurs at the time specified in Section
5.07 or if applicable, until the time specified in Section 7.07.

 

(D)  Participant Does Not Share in Own Forfeiture.
A Participant will not share in the allocation of a forfeiture of any portion of his/her Account, even if the Participant otherwise
is entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions and forfeitures in the forfeiture allocation Plan Year described in Section
3.07(B). If the forfeiting Participant is entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions and forfeitures in the forfeiture
allocation Plan Year, the Plan Administrator only will allocate to the Participant a share of the allocable forfeitures attributable
to other forfeiting Participants.

 

    	32

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(E)  Plan Merger. In the event that the Employer
merges another plan into this Plan, and does not fully vest upon merger the participant accounts in the merging plan, the Plan
Administrator will allocate any post-merger forfeitures attributable to the merging plan in accordance with the Employer's elections
in its Adoption Agreement. The Employer may elect to limit any such forfeiture allocation only to those Participants who were also
participants in the merged plan, but in the absence of such an election, all Participants who have satisfied any applicable allocation
conditions under Section 3.06 will share in the forfeiture allocation.

 

3.8  ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS.
The Plan Administrator will apply this Section 3.08 in administering Rollover Contributions to the Plan, if any.

 

(A)  Policy Regarding Rollover Acceptance. The
Plan Administrator, operationally and on a nondiscriminatory basis, may elect to permit or not to permit Rollover Contributions
to this Plan or may elect to limit an Eligible Employee's right or a Participant's right to make a Rollover Contribution. The Plan
Administrator also may adopt, amend or terminate any policy regarding the Plan's acceptance of Rollover Contributions.

 

(1)  Rollover documentation.
If the Plan Administrator permits Rollover Contributions, any Participant (or as applicable, any Eligible Employee), with the
Plan Administrator's written consent and after filing with the Plan Administrator the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator,
may make a Rollover Contribution to the Trust. Before accepting a Rollover Contribution, the Plan Administrator may require a Participant
(or Eligible Employee) to furnish satisfactory evidence the proposed transfer is in fact a "rollover contribution" which
the Code permits an employee to make to a qualified plan.

 

(2)  Declination/related expense.
The Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may decline to accept a Rollover Contribution of property which could: (a)
generate unrelated business taxable income; (b) create difficulty or undue expense in storage, safekeeping or valuation; or (c)
create other practical problems for the Plan or Trust. The Plan Administrator also may accept the Rollover Contribution on condition
that the Participant's or Employee's Account is charged with all expenses associated therewith.

 

(B)  Limited Testing. A Rollover Contribution
is not an Annual Addition under Section 4.05(A) and is not subject to nondiscrimination testing except as a "right or feature"
within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-4.

 

(C)  Pre-Participation Rollovers. If an Eligible
Employee makes a Rollover Contribution to the Trust prior to satisfying the Plan's eligibility conditions or prior to reaching
his/her Entry Date, the Plan Administrator and Trustee must treat the Employee as a limited Participant (as described in Rev.
Rul. 96-48 or in any Applicable Law). A limited Participant does not share in the Plan's allocation of Employer Contributions
nor Participant forfeitures and may not make Elective Deferrals if the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, until he/she actually becomes a
Participant in the Plan. If a limited Participant has a Separation from Service prior to becoming a Participant in the Plan, the
Trustee will distribute his/her Rollover Contributions Account to him/her in accordance with Section 6.01(A).

 

(D)  May Include Employee Contributions and Roth
Deferrals. A Rollover Contribution may include Employee Contributions and Roth Deferrals made to another plan, as adjusted
for Earnings. In the case of Employee Contributions: (1) such amounts must be directly rolled over into this Plan from another
plan which is qualified under Code §401(a); and (2) the Plan must account separately for the Rollover Contribution, including
the Employee Contribution and the Earnings thereon. In the case of Roth Deferrals: (1) such amounts must be directly rolled over
into this Plan from another plan which is qualified under Code §401(a) or from a 403(b) plan; (2) the Plan must account separately
for the Rollover Contribution, including the Roth Deferrals and the Earnings thereon; and (3) as to rollovers which occur on or
after April 30, 2007, this Plan must be a 401(k) Plan which permits Roth Deferrals.

 

3.9  EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.
An Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement whether to permit Employee Contributions. If the Employer elects to permit Employee
Contributions, the Employer also must specify in its Adoption Agreement any limitations which apply to Employee Contributions.
If the Employer permits Employee Contributions, the Plan Administrator operationally will determine if a Participant will make
Employee Contributions through payroll deduction or by other means.

 

(A)  Testing. Employee Contributions must satisfy
the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 4.10(C) (ACP test).

 

(B)  Matching. The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement must elect whether the Employer will make Matching Contributions as to any Employee Contributions and, as applicable,
the matching formula. Any Matching Contribution must satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 4.10(C) (ACP test),
unless the Matching Contributions satisfy the ACP test safe harbor under a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.

 

3.10  SIMPLE 401(k) CONTRIBUTIONS.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to apply to its Plan the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions of this Section 3.10 if the
Employer is eligible under Section 3.10(B). The provisions of this Section 3.10 apply to an electing Employer notwithstanding any
contrary provision in the Plan.

 

(A)  Plan Year. An Employer electing to apply
this Section 3.10 must have a 12 month calendar year Plan Year except that in the case of an Employer adopting a new SIMPLE 401(k)
Plan, the Employer must adopt the Plan no later than October 1 with a calendar year Plan Year of at least 3 months.

 

(B)  Eligible Employer. An Employer may elect
to apply this Section 3.10 if: (i) the Plan Year is the calendar year; (ii) the Employer (including Related Employers under Section
1.23(C)) has no more than 100 Employees who received Compensation of at least $5,000 in the immediately preceding calendar year;
and (iii) the Employer (including Related Employers under Section 1.23(C)) does not maintain any other plan as described in Code
§219(g)(5), to which contributions were made or under which benefits were accrued for Service by an Eligible Employee in the
Plan Year to which the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions apply.

 

    	33

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(1)  Loss of eligible employer
status. If an electing Employer fails for any subsequent calendar year to satisfy all of the Section 3.10(B) requirements,
including where the Employer is involved in an acquisition, disposition or similar transaction under which the Employer satisfies
Code §410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer remains eligible to maintain the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan for two additional calendar years
following the last year in which the Employer satisfied the requirements.

 

(C)  Compensation. For purposes of this Section
3.10, Compensation is limited as described in Section 1.11(E) and: (1) in the case of an Employee, means Code §3401(a) Wages
but increased by the Employee's Elective Deferrals under this Plan or any other 401(k) arrangement, SIMPLE IRA, SARSEP, 403(b)
annuity or 457 plan of the Employer; and (2) in the case of a Self-Employed Individual, means Earned Income determined by disregarding
contributions made to this Plan.

 

(D)  Participant Elective Deferrals. Each Participant
may enter into a Salary Reduction Agreement to make Elective Deferrals in each calendar year to the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan in accordance
with this Section 3.10(D).

 

(1)  Amount Table. A Participant's
annual Elective Deferrals may not exceed the amount in the table below, and, commencing in 2006, such other amount as in effect
under Code §408(p)(2)(E) under which Treasury adjusts the limit in $500 increments.

 

	Year	 	Amount	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	2002	 	$	7,000	 
	2003	 	$	8,000	 
	2004	 	$	9,000	 
	2005	 	$	10,000	 

 

(2)  Catch-Ups. If
the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to permit Catch-Up Deferrals, a Catch- Up Eligible Participant also may make
Catch-Up Deferrals to the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan in accordance with Section 3.02(D).

 

(3)  Election timing. A
Participant may elect to make Elective Deferrals or to modify a Salary Reduction Agreement at any time in accordance with the Plan
Administrator's SIMPLE 401(k) Plan Salary Reduction Agreement form, but the form must be provided at least 60 days prior to the
beginning of each SIMPLE Plan Year or at least 60 days prior to commencement of participation for the Participant to make or modify
his/her Salary Reduction Agreement. A Participant also may at any time terminate prospectively his/her Salary Reduction Agreement
applicable to the Employer's SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.

 

(E)  Employer SIMPLE 401(k) contributions. An
Employer which elects to apply this Section 3.10 must make an annual SIMPLE Contribution to the Plan as described in this Section
3.10(E). The Employer operationally must elect for each SIMPLE Plan Year which type of SIMPLE Contribution the Employer will make.

 

(1)  Definition of SIMPLE
Contribution. A SIMPLE Contribution is one of the following Employer Contribution types: (a) a SIMPLE Matching Contribution
equal to 100% of each Participant's Elective Deferrals but not exceeding 3% of Plan Year Compensation or such lower percentage
as the Employer may elect under Code §408(p)(2)(C)(ii)(II); or (b) a SIMPLE Nonelective Contribution equal to 2% of Plan Year
Compensation for each Participant whose Compensation is at least $5,000.

 

(F)  SIMPLE 401(k) notice. The Plan Administrator
must provide notice to each Participant a reasonable period of time before the 60th day prior to the beginning of each SIMPLE 401(k)
Plan Year, describing the Participant's Elective Deferral rights and the Employer's SIMPLE Contributions which the Employer will
make for the Plan Year described in the notice.

 

(G)  Application
of remaining Plan provisions.

 

(1)  Annual Additions. All
contributions to the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan are Annual Additions under Section 4.05(A) and subject to the Annual Additions Limit.

 

(2)  No allocation
conditions. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may not elect to apply any Section 3.06 allocation conditions to the
Plan Administrator's allocation of SIMPLE Contributions.

 

(3)  No other contributions.
No contributions other than those described in this Section 3.10 or Rollover Contributions described in Section 3.08 may be
made to the SIMPLE 401(k) Plan.

 

(4)  Vesting. All SIMPLE
Contributions and Accounts attributable thereto are 100% Vested at all times and in the event of a conversion of a non-SIMPLE 401(k)
Plan into a SIMPLE 401(k) Plan, all Account Balances in existence on the first day of the Plan Year to which the SIMPLE 401(k)
provisions apply, become 100% Vested.

 

(5)  No nondiscrimination
testing. A SIMPLE 401(k) Plan is not subject to nondiscrimination testing under Section 4.10(B) (ADP test) or Section 4.10(C)
(ACP test) of the Plan.

 

(6)  No top-heavy. A SIMPLE
401(k) Plan is not subject to the top-heavy provisions of Article X.

 

(7)  Remaining Plan terms.
Except as otherwise described in this Section 3.10, if an Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement to apply the SIMPLE
401(k) provisions of this Section 3.10, the Plan Administrator will apply the remaining Plan provisions to the Employer's Plan.

 

    	34

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

3.11  USERRA CONTRIBUTIONS.

 

(A)  Application. This Section 3.11 applies
to an Employee who: (1) has completed Qualified Military Service under USERRA; (2) the Employer has rehired under USERRA; and (3)
is a Participant entitled to make- up contributions under Code §414(u).

 

(B)  Employer Contributions. The Employer will
make- up any Employer Contribution the Employer would have made and which the Plan Administrator would have allocated to the Participant's
Account had the Participant remained employed by the Employer during the period of Qualified Military Service.

 

(C)  Compensation. For purposes of this Section
3.11, the Plan Administrator will determine an effected Participant's Compensation as follows. A Participant during his/her period
of Qualified Military Service is deemed to receive Compensation equal to that which the Participant would have received had he/she
remained employed by the Employer, based on the Participant's rate of pay that would have been in effect for the Participant during
the period of Qualified Military Service. If the Compensation during such period would have been uncertain, the Plan Administrator
will use the Participant's actual average Compensation for the 12 month period immediately preceding the period of Qualified Military
Service, or if less, for the period of employment.

 

(D)  Elective Deferrals/Employee Contributions.
If the Plan provided for Elective Deferrals or for Employee Contributions during a Participant's period of Qualified Military
Service, the Plan Administrator must allow a Participant under this Section 3.11 to make up such Elective Deferrals or Employee
Contributions to his/her Account. The Participant may make up the maximum amount of Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions
which he/she under the Plan terms would have been able to contribute during the period of Qualified Military Service (less any
such amounts the Participant actually contributed during such period) and the Participant must be permitted to contribute any lesser
amount as the Plan would have permitted. The Participant must make up any contribution under this Section 3.11(D) commencing on
his/her Re- Employment Commencement Date and not later than 5 years following reemployment (or if less, a period equal to 3 times
the length of the Participant's Qualified Military Service triggering such make-up contribution).

 

(E)  Matching Contributions. The Employer will
make- up any Matching Contribution that the Employer would have made and which the Plan Administrator would have allocated to the
Participant's Account during the period of Qualified Military Service, but based on any make-up Elective Deferrals or make-up Employee
Contributions that the Participant makes under Section 3.11(D).

 

(F)  Limitations/Testing. Any
contribution made under this Section 3.11 does not cause the Plan to violate and is not subject to testing under: (1)
nondiscrimination requirements including under Code §401(a)(4), the ADP test, the ACP test, the safe harbor 401(k) rules
or the SIMPLE 401(k) rules; (2) top-heavy requirements under Article X; or (3) coverage under Code §410(b).
Contributions under this Section 3.11 are Annual Additions and are tested under Section 4.10(A) (Elective Deferral Limit) in
the year to which such contributions are allocated, but not in the year in which such contributions are made.

 

(G)  No Earnings. A Participant receiving any
make-up contribution under this Section 3.11 is not entitled to an allocation of any Earnings on any such contribution prior to
the time that the Employer actually makes the contribution (or timely deposits the Participant's own make-up Elective Deferrals
or Employee Contributions) to the Trust.

 

(H)  No Forfeitures. A Participant receiving
any make-up allocation under this Section 3.11 is not entitled to an allocation of any forfeitures allocated during the Participant's
period of Qualified Military Service.

 

(I)  Allocation Conditions. For purposes of
applying any Plan allocation conditions under Section 3.06, the Plan Administrator will treat any period of Qualified Military
Service as Service.

 

(J)  Other Rules. The Plan Administrator in
applying this Section 3.11 will apply DOL Reg. §1002.259-267, and any other Applicable Law addressing the application of USERRA
to the Plan.

 

3.12  DESIGNATED IRA CONTRIBUTIONS.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to permit Participants to make Designated IRA Contributions to its Plan. Designated
IRA Contributions are subject to the provisions of this Section 3.12.

 

(A)  Effective Date. The Employer may
elect in its Adoption Agreement to apply the Designated IRA Contribution provisions to any Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2002. For Plan Years commencing after 2003, the Employer may accept Designated IRA Contributions during such
Plan Year only if the Employer elects to apply the provisions of this Section 3.12 (or otherwise adopted a good faith
amendment under Code §408(q)), prior to the Plan Year for which the Designated IRA Contribution provisions will
apply.

 

(B)  Traditional or Roth IRA. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement may elect to treat Designated IRA Contributions as traditional IRA contributions, as Roth IRA contributions
or as consisting of either type, at the Participant's election.

 

(C)  Account or Annuity. The Employer in its
Adoption Agreement may elect to establish Accounts to receive Designated IRA Contributions either as individual retirement accounts,
as individual retirement annuities or as consisting of either type, at the Participant's election.

 

(1)  Trustee or Custodian.
A trustee or custodian satisfying the requirements of Code §408(a)(2) must hold Designated IRA Contributions Accounts.
If the Trustee holding the Designated IRA Contribution assets is a non- bank trustee, the Trustee, upon receipt of notice from
the Commissioner of Internal Revenue that substitution is required because the Trustee has failed to comply with the requirements
of Treas. Reg. §1.408-2(e), will substitute another trustee in its place.

 

    	35

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(2)  Additional IRA requirements.
All Designated IRA Contributions: (a) must be made in cash; (b) are subject to the IRA contribution limits under Code §408(a)(1)
set forth below, including cost-of living adjustments after 2008 in $500 increments under Code §219(b)(5)(C) and as to Catch-Up
Eligible Participants to the IRA Catch-Up limits set forth below; and (c) must be 100% Vested.

  

	Taxable Year	 	IRA contribution limit	 
	 	 	 	 
	2003	 	$	3,000	 
	2004	 	$	3,000	 
	2005	 	$	4,000	 
	2006	 	$	4,000	 
	2007	 	$	4,000	 
	2008 and beyond	 	$	5,000	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	Taxable year	 	 	IRA Catch-Up limit	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	2003	 	$	500	 
	2004	 	$	500	 
	2005	 	$	500	 
	2006 and beyond	 	$	1,000	 

 

(3)  Not for deposit of SEP
or SIMPLE IRA amounts/no Rollover Contributions. An Employer which maintains a SEP or a SIMPLE IRA may not deposit contributions
under these arrangements to the Designated IRA Contribution Accounts under this Section 3.12. A Participant may not make a Rollover
Contribution to his/her Designated IRA Contribution Account.

 

(4)  Designated Roth IRA Contributions.

 

(a)  Contribution Limit. A
Participant's contribution to the Designated Roth IRA and to all other Roth IRAs for a Taxable Year may not exceed the lesser of
the amount described in Section 3.12(C)(2) or the Participant's Compensation under Section 3.12(C)(4)(c). However, if (i) and/or
(ii) below apply, the maximum (non- rollover) contribution that can be made to all the Participant's Roth IRAs (including to this
Designated Roth IRA which must be a non-Rollover Contribution) for a Taxable Year is the smaller amount determined under (i) or
(ii).

 

(i)  General. The maximum
contribution is phased out ratably between certain levels of modified adjusted gross income ("modified AGI," defined
in Section 3.12(C)(4)(b)) as follows:

 

	Filing	 	Full	 	Phase-out	 	 	No
	Status	 	Contribution	 	Range	 	 	Contribution
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Single/ Head of Household	 	$95,000 or less	 	 	$95,000- $110,000	 	 	$110,000 or more
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Joint/Qualifying Widow(er)	 	$150,000 or less	 	 	$150,000- $160,000	 	 	$160,000 or more
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Married- Separate	 	$0	 	 	$0-$10,000	 	 	$10,000 or more

 

If the Participant's modified AGI for a Taxable Year is in the
phase-out range, the maximum contribution determined above for that Taxable Year is rounded up to the next multiple of $10 and
is not reduced below $200.

 

(ii)  Roth and non-Roth IRA
contributions. If the Participant makes (non-rollover) contributions to both Roth and non-Roth IRAs for a Taxable Year, the
maximum contribution that can be made to all of the Participant's Roth IRAs for that Taxable Year is reduced by the contributions
made to the Participant's non-Roth IRAs for the Taxable Year.

 

(iii)  Conversion. A Participant
may convert a Designated non-Roth IRA Contributions Account to a Designated Roth IRA Contributions Account in accordance with Treas.
Reg. §1.408A-4 unless: (A) the Participant is married and files a separate return, (B) the Participant is not married and
has modified AGI in excess of $100,000 or (C) the Participant is married and together the Participant and the Participant's spouse
have modified AGI in excess of

$100,000. For purposes of the preceding sentence, spouses are
not treated as married for a taxable year if they have lived apart at all times during that Taxable Year and file separate returns
for the Taxable Year. A Participant may not effect a conversion by means of contributing a Rollover Contribution to his/her Designated
IRA under this Plan.

 

(b)  Modified AGI. For
purposes of Section 3.12(C)(4)(a), a Participant's modified AGI for a Taxable Year is defined in Code §408A(c)(3)(C)(i) and
does not include any amount included in adjusted gross income as a result of a non-Roth IRA conversion.

 

(c)  Compensation. For
purposes of Section 3.12(C)(4)(a), Compensation is defined as wages, salaries, professional fees, or other amounts derived from
or received for personal services actually rendered (including, but not limited to commissions paid salesmen, compensation for
services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips, and bonuses) and includes earned income,
as defined in Code §401(c)(2) (reduced by the deduction the Self-Employed Individual takes for contributions made to a self-employed
retirement plan). For purposes of this definition, Code §401(c)(2) shall be applied as if the term "trade or business"
for purposes of Code §1402 included service described in subsection (c)(6). Compensation does not include amounts derived
from or received as earnings or profits from property (including but not limited to interest and dividends) or amounts not includible
in gross income. Compensation also does not include any amount received as a pension or annuity or as deferred compensation. Compensation
includes any amount includible in the Participant's gross income under Code §71 with respect to a divorce or separation instrument
described in Code §71(b)(2)(A). In the case of a married Participant filing a joint return, the greater compensation of his
or her spouse is treated as the Participant's Compensation, but only to the extent that such spouse's compensation is not being
used for purposes of the spouse making a contribution to a Roth IRA or a deductible contribution to a non-Roth IRA.

 

    	36

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(D)  Accounting and Investments. The Plan Administrator
may cause Designated IRA Contributions to be held and invested: (1) in a separate trust for each Participant; (2) as a single trust
holding all Participant Designated IRA Contributions; or (3) as part of a single trust holding all of the assets of the Plan. If
the Plan Administrator establishes a single trust under clause (2) or (3), the Plan Administrator must account separately for each
Participant's Designated IRA Contributions and for the Earnings attributable thereto. If the Designated IRA Contributions are invested
in an individual retirement annuity, the Plan Administrator may establish separate annuity contracts for each Participant's Designated
IRA Contributions or may establish a single annuity contract for all Participants, with separate accounting for each Participant.
If the Plan Administrator establishes a single annuity contract, such contract must be separate from any other annuity contract
under the Plan. The Plan Administrator also may invest Designated IRA Contributions in any common or collective fund under Sections
8.02 or 8.09. The Trust provisions of Article VIII otherwise apply to the investment of Designated IRA Contributions except that
no part of such contributions may be invested in life insurance contracts and a Participant may not borrow from a Designated IRA
Contributions Account or take such amounts into account in determining the maximum amount available for a loan from the Participant's
other Plan assets. The Plan Administrator or Trustee/Custodian may not cause Designated IRA Contribution Accounts to be commingled
with any non- Plan assets. Any Designated IRA Contribution Account is established for the exclusive benefit of the affected Participant
and his/her Beneficiaries. No part of the Trust attributable to Designated IRA Contributions may be invested in collectibles as
described in Code §408(m), except as may be permitted under Code §408(m)(3).

 

(E)  Participant Contribution and Designation.
A Participant may make Designated IRA Contributions directly or through payroll withholding as the Plan Administrator may permit.
At the time of the Participant's contribution (or when the Designated IRA Contribution is withheld from payroll), the Participant
must designate the contribution as a Designated IRA Contribution and if applicable, also must designate whether the contribution
is traditional or Roth and whether the account is an individual retirement account or an individual retirement annuity.

 

(F)  Treatment as IRA. For all purposes of
the Code except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.12, Designated IRA Contributions are subject to the IRA rules under Code
§§408 and 408A as applicable. Designated IRA Contributions are not Annual Additions under Section 4.05(A) and are not
subject to any testing under Article IV.

 

(G)  Reporting. The Designated IRA Contribution
Trustee or Custodian must comply with all Code §408(i) reporting requirements, including providing required information regarding
RMDs.

 

(H)  Distribution/RMDs. Designated IRA Contribution
Accounts are distributable under Section 6.01(C)(4)(g) and are subject to the RMD requirements of Section 6.02 (and to the Adoption
Agreement elections described therein) except that: (1) the Participant's RBD (only as it relates to the Designated IRA Contribution
Account) is determined under Section 6.02(E)(7)(a) referencing age 70 1/2 and without regard to 5% owner or continuing employment
status; (2) if the Designated IRA Contribution Account is a Roth Account, there are no lifetime RMDs; and (3) to the extent that
the provisions of Section 6.02 differ, RMDs from Designated IRA Contribution Accounts otherwise are subject to the required minimum
distribution rules applicable to IRAs under Code §§408(a)(6) or 408A(c)(5) as applicable, and under the corresponding
Treasury Regulations, which are incorporated by reference herein.

 

3.13  DEDUCTIBLE EMPLOYEE
CONTRIBUTIONS (DECs). A DEC is a Deductible Employee Contribution made to the Plan for a Taxable Year commencing prior to 1987.
If a Participant has made DECs to the Plan, the Plan Administrator must maintain a separate Account for the Participant's DECs
as adjusted for Earnings, including DECs which are part of a Rollover Contribution described in Section 3.08. The DECs Account
is part of the Participant's Account for all purposes of the Plan, except for purposes of determining the Top-Heavy Ratio under
Section 10.01. The Plan Administrator may not use a Participant's DECs Account to purchase life insurance on the Participant's
behalf. DECs are distributable under Section 6.01(C)(4)(e).

 

    	37

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

ARTICLE IV

LIMITATIONS AND TESTING

 

4.1  ANNUAL ADDITIONS LIMIT
– NO OTHER PLANS.

 

(A)  Application of this Section. This Section
4.01 applies only to Participants in this Plan who do not participate, and who have never participated, in another qualified plan,
individual medical account (as defined in Code §415(l)(2)), simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code §408(k))
or welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code §419(e)) maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition.

 

(B)  Limitation. The amount of Annual Additions
which the Plan Administrator may allocate under this Plan to a Participant's Account for a Limitation Year may not exceed the Annual
Additions Limit.

 

(C)  Actions to Prevent Excess Annual Additions.
If the Annual Additions the Plan Administrator otherwise would allocate under the Plan to a Participant's Account for the Limitation
Year would exceed the Annual Additions Limit, the Plan Administrator will not allocate the Excess Amount, but instead will take
any reasonable, uniform and nondiscriminatory action the Plan Administrator determines necessary to avoid allocation of an Excess
Amount. Such actions include, but are not limited to, those described in this Section 4.01(C). If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, the
Plan Administrator may apply this Section 4.01 in a manner which maximizes the allocation to a Participant of Employer Contributions
(exclusive of the Participant's Elective Deferrals). Notwithstanding any contrary Plan provision, the Plan Administrator, for the
Limitation Year, may: (1) suspend or limit a Participant's additional Employee Contributions or Elective Deferrals; (2) notify
the Employer to reduce the Employer's future Plan contribution(s) as necessary to avoid allocation to a Participant of an Excess
Amount; or (3) suspend or limit the allocation to a Participant of any Employer Contribution previously made to the Plan (exclusive
of Elective Deferrals) or of any Participant forfeiture. If an allocation of Employer Contributions previously made (excluding
a Participant's Elective Deferrals) or of Participant forfeitures would result in an Excess Amount to a Participant's Account,
the Plan Administrator will allocate the Excess Amount to the remaining Participants who are eligible for an allocation of Employer
contributions for the Plan Year in which the Limitation Year ends. The Plan Administrator will make this allocation in accordance
with the Plan's allocation method as if the Participant whose Account otherwise would receive the Excess Amount is not eligible
for an allocation of Employer Contributions. If the Plan Administrator allocates to a Participant an Excess Amount, Plan Administrator
must dispose of the Excess Amount in accordance with Section 4.01(E).

 

(D)  Estimated and Actual Compensation. Prior
to the determination of the Participant's actual Compensation for a Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator may determine the Annual
Additions Limit on the basis of the Participant's estimated annual Compensation for such Limitation Year. The Plan Administrator
must make this determination on a reasonable and uniform basis for all Participants similarly situated. The Plan Administrator
must reduce the allocation of any Employer Contributions (including any allocation of forfeitures) based on estimated annual Compensation
by any Excess Amounts carried over from prior Limitation Years. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation
Year, the Plan Administrator will determine the Annual Additions Limit for the Limitation Year on the basis of the Participant's
actual Compensation for such Limitation Year.

 

(E)  Disposition of Allocated Excess Amount. If
a Participant receives an allocation of an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator will dispose of such Excess
Amount in accordance with this Section 4.01(E).

 

(1)  Employee Contributions.
The Plan Administrator first will return to the Participant any Employee Contributions (adjusted for Earnings) and will forfeit
any Associated Matching Contributions, to the extent necessary to reduce or eliminate the Excess Amount.

 

(2)  Elective Deferrals. The
Plan Administrator next will distribute to the Participant any Elective Deferrals (adjusted for Earnings) and will forfeit any
Associated Matching Contributions, to the extent necessary to reduce or eliminate the Excess Amount. If a Participant who will
receive a distribution of an Excess Amount has, in the Plan Year for which the corrective distribution is made, contributed both
Pre-Tax Deferrals and Roth Deferrals, the Plan Administrator operationally will determine the source(s) from which it will direct
the Trustee to make the corrective distribution. The Plan Administrator also may permit the affected Participants to elect the
source(s) from which the corrective distribution will be made. However, the amount of a corrective distribution of an Excess Amount
to any Participant from the Pre-Tax Deferral or Roth Deferral sources under this Section 4.01(E)(2) may not exceed the amount of
the Participant's Pre-Tax Deferrals or Roth Deferrals for the correction year.

 

(3)  Excess Amount remains/Participant
still covered. If, after the application of Sections 4.01(E)(1) and (2), an Excess Amount still exists and the Plan covers
the Participant at the end of the Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator then will use the Excess Amount(s) to reduce future Employer
Contributions (including any allocation of forfeitures) under the Plan for the next Limitation Year and for each succeeding Limitation
Year, as is necessary, for the Participant. If the Employer's Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan, a Participant who is an HCE may elect
to limit his/her Compensation for allocation purposes to the extent necessary to reduce his/her allocation for the Limitation Year
to the Annual Additions Limit and to eliminate the Excess Amount. The Plan Administrator under this Section 4.01(E)(3) will not
distribute any Excess Amount(s) to Participants or to former Participants.

 

    	38

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(4)  Excess Amount remains/Participant
not covered/suspense account. If, after the application of Sections 4.01(E)(1) and (2), an Excess Amount still exists and the
Plan does not cover the Participant at the end of the Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator then will hold the Excess Amount
unallocated in a suspense account. The Plan Administrator will apply the suspense account to reduce Employer Contributions (including
the allocation of forfeitures) for all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and in each succeeding Limitation Year
if necessary. Neither the Employer nor any Employee may contribute to the Plan for any Limitation Year in which the Plan is unable
to allocate fully a suspense account maintained pursuant to this Section 4.01(E)(4). Amounts held unallocated in a suspense account
will not share in any allocation of Earnings. The Plan Administrator under this Section 4.01(E)(4) will not distribute any Excess
Amount(s) to Participants or to former Participants.

 

(5)  Applicable Law. In
addition to any other method described in this Section 4.01(E), the Plan Administrator may dispose of any allocated Excess Amount
in accordance with Applicable Law.

 

4.2  ANNUAL ADDITIONS LIMIT
— OTHER 415 AGGREGATED PLANS.

 

(A)  Application of this Section. This Section
4.02 applies only to Participants who, in addition to this Plan, participate in one or more Code §415 Aggregated Plans.

 

(1)  Definition of Code §415
Aggregated Plans. Code §415 Aggregated Plans means M&P Defined Contribution Plans, welfare benefit funds (as defined
in Code §419(e)), individual medical accounts (as defined in Code §415(l)(2)), or simplified employee pension plans (as
defined in Code §408(k)) maintained by the Employer and which provide an Annual Addition during the Limitation Year.

 

(B)  Combined Plans Limitation. The amount
of Annual Additions which the Plan Administrator may allocate under this Plan to a Participant's Account for a Limitation Year
may not exceed the Combined Plans Limitation.

 

(1)  Definition of Combined
Plans Limitation. The Combined Plans Limitation is the Annual Additions Limit, reduced by the sum of any Annual Additions allocated
to the Participant's accounts for the same Limitation Year under the Code §415 Aggregated Plans.

 

(2)  Prevention. If the
amount the Employer otherwise would allocate to the Participant's Account under this Plan would cause the Annual Additions for
the Limitation Year to exceed this Section 4.02(B) Combined Plans Limitation, the Employer will reduce the amount of its allocation
to that Participant's Account in the manner described in Section 4.01(C), so the Annual Additions under all of the Code §415
Aggregated Plans for the Limitation Year will equal the Annual Additions Limit.

 

(3)  Correction. If the
Plan Administrator allocates to a Participant an amount attributed to this Plan under Section 4.02(D) which exceeds the Combined
Plans Limitation, the Plan Administrator must dispose of the Excess Amount in accordance with Section 4.02(E).

 

(C)  Estimated and Actual Compensation. Prior
to the determination of the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator may determine the
Combined Plans Limitation on the basis of the Participant's estimated annual Compensation for such Limitation Year. The Plan Administrator
will make this determination on a reasonable and uniform basis for all Participants similarly situated. The Plan Administrator
must reduce the allocation of any Employer Contribution (including the allocation of Participant forfeitures) based on estimated
annual Compensation by any Excess Amounts carried over from prior years. As soon as is administratively feasible after the end
of the Limitation Year, the Plan Administrator will determine the Combined Plans Limitation on the basis of the Participant's actual
Compensation for such Limitation Year.

 

(D)  Ordering Rules. If a Participant's Annual
Additions under this Plan and the Code §415 Aggregated Plans result in an Excess Amount, such Excess Amount will consist of
the Amounts last allocated. The Plan Administrator will determine the Amounts last allocated by treating the Annual Additions attributable
to a simplified employee pension as allocated first, followed by allocation to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account,
irrespective of the actual allocation date. If the Plan Administrator allocates an Excess Amount to a Participant on an allocation
date of this Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will equal
the product of:

 

(1)  the total Excess
Amount allocated as of such date, multiplied by

 

(2)  the ratio of (a)
the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant as of such date for the Limitation Year under the Plan to (b) the total Annual
Additions allocated to the Participant as of such date for the Limitation Year under this Plan and the Code §415 Aggregated
Plans.

 

(E)  Disposition of Allocated Excess Amount Attributable
to Plan. The Plan Administrator will dispose of any allocated Excess Amounts described in and attributed to this Plan under
Section 4.02(D) as provided in Section 4.01(E).

 

4.3  OTHER DEFINED CONTRIBUTION
PLANS LIMITATION.

 

(A)  Application of this Section. This Section
4.03 applies only to Participants who, in addition to this Plan, participate in one or more qualified Defined Contribution Plans
maintained by the Employer during the Limitation Year, but which are not M&P plans described in Section 4.02.

 

(B)  Limitation. If a Participant is a participant
in another Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer, but which plan is not an M&P plan described in Section 4.02,
the Plan Administrator must limit the allocation to the Participant of Annual Additions under this Plan as provided in Section
4.02, as though the other Defined Contribution Plan were an M&P plan.

 

    	39

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

4.4  NO COMBINED DCP/DBP LIMITATION.
If the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan, or has ever maintained a Defined Benefit Plan which the Employer has terminated,
this Plan does not calculate a combined 415 limit based on the Defined Benefit Plan and this Plan.

 

4.5  DEFINITIONS: SECTIONS
4.01-4.04. For purposes of Sections 4.01 through 4.04:

 

(A)  Annual Additions. Annual Additions means
the sum of the following amounts allocated to a Participant's Account for a Limitation Year: (1) Employer Contributions (including
Elective Deferrals); (2) forfeitures; (3) Employee Contributions; (4) Excess Amounts reapplied to reduce Employer Contributions
under Section 4.01(E) or Section 4.02(E); (5) amounts allocated after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical account (as defined
in Code §415(l)(2)) included as part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer; (6) contributions paid or accrued
after December 31, 1985, for taxable years ending after December 31, 1985, attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated
to the separate account of a key- employee (as defined in Code §419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code
§419(e)) maintained by the Employer; (7) amounts allocated under a Simplified Employee Pension Plan; and (8) corrected (distributed)
Excess Contributions and corrected (distributed) Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess Deferrals which the Plan Administrator
corrects by distribution by April 15 of the following calendar year, are not Annual Additions. Catch-up Contributions and Designated
IRA Contributions are not Annual Additions.

 

(B)  Annual Additions Limit. Annual Additions
Limit means the lesser of: (i) $40,000 (or, if greater, the $40,000 amount as adjusted under Code §415(d)), or (ii) 100% of
the Participant's Compensation paid or accrued for the Limitation Year. If there is a short Limitation Year because of a change
in Limitation Year (other than as a result of the termination of the Plan), the Plan Administrator will multiply the $40,000 (as
adjusted) limitation by the following fraction:

 

Number of months (or fractional parts
thereof) in the short Limitation Year

12

 

The 100% Compensation limitation in clause (ii) above does not
apply to any contribution for medical benefits within the meaning of Code §401(h) or Code §419A(f)(2) which otherwise
is an Annual Addition.

 

(1)  Single plan treatment
of Defined Contribution Plans. For purposes of applying the Annual Additions Limit, the Plan Administrator must treat all Defined
Contribution Plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan. Solely for purposes of Sections 4.01
through 4.04, employee contributions made to a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer is a separate Defined Contribution
Plan. The Plan Administrator also will treat as a Defined Contribution Plan an individual medical account (as defined in Code §415(l)(2))
included as part of a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer and a welfare benefit fund under Code §419(e) maintained
by the Employer to the extent there are post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as
defined in Code §419A(d)(3)).

 

(2)  Single plan treatment
of Defined Benefit Plans. For purposes of applying the Annual Additions Limit, the Plan Administrator will treat all Defined
Benefit Plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer as a single plan.

 

(C)  Compensation. Compensation for purposes
of Code §415 testing means Compensation as defined in Section 1.11(B)(1), (2), (3), or (4), except: (i) Compensation includes
Elective Deferrals under Section 1.11(D), irrespective of whether the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement to include
Elective Deferrals in Compensation for allocation purposes; (ii) Compensation for the entire Limitation Year is taken into account
even if the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected to include only Participating Compensation for allocation purposes;
(iii) Compensation excludes Post-Severance Compensation as defined in Section 1.11(I) unless the Employer in Appendix B elects
to include it for purposes of this Section 4.05(C) (and regardless of the Employer's possible Post-Severance Compensation elections
in Appendix B as they relate to allocations); and (iv) any other Compensation adjustment or exclusion the Employer has elected
in its Adoption Agreement for allocation purposes does not apply.

 

(1)  Effective Date 415 Post-Severance
Compensation. The Post-Severance Compensation provisions described in clause (iii) of Section 4.05(C) apply effective as of
the date the Employer elects in Appendix B, but may not be effective earlier than January 1, 2005.

 

(2)  "First few
weeks rule." The Plan Administrator operationally, but on a uniform and consistent basis as to similarly situated
Participants, may elect to include in Compensation for Code §415 purposes Compensation earned in such Limitation Year
but which, solely because of payroll timing, is paid in the first few weeks of the next following Limitation Year as
described in Treas. Reg. §1.415-2(d)(5)(i) and in Prop. Treas. Reg. §1.415(c)- 2(e)(2). This Section 4.05(C)(2)
applies to Code §415 testing Compensation but does not affect Compensation for allocation purposes.

 

(D)  Employer. Employer means the Employer
and any Related Employer. Solely for purposes of applying the Annual Additions Limit, the Plan Administrator will determine Related
Employer status by modifying Code §§414(b) and (c) in accordance with Code §415(h).

 

(E)  Excess Amount. Excess Amount means the
excess of the Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Annual Additions Limit.

 

(F)  Limitation Year. See Section 1.33.

 

(G)  M&P Plan. M&P Plan means a Prototype
Plan or a Master Plan. See Section 1.48.

 

4.6  ANNUAL TESTING ELECTIONS.
The Plan Administrator may elect to test for coverage and nondiscrimination by applying, as applicable, annual testing elections
under this Section 4.06.

 

    	40

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(A)  Changes and Uniformity. In applying any
testing election, the Plan Administrator may elect to apply or not to apply such election in any Testing Year, consistent with
this Section 4.06. However, the Plan Administrator will apply the testing elections in effect within a Testing Year uniformly to
all similarly situated Participants.

 

(B)  Plan Specific Elections. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement must elect for the Plan Administrator to apply the following annual testing elections: (1) nondiscrimination
testing under the ADP and ACP tests as a Traditional 401(k) Plan; (2) no nondiscrimination testing as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan
or nondiscrimination testing under the ACP test as an ADP only Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan; (3) no nondiscrimination testing as a SIMPLE
401(k) Plan; (4) the top-paid group election under Code §414(q)(1)(B)(ii); (5) the calendar year data election under Notice
97-45 or other Applicable Law; (6) Current or Prior Year Testing as a Traditional 401(k) Plan or as an ADP only Safe Harbor 401(k)
Plan under Treas. Reg. §§1.401(k)-2(a)(2)(ii) and 1.401(m)-2(a)(2)(ii) and under Notice 98-1 as applicable; and (7) any
other testing election which the IRS in the future specifies in written guidance as being subject to a requirement of the Employer
making a Plan (versus an operational) election.

 

(C)  Operational Elections. The Plan Administrator
operationally may apply any testing election available under Applicable Law, other than those plan specific elections described
in 4.06(B), including but not limited to: (i) the "otherwise excludible employees rule" ("OEE rule") under
Code §410(b)(4)(B); (ii) the "early participation rule" ("EP rule") under Code §§401(k)(3)(F)
and 401(m)(5)(C); (iii) except as Section 4.07 may limit, the application of any Code §414(s) nondiscriminatory definition
of compensation for nondiscrimination testing, regardless of the Plan's definitions of Compensation for any other purpose; (iv)
application of the general nondiscrimination test under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(c); (v) application of the "compensation
ratio test" under Treas. Reg. §1.414(s)- 1(d)(3); (vi) application of imputed permitted disparity under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-7;
(vii) application of restructuring under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-9; (viii) application of the average benefit test under
Code §410(b)(2), except as limited under Section 3.06(F); (ix) application of permissive aggregation under Code §410(b)(6)(B);
(x) application of the "qualified separate line of business rules" under Code §410(b)(5); (xi) shifting Elective
Deferrals from the ADP test to the ACP test; (xii) shifting QMACs from the ACP test to the ADP test; or (xiii) application of the
"2 1/2 month rule" in the ADP test under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-2(a)(4)(i)(B)(2).

 

(1)  Application of otherwise
excludible employees and early participation rules. In applying the OEE and EP rules in clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 4.06(C)
above, the Plan Administrator will apply the following provisions.

 

(a)  Definitions of Otherwise
Excludible Employees and Includible Employees. For purposes of this Section 4.06(C), an Otherwise Excludible Employee means
a Participant who has not reached the Cross-Over Date. For purposes of this Section 4.06(C), an Includible Employee means a Participant
who has reached the Cross- Over Date.

 

(b)  Satisfaction of coverage.
To apply the OEE or EP rules for nondiscrimination testing, the Plan must satisfy coverage as to the disaggregated plans under
Code

§410(b)(4)(B).

 

(c)  Definition of Cross-Over
Date. The Cross- Over Date under the OEE rule means when an Employee changes status from the disaggregated plan benefiting
the Otherwise Excludible Employees to the disaggregated plan benefiting the Includible Employees. The Cross-Over Date has the same
meaning under the EP rule except it is limited only to NHCEs. Under the EP rule, all HCE Participants remain subject to nondiscrimination
testing.

 

(d)  Determination of Cross-Over
Date. The Plan Administrator may elect to determine the Cross-Over Date for an Employee by applying any date which is not later
than the maximum permissible entry date under Code

§410(a)(4).

 

(e)  Amounts in testing in
Cross-Over Plan Year. For purposes of the OEE rule, the Plan Administrator will count the total Plan Year Elective Deferrals,
Matching Contributions, Employer Contributions, and Compensation in the Includible Employees plan test for the Employees who become
Includible Employees during such Plan Year. For purposes of applying the EP rule, the Plan Administrator will count the Elective
Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Employer Contributions, and Compensation in the single test for the Includible Employees, but
only such of these items as are attributable to the period on and following the Cross-Over Date.

 

(f)  Application of other conventions.
Notwithstanding Sections 4.06(C)(1)(c), (d), and (e): (i) the Plan Administrator operationally may apply Applicable Law; (ii)
the Plan Administrator under a Restated Plan operationally may apply the Plan terms commencing in the Plan Year beginning after
the Employer executes the Restated Plan in lieu of applying the Plan terms retroactive to the Plan's restated Effective Date; and
(iii) the Plan Administrator operationally may apply any other reasonable conventions, uniformly applied within a Plan Year, provided
that any such convention is not inconsistent with Applicable Law.

 

(g)  Allocations not effected
by testing. The Plan Administrator's election to apply the OEE or EP rules for testing does not control the Plan allocations,
or the Compensation or Elective Deferrals taken into account for Plan allocations. The Plan Administrator will determine Plan allocations,
and Compensation and Elective Deferrals for Plan allocations, based on the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections, including elections
relating to Participating Compensation or Plan Year Compensation. For this purpose, an election of Participating Compensation means
Compensation and Elective Deferrals on and following the Cross-Over Date as to the allocations for the disaggregated plan benefiting
the Includible Employees.

 

    	41

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(D)  Election Timing. Except where the Plan
or Applicable Law specifies another deadline for making a Plan specific annual testing election under Section 4.06(B), the Plan
Administrator may make any such testing election, and the Employer must amend the Plan as necessary to reflect the election, by
the end of the Testing Year. As to any Plan Year ending before the issuance of Rev. Proc. 2005-66, the Plan Administrator may make
any Plan specific testing election under Section 4.06(B) and the Employer may make an amendment reflecting such election, as provided
under Applicable Law. The Plan Administrator may make operational testing elections under Section 4.06(C) as provided under Applicable
Law. If the Employer is correcting an operational Plan failure under EPCRS, the Employer may make an annual testing election for
any Testing Year at the time the Employer makes the correction.

 

(E)  Coverage Transition Rule. The Plan Administrator
in determining the Plan's compliance with the coverage requirements of Code §410(b), in the case of certain acquisitions or
dispositions described in Code §410(b)(6)(C) and in the regulations thereunder, will apply the "coverage transition rule"
described therein.

 

4.7  TESTING BASED ON BENEFITS.
In applying the general nondiscrimination test under Section 4.06(C) to any non-uniform Plan allocation, the Plan Administrator
may elect to test using allocation rates or using equivalent accrual (benefit) rates ("EBRs") as defined in Treas. Reg.
§1.401(a)(4)-(8)(b)(2). In the event that the Plan Administrator elects to test using EBRs, the Plan must comply with this
Section 4.07.

 

(A)  Gateway Contribution. Except as provided
in Section 4.07(A)(2), if the Employer in its Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Plan elects an allocation of its Nonelective
Contribution which is: (i) based on classifications under Section 3.04(B)(3); (ii) super integrated under Section 3.04(B)(4); or
(iii) age-based under Section 3.04(B)(5), and the Plan Administrator will perform nondiscrimination testing using EBRs, the Employer
must make a Gateway Contribution. Except as provided in Section 4.07(A)(2), the Employer also must make a Gateway Contribution
where the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected a non-uniform allocation and the Plan Administrator performs nondiscrimination
testing using EBRs.

 

(1)  Definition of Gateway
Contribution. A Gateway Contribution is an additional Employer Contribution or Nonelective Contribution in an amount necessary
to satisfy the minimum allocation gateway requirement described in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)- 8(b)(1)(vi).

 

(2)  Exception to Gateway
Contribution requirement. An Employer is not required to make any Gateway Contribution in the event that the Employer's elected
allocation under Section 4.07(A) satisfies; (a) the "broadly available allocation rate" requirements; (b) the "age-based
allocation with a gradual age or service schedule" requirements; or (c) the uniform target benefit allocation requirements
each as described in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(1)(B).

 

(B)  Eligibility for Gateway Contribution. The
Plan Administrator will allocate any Gateway Contribution for a Plan Year to each NHCE Participant who receives an allocation of
any Employer Contribution or Nonelective Contribution for such Plan Year. The Plan Administrator will allocate the Gateway Contribution
without regard to any allocation conditions under Section 3.06 otherwise applicable to Employer Contributions or Nonelective Contributions
under the Plan. However, if the Plan Administrator disaggregates the Plan for testing pursuant to the OEE rule under Section 4.06(C),
the Otherwise Excludible Employees will not receive an allocation of any Gateway Contribution unless such an allocation is necessary
to satisfy Code §401(a)(4).

 

(C)  Amount of Gateway Contribution. The
Plan Administrator will allocate any Gateway Contribution pro rata based on the Compensation of each Participant who receives
a Gateway Contribution allocation for the Plan Year, but in no event will an allocation of the Gateway Contribution to any
Participant exceed the lesser of: (1) 5% of Compensation; or (2) one-third (1/3) of the Highest Allocation Rate for the Plan
Year. The Plan Administrator will reduce (offset) the Gateway Contribution allocation for a Participant under either the 5%
or the 1/3 Gateway Contribution alternative, by the amount of any other Employer Contributions or Nonelective Contributions
the Plan Administrator allocates (including forfeitures allocated as an Employer Contribution or Nonelective Contribution and
Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions, but excluding other QNECs, as defined under Section 1.37(C)) for the same Plan Year to
such Participant; provided that if an NHCE is receiving only a QNEC and the QNEC amount equals or exceeds the Gateway
Contribution, the QNEC satisfies the Gateway Contribution requirement as to that NHCE. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
Employer may increase the Gateway Contribution to satisfy the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-9(b)(2)(v)(D) if
the Plan consists (for nondiscrimination testing purposes) of one or more Defined Contribution Plans and one or more Defined
Benefit Plans.

 

(D)  Compensation for 5% Gateway Contribution.
For allocation purposes under the 5% Gateway Contribution alternative, "Compensation" means as the Employer elects
in the Adoption Agreement, except that the Plan Administrator: (1) will include Elective Deferrals; (2) will limit Compensation
to Participating Compensation; and (3) will disregard any other modifications to Compensation the Employer elects in its Adoption
Agreement.

 

(E)  Compensation for Determination of Highest
Rate and 1/3 Gateway Contribution. The Plan Administrator under the 1/3 Gateway Contribution alternative: (i) will determine
the Highest Allocation Rate and the resulting Gateway Contribution rate for the NHCE Participants entitled to the Gateway Contribution;
and (ii) will allocate the Gateway Contribution, based on Compensation the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement, provided
that such definition satisfies Code §414(s) and if it does not, the Plan Administrator will allocate the Gateway Contribution
based on a Code §414(s) definition which the Plan Administrator operationally selects.

 

    	42

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(1)  Definition of Highest
Allocation Rate. The Highest Allocation Rate means the greatest allocation rate of any HCE Participant and is equal to the
Participant's total Employer Contribution or Nonelective Contribution allocation (including any QNECs, Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contributions and forfeitures allocated as a Nonelective Contribution or forfeitures allocated as a Money Purchase Pension Contribution)
divided by his/her Compensation, as described in this Section 4.07(E).

 

(F)  Employer Contribution Excludes Match. For
purposes of this Section 4.07, an Employer Contribution excludes Matching Contributions.

 

4.8  AMENDMENT TO PASS TESTING.
In the event that the Plan fails to satisfy Code §§410 or 401(a)(4) in any Plan Year, the Employer may elect to amend
the Plan consistent with Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-11(g) to correct the failure. The Employer may make such an amendment in
any form or manner as the Employer deems reasonable, but otherwise consistent with Section 11.02. Any amendment under this Section
4.08 will not affect reliance on the Plan's Opinion Letter or Advisory Letter.

 

4.9  APPLICATION OF COMPENSATION
LIMIT. The Plan Administrator in performing any nondiscrimination testing under this Article IV will limit each Participant's
Compensation to the amount described in Section 1.11(E).

 

4.10  401(k) (OR OTHER PLAN)
TESTING. The Plan Administrator will test Elective Deferrals, Matching Contributions and Employee Contributions under the Employer's
401(k) Plan or other Plan as applicable, in accordance with this Section 4.10. The Plan Administrator, in applying this Section
4.10 will apply the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date.

 

(A)  Annual Elective Deferral Limitation. A
Participant's Elective Deferrals for a Taxable Year may not exceed the Elective Deferral Limit.

 

(1)  Definition of Elective
Deferral Limit. The Elective Deferral Limit is the Code §402(g) limitation on each Participant's Elective Deferrals for
each Taxable Year. If the Participant's Taxable Year is not a calendar year, the Plan Administrator must apply the Code §402(g)
limitation in effect for the calendar year in which the Participant's Taxable Year begins.

 

(2)  Definition
of Excess Deferral. A Participant's Excess Deferral is the amount of Elective Deferrals for a Taxable Year which exceeds the
Elective Deferral Limit.

 

(3)  Elective
Deferral Limit amount. The Elective Deferral Limit is the following amount for each Taxable Year:

 

	Year	 	Amount	 
	 	 	 	 
	2002	 	$	11,000	 
	2003	 	$	12,000	 
	2004	 	$	13,000	 
	2005	 	$	14,000	 
	2006	 	$	15,000	 

 

(4)  COLA after 2006. After
the 2006 Taxable Year, the Elective Deferral Limit is subject to adjustment in multiples of $500 under Code §402(g)(4).

 

(5)  Suspension after reaching
limit. If, pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement or pursuant to a CODA election, the Employer determines a Participant's
Elective Deferrals to the Plan for a Taxable Year would exceed the Elective Deferral Limit, the Employer will suspend the Participant's
Salary Reduction Agreement, if any, until the following January 1 and will pay to the Participant in cash the portion of the Elective
Deferrals which would result in the Participant's Elective Deferrals for the Taxable Year exceeding the Elective Deferral Limit.

 

(6)  Correction. If the
Plan Administrator determines a Participant's Elective Deferrals already contributed to the Plan for a Taxable Year exceed the
Elective Deferral Limit, the Plan Administrator will distribute the Excess Deferrals as adjusted for Allocable Income, no later
than April 15 of the following Taxable Year (or if later, the date permitted under Code §§7503 or 7508A). See Section
4.11(C)(1) as to Gap Period income.

 

(7)  415 interaction. If
the Plan Administrator distributes the Excess Deferrals by the April 15 deadline under Section 4.10(A)(6), the Excess Deferrals
are not an Annual Addition under Section 4.05, and the Plan Administrator may make the distribution irrespective of any other provision
under this Plan or under the Code. Elective Deferrals distributed to a Participant as an Excess Amount in accordance with Sections
4.01 through 4.03 are not taken into account in determining the Participant's Elective Deferral Limit.

 

(8)  ADP interaction. The
Plan Administrator will reduce the amount of Excess Deferrals for a Taxable Year distributable to a Participant by the amount of
Excess Contributions (as determined in Section 4.10(B)), if any, previously distributed to the Participant for the Plan Year beginning
in that Taxable Year.

 

(9)  More than one plan. If
a Participant participates in another plan subject to the Code §402(g) limitation under which he/she makes elective deferrals
pursuant to a 401(k) Plan, elective deferrals under a SARSEP, elective contributions under a SIMPLE IRA or salary reduction contributions
to a tax-sheltered annuity (irrespective of whether the Employer maintains the other plan), the Participant may provide to the
Plan Administrator a written claim for Excess Deferrals made to the Plan for a Taxable Year. The Participant must submit the claim
no later than the March 1 following the close of the particular Taxable Year and the claim must specify the amount of the Participant's
Elective Deferrals under this Plan which are Excess Deferrals. The Plan Administrator may require the Participant to provide reasonable
evidence of the existence of and the amount of the Participant's Excess Deferrals. If the Plan Administrator receives a timely
claim which it approves, the Plan Administrator will distribute the Excess Deferrals (as adjusted for Allocable Income under Section
4.11(C)(1)) the Participant has assigned to this Plan, in accordance with this Section 4.10(A). If a Participant has Excess Deferrals
because of making Elective Deferrals to this Plan and other plans of the Employer (but where the Elective Deferral Limit is not
exceeded based on Deferrals to any single plan), the Participant for purposes of this Section 4.10(A)(9) is deemed to have notified
the Plan Administrator of this Plan of the Excess Deferrals.

 

    	43

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(10)  Roth and Pre-Tax Deferrals.
If a Participant who will receive a distribution of Excess Deferrals, in the Taxable Year for which the corrective distribution
is made, has contributed both Pre-Tax Deferrals and Roth Deferrals, the Plan Administrator operationally will determine the Elective
Deferral Account source(s) from which it will direct the Trustee to make the corrective distribution. The Plan Administrator also
may permit the affected Participant to elect the source(s) from which the Trustee will make the corrective distribution. However,
the amount of a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals to any Participant from the Pre-Tax Deferral or Roth Deferral sources
under this Section 4.10(A)(10) may not exceed the amount of the Participant's Pre-Tax Deferrals or Roth Deferrals for the Taxable
Year of the correction.

 

(B)  Actual Deferral Percentage (ADP) Test. If
the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected to test its 401(k) Plan as a Traditional 401(k) Plan, a Participant's Elective
Deferrals for a Plan Year may not exceed the ADP Limit.

 

(1)  Definition of ADP Limit.
The ADP Limit is the maximum dollar amount of Elective Deferrals each HCE Participant may defer under the Plan such that the
Plan passes the ADP test for that Plan Year.

 

(2)  Definition of Excess
Contributions. Excess Contributions are the amount of Elective Deferrals made by the HCEs which exceed the ADP Limit and which
may not be recharacterized as Catch-Up Contributions.

 

(3)  ADP test. For each
Plan Year, Elective Deferrals satisfy the ADP test if they satisfy either of the following tests:

 

(a)  1.25 test. The ADP
for the HCE Group does not exceed 1.25 times the ADP of the NHCE Group; or

 

(b)  2 percent test. The
ADP for the HCE Group does not exceed the ADP for the NHCE Group by more than two percentage points and the ADP for the HCE Group
is not more than twice the ADP for the NHCE Group.

 

(4)  Calculation of ADP. The
ADP for either group is the average of the separate ADRs calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent for each ADP Participant
who is a member of that group. The Plan Administrator will include in the ADP test as a zero an ADP Participant who elects not
to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan for the Testing Year.

 

(a)  Definition of ADR (actual
deferral ratio). An ADP Participant's ADR for a Plan Year is the ratio of the ADP Participant's Elective Deferrals, but excluding
Catch-Up Contributions, for the Plan Year to the ADP Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

(b)  Definitions of ADP Participant
and HCE and NHCE Groups. See Sections 4.11(B), (G), and (H).

 

(c)  Excess Deferrals interaction.
In determining the ADP, the Plan Administrator must include any HCE's Excess Deferrals (whether or not corrected), as described
in Section 4.10(A), to this Plan or to any other Plan of the Employer and the Plan Administrator will disregard any NHCE's Excess
Deferrals.

 

(d)  QNECs and QMACs. The
Plan Administrator operationally may include in the ADP test, QNECs and QMACs the Plan Administrator does not use in the ACP test,
provided that the Plan passes the ACP test before and after the shifting of any amount from the ACP test to the ADP test. The Plan
Administrator may use QNECs or QMACs in the ADP test provided such amounts are not impermissibly targeted under Section 4.10(D).

 

(e)  Shifting Elective Deferrals
to ACP. The Plan Administrator will not count in the ADP test any Elective Deferrals the Plan Administrator operationally elects
to shift to the ACP test; provided that the Plan must pass the ADP test both taking into account and disregarding the Elective
Deferrals the Plan Administrator shifts to the ACP test.

 

(f)  Current/Prior Year Testing.

 

(i)  Election. In determining
whether the Plan's 401(k) arrangement satisfies the ADP test, the Plan Administrator will use Current Year Testing or Prior Year
Testing as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement. Any such election applies for such Testing Years as the Employer elects
(and retroactively as the Employer elects in the case of a Restated Plan).

 

(ii)  Permissible changes.
The Employer may amend its Adoption Agreement to change from Prior Year Testing to Current Year Testing at any time, subject
to Section 4.06(D). The Employer under Section 4.06(D) may amend its Adoption Agreement to change from Current Year Testing to
Prior Year Testing only: (A) if the Plan has used Current Year Testing in at least the 5 immediately preceding Plan Years (or if
the Plan has not been in existence for 5 Plan Years, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence); (B) the Plan is
the result of aggregation of 2 or more plans and each of the aggregated plans used Current Year Testing for the period described
in clause (A); or (C) a transaction occurs to which the coverage transition rule under Code §410(b)(6)(C) applies and as a
result, the Employer maintains a plan using Prior Year Testing and a plan using Current Year Testing. Under clause (C), the Employer
may make an amendment to change to Prior Year Testing at any time during the coverage transition period.

 

(iii)  Deferrals and QNEC/QMAC
deadline/limitation under Prior Year Testing. The Plan Administrator may include Elective Deferrals, QNECs or QMACs in determining
the HCE or NHCE ADP only if the Employer makes such contribution to the Plan within 12 months following the end of the Plan Year
to which the Elective Deferral relates or to which the Plan Administrator will allocate the QNEC or QMAC. Under Prior Year Testing,
to count the QNEC or QMAC in the ADP test, the Employer must contribute a QNEC or QMAC by the end of the Testing Year. If the Employer's
adoption of this Plan is a new Plan (and in the case of a Restated Plan for Testing Years which begin after the date the Employer
executes the Restated Plan), the Employer may not make an Operational QNEC or QMAC if the Plan uses Prior Year Testing.

 

    	44

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(iv)  First Plan Year under
Prior Year Testing. For the first Plan Year the Plan permits Elective Deferrals, if the Plan is not a Successor Plan and is
using Prior Year Testing, the prior year ADP for the NHCE Group is equal to the greater of 3% or the actual ADP for the NHCE Group
in the first Plan Year. If the Plan continues to use Prior Year Testing in the second Plan Year, the Plan Administrator must use
the actual first Plan Year ADP for the NHCE Group in the ADP test for the second Plan Year.

 

(v)  Plan coverage changes
under Prior Year Testing. If the Employer's Plan is using Prior Year Testing and the Plan experiences a plan coverage change
under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-2(c)(4), the Plan Administrator will make any adjustments such regulations may require to the
NHCEs' ADP for the prior year.

 

(vi)  Shifting contributions
and switching from Current Year to Prior Year. If the Plan Administrator is using Current Year Testing and shifts an Elective
Deferral to the ACP test or shifts a QMAC to the ADP test, then, in the subsequent Testing Year for which the Plan Administrator
switched to Prior Year Testing, the Plan Administrator in applying Prior Year Testing must disregard the shifted amount. As of
the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, the Plan Administrator in applying Prior Year Testing in such subsequent Testing Year
will restore the ADP and ACP to their original amounts, leaving the shifted amount in the original test without regard to the shift
in the previous Testing Year.

 

(5)  Special aggregation rule
for HCEs. To determine the ADR of any HCE, the Plan Administrator must take into account any Elective Deferrals made by the
HCE (and if used in the ADP test, any QNECs and QMACs allocated to the HCE) under any other 401(k) Plan maintained by the Employer,
unless the Elective Deferrals are to an ESOP before the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date. If the 401(k) Plans have different
Plan Years, the Plan Administrator will determine the combined Elective Deferrals on the basis of the Plan Years ending in the
same calendar year. For Plan Years beginning on or after the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, if the 401(k) Plans have
different Plan Years, all Elective Deferrals made during the Plan Year will be aggregated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan
Administrator will not apply the aggregation rule of this Section 4.10(B)(5) to plans which may not be aggregated under Treas.
Reg.

§1.401(k)-2(a)(3)(ii)(B).

 

(6)  Aggregation of certain
401(k) plans. If the Employer treats two or more plans as a single plan for coverage or nondiscrimination purposes, the Employer
must combine the 401(k) Plans to determine whether the plans satisfy the ADP test. This aggregation rule applies to the ADR determination
for all ADP Participants (and ADP participants under the other plans), irrespective of whether an ADP Participant is an HCE or
an NHCE. An Employer may not aggregate: (a) plans with different Plan Years; (b) a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan with a non-Safe Harbor
401(k) Plan; (c) plans which use different testing methods (Current Year Testing versus Prior Year Testing); or (d) any other plans
which must be disaggregated under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(b)(4)(iv). For Plan Years prior to the Final 401(k) Regulations
Effective Date, the Employer may not aggregate an ESOP (or the ESOP portion of a plan) with a non-ESOP plan (or non-ESOP portion
of a plan). If the Employer aggregating 401(k) Plans under this Section 4.10(B)(6) is using Prior Year Testing, the Plan Administrator
must adjust the NHCE Group ADP for the prior year as provided in Section 4.10(B)(4)(f)(v).

 

(7)  Characterization of Excess
Contributions. If, pursuant to Section 4.10(B)(4)(d), the Plan Administrator has elected to include QMACs in the ADP test,
any Excess Contributions are attributable proportionately to Elective Deferrals and to QMACs in the ADP test allocated on the basis
of those Elective Deferrals. The Plan Administrator will reduce the amount of Excess Contributions for a Plan Year distributable
to an HCE by the amount of Excess Deferrals (as determined in Section 4.10(A)), if any, previously distributed to that Employee
for the Employee's Taxable Year ending in that Plan Year.

 

(8)  Distribution of Excess
Contributions. If the Plan Administrator determines the Plan fails to satisfy the ADP test for a Plan Year, the Trustee, as
directed by the Plan Administrator, by the end of the Plan Year which follows the Testing Year (or any later date determined under
Code §7508A), must distribute the Excess Contributions, as adjusted for Allocable Income under Section 4.11(C)(2).

 

(a)  Calculation of total Excess
Contributions. The Plan Administrator will determine the total amount of the Excess Contributions to the Plan by starting with
the HCE(s) who has the greatest ADR, reducing his/her ADR (but not below the next highest ADR), then, if necessary, reducing the
ADR of the HCE(s) at the next highest ADR, including the ADR of the HCE(s) whose ADR the Plan Administrator already has reduced
(but not below the next highest ADR), and continuing in this manner until the ADP for the HCE Group is equal to the ADP Limit.
All reductions under this Section 4.10(B)(8)(a) are to the ADR only and do not result in any actual distributions.

 

(b)  Apportionment and distribution
of Excess Contributions. After the Plan Administrator has determined the total Excess Contribution amount, the Trustee, as
directed by the Plan Administrator, then will distribute to each HCE his/her respective share of the Excess Contributions. The
Plan Administrator will determine each HCE's share of Excess Contributions by starting with the HCE(s) who has the highest dollar
amount of Elective Deferrals, reducing his/her Elective Deferrals (but not below the next highest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals),
then, if necessary, reducing the Elective Deferrals of the HCE(s) at the next highest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals including
the Elective Deferrals of the HCE(s) whose Elective Deferrals the Plan Administrator already has reduced (but not below the next
highest dollar amount of Elective Deferrals), and continuing in this manner until the Trustee has distributed all Excess Contributions.

 

    	45

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(c)  Roth and Pre-Tax Deferrals.
If an HCE who will receive a distribution of Excess Contributions, in the Plan Year for which the corrective distribution is
made, has contributed both Pre-Tax Deferrals and Roth Deferrals, the Plan Administrator operationally will determine the Elective
Deferral Account source(s) from which it will direct the Trustee to make the corrective distribution. The Plan Administrator also
may permit the affected Participant to elect the source(s) from which the Trustee will make the corrective distribution. However,
the amount of a corrective distribution of Excess Contributions to any Participant from the Pre-Tax Deferral or Roth Deferral sources
under this Section 4.10(B)(8)(c) may not exceed the amount of the Participant's Pre-Tax Deferrals or Roth Deferrals for the Testing
Year.

 

(d)  Catch-Up Deferrals re-characterized.
If the Plan permits Catch-Up Contributions and a Catch-Up Eligible Participant exceeds his/her ADP Limit and the Plan Administrator
otherwise would distribute the Participant's Excess Contributions, the Plan Administrator instead will re-characterize as a Catch-Up
Deferral the portion of such Excess Contributions as is equal to the Participant's unused Catch-Up Deferral Limit applicable to
the Testing Year. Any such re-characterized Excess Contribution, plus Allocable Income, will remain in the Participant's Account
and the Plan Administrator, for purposes of determining ADP test correction, will treat the re-characterized amount, including
Allocable Income, as having been distributed. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected to match Catch-Up Deferrals,
the Plan Administrator will retain in the affected Participant's Account any Matching Contributions made with respect to any Excess
Contributions which the Plan Administrator re- characterizes under this Section 4.10(B)(8)(d).

 

(9)  Allocable Income/Testing
Year and Gap Period. A corrective distribution under Section 4.10(B)(8) must include Allocable Income. See Section 4.11(C)(2).

 

(10)  Treatment as Annual
Additions. Distributed Excess Contributions are Annual Additions under Sections

4.01 through 4.05 in the Limitation Year in which such amounts
were allocated.

 

(11)  Re-characterization
as Employee Contributions. In addition to the other correction methods under this Section 4.10(B), the Plan Administrator operationally
may elect to correct an ADP test failure by re- characterizing the Elective Deferrals in excess of the ADP Limit as Employee Contributions
in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-2(b)(3).

 

(C)  Actual Contribution Percentage (ACP) Test.
If: (i) the Employer in its Adoption Agreement has elected to test its Plan as a traditional 401(k) Plan; (ii) the Employer
under its 401(k) Plan has elected only ADP safe harbor plan status and the Employer makes Matching Contributions; or (iii) under
any Plan there are Employee Contributions or Matching Contributions (not exempted from ACP testing), a Participant's Aggregate
Contributions may not exceed the ACP Limit.

 

(1)  Definition of ACP Limit.
The ACP Limit is the maximum dollar amount of Aggregate Contributions that each HCE may receive or may make under the Plan
such that the Plan passes the ACP test.

 

(2)  Definition of Aggregate
Contributions. Aggregate Contributions are Matching Contributions and Employee Contributions. Aggregate Contributions also
include any QMACs, QNECs and Elective Deferrals the Plan Administrator includes in the ACP test.

 

(3)  Definition of Excess
Aggregate Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions are the amount of Aggregate Contributions allocated on behalf of the
HCEs which cause the Plan to fail the ACP test.

 

(4)  ACP test. For each
Plan Year, Aggregate Contributions satisfy the ACP test if they satisfy either of the following tests:

 

(a)  1.25 test. The ACP
for the HCE Group does not exceed 1.25 times the ACP of the NHCE Group; or

 

(b)  2 percent test. The
ACP for the HCE Group does not exceed the ACP for the NHCE Group by more than two percentage points and the ACP for the HCE Group
is not more than twice the ACP for the NHCE Group.

 

(5)  Calculation of ACP. The
ACP for either group is the average of the separate ACRs calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent for each ACP Participant
who is a member of that group. The Plan Administrator will include in the ACP test as a zero an ACP Participant who for the Testing
Year: (i) is eligible to make Employee Contributions but who does not do so; or (ii) is eligible to make Elective Deferrals and
to receive an allocation of any Matching Contributions based on Elective Deferrals but who does not make any Elective Deferrals.
An Employee who fails to satisfy an allocation condition applicable to Matching Contributions is excluded from the ACP test unless
the Employee is eligible to make Employee Contributions or the Plan Administrator re- characterizes any of the Employee's Elective
Deferrals as Employee Contributions.

 

(a)  Definition of ACR (actual
contribution ratio). An ACP Participant's ACR for a Plan Year is the ratio of the ACP Participant's Aggregate Contributions
for the Plan Year to the ACP Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year.

 

(b)  Definitions of ACP Participant
and HCE and NHCE Groups. See Section 4.11(A), (G), and (H).

 

(c)  QNECs and Elective Deferrals.
The Plan Administrator operationally may include in the ACP test QNECs and Elective Deferrals the Plan Administrator does not
use in the ADP test, provided that the Plan passes the ADP test before and after the shifting of any amount from the ADP test to
the ACP test. The Plan Administrator may use QNECs in the ACP test provided such amounts are not impermissibly targeted under Section
4.10(D).

 

    	46

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(d)  Shifting QMACs to ADP.
The Plan Administrator will not count in the ACP test any QMACs the Plan Administrator operationally elects to shift to the
ADP test; provided that the Plan must pass the ACP test both taking into account and disregarding the QMACs the Plan Administrator
shifts to the ADP test.

 

(e)  Current/Prior Year Testing.

 

(i)  Election. In determining
whether the Plan's 401(k) arrangement satisfies the ACP test, the Plan Administrator will use Current Year Testing or Prior Year
Testing as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement. Any such election applies for such Testing Years as the Employer elects
(and retroactively as the Employer elects in the case of a Restated Plan).

 

(ii)  Permissible changes.
The Employer may amend its Adoption Agreement to change from Prior Year Testing to Current Year Testing at any time, subject
to Section 4.06(D). The Employer, under Section 4.06(D) may amend its Adoption Agreement to change from Current Year Testing to
Prior Year Testing only: (A) if the Plan has used Current Year Testing in at least the 5 immediately preceding Plan Years (or if
the Plan has not been in existence for 5 Plan Years, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence); (B) the Plan is
the result of aggregation of 2 or more plans and each of the aggregated plans used Current Year Testing for the period described
in clause (A); or (C) a transaction occurs to which the coverage transition rule under Code §410(b)(6)(C) applies and as a
result, the Employer maintains a plan using Prior Year Testing and a plan using Current Year Testing. Under clause (C), the Employer
may make an amendment to change to Prior Year Testing at any time during the coverage transition period.

 

(iii)  Employee Contribution,
Matching and QNEC deadline/limitation under Prior Year Testing. The Plan Administrator includes Employee Contributions in the
ACP test in the Testing Year in which the Employer withholds the Employee Contributions from the Participant's pay, provided such
contributions are contributed to the Trust within a reasonable period thereafter. The Plan Administrator may include Matching Contributions
and QNECs in determining the HCE or NHCE ACP only if the Employer makes such contribution to the Plan within 12 months following
the end of the Plan Year to which the Plan Administrator will allocate the Matching Contribution or QNEC. Under Prior Year Testing,
to count the QNEC in the ACP test, the Employer must contribute a QNEC by the end of the Testing Year. If the Employer's adoption
of this Plan is a new Plan (and in the case of a restated Plan effective for Testing Years which begin after the date the Employer
executes the restated Plan), the Employer may not make an Operational QNEC if the Plan uses Prior Year Testing.

 

(iv)  First Plan Year under
Prior Year Testing. For the first Plan Year the Plan permits Matching Contributions or Employee Contributions, if the Plan
is not a Successor Plan and is using Prior Year Testing, the prior year ACP for the NHCE Group is equal to the greater of 3% or
the actual ACP for the NHCE Group in the first Plan Year. If the Plan continues to use Prior Year Testing in the second Plan Year,
the Plan Administrator must use the actual first Plan Year ACP for the NHCE Group in the ACP test for the second Plan Year.

 

(v)  Plan coverage changes
under Prior Year Testing. If the Employer's Plan is using Prior Year Testing and the Plan experiences a plan coverage change
under Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)-2(c)(4), the Plan Administrator will make any adjustments such regulations may require to the
NHCEs' ACP for the prior year.

 

(vi)  Shifting contributions
and switching from Current Year to Prior Year. If the Plan Administrator is using Current Year Testing and shifts an Elective
Deferral to the ACP test or shifts a QMAC to the ADP test, then, in the subsequent Testing Year for which the Plan Administrator
switched to Prior Year Testing, the Plan Administrator in applying Prior Year Testing must disregard the shifted amount. As of
the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, the Plan Administrator in applying Prior Year Testing in such subsequent Testing Year
will restore the ADP and ACP to their original amounts, leaving the shifted amount in the original test without regard to the shift
in the previous Testing Year.

 

(6)  Special aggregation rule
for HCEs. To determine the ACR of any HCE, the Plan Administrator must take into account any Aggregate Contributions allocated
to the HCE under any other 401(m) Plan maintained by the Employer, unless the Aggregate Contributions are to an ESOP before the
Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date. If the 401(m) Plans have different Plan Years, the Plan Administrator will determine the
combined Aggregate Contributions on the basis of the Plan Years ending in the same calendar year. For Plan Years beginning on or
after the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, if the 401(m) Plans have different Plan Years, all Aggregate Contributions made
during the Plan Year will be aggregated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan Administrator will not apply the aggregation rule
of this Section 4.10(C)(6) to plans which may not be aggregated under Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)-2(a)(3)(ii)(B).

 

(7)  Aggregation of certain
401(m) plans. If the Employer treats two or more plans as a single plan for coverage or nondiscrimination purposes, the Employer
must combine the 401(m) Plans under such plans to determine whether the plans satisfy the ACP test. This aggregation rule applies
to the ACR determination for all ACP Participants (and ACP participants under the other plans), irrespective of whether an ACP
Participant is an HCE or an NHCE. An Employer may not aggregate: (a) plans with different Plan Years; (b) a Safe Harbor 401(k)
Plan with a non-Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan; (c) plans which use different testing methods (Current Year Testing versus Prior Year
Testing); or (d) any other plans which must be disaggregated under Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(b)(4)(iv). For Plan Years prior
to the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, the Employer may not aggregate an ESOP (or the ESOP portion of a plan) with a non-ESOP
plan (or non-ESOP portion of a plan). If the Employer aggregating 401(m) Plans under this Section 4.10(C)(7) is using Prior Year
Testing, the Plan Administrator must adjust the NHCE Group ACP for the prior year as provided in Section 4.10(C)(5)(e)(v).

 

    	47

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(8)  Distribution of Excess
Aggregate Contributions. If the Plan Administrator determines the Plan fails to satisfy the ACP test for a Plan Year, the Trustee,
as directed by the Plan Administrator, by the end of the Plan Year which follows the Testing Year (or any later date determined
under Code §7508A), must distribute the Vested Excess Aggregate Contributions, as adjusted for Allocable Income under Section
4.11(C)(2).

 

(a)  Calculation of total Excess
Aggregate Contributions. The Plan Administrator will determine the total amount of the Excess Aggregate Contributions by starting
with the HCE(s) who has the greatest ACR, reducing his/her ACR (but not below the next highest ACR), then, if necessary, reducing
the ACR of the HCE(s) at the next highest ACR level, including the ACR of the HCE(s) whose ACR the Plan Administrator already has
reduced (but not below the next highest ACR), and continuing in this manner until the ACP for the HCE Group satisfies the ACP test.
All reductions under this Section 4.10(C)(8)(a) are to the ACR only and do not result in any actual distributions.

 

(b)  Apportionment and distribution
of Excess Aggregate Contributions. After the Plan Administrator has determined the total Excess Aggregate Contribution amount,
the Trustee, as directed by the Plan Administrator, then will distribute (to the extent Vested) to each HCE his/her respective
share of the Excess Aggregate Contributions. The Plan Administrator will determine each HCE's share of Excess Aggregate Contributions
by starting with the HCE(s) who has the highest dollar amount of Aggregate Contributions, reducing the amount of his/her Aggregate
Contributions (but not below the next highest dollar amount of the Aggregate Contributions), then, if necessary, reducing the amount
of Aggregate Contributions of the HCE(s) at the next highest dollar amount of Aggregate Contributions, including the Aggregate
Contributions of the HCE(s) whose Aggregate Contributions the Plan Administrator already has reduced (but not below the next highest
dollar amount of Aggregate Contributions), and continuing in this manner until the Trustee has distributed all Excess Aggregate
Contributions.

 

(9)  Allocable Income/Testing
Year and Gap Period. The Plan Administrator will calculate and will distribute Excess Aggregate Contribution Allocable Income
in the same manner as described in Section 4.10(B)(9) for Excess Contributions.

 

(10)  Testing and correction
ordering. If the Plan Administrator must perform both the ADP and ACP tests in a given Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may
perform the tests and undertake correction of a failed test in any order that the Plan Administrator determines and which is not
inconsistent with Applicable Law, with a view toward preserving Plan benefits, maximizing Employer Contributions in the Plan versus
Employee Contributions or Elective Deferrals, and minimizing forfeitures. Toward this end, the Plan Administrator may treat an
HCE's allocable share of Excess Aggregate Contributions in the following priority: (a) first as attributable to his/her Employee
Contributions and Matching Contributions thereon, if any; (b) then as attributable to Matching Contributions allocable as to Excess
Contributions determined under the ADP test such that the Plan Administrator distributes any Vested Excess Aggregate Contribution
to reduce the amount of Associated Matching Contribution subject to forfeiture (irrespective of vesting). See Section 3.07(B)(1)
as to testing or re-testing related to forfeiture allocations. To the extent that distributed Excess Aggregate Contributions include
Elective Deferrals, and the Participant in that Testing Year made both Pre-Tax Deferrals and Roth Deferrals, the ordering rules
under Sections 4.10(A)(10) and 4.10(B)(8)(c) apply.

 

(11)  Vesting/forfeiture of
non-Vested Excess Aggregates. To the extent an HCE's Excess Aggregate Contributions are attributable to Matching Contributions,
and he/she is not 100% Vested in his/her Matching Contribution Account, the Plan Administrator will distribute only the Vested
portion and will forfeit the non- Vested portion. The Vested portion of the HCE's Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to
Employer Matching Contributions is the total amount of such Excess Aggregate Contributions (as adjusted for allocable income) multiplied
by his/her Vested percentage (determined as of the last day of the Plan Year for which the Employer made the Matching Contribution).

 

(12)  Treatment as Annual
Addition. Distributed Excess Aggregate Contributions are Annual Additions under Sections 4.01 through 4.05 in the Limitation
Year in which such amounts were allocated.

 

(D)  QNEC, Matching and QMAC Targeting Restrictions.
The Plan Administrator in performing the ADP or ACP tests may not include in the tests any impermissibly targeted QNEC or Matching
Contribution as described in this Section 4.10(D). These targeting restrictions apply as of the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective
Date to Matching Contributions, to Plan- Designated and Operational QNECs and to Plan- Designated and Operational QMACs. The Employer
will not contribute Operational QNECs or QMACs which would violate the targeting restrictions.

 

(1)  QNEC targeting rules.
The Plan Administrator may include in the ADP test or in the ACP test only such amounts of any QNEC as are not impermissibly
targeted. A QNEC is impermissibly targeted if the QNEC amount allocated to any NHCE exceeds the greater of: (a) 5% of Compensation;
or (b) 2 times the Plan's Representative Contribution Rate.

 

(a)  Definition
of Representative Contribution Rate.

 

(i)  ADP. The Plan's ADP
Representative Contribution Rate is the lowest ADP Applicable Contribution Rate of any ADP Participants who are NHCEs in a group
consisting of: (A) any one-half of the ADP Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year; or (B) if it would result in a greater
Representative Contribution Rate than under clause (A), all of the ADP Participants who are NHCEs and who are employed by the Employer
on the last day of the Plan Year.

 

    	48

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(ii)  ACP. The Plan's
ACP Representative Contribution Rate is the lowest ACP Applicable Contribution Rate of any ACP Participants who are NHCEs in a
group consisting of: (A) any one-half of the ACP Participants who are NHCEs for the Plan Year; or (B) if it would result in a greater
Representative Contribution Rate than under clause (A), all of the ACP Participants who are NHCEs and who are employed by the Employer
on the last day of the Plan Year.

 

(b)  Definition
of Applicable Contribution Rate.

 

(i)  ADP. The Applicable
Contribution Rate of an ADP Participant who is an NHCE for the ADP test is the sum of the NHCE's QNECs and QMACs used in the ADP
test, divided by the NHCE's Compensation.

 

(ii)  ACP. The Applicable
Contribution Rate of an ACP Participant who is an NHCE for the ACP test is the sum of the NHCE's Matching Contributions and QNECs
used in the ACP test, divided by the NHCE's Compensation.

 

(c)  QNEC in ACP test. The
Plan Administrator may not use in the ADP test or take into account in determining the Plan's Representative Contribution Rate,
any QNEC the Plan Administrator applies to the ACP test.

 

(d)  Prevailing Wage Contribution.
Notwithstanding Section 4.10(D)(1), the Plan Administrator may count in the ADP test QNECs which are Prevailing Wage Contributions
to the extent that such QNECs do not exceed 10% of Compensation. The Plan Administrator also may count in the ACP test a QNEC which
is a Prevailing Wage Contribution up to an additional 10% of Compensation, such that the combined QNEC amount does not exceed 20%
of Compensation and not more than 10% in either test.

 

(2)  Matching Contribution
targeting rules. The Plan Administrator may include in the ACP test only such Matching Contribution amounts (including QMACs)
as are not impermissibly targeted. A Matching Contribution is impermissibly targeted if the Matching Contribution amount allocated
to any NHCE exceeds the greatest of: (i) 5% of Compensation; (ii) the amount of the NHCE's Elective Deferrals; or (iii) the product
of 2 times the Plan's Representative Matching Rate and the NHCE's Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year.

 

(a)  Definition of Representative
Matching Rate. The Plan's Representative Matching Rate is the lowest Matching Rate for any ACP Participants who are NHCEs in
a group consisting of: (i) any one-half of the ACP Participant NHCEs who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year; or if it would
result in a greater Representative Matching Rate, (ii) all of the ACP Participant NHCEs who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan
Year and who are employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

 

(b)  Definition of Matching
Rate. The Matching Rate for an NHCE is the NHCE's Matching Contributions divided by his/her Elective Deferrals; provided that
if the Matching Rate is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferrals, the Plan Administrator will determine each NHCE's Matching
Rate by assuming an Elective Deferral equal to 6% of Compensation.

 

(c)  Employee Contributions.
If the Plan permits Employee Contributions, the Plan Administrator will apply this Section 4.10(D)(2) by adding together an
NHCE's Employee Contributions and Elective Deferrals. If the Plan provides a Matching Contribution only as to Employee Contributions,
the Plan Administrator will apply this Section 4.10(D)(2) by substituting the Employee Contributions for Elective Deferrals.

 

(3)  Accrued fixed contributions.
The Employer must contribute any accrued fixed contribution, even if any or all of such contribution is impermissibly targeted
under this Section 4.10(D).

 

4.11  DEFINITIONS: SECTIONS
4.06-4.10. For purposes of Sections 4.06 through 4.10:

 

(A)  ACP Participant. ACP Participant means
an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Article II and the allocation conditions under Section
3.06 applicable to Matching Contributions such that the Participant would be entitled to a Matching Contribution allocable to the
Testing Year if he/she makes an Elective Deferral. An ACP Participant also includes an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the
eligibility requirements under Article II applicable to Employee Contributions and who has the right at any time during the Testing
Year to make Employee Contributions. Any Employee with zero Compensation for the Testing Year is not an ACP Participant.

 

(B)  ADP Participant. ADP Participant means
an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Article II applicable to any Elective Deferrals and who
has the right at any time during the Testing Year to make Elective Deferrals. Any Employee with zero Compensation for the Testing
Year is not an ADP Participant. A Participant is an ADP Participant even if he/she may not make Elective Deferrals for all or any
part of the Testing Year because of the Annual Additions Limit or suspension based on a hardship distribution under Section 6.07.

 

(C)  Allocable Income. Allocable Income means
as follows:

 

(1)  Excess Deferrals. For
purposes of making a distribution of Excess Deferrals pursuant to Section 4.10(A), Allocable Income means Earnings allocable to
the Excess Deferrals for the Taxable Year in which the Participant made the Excess Deferral. The Plan Administrator also will distribute
Gap Period income with respect to Excess Deferrals in Taxable Years which began on or after January 1, 2007, if the Plan Administrator
in accordance with the Plan terms otherwise would allocate the Gap Period Allocable Income to the Participant's Account. The Plan
Administrator will not distribute Gap Period income with respect to Excess Deferrals occurring before the above date unless the
Employer elects otherwise in Appendix B.

 

    	49

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

(a)  Reasonable or alternative
(pro rata) method. To calculate such Allocable Income for the Taxable Year, the Plan Administrator will use: (i) a uniform
and nondiscriminatory method which reasonably reflects the manner used by the Plan Administrator to allocate Earnings to Participants'
Accounts; or (ii) the "alternative method" under Treas. Reg. §1.402(g)- 1(e)(5)(iii). See Section 4.11(C)(2)(a)
as to the alternative method except the Plan Administrator will apply such modifications as are necessary to determine Taxable
Year Allocable Income with respect to the Excess Deferrals.

 

(b)  Gap Period. To calculate
Gap Period Allocable Income, the Plan Administrator may use either of the Section 4.11(C)(1)(a) methods, or may apply the "safe
harbor method" under Treas. Reg. §1.402(g)-1(e)(5)(iv). See Section 4.11(C)(2)(b) as to the safe harbor method except
the Plan Administrator will apply such modifications as are necessary to determine Gap Period Allocable Income with respect to
the Excess Deferrals. Under a reasonable method described in Section 4.11(C)(1)(a), clause (i), the Plan Administrator may determine
the Allocable Income as of a date which is no more than 7 days prior to the date of the corrective distribution.

 

(2)  Excess Contributions/Aggregates.
For purposes of making a distribution of Excess Contributions under Section 4.10(B) and Excess Aggregate Contributions under
Section 4.10(C), Allocable Income means Earnings allocable to such amounts. For Plan Years beginning on or after the Final 401(k)
Regulations Effective Date, the Plan Administrator must calculate Allocable Income for the Testing Year and also for the Gap Period;
provided that the Plan Administrator will calculate and distribute the Gap Period Allocable Income only if the Plan Administrator
in accordance with the Plan terms otherwise would allocate the Gap Period Allocable Income to the Participant's Account. For Plan
Years beginning prior to the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date, the Plan Administrator will not distribute Gap Period income
with respect to Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions occurring before the above date unless the Employer elects
otherwise in Appendix B.

 

(a)  Reasonable or alternative
(pro rata) method. To calculate such Allocable Income for the Testing Year, the Plan Administrator will use: (i) a uniform
and nondiscriminatory method which reasonably reflects the manner used by the Plan Administrator to allocate Earnings to Participants'
Accounts; or (ii) the "alternative method" under Treas. Reg. §§1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(C) and 1.401(m)-2(b)(2)(iv)(C).
Under the alternative method, the Plan Administrator will determine the Allocable Income for the Testing Year by multiplying the
Testing Year income with respect to Participant's Excess Contributions (or Excess Aggregate Contributions) by a fraction, the numerator
of which is the Participant's Excess Contributions (or Excess Aggregate Contributions) and the denominator of which is the Participant's
end of the Testing Year Account Balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (or Matching Contributions and Employee Contributions)
and any other amounts included in the ADP test (or ACP test), but disregarding Earnings on such amounts for the Testing Year.

 

(b)  Gap Period. To calculate
Gap Period Allocable Income, the Plan Administrator may use either of the Section 4.11(C)(2)(a) "reasonable method" or
"alternative method" (but as modified to include the Gap Period), or may apply the "safe harbor method" under
Treas. Reg. §§1.401(k)-2(b)(2)(iv)(D) and 1.401(m)- 2(b)(2)(iv)(D). Under the safe harbor method, the Gap Period Allocable
Income is equal to 10% of the Testing Year income determined under alternative method, multiplied by the number of calendar months
in the Gap Period. If a corrective distribution is made on or before the 15th day of a month, that month is disregarded in determining
the number of months in the Gap Period. If the corrective distribution is made after the 15th day of the month, that month is included
in such calculation. Under a reasonable method described in Section 4.11(C)(2)(a), clause (i), the Plan Administrator may determine
the Allocable Income as of a date which is no more than 7 days prior to the date of the corrective distribution.

 

(D)  Compensation. Compensation means, except
as otherwise provided in this Article IV, Compensation as defined for nondiscrimination purposes in Section 1.11(F).

 

(E)  Current Year Testing. Current Year Testing
means for purposes of the ADP test described in Section 4.10(B) and the ACP test described in Section 4.10(C), the use of data
from the Testing Year in determining the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group.

 

(F) Gap Period. Gap Period means the period commencing
on the first day of the next Plan Year following the Testing Year and ending on the date the Plan Administrator distributes Excess
Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions for the Testing Year. As to Excess Deferrals, Gap Period means the period commencing
on the first day of the next Taxable Year following the Taxable Year in which the Participant made the Excess Deferrals and ending
on the date the Plan Administrator distributes the Excess Deferrals.

 

(G)  HCE Group. HCE Group
means the group of ADP Participants or ACP Participants (as the context requires) who are HCEs for the Testing Year.

 

(H)  NHCE Group. NHCE Group means the group
of ADP Participants or ACP Participants (as the context requires) who are NHCEs for the Testing Year, or for the immediately prior
Plan Year under Prior Year Testing, except as the Testing Year may apply in the first Plan Year.

 

(I)  Prior Year Testing. Prior Year Testing
means for purposes of the ADP test described in Section 4.10(B) and the ACP test described in Section 4.10(C), the use of data
from the Plan Year immediately prior to the Testing Year in determining the ADP or ACP for the NHCE Group.

 

(J)  Testing Year. Testing Year means the Plan
Year for which the Plan Administrator is performing coverage or nondiscrimination testing including the ADP test or the ACP test.

 

    	50

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype Plan

 

ARTICLE V

VESTING

 

5.1  NORMAL/EARLY RETIREMENT
AGE. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must specify the Plan's Normal Retirement Age. If the Employer fails to specify
the Plan's Normal Retirement Age in its Adoption Agreement, the Employer is deemed to have elected age 65 as the Plan's Normal
Retirement Age. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may specify an Early Retirement Age. A Participant's Account Balance derived
from Employer contributions is 100% Vested upon and after his/her attaining Normal Retirement Age (or if applicable, Early Retirement
Age) if the Participant is employed by the Employer on or after that date and regardless of the Participant's Years of Service
for vesting or the Employer's Adoption Agreement elected vesting schedules.

 

5.2  PARTICIPANT DEATH OR
DISABILITY. The Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement whether a Participant's Account Balance derived from Employer
Contributions is 100% Vested if the Participant's Separation from Service is a result of his/her death or Disability.

 

5.3  VESTING SCHEDULE.

 

(A)  General. Except as provided in Sections
5.01 and 5.02, or unless the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects immediate vesting, for each Year of Service as described
in Section 5.05, a Participant's Vested percentage of his/her Account Balance derived from Nonelective Contributions, Regular Matching
Contributions, Additional Matching Contributions, Money Purchase Pension Contributions or Target Benefit Contributions equals the
percentage under the appropriate vesting schedule the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(1)  Matching/ top-heavy schedule.
The Employer must elect to apply a top-heavy (or modified top-heavy) vesting schedule to the Regular Matching Contributions
and to the Additional Matching Contributions. The top- heavy vesting schedule applies to all Regular Matching Contributions Accounts
and Additional Matching Contributions Accounts of all Participants who have at least one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 2001, regardless of when the Matching Contributions were made. However, the Employer in Appendix B: (a) may
elect to apply the top-heavy vesting schedule only to Regular Matching Contributions and Additional Matching Contributions made
in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001 and to the associated Earnings; and (b) may elect to apply top-heavy vesting to
the affected Matching Contributions for all Participants even if they do not have one Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 2001. If the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to apply a non-top-heavy schedule to Employer Contributions
other than Matching Contributions, the Employer must also elect in its Adoption Agreement, that in the event that the Plan becomes
top- heavy and then later becomes non-top-heavy, whether to return to the elected non-top-heavy schedule commencing in the non-top-heavy
Plan Year. If the Employer elects a non-compliant top-heavy schedule, the Plan Administrator will apply a top-heavy schedule under
the Plan which most closely approximates the Employer's elected schedule (graded or cliff).

 

(2)  Election of different
schedules. Subject to Section 5.03(A)(1), the Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect whether the Plan will apply the
same vesting schedule or a different vesting schedule to Employer Contributions (other than Matching Contributions), Regular Matching
Contributions and Additional Matching Contributions.

 

(B)  Vesting Schedules. For purposes of the
Employer's elections under its Adoption Agreement, "6-year graded," "3-year cliff," "7-year graded"
or "5-year cliff" means an Employee's Vested percentage, based on each included Year of Service, under the following
applicable schedule:

 

	6-year graded	7-year graded
	 	 
	0-1 year / 0%	0-2 years / 0%
	2 years / 20%	3 years / 20%
	3 years / 40%	4 years / 40%
	4 years / 60%	5 years / 60%
	5 years / 80%	6 years / 80%
	6 years / 100%	7 years / 100%
	 	 
	3-year cliff	5-year cliff
	 	 
	0-2 years / 0%	0-4 years / 0%
	3 years / 100%	5 years / 100%

 

(C)  "Grossed-Up" Vesting Formula. If
the Trustee makes a distribution (other than a Cash-Out Distribution described in Section 5.04) to a Participant from an Account
which is not fully Vested, and the Participant has not incurred a Forfeiture Break in Service, the provisions of this Section 5.03(C)
apply to the Participant's Account Balance.

 

(1)  Separate Account/formula.
The Plan Administrator will establish a separate account for the Participant's Account Balance at the time of the distribution.
At any relevant time following the distribution, the Plan Administrator will determine the Participant's Vested Account Balance
in such separate account derived from Employer Contributions in accordance with the following formula: P(AB + D) - D. To apply
this formula, "P" is the Participant's current vesting percentage at the relevant time, "AB" is the Participant's
Employer-derived Account Balance at the relevant time and "D" is the amount of the earlier distribution. If, under a
Restated Plan, the Plan has made distribution to a partially- Vested Participant prior to its restated Effective Date and is unable
to apply the cash-out provisions of Section 5.04 to that prior distribution, this special vesting formula also applies to that
Participant's remaining Account Balance.

 

(2)  Alternative formula.
The Employer, in Appendix B, may elect to modify this formula to read as follows: P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D). For purposes of
this alternative formula, "R" is the ratio of "AB" to the Participant's Employer-derived Account Balance immediately
following the earlier distribution.

 

    	51

    	 

    

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(3)  Application to Contribution
Type. If a Participant will receive a distribution from a particular Contribution Type, the Plan Administrator in applying
this Section 5.03(C) will determine the Participant's Vested Account Balance for the Participant's Contribution Type separately.

 

(D)  Special Vesting Elections. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement may elect other specified vesting provisions which are consistent with Code §411 and Applicable
Law.

 

(E)  Fully Vested Amounts. A Participant has
a 100% Vested interest at all times in his/her Accounts attributable to Elective Deferrals, Employee Contributions, QNECs, QMACs,
Safe Harbor Contributions, SIMPLE Contributions, Rollover Contributions, DECs and Designated IRA Contributions. A Participant has
a 100% Vested interest at all times in his/her Account attributable to Prevailing Wage Contributions unless the Prevailing Wage
Contract does not provide for 100% vesting in which event vesting is in accordance with the Prevailing Wage Contract. However,
a Participant has a 100% Vested interest at all times in his/her Account attributable to Prevailing Wage Contributions which are
used as QNECs or which are used to offset QNECs, QMACs, Safe Harbor Contributions, or SIMPLE Contributions.

 

(F)  Mergers/Transfers. A merger or Transfer
of assets from another Defined Contribution Plan to this Plan does not result, solely by reason of the merger or Transfer, in 100%
vesting of the merged or transferred assets. The Plan Administrator operationally and on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis
will determine in the case of a merger or other Transfer to the Plan whether: (1) to vest immediately all transferred assets; (2)
to vest the transferred assets in accordance with the Plan's vesting schedule applicable to the Contribution Type being transferred
but subject to the requirements of Section 5.08; or (3) to vest the transferred assets in accordance with the transferor plan's
vesting schedule(s) applicable to the Contribution Types being transferred, as such schedules existed on the date of the Transfer.
The Employer may elect to record such information in its Adoption Agreement as a special vesting election.

 

5.4 CASH-OUT DISTRIBUTION/POSSIBLE
RESTORATION.

 

(A)  Effect of Cash-Out Distribution. If, pursuant
to Article VI, a partially-Vested Participant receives a Cash-Out Distribution before he/she incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service
the Participant will incur an immediate forfeiture of the non-Vested portion of his/her Account Balance.

 

(1)  Definition of Cash-Out
Distribution. A Cash-Out Distribution is a distribution to the Participant or a Direct Rollover for the Participant
(whether a Mandatory Distribution or a Distribution Requiring Consent as described in Article VI), of his/her entire Vested Account
Balance (including Elective Deferrals and Employee Contributions if any) due to the Participant's Separation from Service or Severance
from Employment.

 

(2)  Allocation in Cash-Out
Year. If a partially- Vested Participant's Account is entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions or Participant forfeitures
for the Plan Year in which he/she otherwise would incur a forfeiture by reason of a Cash-Out Distribution, the Plan Administrator
will make the additional allocation of Employer Contributions and forfeitures without regard to whether the Participant previously
received a Cash-Out Distribution; provided, that the Plan Administrator, in accordance with Section 3.07(D), will not allocate
to such Participant any of his/her own forfeiture resulting from the Cash-Out Distribution. A partially-Vested Participant is a
Participant whose Vested percentage determined under Section 5.03 is more than 0% but is less than 100%.

 

(B)  Forfeiture Restoration and Conditions for
Restoration. A partially-Vested Participant re-employed by the Employer after receiving a Cash-Out Distribution of the Vested
percentage of his/her Account Balance may repay to the Trust the entire amount of the Cash-Out Distribution (including Elective
Deferrals and Employee Contributions if any) without any adjustment for Earnings, unless the Participant no longer has a right
to restoration under this Section 5.04(B).

 

(1)  Restoration. If a
re-employed Participant repays his/her Cash-Out Distribution, the Plan Administrator, subject to the conditions of this Section
5.04(B), must restore the Participant's Account Balance to the same dollar amount as the dollar amount of his/her Account Balance
on the Accounting Date, or other Valuation Date, immediately preceding the date of the Cash-Out Distribution, unadjusted for any
Earnings occurring subsequent to that Accounting Date (and prior to the Participant's repayment or the Employer's restoration)
or other Valuation Date.

 

(2)  Source of repayment.
A re-employed Participant may make repayment from any source, including an IRA Rollover Contribution, permissible under Applicable
Law.

 

(3)  No
restoration. The Plan Administrator will not restore a re-employed Participant's Account Balance under this Section 5.04 (B)
if:

 

(a)   5 Years. 5 years
have elapsed since the Participant's first re-employment date with the Employer following the Cash-Out Distribution;

 

(b)   Not employed. The
Employer does not employ the Participant on the date the Participant repays his/her Cash-Out Distribution; or

 

(c)   Forfeiture Break.
The Participant has incurred a Forfeiture Break in Service. This condition also applies if the Participant makes repayment
within the Plan Year in which he/she incurs the Forfeiture Break in Service and that Forfeiture Break in Service would result in
a complete forfeiture of the amount the Plan Administrator otherwise would restore.

 

    	52

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(4)  Restoration timing. If
none of the conditions in Section 5.04(B)(3) preventing restoration of the Participant's Account Balance apply, the Plan Administrator
will restore the Participant's Account Balance as of the Plan Year Accounting Date coincident with or immediately following the
repayment.

 

(5)  Source of restoration.
To restore the Participant's Account Balance, the Plan Administrator, to the extent necessary, will allocate to the Participant's
Account:

 

(a)   Forfeitures.
First, from the amount, if any, of Participant forfeitures the Plan Administrator otherwise would allocate in that Plan Year
under Section 3.07;

 

(b)   Earnings. Second,
from the amount, if any, of the Earnings for the Plan Year, except to the extent Earnings are allocable to specific Participant-Directed
Accounts under Section 7.04(A)(2)(b); and

 

(c)   Employer
Contribution. Third, from the amount of a discretionary Employer Contribution for the Plan Year.

 

The Employer in Appendix B may eliminate
as a source of restoration any of the amounts described in clauses (a), (b), and (c) or may change the order of priority of these
amounts.

 

(6)  Multiple restorations. If, for a particular
Plan Year, the Plan Administrator must restore the Account Balance of more than one re-employed Participant, the Plan Administrator
will make the restoration allocations from the amounts described in Section 5.04(B)(5), clauses (a), (b) and (c) to each such Participant's
Account in the same proportion that a Participant's restored amount for the Plan Year bears to the restored amount for the Plan
Year of all re-employed Participants.

 

(7)  Employer must make-up
shortfall. To the extent the amounts described in Section 5.04(B)(5) are insufficient to enable the Plan Administrator to make
the required restoration, the Employer must contribute, without regard to any requirement or condition of Article III, the additional
amount necessary to enable the Plan Administrator to make the required restoration.

 

(8)  Not an Annual Addition.
A cash-out restoration allocation is not an Annual Addition under Article IV.

 

(C)  Deemed Cash-Out of 0% Vested Participant.
Except as the Employer may elect in Appendix B, the "deemed cash-out rule" of this Section 5.04(C) applies to any
0% Vested Participant. Under a deemed cash-out, a Participant does not receive an actual Plan distribution but the Plan Administrator
treats the Participant as having received an actual Cash-Out Distribution. A Participant is not 0% Vested if, at the time that
the Plan Administrator applies the deemed cash-out rule: (i) the Participant has any existing Account Balance attributable to Elective
Deferrals, Employee Contributions, Safe Harbor Contributions, Prevailing Wage Contributions (unless the Prevailing Wage Contributions
are not immediately Vested), QNECs, QMACs or DECs; or (ii) the Participant has any vesting in accordance with the vesting schedule
applicable to any other Contribution Type, even if the Participant has a zero balance in that Account. A Participant is 0% Vested
if the Participant is eligible to make or to receive any of the contributions described in clause (i) above, but has not made or
received such contributions and if the Participant has no vesting as to Contribution Types described in clause (ii) above.

 

(1)  If not entitled to allocation.
If a 0% Vested Participant's Account is not entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions for the Plan Year in which
the Participant has a Severance from Employment, the Plan Administrator will apply the deemed cash-out rule as if the 0% Vested
Participant received a Cash-Out Distribution on the date of the Participant's Severance from Employment.

 

(2)  If entitled to allocation.
If a 0% Vested Participant's Account is entitled to an allocation of Employer contributions or Participant forfeitures for
the Plan Year in which the Participant has a Severance from Employment, the Plan Administrator will apply the deemed cash-out rule
as if the 0% Vested Participant received a Cash-Out Distribution on the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after his/her
Severance from Employment.

 

(3)  Timing of "deemed
repayment." For purposes of applying the restoration provisions of this Section 5.04, the Plan Administrator will treat
a re-employed 0% Vested Participant as repaying his/her cash-out "distribution" on the date of the Participant's re-employment
with the Employer.

 

(4)  Pension plans. If
the Plan is a Money Purchase Pension Plan or a Target Benefit Plan, all references in this Section 5.04(C) to "Severance from
Employment" mean "Separation from Service."

 

(D)  Accounting
for Cash-Out Repayment.

 

(1)  Pending restoration.
As soon as is administratively practicable, the Plan Administrator will credit to the Participant's Account the Cash-Out Distribution
amount a Participant has repaid to the Plan. Pending the restoration of the Participant's Account Balance, the Plan Administrator
under Section 7.04(A)(2)(c) may direct the Trustee to place the Participant's Cash-Out Distribution repayment in a Segregated Account.

 

(2)  Accounting by contribution
source. The Plan Administrator will account for a Participant's restored balance by treating the Account as consisting of the
same Contribution Types and amounts as existed on the date of the Cash-Out Distribution. The Employer in Appendix B may elect an
alternative accounting for a restored Account, either under the "nonelective rule" or under the "rollover rule."
Under the nonelective rule, the Plan Administrator will treat the portion of the Participant's restored balance attributable to
the Participant's cash-out repayment as a Nonelective Contribution (or other Employer Contributions as applicable) for purposes
of any subsequent distribution. Under the rollover rule, the Plan Administrator will treat the portion of the Participant's restored
balance attributable to the Participant's cash-out repayment as a Rollover Contribution for purposes of any subsequent distribution;
provided however that if the cash-out repayment does not qualify as a Rollover Contribution or if the Plan does not permit Rollover
Contributions, the Plan Administrator will apply the nonelective rule. Under either the nonelective  rule or the rollover
rule. the portion of the Participant's restored balance attributable to the Plan Administrator's restoration under Section 5.04(B)(1),
consists of the same Contribution Types and amounts as existed as of the date of the Cash-out Distribution.

 

    	53

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(3)  Return if failed repayment.
Unless the cash-out repayment qualifies as a Participant Rollover Contribution, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee
to repay to the Participant as soon as is administratively practicable, the full amount of the Participant's Cash-Out Distribution
repayment if the Plan Administrator determines any of the conditions of Section 5.04(B)(3) prevents restoration as of the applicable
Accounting Date, notwithstanding the Participant's repayment.

 

5.5 YEAR OF SERVICE - VESTING.

 

(A)  Definition of Year of Service. A Year
of Service, for purposes of determining a Participant's vesting under Section 5.03, means the Vesting Computation Period during
which an Employee completes the number of Hours of Service (not exceeding 1,000) the Employer specifies in its Adoption Agreement,
without regard to whether the Employer continues to employ the Employee during the entire Vesting Computation Period.

 

(B)  Definition of Vesting Computation Period.
A Vesting Computation Period is a 12-consecutive month period the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(C)  Counting Years of Service. For purposes
of a Participant's vesting in the Plan, the Plan counts all of an Employee's Years of Service except:

 

(1)  Forfeiture Break in Service;
Cash-Out. For the sole purpose of determining a Participant's Vested percentage of his/her Account Balance derived from Employer
Contributions which accrued for his/her benefit prior to a Forfeiture Break in Service or receipt of a Cash- Out Distribution,
the Plan disregards any Year of Service after the Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service or receives a Cash-Out
Distribution (except where the Plan Administrator restores the Participant's Account under Section 5.04(B)).

 

(2)  Rule of parity and one-year
hold-out rule. If the rule of parity under Section 5.06(C) or the one-year hold-out rule under Section 5.06(D) applies, the
Plan disregards pre-break Service as described therein.

 

(3)  Other exclusions. Consistent
with Code §411(a)(4), any Year of Service the Employer elects to exclude under its Adoption Agreement, including Service during
any period for which the Employer did not maintain the Plan or a Predecessor Plan. See Section 1.44(B).

 

(D)  Elapsed Time. If the Employer in its Adoption
Agreement elects to apply the Elapsed Time Method in applying the Plan's vesting schedule, the Plan Administrator will credit Service
in accordance with Section 1.31(A)(3).

 

5.6 BREAK IN SERVICE AND
FORFEITURE BREAK IN SERVICE - VESTING.

 

(A)  Definition of Break in Service. For purposes
of this Article V, a Participant incurs a Break in Service if during any Vesting Computation Period he/she does not complete more
than 500 Hours of Service. If the Plan applies the Elapsed Time Method of crediting Service, a Participant incurs a Break in Service
if the Participant has a Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months. If, pursuant to Section 5.05(A), the Plan does
not require more than 500 Hours of Service to receive credit for a Year of Service, a Participant incurs a Break in Service in
a Vesting Computation Period in which he/she fails to complete a Year of Service.

 

(B)  Definition of Forfeiture Break in Service.
A Participant incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service when he/she incurs 5 consecutive Breaks in Service.

 

(C)  Rule of Parity-Vesting. The Employer in
its Adoption Agreement may elect to apply the "rule of parity" under Code §411(a)(6)(D) for purposes of determining
vesting Years of Service. Under the rule of parity, the Plan Administrator excludes a Participant's Years of Service before a Break
in Service if: (1) the number of the Participant's consecutive Breaks in Service equals or exceeds 5; and (2) the Participant is
0% Vested in his/her Account Balance at the time he/she has the Breaks in Service. A Participant is not 0% Vested if at the time
that the Plan Administrator applies the rule of parity the Participant is not 0% vested as described in Section 5.04(C).

 

(D)  One-Year Hold-out Rule-Vesting. The "one-year
hold-out rule" under Code §411(a)(6)(B) will not apply to this Article V unless the Employer elects otherwise. in Appendix
B. If the one-year hold-out rule applies, an Employee who has a one-year Break in Service will not be credited for vesting purposes
with any Years of Service earned before such one-year Break in Service, until the Employee has completed a Year of Service after
the one- year Break in Service.

 

5.7 FORFEITURE OCCURS.

 

(A)  Timing. A Participant's forfeiture of
his/her non- Vested Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions occurs under the Plan on the earlier of:

 

(1)  Forfeiture Break. The
last day of the Vesting Computation Period in which the Participant first incurs a Forfeiture Break in Service; or

 

(2)  Cash-Out. The date
the Participant receives a Cash-Out Distribution.

 

(B)  Vesting Schedule/Plan Correction/Lost
Participants. The Plan Administrator determines the percentage of a Participant's Account Balance forfeiture, if any,
under this Section 5.07 solely by reference to the vesting schedule the Employer elected in its Adoption Agreement. A
Participant does not forfeit any portion of his/her Account Balance for any other reason or cause except as expressly
provided by this Section 5.07 or as provided under Sections 3.07 or 7.07.

 

    	54

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

5.8 AMENDMENT TO VESTING SCHEDULE.
The Employer under Section 11.02 may amend the Plan's vesting schedule(s) under Section 5.03 at any time, subject to this Section
5.08. For purposes of this Section 5.08, an amendment to the vesting schedule includes any Plan amendment which directly or indirectly
affects the computation of the Vested percentage of a Participant's Account Balance. In addition, any shift in the Plan's vesting
schedule under Article X, due to a change in the Plan's top- heavy status, is an amendment to the vesting schedule for purposes
of this Section 5.08.

 

(A)  No Reduction. The Plan Administrator will
not apply the amended vesting schedule to reduce any Participant's existing Vested percentage (determined on the later of the date
the Employer adopts the amendment, or the date the amendment becomes effective) in the Participant's existing and future Account
Balance attributable to Employer Contributions, to a percentage less than the Vested percentage computed under the Plan without
regard to the amendment.

 

(B)  Hour of Service Required. Except as the
Plan otherwise expressly provides, an amended vesting schedule will apply to a Participant only if the Participant receives credit
for at least one Hour of Service after the new vesting schedule becomes effective.

 

(C)  Election. If the Employer amends the Plan's
vesting schedule, each Participant having completed at least 3 Years of Service (as described in Section 5.05) with the Employer
prior to the expiration of the election period described below, may elect irrevocably to have the Plan Administrator determine
the Vested percentage of his/her Account Balance without regard to the amendment.

 

(1)  Notice of amendment.
The Plan Administrator will forward an appropriate notice of any amendment to the vesting schedule to each affected Participant,
together with the appropriate form upon which the Participant may make an election to remain under the pre-amendment vesting schedule
and notice of the time within which the Participant must make an election to remain under the pre- amendment vesting schedule.

 

(2)  Election timing. The
Participant must file his/her election with the Plan Administrator within 60 days of the latest of: (a) the Employer's adoption
of the amendment; (b) the effective date of the amendment; or (c) the Participant's receipt of a notice of the amendment.

 

(3)  No election if no adverse
effect. The election described in this Section 5.08(C) does not apply to a Participant if the amended vesting schedule provides
for vesting at least as rapid at any time as the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment.

 

    	55

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

6.1 TIMING OF DISTRIBUTION. The
Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to commence distribution of a Participant's Vested Account Balance in accordance with
this Section 6.01 upon the Participant's Separation from Service (or Severance from Employment) for any reason, upon the Participant's
death, or if the Participant exercises an In-Service Distribution right under the Plan. The Trustee may make Plan distributions
on any administratively practical date during the Plan Year, consistent with the Employer's elections in its Adoption Agreement.
For purposes of this Article VI, the Plan applies Severance from Employment in place of Separation from Service where distribution
is of Restricted 401(k) Accounts. Section 6.01(A) is controlling as to distribution of all Accounts upon Separation from Service
or Severance from Employment. Section 6.01(B) is controlling as to distribution of all Accounts upon death (whether death occurs
before or after Separation from Service or Severance from Employment). Section 6.01(C) applies only while a Participant remains
employed by the Employer and only to such Accounts described in the Plan and as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(A)  Distribution
upon Separation from Service/Severance from Employment (other than death).

 

(1)  Mandatory Distributions.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect whether the Plan will make Mandatory Distributions and will elect the timing
of the Mandatory Distribution. If the Employer elects no Mandatory Distributions, then all distributions require consent under
Section 6.01(A)(2). The timing of any Mandatory Distribution must comply with Code

§401(a)(14).

 

(a)   Definition of Mandatory
Distribution. A Mandatory Distribution is a Plan required distribution without the Participant's consent upon the Participant's
Separation from Service. A Mandatory Distribution does not include a distribution based on the Participant's death or on account
of Plan termination.

 

(i)   Distribution after
62/NRA; unlimited amount. A Mandatory Distribution in the case of a Participant who will receive the distribution after the
Participant attains the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age includes a distribution of any amount.

 

(ii)  Distribution before
62/NRA; amount limit and Rollovers. A Mandatory Distribution in the case of a Participant who will receive the distribution
before the Participant attains the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age may not exceed the amount (not exceeding $5,000) the
Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement. In applying the elected Mandatory Distribution amount, the Plan Administrator will include
or exclude a Participant's Rollover Contributions Account as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement. The Plan Administrator
will disregard accumulated DECs.

 

(iii)  Remaining Installments.
A Mandatory Distribution does not include the remaining balance of any Installment distribution (originally subject to Participant
consent), but where the remaining Account Balance presently is less than the Mandatory Distribution amount.

 

(b)   Distribution of
Mandatory Distribution before 62/NRA; method and timing. If a Participant will receive a Mandatory Distribution before attaining
the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute the Mandatory Distribution
to the Participant in a Lump-Sum (without regard to Section 6.04) consisting of the Participant's entire Vested Account Balance
(including any Rollover Contribution Account even if the Plan disregards a Rollover Contribution Account in determining Mandatory
Distribution status). The Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to make a Mandatory Distribution at the time the Employer
elects in its Adoption Agreement, but in no event later than the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains Normal Retirement Age or age 65 if earlier. See Section 6.08(D) regarding potential Automatic Rollover of Mandatory Distributions.
The Plan Administrator, in accordance with Section 6.08(B) will give a rollover notice to a Participant who will receive a Mandatory
Distribution. The notice will explain the Automatic Rollover under Section 6.08(D) as applicable in the case of the Participant's
failure to respond timely to the rollover notice.

 

(c)   Distribution
of Mandatory Distribution if 62/NRA; method and timing.

 

(i)   Balance not exceeding
$5,000. If a Participant will receive a Mandatory Distribution after attaining the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age,
and the Participant's Vested Account Balance (including any Rollover Contributions Account) does not exceed $5,000 (or such lesser
amount the Employer elects in Appendix B), the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute a Mandatory Distribution
to the Participant in a Lump-Sum (without regard to Section 6.04) consisting of the Participant's entire Vested Account Balance.
The Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to make a Mandatory Distribution at the time the Employer elects in its Adoption
Agreement, but not later than the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs a Separation from
Service.

 

(ii)  Balance exceeds $5,000.
If a Participant will receive a Mandatory Distribution after attaining the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age, and the
Participant's Vested Account Balance (including any Rollover Contributions Account) exceeds $5,000 (or such lesser amount the Employer
elects in Appendix B), the Participant may elect any method or form of distribution available under the Plan and the Plan Administrator
in accordance with Section 6.01(A)(2)(c) will provide the Participant with a distribution notice. If under Section 6.01(A)(2)(f)
the Plan permits a Participant receiving a Distribution Requiring Consent to postpone distribution to any specified date (not beyond
the Participant's DCD as described in Section 6.02), a Participant receiving a Mandatory Distribution under this Section 6.01(A)(1)(c)(ii)
also may elect to postpone distribution. If a Participant may not elect to postpone distribution or fails to elect to postpone
distribution, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's Account at the time the Employer elects
in its Adoption Agreement, but not later than the 60th day following the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant incurs
a Separation from Service.

 

    	56

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(iii)  Rollover notice but
no Automatic Rollover. The Plan Administrator, in accordance with Section 6.08(B) will give a rollover notice to a Participant
who will receive a Mandatory Distribution under this Section 6.01(A)(1)(c). However, the Automatic Rollover under Section 6.08(D),
in the case of the Participant's failure to respond timely to the rollover notice, does not apply under this Section 6.01(A)(1)(c).

 

(2)  Distributions
Requiring Consent.

 

(a)   Definition of Distribution
Requiring Consent. A Distribution Requiring Consent is a distribution upon the Participant's Separation from Service other
than on account of death and which is not a Mandatory Distribution,

 

(b)   Distribution of
Distribution Requiring Consent. The Plan Administrator, subject to this Section 6.01(A)(2) regarding Participant elections
or the absence thereof, will direct the Trustee to commence or make a Distribution Requiring Consent, at the time or times and
in the form the Adoption Agreement specifies.

 

(c)   Distribution notice.
At least 30 days and not more than 90 days prior to the Participant's Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator must provide
a written distribution notice (or a summary notice as permitted under Treasury regulations) to a Participant who is eligible to
receive a Distribution Requiring Consent. The distribution notice must explain the optional forms of benefit in the Plan, including
the material features and relative values of those options, and the Participant's right to postpone distribution until the applicable
date described in Section 6.01(A)(2)(f). Also see Section 6.08(B) for provisions relating to a rollover notice.

 

(d)   Consent requirements.
A Participant must consent, in writing, following receipt of the distribution notice, to any Distribution Requiring Consent,
The Participant's spouse also must consent, in writing, to any distribution, for which Section 6.04 requires the spouse's consent.
The consent requirements of this Section 6.01(A)(2)(d) do not apply to defaulted loans described in Section 7.06(B), to RMDs under
Section 6.02 or to corrective distributions under Article IV. See Section 11.05(D) as to consent requirements related to distributions
following Plan termination.

 

(e)   Distribution election/reconsideration.
A Participant eligible to receive a Distribution Requiring Consent, consistent with the Adoption Agreement and subject to Sections
6.02, 6.03 and 6.04, may elect the time and method of distribution of his/her Account (or portion thereof) following receipt of
the distribution notice. Unless the Plan Administrator in a distribution form, notice, or other Plan disclosure indicates otherwise,
a Participant may reconsider his/her distribution election at any time prior to the Annuity Starting Date and may elect to commence
distribution as of any other distribution date permitted under the Plan or under the Adoption Agreement. A Participant may elect
to receive a distribution at any administratively practical time which is earlier than 30 days following the Participant's receipt
of the distribution notice, by waiving in writing the balance of the 30 days. However, if the requirements of Section 6.04 apply,
the Participant may not elect to commence distribution during the 7 days immediately following the date of the Participant's receipt
of the distribution notice.

 

(f)   Election to postpone.
A Participant eligible to receive a Distribution Requiring Consent prior to his/her Annuity Starting Date, may elect to postpone
distribution beyond the time the Employer has elected in its Adoption Agreement, to any specified date including, but not beyond
the Participant's RBD as described in Section 6.02, unless the Employer, in its Adoption Agreement, specifically limits a Participant's
right to postpone distribution of his/her Account Balance only to the later of the date the Participant attains age 62 or Normal
Retirement Age. The Plan Administrator will reapply the notice and consent requirements of Section 6.01(A)(2) to any distribution
a Participant postpones under this Section 6.01(A)(2)(f).

 

(g)   No election/deemed
elected distribution date. In the absence of a Participant's consent and distribution election (as described in Sections 6.01(A)(2)(d)
and (e)) or in the absence of the Participant's election under Section 6.01(A)(2)(f), made prior to his/her Annuity Starting Date,
to postpone distribution, the Plan Administrator, consistent with the Employer's elections in its Adoption Agreement, will treat
the Participant as having elected (in accordance with the Treasury Regulations under Code §§411 and 401(a)(14)) to postpone
his/her distribution until the later of the date the Participant attains age 62 or Normal Retirement Age. At the applicable date,
the Plan Administrator then will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's Vested Account Balance in a Lump-Sum (or, if
applicable, the annuity form of distribution required under Section 6.04). The provisions Section 6.01(A)(2)(e) regarding reconsideration
of distribution elections apply to any election or deemed election in this Section 6.01(A)(2)(g).

 

(h)   Definition of Annuity
Starting Date. See Section 1.06(A).

 

(3)  Disability. If the
Participant's Separation from Service is because of his/her Disability, except to the extent the Employer elects in its Adoption
Agreement to accelerate distribution, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute the Participant's Vested Account
Balance at the same time and in the same form as if the Participant had incurred a Separation from Service without Disability.

 

    	57

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(4)  Determination of Vested
Account Balance. For purposes of the consent requirements under this Article VI and of determining whether a distribution is
a Mandatory Distribution, the Plan Administrator determines a Participant's Vested Account Balance as of the most recent Valuation
Date immediately prior to the distribution date, and takes into account the Participant's entire Account Balance, including Elective
Deferrals, but including or excluding the Participant's Rollover Contributions Account as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement.
The Plan Administrator in determining the Participant's Vested Account Balance at the relevant time, will disregard a Participant's
Vested Account Balance existing on any prior date, except as related to Installment distributions under Section 6.01(A)(1)(a)(iii).

 

(5)  Consent to cash-out/forfeiture.
If a Participant is partially Vested in his/her Account Balance, a Participant's election under Section 6.01(A)(2) to receive
distribution prior to the Participant's incurring a Forfeiture Break in Service, must be in the form of a Cash-Out Distribution.

 

(6)  Return to employment.
A Participant may not receive a distribution based on Separation from Service, or continue any Installment distribution based
on a prior Separation from Service, if, prior to the time the Trustee actually makes the distribution, the Participant returns
to employment with the Employer.

 

(B)  Distribution upon Death. In the event
of the Participant's death (whether death occurs before or after Separation from Service or Severance from Employment), the Plan
Administrator will direct the Trustee, in accordance with this Section 6.01(B) to distribute to the Participant's Beneficiary the
Participant's Vested Account Balance remaining in the Trust at the time of the Participant's death.

 

(1)  Timing of commencement.
The Plan Administrator must direct the Trustee to distribute or commence distribution of the deceased Participant's Vested
Account Balance following the date on which the Plan Administrator receives notification of, or otherwise confirms, the Participant's
death. The actual timing of distribution will be in accordance with: (a) the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections; (b) any Participant
or Beneficiary permitted and timely made election under Section 6.03(B); and (c) the Plan terms including Section 6.02.

 

(2)  Distribution method.
The Plan Administrator must direct the Trustee to distribute or commence distribution of the deceased Participant's Vested
Account Balance under a method which is in accordance with: (a) the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections; (b) any Participant
or Beneficiary permitted and timely made election under Section 6.03(B); and (c) the Plan terms including Section 6.04.

 

(C)  In-Service Distribution. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement must elect the Participants' In-Service Distribution rights, if any. If the Employer elects to permit
any In-Service Distributions, the Employer will elect the eligible Contribution Type or Contribution Type Accounts and the age
or other events which entitle a Participant to an In-Service Distribution. The Employer's elections under this Section 6.01(C)
are subject to the restrictions of Section 6.01(C)(4) and any other restrictions under Applicable Law.

 

(1)  Definition of In-Service
Distribution. An In- Service distribution means distribution of a Participant's Account or any portion thereof prior to his/her
Separation from Service.

 

(2)  Conditions.

 

(a)   Vesting. The
Employer must elect in its Adoption Agreement whether a partially-Vested Participant may receive an In-Service Distribution. If
a Participant receives an In-Service Distribution as to a partially-Vested Account, and the Participant has not incurred a Forfeiture
Break in Service, the Plan Administrator will apply the vesting provisions of Section 5.03(C).

 

(b)   Other Conditions.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect other conditions applicable to In-Service Distributions as are not inconsistent
with Applicable Law.

 

(3)  Administration.

 

(a)   Participant election.
A Participant must make any permitted In-Service Distribution election under this Section 6.01(C) in writing and on a form
prescribed by the Plan Administrator which specifies the percentage or dollar amount of the distribution and the Participant's
Contribution Type or Account to which the election applies.

 

(b)   Frequency, timing
and method. If the Plan permits In-Service Distributions: (i) the Plan Administrator may adopt a policy imposing frequency
limitations or other reasonable administrative conditions; and (ii) a Participant may elect as many In-Service Distributions per
Plan Year as the election form prescribed by the Plan Administrator allows, or as any In-Service Distribution policy permits, with
a minimum of one In-Service Distribution permitted each Plan Year. If the Plan Administrator's form or policy does not specify
the permitted number of Plan Year In- Service Distributions, the number is not limited. The Trustee, as directed by the Plan Administrator
and subject to Section 6.04, will distribute the amount(s) a Participant elects in a single distribution, as soon as administratively
practical after the Participant files his/her properly completed In-Service Distribution election with the Plan Administrator.
The Trustee will distribute the Participant's remaining Account Balance in accordance with the other provisions of this Article
VI.

 

(4)  Account
restrictions.

 

(a)   Nonelective, Regular
Matching, Additional Matching and SIMPLE Contribution distribution events. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect
to permit an In-Service Distribution of the Nonelective, Regular Matching, Additional Matching and SIMPLE Contribution Accounts
upon a Participant's attainment of a stated age, based on a fixed number of years or based upon some other specified event, such
as hardship under Section 6.07. Such Adoption Agreement elections include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    	58

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(i)   Two year "seasoned"
contributions. The contributions which the Plan Administrator will distribute were made at least 2 years (or such other greater
period as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement) prior to the date on which the distribution will occur. Such distributions
may include Earnings on the "seasoned" contributions.

 

(ii)  60 months of participation.
The Participant has been a Participant for at least 60 months (or for such other greater period as the Employer elects in its
Adoption Agreement) prior to the date on which the Plan Administrator will make the distribution. This election applies to all
applicable contributions, regardless of when made.

 

(b)   401(k)
Plans.

 

(i)   Limitation. A
Participant may not receive a distribution of the Participant's Restricted 401(k) Accounts except in the event of the Participant's
death, Disability, Severance from Employment, attainment of age 59 1/2, hardship in accordance with Section 6.07 or Plan termination
(as limited under Section 11.05(F)).

 

(ii)  Definition of Restricted
401(k) Accounts. A Participant's Restricted 401(k) Accounts are the Participant's Elective Deferral Account, QNEC Account,
QMAC Account and Safe Harbor Contributions Account.

 

(c)   Money
Purchase Pension/Target Benefit Plans.

 

(i)   Limitation. A
Participant may not receive an In-Service Distribution of a Participant's Restricted Pension Accounts except in the event of the
Participant's attainment of Normal Retirement Age (or any later age), the Participant's Disability or Plan termination under Section
11.05.

 

(ii)  Definition of Restricted
Pension Accounts. A Participant's Restricted Pension Accounts are the Participant's Money Purchase Pension Plan or Target Benefit
Plan Accounts.

 

(d)   Prevailing Wage
Contributions. For purposes of In-Service Distributions, a Participant's Prevailing Wage Contribution Account is treated as
a Nonelective or other Employer Contribution Account as applicable, unless the Prevailing Wage Contract provides for other In-Service
Distribution rights. However, if the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to offset other Contribution Types with the Prevailing
Wage Contribution, for purposes of In-Service Distributions, the Plan Administrator will treat that portion of the Prevailing Wage
Contribution Account which offsets another Contribution Type, as the other Contribution Type.

 

(e)   Rollover Contributions,
Employee Contributions and DECs. A Participant may elect to receive an In-Service Distribution of his/her Accounts attributable
to Rollover Contributions, Employee Contributions and DECs at any time subject to Section 6.01(C)(3). Distribution of a Rollover
Contribution is subject to Section 6.04 if Section 6.04 otherwise applies to the Participant.

 

(f)   Transferred
amounts/distribution restrictions and Protected Benefits.

 

(i)   Distribution restrictions:
transfers from pension plans to non-pension plans. Except in the case of certain Elective Transfers, if this Plan is a Profit
Sharing Plan or a 401(k) Plan, the Plan, except in accordance with Section 6.01(C)(4)(c), may not make any In-Service Distribution
to the Participant of his/her Restricted Pension Accounts (including post-transfer Earnings on those Accounts) previously transferred,
within the meaning of Code §414(l), to this Plan from a Money Purchase Pension Plan or from a Target Benefit Plan. This limitation
applies only to such transferred balances consisting of Restricted Pension Accounts.

 

(ii)  Distribution restrictions:
transfers from 401(k) Plans to other plans. Except in the case of certain Elective Transfers, if this Plan is a Profit Sharing
Plan, Money Purchase Pension Plan or a Target Benefit Plan, the Plan, except in accordance with Section 6.01(C)(4)(b), may not
make any In-Service Distribution to the Participant of his/her Restricted 401(k) Accounts (including post-transfer Earnings on
those Accounts) previously transferred, within the meaning of Code §414(l), to this Plan from a 401(k) Plan. This limitation
applies only to such transferred balances consisting of Restricted 401(k) Accounts.

 

(iii)  Protected Benefit/Separate
Accounting. See Section 11.06 regarding preservation of Protected Benefits with regard to transferred amounts. The Plan Administrator
must apply proper separate accounting of transferred amounts to comply with this Section 6.01(C)(4)(f).

 

(g)   Designated IRA.
A Participant may request and receive distribution of his/her Designated IRA Account at any time, subject the requirements
of Code §401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder as applicable to IRAs. Section 6.04 does not apply to Designated IRA Contributions.

 

(5)  Hardship. See Section
6.07 regarding requirements for In-Service Distributions and for post- Separation from Service or Severance from Employment distribution
accelerations, based on hardship.

 

6.2 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.

 

(A)  Lifetime
RMDs.

 

(1)  RBD. The Plan Administrator
will direct the Trustee to distribute or to commence distribution to the Participant of the Participant's entire Vested Account
Balance no later than the Participant's RBD.

 

    	59

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(2)  Amount of RMD for each
DCY. During the Participant's lifetime, the RMD that will be distributed for each DCY is the lesser of:

 

(a)   ULT amount. The
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's RMD Account Balance by the distribution period in the ULT, using the Participant's
age as of the Participant's birthday in the DCY; or

 

(b)   SLT/younger spouse.
If the Participant's sole Designated Beneficiary for the DCY is the Participant's spouse who is more than 10 years younger
than the Participant, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's RMD Account Balance by the distribution period in the
JLT using the Participant's and spouse's attained ages as of the Participant's and spouse's birthdays in the DCY.

 

(3)  Lifetime RMDs continue
through year of Participant's death. RMDs will be determined under this Section 6.02(A) beginning with the first DCY and up
to and including the DCY that includes the Participant's date of death or until the Participant's Vested Account Balance is completely
distributed.

 

(B)  Death
RMDs.

 

(1)  Death of Participant
before DCD. If the Participant dies before the DCD, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute or commence
distribution to the Participant of the Participant's Vested Accrued Benefit no later than as follows:

 

(a)   Spouse sole Designated
Beneficiary. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.02(B)(1)(e), if the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's
sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would
have attained age 70 1/2, if later.

 

(i)   Death of spouse.
If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole Designated Beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after
the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse are required to begin, then this Section 6.02(B)(1) (other than
Section 6.02(B)(1)(a)) will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

 

(b)   Other Designated
Beneficiary. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.02(B)(1)(e), if the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's
sole Designated Beneficiary, then distributions to the Designated Beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

 

(c)   No Designated Beneficiary/"5-year
rule." If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the calendar year of the Participant's
death, the Participant's entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary
of the Participant's death.

 

(d)   Participant survived
by Designated Beneficiary/"Life Expectancy rule." If there is a Designated Beneficiary, the RMD for each DCY after
the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's RMD Account Balance by the remaining
Life Expectancy of the Participant's Designated Beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 6.02(B)(2)(a).

 

(e)   5-year or Life Expectancy
rule; possible election. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect whether distribution of the Participant's Account
in the case of death before the DCD will be made in accordance with the Life Expectancy rule under Section 6.02(B)(1)(d) or the
5-year rule under Section 6.02(B)(1)(c). The Employer's election may permit a Designated Beneficiary to elect which of these rules
will apply or may specify which rule applies. However, the Life Expectancy rule (whether subject to election or not) applies only
in the case of a Designated Beneficiary. The 5-year rule applies as to any Beneficiary who is not a Designated Beneficiary. A permitted
election under this Section 6.02(B)(1)(e) must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which
distribution would be required to begin under Section 6.02(B)(1), or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth
anniversary of the Participant's (or, if applicable, surviving spouse's) death. In the absence of a timely election, the Life Expectancy
rule applies unless the Employer in Appendix B elects to apply the 5-year rule.

 

(2)  Death on or after DCD.
This Section 6.02(B)(2) applies if the Participant dies on or after his/her DCD.

 

(a)   Participant survived
by Designated Beneficiary. If there is a Designated Beneficiary, the RMD for each DCY after the year of the Participant's death
is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's RMD Account Balance by the longer of the Participant's remaining Life Expectancy
or the Designated Beneficiary's remaining Life Expectancy, determined as follows:

 

(i)   Participant's life
expectancy. The Participant's remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death,
reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

(ii)  Spouse as sole Designated
Beneficiary. If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant's sole Designated Beneficiary, the remaining Life Expectancy
of the surviving spouse is calculated for each DCY after the year of the Participant's death using the surviving spouse's age as
of the spouse's birthday in that year. For DCYs after the year of the surviving spouse's death, the remaining Life Expectancy of
the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse's birthday in the calendar year of the
spouse's death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

 

(iii)  Non-Spouse
Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant's surviving spouse is not the Participant's sole Designated Beneficiary, the Designated
Beneficiary's remaining Life Expectancy is calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant's
death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

 

    	60

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(b)   No Designated Beneficiary.
If there is no Designated Beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant's death, the RMD for
each DCY after the year of the Participant's death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Account Balance by the
Participant's remaining Life Expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each
subsequent year.

 

(C)  Distribution Methods. Nothing in this
Section 6.02 gives any Participant or any Beneficiary the right to receive a distribution of the Participant's Account under any
method or at a time which the Plan does not permit. Unless the Participant's Vested Account Balance is distributed in the form
of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a Lump Sum on or before the RBD, as of the first DCY, distributions will
be made in accordance with Section 6.02(A) and (B), but subject to the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections regarding the method
of distribution. If the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions
thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Code §401(a)(9) and the applicable Treasury regulations. If
the Adoption Agreement limits distributions to a Lump Sum, the Plan will distribute the Participant's entire Vested Account Balance
in the form of a Lump Sum on or before the Participant's RBD, or if applicable, at the time determined in Section 6.02(B), but
subject to the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections regarding timing of the distribution. See Section 6.03(B) regarding Participant
and Beneficiary elections.

 

(D)  Operating Rules.

 

(1)  Precedence. The
requirements of this Section 6.02 will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan.

 

(2)  Requirements of Treasury
regulations incorporated. All distributions required under this Section 6.2 will be determined and made in accordance with
the Treasury regulations under Code §401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code §401(a)(9)(G).

 

(3)  TEFRA Section 242(b)(2)
elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.02, distributions may be made under Section 6.10.

 

(4)  2002 DCY election. This
Section 6.02 applies to RMDs for the 2002 DCY unless the Employer in Appendix B elects that 2002 RMDs are to be determined
in accordance with the RMD rules in effect under the 1987 or 2001 proposed Treasury regulations under Code §401(a)(9),
in lieu of this Section 6.02. Any such election applies to the 2002 DCY only and the provisions of this Section 6.02 apply
for DCYs beginning after 2002.

 

(E)  Definitions. The following definitions
apply to this Section 6.02.

 

(1)  Designated Beneficiary.
A "Designated Beneficiary" means an individual who is a Beneficiary under Section 7.05 and who is a designated beneficiary
under Code §401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-4, Q&As-4 and -5.

 

(2)  DCY. A DCY is a distribution
calendar year for which an RMD is required. For RMDs beginning before the Participant's death, the first DCY is the calendar year
immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's RBD. For RMDs beginning after the Participant's death,
the first DCY is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 6.02(B). The RMD for the Participant's
first DCY will be made on or before the Participant's RBD. The RMD for other DCYs, including the RMD for the DCY in which the Participant's
RBD occurs, will be made on or before December 31 of that DCY.

 

(3)  DCD. A DCD is a distribution
commencement date and generally means the Participant's RBD. However, if Section 6.02(B)(1)(a)(i) applies, the DCD is the date
distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 6.02(B)(1)(a). If distributions under an annuity purchased
from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the otherwise applicable DCD, then the DCD is the date
distributions actually commence.

 

(4)  JLT. The JLT is the
Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q/A-3.

 

(5)  Life Expectancy. Life
Expectancy refers to life expectancy as computed under the SLT.

 

(6)  Participant's RMD Account
Balance. A Participant's RMD Account Balance is the account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the VCY increased by the
amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the Account Balance as of dates in the VCY after the
Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the VCY after the Valuation Date. The Account Balance for the VCY includes
any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the VCY or in the DCY if distributed or transferred in the VCY.

 

(7)  RBD. A Participant's
RBD is his/her required beginning date determined as follows:

 

(a)   More than 5% owner.
A Participant's RBD is the April 1 of the calendar year following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age 70 1/2 if the Participant is a more than 5% owner (as defined in Code §416(i)(B)) as to the Plan Year ending in that calendar
year. If a Participant is a more than 5% owner at the close of the relevant calendar year, the Participant may not discontinue
RMDs notwithstanding the Participant's subsequent change in ownership status.

 

(b)   Other Participants.
If the Participant is not a more than 5% owner, his/her RBD is the April 1 of the calendar year following the close of the
calendar year in which the Participant incurs a Separation from Service or, if later, the April 1 following the close of the calendar
year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

 

    	61

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(c)   Election as to RBD.
The Employer in Appendix B may elect that the Plan Administrator continue to apply (indefinitely or to a specified date) the
RBD definition in effect prior to 1997 ("pre-SBJPA RBD"). A Participant's pre-SBJPA RBD (if applicable) is April 1 following
the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

 

(8)  RMD. An RMD is the
required minimum distribution the Plan must make to a Participant or Beneficiary for a DCY. The Plan Administrator determines an
RMD without regard to vesting, but in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-5, the Plan only will distribute an RMD to
the extent that the amount distributed is Vested.

 

(9)  SLT. The SLT is the
Single Life Table set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q/A-1.

 

(10)  ULT. The ULT is
the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-9, Q/A-2.

 

(11)  VCY. A VCY is a
valuation calendar year, which is the calendar year immediately preceding a DCY.

 

6.3 POST-SEPARATION (SEVERANCE),
LIFETIME RMD, AND BENEFICIARY DISTRIBUTION METHODS. Distribution of a Participant's Account: (i) after Separation from
Service (or Severance from Employment); (ii) during employment but where the lifetime RMD requirements under Section 6.02(A)
apply; and (iii) to a Beneficiary after the Participant's death, are subject to the distribution methods in this Section
6.03.

 

(A) Plan Available Methods.

 

(1)  Participant
methods. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect one or more of the following distribution methods applicable
to a Participant: (i) Lump-Sum; (ii) Installments; (iii) Installments but only if the Participant is
required to receive RMDs under Section 6.02; (iv) Alternative Annuity; (v) Ad-Hoc; or (vi) any other method the Employer
describes in its Adoption Agreement which is not inconsistent with Applicable Law. If Section 6.04 applies, the distribution
must be a QJSA unless waived. In the event of a QJSA waiver, the distribution will be made under the alternative method the
Participant elects, in accordance with this Section 6.03.

 

(2)  Beneficiary Methods.
The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect one or more of the following distribution methods applicable to a Beneficiary:
(i) Lump- Sum; (ii) Installments, provided any Installment is in an amount at least equal to the RMD for a DCY; (iii) Ad-Hoc, provided
the Beneficiary must receive a distribution in an amount at least equal to the RMD for a DCY; or (iv) QPSA if the Plan is subject
to Section 6.04. Under a Plan subject to Section 6.04, a surviving spouse Beneficiary may elect to waive the QPSA in favor of another
Beneficiary distribution method the Plan permits. See Section 6.04(B)(5). See Sections 6.02(B)(1)(e) and 6.02(C) as to distribution
timing elections and elections relating to death of the Participant before the DCD.

 

(3)  Definition of Lump–Sum.
A Lump–Sum means a single payment and includes, but is not limited to, a "lump-sum distribution" under
Code §402(d)(4). If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to limit distributions to a Lump-Sum, all Plan distributions
must be made in this form, including all RMDs under Section 6.02.

 

(4)  Definition of Installments.
Installments means payment in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, annual or other installments over a fixed reasonable period
of time, not exceeding the Life Expectancy of the Participant, or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of the Participant
and his/her designated Beneficiary. To facilitate an Installment distribution the Plan Administrator under Section 7.04(A)(2)(c)
may direct the Trustee to place all or any part of the Participant's Account Balance in a Segregated Account.

 

(a)   Installments only
for Lifetime RMDs. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects Installments only if a Participant is subject to lifetime
RMDs under Section 6.02(A), and does not elect Installments generally, only the affected Participants are entitled to an Installment
distribution under the Plan. Any such Installment must satisfy Section 6.02(A).

 

(b)   Installment acceleration.
A Participant or Beneficiary receiving an Installment distribution may, at any time, elect to accelerate the payment of all,
or any portion, of the Participant's unpaid Vested Account Balance.

 

(5)  Definition of Alternative
Annuity. An Alternative Annuity means distribution of an Annuity Contract which is not a QJSA or a QPSA. The Alternative Annuity
must be based on the life of the Participant or upon the joint lives of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary. The Employer
in its Adoption Agreement will describe the material characteristics of any Alternative Annuity available under the Plan. If
Section 6.04 does not apply to the overall Plan, the Employer will not elect an Alternative Annuity.

 

(6)  Definition of Ad-Hoc.
Ad-Hoc means the Participant or Beneficiary may at any time after Separation from Service (or Severance from Employment) elect
distribution of all or any part of his/her Account or of specified Accounts under the Plan. The Plan Administrator may adopt a
policy regarding Ad-Hoc distributions imposing a reasonable minimum distribution amount, frequency limitations or other reasonable
administrative conditions.

 

(B)  Participant and Beneficiary Elections. Subject
to any contrary requirements imposed by Sections 6.01, 6.02, this Section 6.03 or 6.04, and also subject to Section 8.04 as to
the form of distribution (cash or property), a Participant or Beneficiary may elect any method or timing of distribution the Plan
permits.

 

(1)  Participant election
as to Beneficiary. The Participant, on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator, may elect the distribution method which
will apply to any Beneficiary, including his/her surviving spouse. The Participant's election may limit any Beneficiary's right
to increase or to reduce the frequency or the amount of any payments.

 

    	62

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(2)  If no election. If
a Participant or Beneficiary does not make a timely election as to the distribution method and timing as the Plan may permit, the
Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute a Lump- Sum as soon as is practical and at the earliest date the Plan
permits distribution but not later than the date the Plan requires distribution. If the Plan does not permit a Lump- Sum distribution,
the Plan Administrator will direct distribution under any other method the Plan permits. If the Plan permits an election as to
cash or property, in the absence of an election, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute cash, subject to
Section 8.04.

 

(3)  Combination of methods.
If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to permit more than one distribution method under this Section 6.03, a Participant
or Beneficiary may elect any combination of the available methods either as to different Accounts or as to specified amounts subject
to distribution.

 

(4)  No third party discretion.
No third party, including the Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee, may exercise discretion over any Participant
or Beneficiary election of the method of distribution, provided the election is made in accordance with the Plan.

 

(5)  Lump-Sum
only if Account does not exceed $5,000. Any distribution elections permitted under this Section 6.03 are available only
if the Participant's Vested Account Balance, as determined under Section 6.01(A)(4), exceeds $5,000, unless the Employer
elects to apply any lesser amount in Appendix B. If the Participant's Vested Account Balance does not exceed $5,000 (or such
lesser amount the Employer elects in Appendix B), the Trustee will distribute the balance in a Lump-Sum (which will be a
Cash-Out Distribution if the Participant's Account Balance is not 100% Vested) without regard to Section 6.04.

 

(6)  Sourcing election. If
a Participant or Beneficiary who will receive a partial (non-corrective) distribution of his/her Plan Account has both a Roth Deferral
Account (or some other Account with tax basis) and one or more pre- tax Accounts including a Pre-Tax Deferral Account, the Participant
or Beneficiary may elect the Account source(s) and composition (contributions or Earnings) of the distribution unless such elections
are contrary to Applicable Law. This Section 6.03(B)(6) as to election of Account sources from among multiple sources does not
apply to the extent that a Participant or Beneficiary is eligible under the Plan terms to receive a distribution only from one
specific Account source. In the absence of a Participant or Beneficiary election, the Plan Administrator operationally will determine
the Account source(s) from which the Trustee will make the distribution and will determine whether such amounts distributed consist
of the Account contributions or of Account Earnings or both, unless such Plan Administrator determinations are contrary to Applicable
Law.

 

(7)  Application to alternate
payees. This Section 6.3 applies to an alternate payee in the same manner as if the alternate payee were the Participant.
See Section 6.05 as to the right of a QDRO alternate payee to elect the distribution method applicable to the alternate payee's
distribution.

 

(C)  Modification. The Employer in its Adoption
Agreement may elect to modify the methods of payment available under the Plan, consistent with this Section 6.03. If the Employer's
Plan is a Restated Plan, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement and in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.411(d)-4, may elect
to eliminate from the prior Plan certain Protected Benefits.

 

6.4 ANNUITY DISTRIBUTIONS TO
PARTICIPANTS AND TO SURVIVING SPOUSES.

 

(A)  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA).
The Plan Administrator must direct the Trustee to distribute a married or unmarried Participant's Vested Account Balance in
the form of a QJSA, unless the Participant, and spouse if the Participant is married, waive the QJSA in accordance with this Section
6.04(A) or unless Section 6.04(H) applies.

 

(1)  Definition of QJSA if
married. If, as of the Annuity Starting Date, the Participant is married (even if the Participant has not been married throughout
the one year period ending on the Annuity Starting Date), a QJSA is an immediate Annuity Contract which is purchasable with the
Participant's Vested Account Balance and which provides a Life Annuity for the Participant and a Survivor Annuity payable for the
remaining life of the Participant's surviving spouse equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity payable during the life of the Participant.

 

(2)  Definition of QJSA if
not married. If, as of the Annuity Starting Date, the Participant is not married, a QJSA is an immediate Life Annuity Contract
for the Participant which is purchasable with the Participant's Vested Account Balance.

 

(3)  Modification of QJSA
benefit. The Employer in Appendix B may elect a different percentage (more than 50% but not exceeding 100%) for the Survivor
Annuity.

 

(4)  Definitions of Life/Survivor
Annuity. A Life Annuity means an Annuity Contract payable to the Participant in equal installments for the life of the Participant
that terminates upon the Participant's death. A Survivor Annuity means an Annuity Contract payable to the Participant's surviving
spouse in equal installments for the life of the surviving spouse that terminates upon the death of the surviving spouse.

 

(5)  QJSA notice/timing. A
Participant may elect distribution of the QJSA at the earliest retirement age under the Plan, which is the earliest date on which
the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits. At least 30 days and not more than 90 days before the Participant's
Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator must provide the Participant a written explanation of the terms and conditions of
the QJSA, the Participant's right to make, and the effect of, an election to waive the QJSA benefit, the rights of the Participant's
spouse regarding the waiver election and the Participant's right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a waiver election.

 

    	63

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(6)  Waiver frequency and
timing. The Plan does not limit the number of times the Participant may revoke a waiver of the QJSA or make a new waiver during
the election period. The Participant (and his/her spouse, if the Participant is married), may revoke an election to receive a particular
form of benefit at any time until the Annuity Starting Date.

 

(7)  Married Participant waiver.
A married Participant's QJSA waiver election is not valid unless: (i) the Participant's spouse (to whom the Survivor Annuity
is payable under the QJSA), after the Participant has received the QJSA notice, has consented in writing to the waiver election,
the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election, and a notary public or the Plan Administrator (or his/her representative)
witnesses the spouse's consent; (ii)  the spouse consents to the alternative method of payment designated by the Participant
or to any change in that designated method of payment; and (iii) unless the spouse is the Participant's sole primary Beneficiary,
the spouse consents to the Participant's Beneficiary designation or to any change in the Participant's Beneficiary designation.

 

(a)   Effect of spousal
consent/blanket waiver. The spouse's consent to a waiver of the QJSA is irrevocable, unless the Participant revokes the waiver
election. The spouse may execute a blanket consent to the Participant's future payment form election or Beneficiary designation,
if the spouse acknowledges the right to limit his/her consent to a specific designation but, in writing, waives that right.

 

(b)   Spousal consent
not required. The Plan Administrator will accept as valid a waiver election which does not satisfy the spousal consent requirements
if the Plan Administrator establishes: (i) the Participant does not have a spouse; (ii) the spouse cannot be located; (iii) the
Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of applicable state law) and the Participant has a court
order to that effect; or (iv) other circumstances exist under which Applicable Law excuses the spousal consent requirement. If
the Participant's spouse is legally incompetent to give consent, the spouse's legal guardian (even if the guardian is the Participant)
may give consent.

 

(B)  Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA).
If a married Participant dies prior to his/her Annuity Starting Date, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute
a portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance to the Participant's surviving spouse in the form of a QPSA, unless the Participant
has a valid waiver election in effect. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect whether to apply the "one-year marriage
rule." If the Employer elects to apply the one-year marriage rule, the QPSA benefit does not apply unless the Participant
and his/her spouse were married throughout the one year period ending on the date of the Participant's death.

 

(1)  Definition of QPSA. A
QPSA is an Annuity Contract which is purchasable with 50% of the Participant's Vested Account Balance (determined as of the date
of the Participant's death) and which is payable for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse.

 

(2)  Modification of QPSA.
The Employer in Appendix B may elect a different percentage (more than 50% but not exceeding 100%) for the QPSA.

 

(3)  Ordering rule. The
value of the QPSA is attributable to Employer Contributions, to Pre-Tax Deferrals, to Roth Deferrals, and to Employee Contributions
in the same proportion as the Participant's Vested Account Balance is attributable to those contributions.

 

(4)  Disposition of remaining
balance. The portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance not payable as a QPSA is payable to the Participant's Beneficiary,
in accordance with the remaining provisions of this Article VI.

 

(5)  Surviving spouse elections.
If the Participant's Vested Account Balance which the Trustee would apply to purchase the QPSA exceeds $5,000, the Participant's
surviving spouse may elect to have the Trustee commence payment of the QPSA at any time following the date of the Participant's
death, but not later than Section 6.02 requires, and may elect any of the methods of payment described in Section 6.03, in lieu
of the QPSA. In the absence of an election by the surviving spouse, the Plan Administrator must direct the Trustee to distribute
the QPSA on the earliest administratively practicable date following the close of the Plan Year in which the latest of the following
events occurs: (a) the Participant's death; (b) the date the Plan Administrator receives notification of or otherwise confirms
the Participant's death; (c) the date the Participant would have attained Normal Retirement Age; or (d) the date the Participant
would have attained age 62.

 

(6)  QPSA notice/timing. The
Plan Administrator must provide a written explanation of the QPSA to each married Participant within the following period which
ends last: (a) the period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending on the
last day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 34; (b) a reasonable period after an Employee becomes a Participant;
or (c) a reasonable period after Section 6.04 of the Plan becomes applicable to the Participant. A "reasonable period"
described in clauses (b) and (c) is the period beginning one year before and ending one year after the applicable event. If the
Participant incurs a Separation from Service before attaining age 35, clauses (a), (b), and (c) do not apply and the Plan Administrator
must provide the QPSA notice within the period beginning one year before and ending one year after the Separation from Service.
If the Participant thereafter returns to employment with the Employer, the Plan Administrator will redetermine the applicable period.
The QPSA notice must describe, in a manner consistent with Treasury regulations, the terms and conditions of the QPSA and of the
waiver of the QPSA, comparable to the QJSA notice required under Section 6.04(A)(5).

 

    	64

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(7)  Waiver frequency and
timing. The Plan does not limit the number of times the Participant may revoke a waiver of the QPSA or make a new waiver during
the election period. The election period for waiver of the QPSA ends on the date of the Participant's death. A Participant's QPSA
waiver election is not valid unless the Participant makes the waiver election after the Participant has received the QPSA notice
and no earlier than the first day of the Plan Year in which he/she attains age 35. However, if the Participant incurs a Separation
from Service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which he/she attains age 35, the Plan Administrator will accept a waiver
election as to the Participant's Account Balance attributable to his/her Service prior to his/her Separation from Service. In addition,
if a Participant who has not incurred a Separation from Service makes a valid waiver election, except for the age 35 Plan Year
timing requirement above, the Plan Administrator will accept that election as valid, but only until the first day of the Plan Year
in which the Participant attains age 35.

 

(8)  Spousal consent to waiver.
A Participant's QPSA waiver is not valid unless the Participant's spouse (to whom the QPSA is payable) satisfies or is excused
from the consent requirements as described in Section 6.04(A)(7), except the spouse need not consent to the form of benefit payable
to the designated Beneficiary. The spouse's consent to the waiver of the QPSA is irrevocable, unless the Participant revokes the
waiver election. The spouse also may execute a blanket consent as described in Section 6.04(A)(7)(a).

 

(C)  Effect of Waiver. If the Participant has
in effect a valid waiver election regarding the QJSA or the QPSA, the Plan Administrator must direct the Trustee to distribute
the Participant's Vested Account Balance in accordance with Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03.

 

(D)  Loan Offset. The Plan Administrator will
reduce the Participant's Vested Account Balance by any security interest (pursuant to any offset rights authorized by Section 6.06)
held by the Plan by reason of a Participant loan, to determine the value of the Participant's Vested Account Balance distributable
in the form of a QJSA or QPSA, provided the loan satisfied the spousal consent requirement described in Section 7.06(D).

 

(E)  Effect of QDRO. For purposes of applying
this Article VI, a former spouse (in lieu of the Participant's current spouse) is the Participant's spouse or surviving spouse
to the extent provided under a QDRO described in Section 6.05. The provisions of this Section 6.04 apply separately to the portion
of the Participant's Vested Account Balance subject to a QDRO and to the portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance not
subject to the QDRO.

 

(F)  Vested Account Balance Not Exceeding $5,000.
The Trustee must distribute in a Lump-Sum a Participant's Vested Account Balance which the Trustee otherwise under Section
6.04 would apply to provide a QJSA or QPSA benefit, where the Participant's Vested Account Balance determined under Section 6.01(A)(4)
does not exceed $5,000, unless the Employer elects to apply any lesser amount in Appendix B.

 

(G)  Profit Sharing Plan Exception. If this
Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect whether the preceding provisions of Section 6.04
apply to all Participants or only to Participants who are not Exempt Participants.

 

(1)  Definition of Exempt
Participants. All Participants are Exempt Participants except the following Participants to whom Section 6.04 must be applied:
(a) a Participant as respects whom the Plan is a direct or indirect transferee from a plan subject to the Code §417 requirements
and the Plan received the Transfer after December 31, 1984, unless the Transfer is an Elective Transfer described in Section 11.06(E);
(b) a Participant who elects a Life Annuity distribution (if Section 11.02(C)(3) of the Plan requires the Plan to provide a Life
Annuity distribution option); or (c) a Participant whose benefits under a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer are offset
by benefits provided under this Plan.

 

(2)  Transfers. If a Participant
receives a Transfer under Section 6.04(G)(1), clause (a) above, the Plan Administrator may elect to apply Section 6.04 only to
the Participant's transferred balance and not to the Participant's remaining Account Balance provided that the Plan Administrator
accounts properly for such balances.

 

(3)  Distribution to Exempt
Participant. The Plan Administrator must direct the Trustee to distribute the Exempt Participant's Vested Account Balance in
accordance with Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03.

 

(4)  Exempt Participant Beneficiary
designation. See Section 7.05(A)(3) as to requirements relating to a married Exempt Participant's Beneficiary designation.

 

6.5 QDRO DISTRIBUTIONS. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Plan, the Trustee, in accordance with the direction of the Plan Administrator, must comply with the
provisions of a QDRO, as defined in Code §414(p)(1)(A), which is issued with respect to the Plan.

 

(A)  Distribution at Any Time. This Plan specifically
permits distribution to an alternate payee under a QDRO at any time, irrespective of whether the Participant has attained his/her
earliest retirement age (as defined under Code §414(p)(4)(B)) under the Plan. However, a distribution to an alternate payee
prior to the Participant's attainment of earliest retirement age is available only if: (1) the QDRO specifies distribution at that
time or permits an agreement between the Plan and the alternate payee to authorize an earlier distribution; and (2) if the present
value of the alternate payee's benefits under the Plan exceeds $5,000, and the QDRO requires the alternate payee's consent to any
distribution occurring prior to the Participant's attainment of earliest retirement age, the alternate payee gives such consent.

 

(B)  Plan Terms Otherwise Apply. Except as
to timing of distribution commencement under Section 6.05(A), nothing in this Section 6.05 gives a Participant or an alternate
payee a right to receive a type or method of distribution, to receive any option, or to increase benefits in a manner that the
Plan does not permit.

 

(C)  QDRO Procedures. The Plan Administrator
must establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of a domestic relations order (as defined under Code

§414(p)(1)(B).

 

    	65

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(1)  Notices and order status.
Upon receiving a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator promptly will notify the Participant and any alternate payee
named in the order, in writing, of the receipt of the order and the Plan's procedures for determining the qualified status of the
order. Within a reasonable period of time after receiving the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator must determine the
qualified status of the order and must notify the Participant and each alternate payee, in writing, of the Plan Administrator's
determination. The Plan Administrator must provide notice under this Section 6.05(C)(1) by mailing to the individual's address
specified in the domestic relations order, or in a manner consistent with DOL regulations.

 

(2)  Interim amounts payable.
If any portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance is payable under the domestic relations order during the period
the Plan Administrator is making its determination of the qualified status of the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator
must maintain a separate accounting of the amounts payable. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a QDRO within 18
months of the date amounts first are payable following receipt of the domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator will direct
the Trustee to distribute the payable amounts in accordance with the QDRO. If the Plan Administrator does not make its determination
of the qualified status of the order within the 18-month determination period, the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to
distribute the payable amounts in the manner the Plan would distribute if the order did not exist and will apply the order prospectively
if the Plan Administrator later determines the order is a QDRO.

 

(3)  Segregated Account. To
the extent it is not inconsistent with the provisions of the QDRO, the Plan Administrator under Section 7.04(A)(2)(c) may direct
the Trustee to segregate the QDRO amount in a Segregated Account. The Trustee will make any payments or distributions required
under this Section 6.05 by separate benefit checks or other separate distribution to the alternate payee(s).

 

6.6 DEFAULTED LOAN – TIMING
OF OFFSET. If a Participant or a Beneficiary defaults on a Plan loan, the Plan Administrator will determine the timing of
the reduction (offset) of the Participant's Vested Account Balance in accordance with this Section 6.06 and the Plan
Administrator's loan policy.

 

(A)  Offset if Distributable Event. If, under
the loan policy a loan default also is a distributable event under the Plan, the Trustee, at the time of the loan default, will
offset the Participant's Vested Account Balance by the lesser of the amount in default (including accrued interest) or the Plan's
security interest in that Vested Account Balance.

 

(B)  Restricted Accounts. If the loan is from
a Restricted Pension Account and the loan default is a distributable event under the loan policy, the Trustee will offset the Participant's
Account Balance in the manner described in Section 6.06(A) only if the Participant has incurred a Separation from Service or has
attained Normal Retirement Age. If a 401(k) Plan makes the loan, to the extent the loan is attributable to the Participant's Restricted
401(k) Accounts, the Trustee will not offset the Participant's Vested Account Balance prior to the earlier of the date the Participant
incurs a Severance from Employment or the date the Participant attains age 59 1/2. Consistent with its loan policy, the Plan Administrator
also may offset a Participant's defaulted loan upon Plan termination, provided the Participant's Account Balance is distributable
upon Plan termination.

 

6.7 HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS. The
Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to permit a hardship distribution to an electing Participant. If the Employer elects
to permit hardship distributions, the Employer, consistent with the Adoption Agreement and Applicable Law, will elect: (i) which
Accounts are available for a hardship distribution; (ii) whether the Plan Administrator will administer the hardship distributions
in accordance with the safe harbor provisions of Section 6.07(A) or, as may be permitted by Applicable Law, under the non-safe
harbor provisions of Section 6.07(B); and (iii) whether the hardship distribution is an In-Service Distribution, an acceleration
of a distribution occurring after Severance from Employment/Separation from Service, or both. The Employer in its Profit Sharing
Plan Adoption Agreement may elect to apply the safe harbor rules.

 

(A)  Safe Harbor Need/Necessity.

 

(1)  Deemed immediate and
heavy need. For purposes of this Plan, a safe harbor hardship distribution is a distribution on account of one or more of the
following immediate and heavy financial needs: (a) expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care for the Participant, for
the Participant's spouse, or for any of the Participant's dependents that would be deductible under Code §213(d) (determined
without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted gross income); (b) costs directly related to the purchase (excluding
mortgage payments) of a principal residence of the Participant; (c) payment of post-secondary education tuition and related educational
fees (including room and board), for the next 12-month period, for the Participant, for the Participant's spouse, for the Participant's
children, or for any of the Participant's dependents; (d) payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his/her
principal residence or the foreclosure of the mortgage on the Participant's principal residence; (e) payments for the funeral or
burial expenses for the Participant's deceased parent, spouse, child, or dependent; or (f) expenses to repair damage to the Participant's
principal residence that would qualify for a casualty loss deduction under Code §165 (determined without regard to whether
the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income). Clauses (e) and (f) only apply as of the Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date.
As used in this Section 6.07(A)(1), the term "dependent" means a dependent as defined in Code §152 but for Taxable
Years beginning after 2004 as applied to clause (e), means without regard to Code §152(d)(1)(B) and, for purposes of clause
(c), means as applied without regard to Code §§152(b)(1) or (2) and 152(d)(1)(B). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding
sentence, the Plan Administrator in applying this Section 6.07 may elect to limit the term "dependent" to those persons
whom the Participant may claim as a dependent on IRS Form 1040. The administrative forms related to hardship distributions will
reflect which of these definitions of "dependent" the Plan Administrator has elected to apply.

 

    	66

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(2)  Deemed necessity. The
following restrictions apply to a Participant who receives a safe harbor hardship distribution: (a) the Participant may not make
Elective Deferrals or Employee Contributions to the Plan and other plans (described below) maintained by the Employer for the 6-month
period (or any longer period the Plan Administrator may specify in a hardship distribution policy) following the date of his/her
hardship distribution; (b) the distribution may not exceed the amount of the Participant's immediate and heavy financial need (including
any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution);
and (c) the Participant must have obtained all distributions (including distribution of Code §404(k) ESOP dividends), other
than hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans (determined at the time of the loan) currently available under the Plan and
all other plans (described below) maintained by the Employer. "Other plans" for purposes of clauses (a) and (c) means
all other qualified plans and all nonqualified plans of deferred compensation maintained by the Employer including a cash or deferred
arrangement that is part of a cafeteria plan under Code §125 (but excluding the mandatory employee contribution portion of
a Defined Benefit Plan or a health or welfare benefit plan, including one that is part of a cafeteria plan). For purposes of clause
(a), "other plans" also includes stock option, stock purchase and other similar plans maintained by the Employer.

 

(B)  Non-safe Harbor Need/Necessity. For purposes
of this Plan, a non-safe harbor hardship distribution is a distribution on account of an immediate and heavy financial need. The
distribution cannot exceed the amount necessary to satisfy the need (including any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state,
or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution). The Plan will not make a non-safe harbor
hardship distribution if the Participant may relieve the need from other resources that are reasonably available to the Participant.
The Plan Administrator will administer a hardship distribution under this Section 6.07(B) in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv),
but excluding paragraph (E) thereof.

 

(C)  Policy/Reliance. The Plan Administrator
may adopt a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy regarding hardship distributions including objective standards for determining
whether a Participant has an immediate and heavy financial need and for substantiating the extent of the Participant's need. The
Plan Administrator, absent actual contrary knowledge, may rely on a Participant's written representation that the distribution
is on account of hardship (as defined in Section 6.07(A)(1)), that the distribution satisfies Section 6.07(B) and/or that the distribution
satisfies clause (b) under 6.07(A)(2).

  

(D)  No Counterproductive Actions. A Participant,
to establish necessity under either Sections 6.07(A)(2) or 6.07(B) need not take counterproductive actions as would increase the
financial need. Such actions include, but are not limited to, being required to first take a Participant loan to purchase a principal
residence where such a loan would result in the Participant's disqualification from obtaining other necessary financing.

 

(E)  Restrictions on Amount; Grandfathered Amounts.
The maximum amount distributable from Elective Deferrals as a hardship distribution may not exceed the amount equal to the
Participant's total Elective Deferrals as of the hardship distribution date, reduced by the amount of any Elective Deferrals previously
distributed to the Participant based on hardship or otherwise. QMACs and QNECs, and any Earnings on such contributions, and Earnings
on the Participant's Elective Deferrals, credited as of December 31, 1988 (collectively, "grandfathered amounts"), increase
the amount of the maximum available hardship distribution only if the Employer in Appendix B elects to include such amounts. The
restrictions of this Section 6.07(E) do not apply to hardship distributions from Nonelective Contributions, Regular Matching Contributions
or Additional Matching Contributions and such distributions also may include Earnings on such Accounts. No hardship distribution
is available from Safe harbor Contribution Accounts.

 

(F)  Ordering. If the Plan permits a hardship
distribution from more than one Account type, the Participant or the Plan Administrator in accordance with Section 6.03(B)(6) will
determine the ordering of a Participant's hardship distribution from the hardship distribution eligible Accounts, including ordering
as between the Participant's Pre-Tax Deferral Account and Roth Deferral Account, if any, provided that any ordering is consistent
with any restriction on hardship distributions under this Section 6.07.

 

(G)  Prototype and Volume Submitter Plans. A
Participant's hardship distribution made from Elective Deferrals under a Prototype Plan must comply with the safe harbor rules
of Section 6.07(A). A Participant's hardship distribution made from the Nonelective Contribution, Regular Matching Contribution
or Additional Matching Contribution Accounts under a Prototype Plan, as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement, may comply
with the safe harbor rules of Section 6.07(A) or the non- safe harbor rules of Section 6.07(B). A Volume Submitter Plan, as the
Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement, may provide hardship distributions under the safe harbor rules of Section 6.07(A) or
under the non-safe harbor hardship distribution rules of Section 6.07(B).

 

6.8 DIRECT ROLLOVER OF ELIGIBLE ROLLOVER DISTRIBUTIONS.

 

(A)  Participant Election. A Participant (including
for this purpose, a former Employee) may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any
portion of his/her Eligible Rollover Distribution from the Plan paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan specified by the Participant
in a Direct Rollover. For purposes of this Section 6.08, a Participant includes as to their respective interests, a Participant's
surviving spouse and the Participant's spouse or former spouse who is an alternate payee under a QDRO.

 

    	67

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(B)  Rollover and Withholding Notice. At least
30 days but not more than 90 days prior to the Trustee's distribution of an Eligible Rollover Distribution, the Plan Administrator
must provide a written notice (including a summary notice as permitted under applicable Treasury regulations) explaining to the
distributee the rollover option, the applicability of mandatory 20% federal withholding to any amount not directly rolled over,
and the recipient's right to roll over the distribution within 60 days after the date of receipt of the distribution ("rollover
notice"). If applicable, the rollover notice also must explain the availability of income averaging and the exclusion of net
unrealized appreciation. A recipient of an Eligible Rollover Distribution (whether he/she elects a Direct Rollover or elects to
receive the distribution), also may elect to receive distribution at any administratively practicable time which is earlier than
30 days (but more than 7 days if Section 6.04 applies) following receipt of the rollover notice.

 

(C)  Default Rollover. The Plan Administrator,
in the case of a Participant who does not respond timely to the rollover notice, may make a Direct Rollover of the Participant's
Account (as described in Revenue Ruling 2000-36 or in any successor guidance, or in any DOL guidance) in lieu of distributing the
Participant's Account.

 

(D)  Automatic Rollover. If the Employer elects
in its Adoption Agreement to provide for Mandatory Distributions described in Section 6.01(A), the Plan Administrator will apply
this Section 6.08(D) to all Mandatory Distributions made before the Participant attains the later of age 62 or Normal Retirement
Age. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect whether to apply this Section 6.08(D) to a specified amount or will apply
this Section only to such Mandatory Distributions which exceed $1,000. In the event of any Mandatory Distribution subject to this
Section 6.08(D) and made on or after March 28, 2005, if the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly
to an Eligible Retirement Plan the Participant specifies in a Direct Rollover or to receive the distribution directly in accordance
with Section 6.01(A), then the Plan Administrator will pay the distribution in a Direct Rollover to an Individual Retirement Plan
the Plan Administrator designates ("Automatic Rollover"). In the case of a Restated Plan with a restated Effective Date
before March 29, 2005, as to any Mandatory Distribution which otherwise would be subject to this Section 6.08(D) except that the
distribution occurred before March 29, 2005, the terms of the prior plan document control as to the disposition of the Account.

 

(1)  Determination
of Mandatory Distribution amount.

 

(a)   Rollovers count.
The Plan Administrator, in determining whether a Mandatory Distribution is greater than $1,000 for purposes of this Section
6.08(D), will include the portion of the Participant's distribution attributable to any Rollover Contribution, regardless of the
Employer's Adoption Agreement election to include or exclude Rollover Contributions in determining a Mandatory Distribution.

 

(b)   Roth and Pre-Tax
Deferrals. In determining the Mandatory Distribution amount under this Section 6.08(D), the Plan Administrator will aggregate
a Participant's Roth Deferral and Pre-Tax Deferral Accounts if each Account Balance exceeds $200. If either the Roth Deferral Account
or the Pre-Tax Deferral Account is less than $200, the Plan Administrator will apply this Section 6.08(D) only to the other Account
and will not aggregate the Account Balance under $200 with the other Account Balance.

 

(2)  Beneficiaries, alternate
payees and termination. The Automatic Rollover provisions of this Section 6.08(D) do not apply to spousal Beneficiaries, to
alternate payees under a QDRO or to distributions upon Plan termination.

 

(E)  Limitation
on Employee Contribution and Roth Rollovers.

 

(1)  Employee Contributions.
A Participant's Employee Contribution Account only may be transferred by means of a Direct Rollover to a qualified Defined
Contribution Plan described in Code §§401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to account separately for amounts so transferred,
including accounting separately for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
distribution which is not includible in gross income. A Participant's Employee Contributions also may be transferred by a Direct
Rollover or by a 60-day rollover to an Individual Retirement Plan. For purposes of a rollover of a distribution which includes
both Employee Contributions and pre-tax amounts, the Plan Administrator will treat the first amounts rolled over as attributable
to the pre-tax amounts.

 

(2)  Roth Deferrals. A
Participant's Roth Deferral Account only may be transferred by means of a Direct Rollover to a qualified Defined Contribution Plan
described in Code §401(k), or to a Code §403(b) plan that permits Roth deferrals. A Participant also may transfer the
taxable portion of his/her Roth Deferral Account by a 60-day rollover to a qualified Defined Contribution Plan under Code §401(k)
or to a Code §403(b) plan. A Participant's Roth Deferral Account Contributions also may be transferred by a Direct Rollover
or by a 60-day rollover to a Roth Individual Retirement Plan.

 

(F)  Definitions. The following definitions
apply to this Section 6.08:

 

(1)  Direct Rollover. A
Direct Rollover is a payment by the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan the distributee specifies in his/her Direct Rollover election
or in the case of an Automatic Rollover, to the Individual Retirement Plan that the Plan Administrator designates.

 

(2)  Eligible Retirement Plan.
An Eligible Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a), an individual retirement annuity
described in Code §408(b), an annuity plan described in Code §403(a), a qualified trust described in Code §401(a),
an arrangement described in Code §403(b), or an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code §457(b) sponsored
by a governmental employer which accepts the Participant's or alternate payee's Eligible Rollover Distribution. However, with regard
to a Participant's Roth Deferral Account, an Eligible Retirement Plan is a Roth IRA described in Code §408A, a Roth account
in another 401(k) plan which permits Roth deferrals or a Roth account in a 403(b) plan which permits Roth deferrals.

 

    	68

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(3)  Eligible Rollover Distribution.
An Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance, except:
(a) any distribution which is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made
for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the
Participant's Designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; (b) any RMD under Section 6.02; (c) the portion
of any distribution which is not includible in gross income (except for Roth Deferral Accounts, Employee Contributions and determined
without regard to the exclusion of net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities); (d) any hardship distribution;
(e) a corrective distribution made under Article IV; (f) a deemed distribution resulting from a defaulted Participant loan which
is not also an offset distribution; (g) any other distributions described in Treas. Reg. §1.402(c)-2; and (h) as to a Direct
Rollover, any distribution which otherwise would be an Eligible Rollover Distribution, but where the total distributions to the
Participant during that calendar year are reasonably expected to be less than $200. For purposes of clause (h), a Participant's
Roth Deferral Account is deemed to constitute a separate plan that is subject to a separate $200 limit. The Plan Administrator,
in a form on which a Participant may elect a Direct Rollover, may restrict a Participant from directly rolling over only a part
of an Eligible Rollover Distribution where the distribution amount does not exceed $500. In the case of such distribution exceeding
$500, the Plan Administrator's form may require that any amount the Participant elects to directly roll over be equal to $500 or
a lesser specified amount.

 

(4)  Individual Retirement
Plan. An Individual Retirement Plan is an individual retirement account described in Code §408(a) or an individual retirement
annuity described in Code §408(b).

 

6.9 REPLACEMENT OF $5,000 AMOUNT.
If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement under Section 6.01(A)(1) elects no Mandatory Distributions or elects a Mandatory Distribution
amount which is less than $5,000, all other Plan references to "$5,000" remain unchanged unless the Employer in Appendix
B elects to apply any lesser amount. However, any such override election does not apply to Sections 3.02(D) (relating to Catch-Up
Deferrals, 3.10 (relating to SIMPLE Plans) and 3.12(C)(2) (relating to Designated IRAs) and references therein remain at $5,000.
If this Plan is a Restated Plan, any Employer election under this Section 6.09 must be consistent with the Plan Administrator's
operation of the Plan prior to the Employer's execution of its Restated Plan.

 

6.10  TEFRA ELECTIONS.

 

(A)  Application of Election in Lieu of Other Provisions.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03, if the Participant (or Beneficiary) signed a written distribution
designation prior to January 1, 1984 ("TEFRA election"), the Plan Administrator must direct the Trustee to distribute
the Participant's Vested Account Balance in accordance with that election, subject however, to the Survivor Annuity requirements,
if applicable, of Section 6.04.

 

(B)  Non-application. This Section 6.10 does
not apply to a TEFRA election, and the Plan Administrator will not comply with that election, if any of the following applies:
(1) the elected method of distribution would have disqualified the Plan under Code §401(a)(9) as in effect on December 31,
1983; (2) the Participant did not have an Account Balance as of December 31, 1983; (3) the election does not specify the timing
and form of the distribution and the death Beneficiaries (in order of priority); (4) the substitution of a Beneficiary modifies
the distribution payment period; or, (5) the Participant (or Beneficiary) modifies or revokes the election. In the event of a revocation,
the Trustee must distribute, no later than December 31 of the calendar year following the year of revocation, the amount which
the Participant would have received under Section 6.02 if the distribution designation had not been in effect or, if the Beneficiary
revokes the distribution designation, the amount which the Beneficiary would have received under Section 6.02 if the distribution
designation had not been in effect. The Plan Administrator will apply this Section 6.10 to rollovers and Transfers in accordance
with Treasury Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-8.

 

    	69

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATIVE
PROVISIONS

 

7.1 EMPLOYER ADMINISTRATIVE
PROVISIONS.

 

(A)  Information to Plan Administrator. The
Employer must supply current information to the Plan Administrator, including the name, date of birth, date of employment, Compensation,
leaves of absence, Years of Service and date of Separation from Service of each Employee who is, or who will be eligible to become,
a Participant under the Plan, together with any other information which the Plan Administrator considers necessary to administer
the Plan. The Employer's records as to the information the Employer furnishes to the Plan Administrator are conclusive as to all
persons.

 

(B)  Plan Contributions. The Employer is solely
responsible to determine the proper amount of any Employer Contribution it makes to the Plan and for the timely deposit to the
Trust of the Employer Contributions.

 

(C)  Employer Action. The Employer must take
any action under the Plan in accordance with applicable Plan provisions and with proper authority such that the action is valid
under Applicable Law and is binding upon the Employer.

 

(D)  No Responsibility for Others. Except as
required under ERISA, the Employer has no responsibility or obligation under the Plan to Employees, Participants or Beneficiaries
for any act required of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, the Custodian, or any other service provider to the Plan (unless the
Employer also serves in such capacities).

 

(E)  Indemnity of Certain Fiduciaries. The
Employer will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Plan Administrator from and against any and all loss, damages or liability
to which the Plan Administrator may be subjected by reason of any act or omission (except willful misconduct or gross negligence)
in its official capacities in the administration of this Plan or Trust or both, including attorneys' fees and all other expenses
reasonably incurred in the Plan Administrator's defense, in case the Employer fails to provide such defense. The indemnification
provisions of this Section 7.01(E) do not relieve the Plan Administrator from any liability the Plan Administrator may have under
ERISA for breach of a fiduciary duty. The Plan Administrator and the Employer may execute a written agreement further delineating
the indemnification agreement of this Section 7.01(E), provided the agreement does not violate ERISA or other Applicable Law. The
indemnification provisions of this Section 7.01(E) do not extend to any Trustee, third party administrator, Custodian or other
Plan service provider unless so provided in a written agreement executed by such persons and the Employer.

 

(F)  Settlor Expenses. The Employer will pay
all reasonable Plan expenses that the Plan Administrator under Section 7.04(C) determines are "settlor expenses" under
ERISA.

 

7.2 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR.

 

(A)  Compensation and Expenses. The Plan Administrator
(and any individuals serving as Plan Administrator) will serve without compensation for services as such (unless the Plan Administrator
is not the Employer or an Employee), but the Employer or the Plan will pay all reasonable expenses of the Plan Administrator, in
accordance with Section 7.04(C)(2).

 

(B)  Resignation and Removal. If the Employer,
under Section 1.41, appoints one or more persons to serve as Plan Administrator, such person(s) shall serve until they resign by
written notice to the Employer or until the Employer removes them by written notice. In case of a vacancy in the position of Plan
Administrator, the Employer will exercise any and all of the powers, authority, duties and discretion conferred upon the Plan Administrator
pending the filling of the vacancy.

 

(C)  General Powers and Duties. The Plan Administrator
has the following general powers and duties which are in addition to those the Plan otherwise accords to the Plan Administrator:

 

(1)  Eligibility/benefit determination.
To determine the rights of eligibility of an Employee to participate in the Plan, all factual questions that arise in the course
of administering the Plan, the value of a Participant's Account Balance (based on the value of the Trust assets, as determined
by the Trustee, the Custodian or the Named Fiduciary) and the Vested percentage of each Participant's Account Balance.

 

(2)  Rules/policies. To
adopt rules of procedure and regulations or policies the Plan Administrator considers reasonable or necessary for the proper and
efficient administration of the Plan, provided the rules are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, the Code, ERISA or other
Applicable Law. The Plan Administrator may, but is not required to reduce such rules, regulations or policies to writing, unless
otherwise required under Applicable Law. The Plan Administrator at any time may amend or terminate prospectively any Plan policy
without the requirement of a formal Plan amendment. The Employer or Plan Administrator also may create and modify from time to
time one or more administrative checklists which are not part of the Plan, but which are for the purpose of tracking certain plan
operational features, to generate written policies and plan forms, and to facilitate proper administration of the Plan.

 

(3)  Construction/enforcement.
To construe and enforce the terms of the Plan and the rules, regulations and policies the Plan Administrator adopts, including
discretion to interpret the basic plan document, the Adoption Agreement and any document related to the Plan's operation.

 

    	70

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(4)  Distribution/valuation.
To direct the Trustee regarding the crediting and distribution of the Trust Fund, to establish additional Valuation Dates,
and to direct the Trustee to conduct interim valuations on such Valuation Dates under Section 8.02(C)(4).

 

(5)  Claims. To review
and render decisions regarding a claim for (or denial of a claim for) a benefit under the Plan.

 

(6)  Information to Employer.
To furnish the Employer with information which the Employer may require for tax or other purposes.

 

(7)  Service providers. To
engage the service of agents whom the Plan Administrator may deem advisable to assist it with the performance of its duties.

 

(8)  Investment Manager. If
the Plan Administrator is the Named Fiduciary (or the Named Fiduciary otherwise designates the Plan Administrator to do so), to
engage the services of an Investment Manager or Managers (as defined in ERISA §3(38)), each of whom will have full power and
authority to manage, acquire or dispose (or direct the Trustee with respect to acquisition or disposition) of any Plan asset under
such Investment Manager's control.

 

(9)  Funding. As the Code
or ERISA may require, to establish and maintain a funding policy and a funding standard account and to make credits and charges
to that account. The Plan Administrator will review, not less often than annually, all pertinent Employee information and Plan
data in order to establish the funding policy of the Plan and to determine the appropriate methods of carrying out the Plan's objectives.
The Plan Administrator must communicate periodically, as it deems appropriate, to the Trustee and to any Plan Investment Manager
the Plan's short-term and long-term financial needs for the coordination of the Plan's investment policy with Plan financial requirements.

 

(10)  Records. To maintain
Plan records and records of the Plan Administrator's activities, as necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of the
Plan.

 

(11)  Tax returns and other
filings. To file with DOL or IRS as may be required, the Plan's informational tax return, and to make such other filings as
the Plan Administrator deems necessary or appropriate.

 

(12)  Notices and disclosures.
To give and to make to Participants and to other parties, all Plan related notices and disclosures required by Applicable Law.

 

(13)  Overpayment. To
seek return from a Participant or Beneficiary of any distributed amount which exceeds the distributable Vested Account Balance
(or exceeds the amount which otherwise should have been distributed) and to allocate any recovered overpayment in accordance with
the Plan terms.

 

(14)  Catch-all. To make
any other determinations and undertake any other actions the Plan Administrator in its discretion believes are necessary or appropriate
for the administration of the Plan (except to the extent that the Employer provides express contrary direction) and to otherwise
administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan terms and Applicable Law.

 

(D)  401(k) Plan Elective Deferrals. If the
Plan is a 401(k) Plan, the Plan Administrator may adopt such policies regarding Elective Deferrals as it deems necessary or appropriate
to administer the Plan. The Plan Administrator also will prescribe a Salary Reduction Agreement form for use by Participants. See
Section 1.54.

 

(E)  Limitations
on Plan Administrator Responsibility.

 

(1)  Acts of others. Except
as required under ERISA, the Plan Administrator has no responsibility or obligation under the Plan to Participants or Beneficiaries
for any act required of the Employer, the Trustee, the Custodian or any other service provider to the Plan (unless the Plan Administrator
also serves in such capacities).

 

(2)  Plan contributions. The
Plan Administrator is not responsible for collecting any required Plan contribution or to determine the correctness or deductibility
of any Employer Contribution.

 

(3)  Reliance on information.
The Plan Administrator in administering the Plan is entitled to, but is not required to rely upon, information which a Participant,
Beneficiary, Trustee, Custodian, the Employer, a Plan service provider or representatives thereof provide to the Plan Administrator.

 

7.3 DIRECTION OF INVESTMENT.

 

(A)  Employer Direction of Investment. The
Employer has the right to direct the discretionary Trustee with respect to the investment and re-investment of assets comprising
the Trust Fund only if and to the extent the discretionary Trustee consents in writing to permit such direction. The Employer will
direct a nondiscretionary Trustee as to the Trust Fund investments in accordance with Article VIII unless an Investment Manager,
the Participants or the Named Fiduciary are directing the nondiscretionary Trustee as to such investments.

 

(B)  Participant Direction of Investment. The
Plan Administrator may adopt a policy to permit Participants to direct the investment of one or more of their Plan Accounts, subject
to the provisions of this Section 7.03(B). The Plan Administrator may impose reasonable and nondiscriminatory administrative conditions
on the Participants' ability to direct their Account investments. For purposes of this Section 7.03(B), a Participant includes
a Beneficiary where the Beneficiary has succeeded to the Participant's Account and where the Plan Administrator's policy affords
the Beneficiary self-direction rights. However, under the Plan Administrator's policy a Beneficiary may or may not have the same
direction of investment rights as a Participant.

 

    	71

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(1)  Trustee authorization
and procedures. Under any Plan Administrator policy permitting Participant direction of investment, the Trustee must consent
in writing to permit such direction. If the Employer, in its Adoption Agreement, designates the Trustee as a nondiscretionary Trustee,
the Employer may direct the Trustee to consent to Participant direction of investment. If the Trustee consents to Participant direction
of investment, the Trustee only will accept direction from each Participant (or from the Participant's properly appointed independent
investment adviser, financial planner or legal representative) on a written direction of investment form the Plan Administrator
or Trustee provides or otherwise approves for this purpose. The Trustee may establish written procedures relating to Participant
direction of investment under this Section 7.03(B) as are not inconsistent with the Plan Administrator's policy regarding Participant
direction, including procedures or conditions for electronic transfers or for changes in investments by Participants or by their
properly appointed independent investment advisers, financial planners or legal representatives. The Plan Administrator will maintain,
or direct the Trustee to maintain, an appropriate Account designated in the name of the Plan or Trust and for the benefit of the
Participant, to the extent a Participant's Account is subject to Participant self-direction. Such an Account is a Participant–Directed
Account under Section 7.04(A)(2)(b).

 

(2)  ERISA §404(c). No
Plan fiduciary (including the Employer and Trustee) is liable for any loss or for any breach resulting from a Participant's or
Beneficiary's direction of the investment of any part of his/her directed Account to the extent the Participant's or Beneficiary's
exercise of his/her right to direct the investment of his/her Account satisfies the requirements of ERISA §404(c).

 

(3)  Participant loans. As
part of any loan policy the Plan Administrator establishes under Section 7.06, the Plan Administrator under Section 7.06(E) may
treat a Plan loan made to a Participant as a Participant direction of investment, even if the Plan Administrator has not adopted
a policy permitting Participants to direct their own Account investments.

 

(4)  Investment services programs.
The Plan Administrator, as part of its Participant direction policy under this Section 7.03(B), may permit Participants to
appoint an Investment Manager or Managers, which may be the Trustee, Custodian or an affiliate thereof, to render investment allocation
services, investment advice or management services (collectively, an "investment services program") to the appointing
Participants, provided that any such appointment and the operation of any such investment services program are not in violation
of Applicable Law.

 

(C)  Direction Consistent with Plan and ERISA.
To constitute a proper direction, any direction of investment given to the Trustee or Custodian under the Plan must be in accordance
with the Plan terms and must not be contrary to Applicable Law.

 

7.4 ACCOUNT ADMINISTRATION,
VALUATION AND EXPENSES.

 

(A)  Individual Accounts. The Plan Administrator,
as necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, will maintain, or direct the Trustee to maintain, a separate Account, or
multiple Accounts, in the name of each Participant to reflect the Participant's Account Balance under the Plan. The Plan Administrator
will make its allocations of Employer Contributions and of Earnings, or will request the Trustee to make such allocations, to the
Accounts of the Participants as necessary to maintain proper Plan records and in accordance with the applicable: (i) Contribution
Types under Section 7.04(A)(1); (ii) allocation conditions under Section 3.06; (iii) investment account types under Section 7.04(A)(2);
and (iv) Earnings allocation methods under Section 7.04(B).

 

(1)  By Contribution Type.
The Plan Administrator, will establish Plan Accounts for each Participant to reflect his/her Accounts attributable to the following
Contribution Types and the Earnings attributable thereto: Pre-Tax Deferrals, Roth Deferrals, Regular Matching Contributions, Nonelective
and other Employer Contributions, QNECs, QMACs, Safe Harbor Contributions, Additional Matching Contributions, Rollover Contributions
(including Roth versus pre-tax amounts), Transfers, SIMPLE Contributions, Prevailing Wage Contributions, Employee Contributions,
DECs and Designated IRA Contributions.

 

(2)  By investment account
type. The Plan Administrator will establish separate Accounts for each Participant to reflect his/her investment account types
as described below:

 

(a)   Pooled Accounts.
A Pooled Account is an Account which for investment purposes is not a Segregated Account or a Participant-Directed Account.
If any or all Plan investment Accounts are Pooled Accounts, each Participant's Account has an undivided interest in the assets
comprising the Pooled Account. In a Pooled Account, the value of each Participant's Account Balance consists of that proportion
of the net worth (at fair market value) of the Trust Fund which the net credit balance in his/her Account (exclusive of the cash
value of incidental benefit insurance contracts) bears to the total net credit balance in the Accounts (exclusive of the cash value
of the incidental benefit insurance contracts) of all Participants plus the cash surrender value of any incidental benefit insurance
contracts held by the Trustee on the Participant's life.

 

(b)   Participant-Directed
Accounts. A Participant-Directed Account is an Account that the Plan Administrator establishes and maintains or directs the
Trustee to establish and maintain for a Participant to invest in one or more assets that are not pooled assets held by the Trust,
such as assets in a brokerage account or other property in which other Participants do not have any interest. As the Plan Administrator
determines, a Participant-Directed Account may provide for a limited number and type of investment options or funds, or may be
open-ended and subject only to any limitations imposed by ERISA or other Applicable Law. A Participant may have one or more Participant-Directed
Accounts in addition to Pooled or Segregated Accounts. A Participant-Directed Account is credited and charged with the Earnings
under Section 7.04(B)(4)(e). As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator must reduce a Participant-Directed Account for any
forfeiture arising from Section 5.07 after the Plan Administrator has made all other allocations, changes or adjustments to the
Account for the valuation period.

 

    	72

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(c)   Segregated Accounts.
A Segregated Account is an Account the Plan Administrator establishes and maintains or directs the Trustee to establish and
maintain for a Participant: (i) as the result of a cash-out repayment under Section 5.04; (ii) to facilitate installment payments
under Section 6.03; (iii) to hold a QDRO amount under Section 6.05; (iv) to prevent a distortion of Plan Earnings allocations;
or (v) for such other purposes as the Plan Administrator may direct. A Segregated Account receives all income it earns and bears
all expense or loss it incurs. The Trustee will invest the assets of a Segregated Account consistent with the purpose for which
the Plan Administrator or Trustee established the Account. As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator must reduce a Segregated
Account for any forfeiture arising under Section 5.07 after the Plan Administrator has made all other allocations, changes or adjustments
to the Account for the Valuation Period.

 

(3)  Value of Account/distributions.
The value of a Participant's Account is equal to the sum of all contributions, Earnings and other additions credited to the
Account, less all distributions (including distributions to Beneficiaries and to alternate payees and also including disbursement
of Plan loan proceeds), expenses and other charges against the Account as of a Valuation Date or other relevant date. For purposes
of a distribution under the Plan, the value of a Participant's Account Balance is its value as of the Valuation Date immediately
preceding the date of the distribution. If any or all Plan investment Accounts are Participant-Directed Accounts, the directing
Participant's Account Balance consists of the assets held within the Participant-Directed Account and the value of the Account
is the fair market value of such assets.

 

(4)  Account statements. As
soon as practicable after the Accounting Date of each Plan Year and any other date that ERISA requires, the Plan Administrator
will deliver within any time prescribed by ERISA, to each Participant (and to each Beneficiary) a statement reflecting the amount
of his/her Account Balance in the Trust as of the statement date or most recent Valuation Date. The statement will also include
any and all other information as of that date that ERISA may require. No Participant, except the Plan Administrator/Participant
or Trustee/Participant, has the right to inspect the records reflecting the Account of any other Participant.

 

(B)  Allocation of Earnings. This Section 7.04(B)
applies solely to the allocation of Earnings of the Trust Fund. The Plan Administrator will allocate Employer Contributions and
Participant forfeitures, if any, in accordance with Article III.

 

(1)  Allocate as of Valuation
Date. As of each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator must adjust Accounts to reflect Earnings for the Valuation Period since
the last Valuation Date.

 

(2)  Definition of Valuation
Date. A Valuation Date under this Plan is each: (a) Accounting Date; (b) Valuation Date the Employer elects in its Adoption
Agreement; or (c) Valuation Date the Plan Administrator establishes under Section 7.02(C)(4). The Employer in its Adoption Agreement
or the Plan Administrator may elect alternative Valuation Dates for the different Contribution Types which the Plan Administrator
maintains under the Plan.

 

(3)  Definition of Valuation
Period. The Valuation Period is the period beginning on the day after the last Valuation Date and ending on the current Valuation
Date.

 

(4)  Allocation methods. The
Plan Administrator will allocate Earnings to the Participant Accounts in accordance with the daily valuation method, balance forward
method, balance forward with adjustment method, weighted average method, Participant-directed Account method, or other method the
Employer elects under its Adoption Agreement. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect alternative methods under which
the Plan Administrator will allocate the Earnings to the Accounts reflecting different Contribution Types or investment Account
types which the Plan Administrator maintains under the Plan. The Plan Administrator first will adjust the Participant Accounts,
as those Accounts stood at the beginning of the current Valuation Period, by reducing the Accounts for any forfeitures arising
under the Plan, for amounts charged during the Valuation Period to the Accounts in accordance with Section 7.04(C)(2)(b) (relating
to distributions and to loan disbursement payments) and Section 9.01 (relating to insurance premiums), and for the cash value of
incidental benefit insurance contracts. The Plan Administrator then, subject to the restoration allocation requirements of the
Plan, will allocate Earnings under the applicable valuation method.

 

(a)   Daily valuation
method. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply the daily valuation method, the Plan Administrator will allocate
Earnings on each day of the Plan Year for which Plan assets are valued on an established market and the Trustee is conducting business.

 

(b)   Balance forward
method. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply the balance forward method, the Plan Administrator will allocate
Earnings pro rata to the adjusted Participant Accounts, since the last Valuation Date.

 

(c)   Balance forward
with adjustment method. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply the balance forward with adjustment method,
the Plan Administrator will allocate pursuant to the balance forward method, except it will treat as part of the relevant Account
at the beginning of the Valuation Period the percentage of the contributions made as the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement,
during the Valuation Period the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement.

 

(d)   Weighted average
method. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to apply a weighted average allocation method, the Plan Administrator
will allocate pursuant to the balance forward method, except it will treat a weighted portion of the applicable contributions as
if includible in the Participant's Account as of the beginning of the Valuation Period. The weighted portion is a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of months in the Valuation Period, excluding each month in the Valuation Period which begins prior
to the contribution date of the applicable contributions, and the denominator of which is the number of months in the Valuation
Period. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to substitute a weighting period other than months for purposes of this
weighted average allocation.

 

    	73

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(e)   Participant-Directed
Account method. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect to apply the Participant-Directed Account method to any Participant-Directed
Account under the Plan. See Sections 7.03(B) and 7.04(A)(2)(b). Under the Participant-Directed Account method: (i) each Participant-directed
Account is credited and charged with the Earnings such Account generates; (ii) the Employer's election, if any, in its Adoption
Agreement of another method for the allocation of Earnings will not apply to any Participant-Directed Account; and (iii) the Participant-Directed
Account will be valued at least annually.

 

(5)  Special Earnings allocation
rules.

 

(a)   Code §415 Excess
Amounts. An Excess Amount or suspense account described in Article IV does not share in the allocation of Earnings described
in this Section 7.04(B).

 

(b)   Contributions prior
to accrual or precise determination. If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to impose one or more allocation conditions
under Section 3.06 and the Employer contributes to the Plan amounts which at the time of the contribution have not accrued under
the Plan terms ("pre-accrual contributions"), the Trustee may hold the pre-accrual contributions in the Trust and may
invest such contributions as the Trustee determines, pending accrual and allocation to Participant Accounts. When the Plan Administrator
allocates to Participants who have satisfied the Plan's allocation conditions the Employer's pre-accrual contributions, the Plan
Administrator also will allocate the Earnings thereon pro rata in relation to each Participant's share of the pre- accrual contribution.
The Plan Administrator also may elect to apply this Section 7.04(B)(5)(b) to any other situation in which the Plan Administrator
cannot determine precisely the amount a Participant's allocation as of the date that the Employer makes an Employer Contribution
(excluding Elective Deferrals) to the Trust. The Employer in Appendix B may elect an alternative nondiscriminatory method to allocate
the Earnings attributable to contributions described in this Section 7.04(B)(5)(b).

 

(c)   Forfeitures prior
to accrual. The Plan Administrator may maintain, or may direct the Trustee to maintain, a separate temporary forfeiture Account
in the name of the Plan to account for Participant forfeitures which occur during the Plan Year. The Trustee will direct the investment
of any separate temporary forfeiture Account. As of each Accounting Date, or interim Valuation Date, if applicable, the Plan Administrator
will allocate the Earnings from the temporary forfeiture Account, if any, to the Accounts of the Participants in accordance with
the provisions of Section 7.04(B)(4), or will allocate such Earnings in the same manner as Earnings on pre-accrual contributions
under Section 7.04(B)(5)(b).

 

(d)   Accounting after Forfeiture Break in
Service. If a Participant re-enters the Plan subsequent to his/her having a Forfeiture Break in Service (as defined in Section
5.06(B)), the Plan Administrator, or the Trustee, must maintain a separate Account for the Participant's pre-Forfeiture
Break in Service Account Balance and a separate Account for his post-Forfeiture Break in Service Account Balance, unless the Participant's
entire Account Balance under the Plan is 100% Vested.

 

(e)   Coordination of
allocation and valuation elections. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan that provides for Elective Deferrals, if the Plan permits
Employee Contributions, or if the Plan allocates Nonelective or Matching Contributions as of any date other than the last day of
the Plan Year, the Employer in its Adoption Agreement must elect the method the Plan Administrator will apply to allocate Earnings
to such contributions made during the Plan Year and must elect any alternative Valuation Dates for the different Account types
which the Plan Administrator maintains under the Plan.

 

(C)  Plan Expenses. The Plan Administrator
consistent with ERISA and Applicable Law must determine whether a particular Plan expense is a settlor expense which the Employer
must pay.

 

(1)  Employer election as
to non-settlor expenses. The Employer will direct the Plan Administrator as to whether the Employer will pay any or all non-settlor
reasonable Plan expenses or whether the Plan must bear the expense.

 

(2)  Allocation of Plan expense.
As to any and all non-settlor reasonable Plan expenses, including Trustee fees, which the Employer determines that the Plan
will pay, the Plan Administrator has discretion: (i) to determine which of such expenses will charged to the Plan as a whole and
the method of allocating such Plan expenses under Section 7.04(C)(2)(a); (ii) to determine which of such expenses the Plan will
charge to an individual Participant's Account under Section 7.04(C)(2)(b); and (iii) to adopt an expense policy regarding the foregoing.
The Plan Administrator must exercise its discretion under this Section 7.04(C)(2) in a reasonable, uniform and nondiscriminatory
manner. The Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to pay from the Trust and to charge to the overall Plan or to particular
Participant Accounts the expenses under this Section 7.04(C)(2) in accordance with the Plan Administrator's election of expense
charging method or policy.

 

(a)   Charge to overall
Plan (pro rata or per capita). If the Plan Administrator charges a Plan expense to the Accounts of all Participants, the Plan
Administrator may allocate the Plan expense either pro rata in relation to the total balance in each Account on the date the expense
is allocated (using the balance determined as of the most recent Valuation Date) or per capita (an equal amount) to each Participant's
Account.

 

    	74

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(b)   Charge to individual
Participant Accounts. The Plan Administrator, except as prohibited by Applicable Law, may charge a Participant's Account for
any reasonable Plan expenses directly related to that Account, including, but not limited to the following categories of fees or
expenses: distribution, loan, acceptance of rollover, QDRO, "lost Participant" search, account maintenance, brokerage
accounts, investment management and benefit calculations. The Plan Administrator may charge a Participant's Account for the reasonable
expenses incurred in connection with the maintenance of or a distribution from that Account even if the charging of such expenses
would result in the elimination of the Participant's Account or in the Participant's not receiving an actual distribution. However,
if the actual Account expenses exceed the Participant's Account Balance, the Plan Administrator will not charge the Participant
outside of the Plan for such excess expenses.

 

(c)   Participant's direct
payment of investment expenses. The Plan Administrator may permit Participants to pay directly to the service provider, outside
the Plan, Plan expenses such as investment management fees, provided such expenses: (i) would be properly payable either by the
Employer or the Plan and are not "settlor" expenses payable exclusively by the Employer; (ii) are not paid by the Employer
or by the Plan; and (iii) are not intrinsic to the value of the Plan assets as described in Rev. Rul. 86-142 or in any successor
ruling. This Section 7.04(C)(2)(c) does not permit a Participant to reimburse the Plan for expenses the Plan previously has paid.
To the extent a Participant does not pay an expense the Participant may pay according to this Section 7.04(C)(2)(c), the Plan Administrator
will charge the expense under Sections 7.04(C)(2)(a) or 7.04(C)(2)(b) in accordance with the Plan Administrator's expense policy.

 

(d)   Charges to former
Employee- Participants. The Plan Administrator may charge reasonable Plan expenses to the Accounts of former Employee- Participants,
even if the Plan Administrator does not charge Plan expenses to the Accounts of current Employee-Participants. The Plan Administrator
may charge the Accounts of former Employee-Participants by applying one of the Section 7.04(C)(2)(a) or (b) methods.

 

(e)   ERISA compliance.
This Section 7.04(C) does not authorize the Plan to charge a Participant for information that ERISA requires the Plan to furnish
free of charge upon the Participant's request. In addition, the Plan Administrator as ERISA or other Applicable Law may require,
must disclose the nature of any Plan expenses and the manner of charging of any Plan expenses to the Plan or to particular Participant
Accounts and must apply its expense policy in a manner which is consistent with ERISA and other Applicable Law.

 

7.5 PARTICIPANT ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

 

(A)  Beneficiary Designation. A Participant
from time to time may designate, in writing, any person(s) (including a trust or other entity), contingently or successively, to
whom the Trustee will pay all or any portion of the Participant's Vested Account Balance (including any life insurance proceeds
payable to the Participant's Account) in the event of death. A Participant under Section 6.03(B)(1) also may designate the method
of distribution of his/her Account to the Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator will prescribe the form for the Participant's written
designation of Beneficiary and, upon the Participant's proper completion and filing of

the form with the Plan Administrator, the form effectively revokes
all designations filed prior to that date by the same Participant. This Section 7.05(A) also applies to the interest of a deceased
Beneficiary or a deceased alternate payee where the Beneficiary or alternate payee has designated a Beneficiary.

 

(1)  Automatic revocation
of spousal designation. A divorce decree, or a decree of legal separation, revokes the Participant's prior designation, if
any, of his/her spouse or former spouse as his/her Beneficiary under the Plan unless: (a) a QDRO provides otherwise; or (b) the
Employer in Appendix B elects otherwise. This Section 7.05(A)(1) applies solely to a Participant whose divorce or legal separation
becomes effective on or after the date the Employer executes this Plan unless: (i) the Plan is a Restated Plan and the prior Plan
contained a provision to the same effect; or (ii) regardless of the application of (i), the Employer in Appendix A provides for
a special Effective Date for this Section 7.05(A)(1).

 

(2)  Coordination with QJSA/QPSA
requirements. If Section 6.04 applies to the Participant, this Section 7.05 does not impose any special spousal consent requirements
on the Participant's Beneficiary designation unless the Participant waives the QJSA or QPSA benefit. If the Participant waives
the QJSA or QPSA benefit without spousal consent to the Participant's Beneficiary designation: (a) any waiver of the QJSA or of
the QPSA is not valid; and (b) if the Participant dies prior to his/her Annuity Starting Date, the Participant's Beneficiary designation
will apply only to the portion of the death benefit which is not payable as a QPSA. Regarding clause (b), if the Participant's
surviving spouse is a primary Beneficiary under the Participant's Beneficiary designation, the Trustee will satisfy the spouse's
interest in the Participant's death benefit first from the portion which is payable as a QPSA.

 

(3)  Profit Sharing Plan exception.
If the Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan which the Employer under Section 6.04(G) has elected in its Adoption Agreement to exempt
all Exempt Participants from the QJSA and QPSA requirements of Section 6.04, the Beneficiary designation of a married Exempt Participant,
as described in Section 6.04(G), is not valid unless the Participant's spouse consents (in a manner described in Section 6.04(A)(7))
to the Beneficiary designation. The spousal consent requirement in this Section 7.05(A)(3) does not apply if the Participant's
spouse is the Participant's sole primary Beneficiary. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will elect whether to apply the "one-year
marriage rule". If the Employer elects to apply the one-year marriage rule, the spousal consent requirement of this Section
7.05(A)(3) does not apply unless the Exempt Participant and his/her spouse were married throughout the one year period ending on
the date of the Participant's death. If the Employer elects to apply the one-year marriage rule under this Section 7.05(A)(3),
but the Participant is not an Exempt Participant (such that the QJSA and QPSA requirements apply to the Participant), the one-year
marriage rule under Section 6.04(B) applies to the QPSA.

 

    	75

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(4)  Limitation on frequency
of Designated Beneficiary changes. A Participant may change his/her Designated Beneficiary in accordance with this Section
7.05(A) as often as the Participant wishes, unless the Employer in Appendix B elects to impose a minimum time interval between
changes, but with an exception for certain major life events, such as death of a Beneficiary, divorce and other such events as
the Plan Administrator reasonably may determine.

 

(5)  Definition of spouse.
The Employer in Appendix B may define the term "spouse" for all Plan purposes provided such definition is consistent
with Applicable Law. In the absence of such an Appendix B definition, the Plan Administrator will interpret and apply the term
"spouse" in a manner which is consistent with Applicable Law.

 

(B)  Default Beneficiary. If: (i) a Participant
fails to name a Beneficiary in accordance with Section 7.05(A); or (ii) the Beneficiary (and all contingent or successive Beneficiaries)
whom the Participant designates predecease the Participant, are invalid for any reason, or disclaim the Participant's Vested Account
Balance and the Plan Administrator has accepted the disclaimers as valid under Applicable Law, then the Trustee (subject to any
contrary provision in Appendix B under Section 7.05(C)) will distribute the Participant's Vested Account Balance in accordance
with Section 6.03 in the following order of priority to:

 

(1)  Spouse. The Participant's
surviving spouse (without regard to the one-year marriage rule of Sections 6.04(B) and 7.05(A)(3)); and if no surviving spouse
to

 

(2)  Descendants. The
Participant's children (including adopted children), in equal shares by right of representation (one share for each surviving child
and one share for each child who predeceases the Participant with living descendants); and if none to

 

(3)  Parents. The Participant's
surviving parents, in equal shares; and if none to

 

(4)  Estate. The Participant's
estate.

 

(C)  Administration of Default Provision. The
Employer in Appendix B may specify a different list or ordering of the list of default beneficiaries than under Section 7.05(B);
provided however, that if the Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan, and the Plan includes Exempt Participants, as to such Exempt Participants,
the Employer may not specify a different default Beneficiary list or order unless the Participant's surviving spouse will be the
sole primary Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee as to the distribution method and to whom the Trustee
will make the distribution under Section 7.05(B).

 

(D)  Death of Beneficiary. If the Beneficiary
survives the Participant, but dies prior to distribution of the Participant's entire Vested Account Balance, the Trustee will distribute
the remaining Vested Account Balance in the same manner as described in Section 7.05(B) and (C) (applied as though the Beneficiary
were the Participant) unless: (1) the Participant's Beneficiary designation provides otherwise; or (2)  the Beneficiary
has properly designated a beneficiary. A Beneficiary only may designate a beneficiary for the Participant's Account Balance remaining
at the Beneficiary's death if the Participant has not previously designated a successive contingent beneficiary and the Beneficiary's
designation otherwise complies with the Plan terms.

 

(E)  Simultaneous Death of Participant and Beneficiary.
If a Participant and his/her Beneficiary should die simultaneously, or under circumstances that render it difficult or impossible
to determine who predeceased the other, then unless the Participant's Beneficiary designation otherwise specifies, the Plan Administrator
will presume conclusively that the Beneficiary predeceased the Participant.

 

(F)  Incapacitated Participant or Beneficiary.
If, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator, a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to a Plan distribution is not able to care
for his/her affairs because of a mental condition, a physical condition, or by reason of age, at the direction of the Plan Administrator,
the Trustee will make the distribution to the Participant's or Beneficiary's guardian, conservator, trustee, custodian (including
under a Uniform Transfers or Gifts to Minors Act) or to his/her attorney-in-fact or to other legal representative, upon furnishing
evidence of such status satisfactory to the Plan Administrator and to the Trustee. The Plan Administrator and the Trustee do not
have any liability with respect to payments so made and neither the Plan Administrator nor the Trustee has any duty to make inquiry
as to the competence of any person entitled to receive payments under the Plan.

 

(G)  Assignment or Alienation. Except as provided
in Code §414(p) relating to QDROs (or a domestic relations order entered into before January 1, 1985) and in Code §401(a)(13)
relating to certain voluntary, revocable assignments, judgments and settlements, neither a Participant nor a Beneficiary may anticipate,
assign or alienate (either at law or in equity) any benefit provided under the Plan, and the Trustee will not recognize any such
anticipation, assignment or alienation. Except as provided by Code §401(a)(13) or other Applicable Law, a benefit under the
Plan is not subject to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

 

(H)  Information Available. Any Participant
or Beneficiary without charge may examine the Plan description, copy of the latest annual report, any bargaining agreement, this
Plan and Trust, and any contract or any other instrument which relates to the establishment or administration of the Plan or Trust.
The Plan Administrator will maintain all of the items listed in this Section 7.05(H) in its office, or in such other place or places
as it may designate from time to time in order to comply with ERISA, for examination during reasonable business hours. Upon the
written request of a Participant or a Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator must furnish the Participant or Beneficiary with a copy
of any item listed in this Section 7.05(H). The Plan Administrator may impose a reasonable copying charge upon the requesting person.

 

    	76

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(I)  Claims Procedure for Denial of Benefits. A
Participant or a Beneficiary may file with the Plan Administrator a written claim for benefits, if the Participant or the Beneficiary
disputes the Plan Administrator's determination regarding the Participant's or Beneficiary's Plan benefit. However, the Plan will
distribute only such Plan benefits to Participants or Beneficiaries as the Plan Administrator in its discretion determines a Participant
or Beneficiary is entitled to receive. The Plan Administrator will maintain a separate written document as part of (or which accompanies)
the Plan's summary plan description explaining the Plan's claims procedure. This Section 7.05(I) specifically incorporates the
written claims procedure as from time to time published by the Plan Administrator as a part of the Plan. If the Plan Administrator
pursuant to the Plan's written claims procedure makes a final written determination denying a Participant's or Beneficiary's benefit
claim, the Participant or Beneficiary to preserve the claim must file an action with respect to the denied claim not later than
180 days following the date of the Plan Administrator's final determination.

 

(J)  Inability to Determine Beneficiary. In
the event that the Plan Administrator is unable to determine the identity of a Participant's Beneficiary under circumstances of
competing claims or otherwise, the Plan Administrator may file an interpleader action seeking an order of the court as to the determination
of the Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator, the Trustee and other Plan fiduciaries may act in reliance upon any proper order issued
under this Section 7.05(J) in maintaining, distributing or otherwise disposing of a Participant's Account under the Plan terms,
to any Beneficiary specified in the court's order.

 

7.6 PLAN LOANS.

 

(A)  Loan Policy. The Plan Administrator, at
any time and in its sole discretion, may establish, amend or terminate a policy which the Trustee must observe in making Plan loans,
if any, to Participants and to Beneficiaries. If the Plan Administrator adopts a loan policy, the loan policy must be nondiscriminatory
and must be in writing. The policy must include: (1) the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the Participant
loan program; (2) the procedure for applying for a loan; (3) the criteria for approving or denying a loan; (4) the limitations,
if any, on the types and amounts of loans available; (5) the procedure for determining a reasonable rate of interest; (6) the types
of collateral which may secure the loan; and (7) the events constituting default and the steps the Plan will take to preserve Plan
assets in the event of default. A loan policy the Plan Administrator adopts under this Section 7.06(A) is part of the Plan, except
that the Plan Administrator may amend or terminate the policy without regard to Section 11.02.

 

(B)  Requirements for Plan Loans. The Trustee,
as directed by the Plan Administrator will make a Plan loan to a Participant or to a Beneficiary in accordance with the loan policy,
under Section 7.06(A), provided: (1) loans are available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis
and are not available in a greater amount for HCEs than for NHCEs; (2) any loan is adequately secured and bears a reasonable rate
of interest; (3) the loan provides for repayment within a specified time (except that the loan policy may suspend loan payments
pursuant to Code §414(u)(4) or otherwise in accordance with Applicable Law); (4) the default provisions of the note permit
offset of the Participant's Vested Account Balance only at the time when the Participant has a distributable event under the Plan,
but without regard to whether the Participant consents to distribution as otherwise may be required under Section 6.01(A)(2); (5)
the amount of the loan does not exceed (at the time the Plan extends the loan) the present value of the Participant's Vested Account
Balance; and (6) the loan otherwise conforms to the exemption provided by Code §4975(d)(1).

 

(C)  Default as Distributable Event. The loan
policy may provide a Participant's loan default is a distributable event with respect to the defaulted amount, irrespective of
whether the Participant otherwise has incurred a distributable event at the time of default, except as to Restricted 401(k) Accounts
or Restricted Pension Accounts under Section 6.01(C)(4) which the Participant used to secure his/her loan and which are not then
distributable at the time of default. See Section 6.06.

 

(D)  QJSA/QPSA Requirements. If the QJSA/QPSA
requirements of Section 6.04 apply to the Participant, the Participant may not pledge any portion of his/her Account Balance that
is subject to such requirements as security for a loan unless, within the 90 day period ending on the date the pledge becomes effective,
the Participant's spouse, if any, consents (in a manner described in Section 6.04 other than the requirement relating to the consent
of a subsequent spouse) to the security or, by separate consent, to an increase in the amount of security. See Section 6.04(D)
regarding the effect of an outstanding loan pledge on the QJSA or QPSA benefit.

 

(E)  Treatment of Loan as Participant-Directed.
The Plan Administrator, to the extent provided in a written loan policy and consistent with Section 7.03(B)(3), will treat
a Plan loan made to a Participant as a Participant-directed investment, even if the Plan otherwise does not permit a Participant
to direct his/her Account investments. Where a loan is treated as a directed investment, the borrowing Participant's Account alone
shares in any interest paid on the loan, and the Account alone bears any expense or loss it incurs in connection with the loan.
The Trustee may retain any principal or interest paid on the borrowing Participant's loan in a Segregated Account (as described
in Section 7.04(A)(2)(c)) on behalf of the borrowing Participant until the Trustee (or the Named Fiduciary, in the case of a nondiscretionary
Trustee) deems it appropriate to add the loan payments to the Participant's Account under the Plan.

 

7.7 LOST PARTICIPANTS. If the
Plan Administrator is unable to locate any Participant or Beneficiary whose Account becomes distributable under the Plan or
if the Plan has made a distribution, but the Participant for any reason does not cash the distribution check (a "lost
Participant"), the Plan Administrator will apply the provisions of this Section 7.07. The provisions of this Section
7.07 no longer apply if the Plan Administrator, prior to taking action to dispose of the lost Participant's Account under
Section 7.07(A)(2) or 7.07(B)(2), is able to complete the distribution.

 

(A)  Ongoing Plan. The provisions of this Section
7.07(A) apply if the Plan is ongoing.

 

(1)  Attempt to Locate. The
Plan Administrator must conduct a reasonable and diligent search for the Participant, using one or more of the search methods described
in Section 7.07(C).

 

    	77

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(2)  Failure to locate/disposition
of Account. If a lost Participant remains unlocated after 6 months following the date the Plan Administrator first attempts
to locate the lost Participant using any of the search methods described in Section 7.07(C), the Plan Administrator may forfeit
the lost Participant's Account, provided the Account is not subject to the Automatic Rollover rules of Section 6.08(D), unless
forfeiture is contrary to Applicable Law. If the Plan Administrator forfeits the lost Participant's Account, the forfeiture occurs
at the end of the above-described 6-month period and the Plan Administrator will allocate the forfeiture in accordance with Section
3.07. The Plan Administrator under this Section 7.07(A)(2) will forfeit the entire Account of the lost Participant, including Elective
Deferrals and Employee Contributions.

 

(3)  Subsequent restoration
of forfeiture. If a lost Participant whose Account was forfeited thereafter at any time but before the Plan has been terminated
makes a claim for his/her forfeited Account, the Plan Administrator will restore the forfeited Account to the same dollar amount
as the amount forfeited, unadjusted for Earnings occurring subsequent to the forfeiture. The Plan Administrator will make the restoration
in the Plan Year in which the lost Participant makes the claim, first from the amount, if any, of Participant forfeitures the Plan
Administrator otherwise would allocate for the Plan Year, and then from the amount or additional amount the Employer contributes
to the Plan for the Plan Year. The Employer in Appendix B may provide that the Plan Administrator will use Trust Fund Earnings
for the Plan Year, if any, as a source of the restoration, or may modify the order of priority of the sources of restoration described
in the previous sentence. The Plan Administrator will distribute the restored Account to the lost Participant not later than 60
days after the close of the Plan Year in which the Plan Administrator restores the forfeited Account.

 

(B)  Terminating plan. The provisions of this
Section 7.07(B) apply if the Plan is terminating.

 

(1)  Attempt to locate. The
Plan Administrator, to attempt to locate a lost Participant when the plan is terminating, must conduct a reasonable and diligent
search for the Participant, using all four search methods described in clauses (1) through (4) of Section 7.07(C). In addition,
the Plan Administrator may use a search method described in clause (5) of Section 7.07(C).

 

(2)  Failure to locate/disposition
of Account. If a lost Participant remains unlocated after a reasonable period the Plan Administrator will distribute the Participant's
Account under Sections 7.07(B)(2)(a), (b) or (c) as applicable.

 

(a)   No Annuity Contract/no
other Defined Contribution Plan. If the terminating Plan does not provide for an Annuity Contract as a method of distribution
and the Employer does not maintain another Defined Contribution Plan, the Plan Administrator will distribute the lost Participant's
Account in an Automatic Rollover to an individual retirement plan under Section 6.08(D), unless the Plan Administrator determines
it is impractical to complete an Automatic Rollover or is unable to locate an individual retirement plan provider willing to accept
the rollover distribution. In such event, the Plan Administrator may: (i) distribute the Participant's Account to an interest-
bearing insured bank account the Plan Administrator establishes in the Participant's name; or (ii) distribute the Participant's
Account to the unclaimed property fund of the state of the Participant's last known address.

 

(b)   Plan provides Annuity
Contract/no other Defined Contribution Plan. If the terminating Plan provides for an Annuity Contract as a method of distribution
and the Employer does not maintain another Defined Contribution Plan, the Plan Administrator will purchase an Annuity Contract
payable to the lost Participant for delivery to the Participant's last known address reflected in the Plan's records.

 

(c)   Employer maintains
another Defined Contribution Plan. If the Employer maintains another Defined Contribution Plan, the Plan Administrator may,
in lieu of taking the actions described in Sections 7.07(B)(2)(a) or (b), transfer the lost Participant's Account to the other
Defined Contribution Plan.

 

(C)  Search methods. The search methods
described in this Section 7.07 are: (1) provide a distribution notice to the lost Participant at the Participant's last known
address by certified or registered mail; (2) check with other employee benefit plans of the Employer that may have more
up-to- date information regarding the Participant's whereabouts; (3) identify and contact the Participant's designated
Beneficiary under Section 7.05; (4) use the IRS letter forwarding program under Rev. Proc. 94-22 or the Social Security
Administration search program; and (5) use a commercial locator service, credit reporting agencies, the internet or other
search method. Regarding search methods (2) and (3) above, if the Plan Administrator encounters privacy concerns, the Plan
Administrator may request that the Employer or other plan fiduciary (under (2)), or the designated Beneficiary (under (3)),
contact the Participant or forward a letter requesting that the Participant contact the Plan Administrator.

 

(D)  Uniformity. The Plan Administrator will
apply Section 7.07 in a reasonable, uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, but in determining a specific course of action as to
a particular Account, reasonably may take into account differing circumstances such as the amount of a lost Participant's Account,
the expense in attempting to locate a lost Participant, the Plan Administrator's ability to establish and the expense of establishing
a rollover IRA, and other factors.

 

(E)  Expenses of search. The Plan Administrator,
in accordance with Section 7.04(C)(2)(b), may charge to the Account of a Participant the reasonable expenses incurred under this
Section 7.07 and which are associated with the Participant's Account, without regard to whether or when the Plan Administrator
actually locates or makes a distribution to the Participant.

 

    	78

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(F)  Alternative Disposition. The Plan Administrator
under Sections 7.07(A) or (B) operationally may dispose of a lost Participant's Account in any reasonable manner which is not inconsistent
with Applicable Law. The Plan Administrator may adopt a policy under this Section 7.07 as it deems reasonable or appropriate to
administer the Accounts of lost Participants, provided that: (1) the terms of any such policy must be uniform and nondiscriminatory;
(2) the Plan Administrator must administer the policy in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner; and (3) the policy must not be
inconsistent with Applicable Law. The Plan Administrator also may administer lost Participant Accounts consistent with Applicable
Law which is contrary to any provision of Section 7.07, unless such Applicable Law requires a Plan amendment, in which case the
Employer within any required deadline will amend the Plan to comply.

 

7.8 PLAN CORRECTION. The Plan Administrator,
in conjunction with the Employer and Trustee, as applicable, may undertake such correction of Plan failures as the Plan Administrator
deems necessary, including correction to preserve tax qualification of the Plan under Code §401(a), to correct a fiduciary
breach under ERISA or to unwind (correct) a prohibited transaction under the Code or ERISA. Without limiting the Plan Administrator's
authority under the prior sentence, the Plan Administrator, as it determines to be reasonable and appropriate, may undertake or
assist the Employer in undertaking correction of Plan document, operational, demographic and employer eligibility failures under
a method described in the Plan or under the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System ("EPCRS") or any successor program
to EPCRS. The Plan Administrator, as it determines to be reasonable and appropriate, also may undertake or assist the Employer,
the Trustee of other appropriate Plan fiduciary or Plan official in undertaking correction of a fiduciary breach, including correction
under the Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program ("VFCP") or any successor program to VFCP. If the Plan is a 401(k) Plan,
the Plan Administrator to correct an operational failure other than a failure of Code §415 or Code §402(g) limitations
or a failure of the ADP or ACP tests (or to correct such listed failures beyond the time permitted under regulations), may require
the Trustee to distribute from the Plan Elective Deferrals, including Earnings thereon, and the Plan Administrator will treat any
Matching Contributions and Earnings thereon relating to the distributed Elective Deferrals, as an Associated Matching Contribution
under Section 3.07(A)(1).

 

7.9 PROTOTYPE/VOLUME SUBMITTER
PLAN STATUS. If the Plan fails initially to qualify or to maintain qualification or if the Employer makes any amendment
or modification to a provision of the Plan (other than a proper completion of an elective provision under the Adoption
Agreement or an Appendix), the Employer no longer may participate under this Prototype or Volume Submitter Plan. The Employer
also may not participate (or continue to participate) in this Prototype or Volume Submitter Plan if the Trustee or Custodian
is not the Sponsor or Practitioner and does not have the written consent of the Sponsor or Practitioner required under
Section 1.65, if any, to serve in the capacity of Trustee or Custodian. If the Employer is not entitled to participate under
this Prototype or Volume Submitter Plan, the Plan is an individually-designed plan and the reliance procedures specified in
the applicable Adoption Agreement no longer apply.

 

7.10  PLAN COMMUNICATIONS,
INTERPRETATION, AND CONSTRUCTION.

 

(A)  Plan Administrator's Discretion/Nondiscriminatory
Administration. The Plan Administrator has total and complete discretion to interpret and construe the Plan and to determine
all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan. Any determination the Plan Administrator
makes under the Plan is final and binding upon any affected person. The Plan Administrator must exercise all of its Plan powers
and discretion, and perform all of its duties in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner.

 

(B)  Written Communications. All Plan-related
communications by any party must be in writing (which subject to Section 7.10(C) may include an electronic communication). All
Participant or Beneficiary notices, designations, elections, consents or waivers must be made in a form the Plan Administrator
(or, as applicable, the Trustee) specifies or otherwise approves. Any person entitled to notice under the Plan may waive the notice
or shorten the notice period unless such actions are contrary to Applicable Law.

 

(C)  Use of Electronic Media. The Plan Administrator
using any electronic medium may give or receive any Plan notice, communicate any Plan policy, conduct any written Plan communication,
satisfy any Plan filing or other compliance requirement and conduct any other Plan transaction to the extent permissible under
Applicable Law. A Participant or a Participant's spouse, to the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator, may use any electronic
medium to provide any Beneficiary designation, election, notice, consent or waiver under the Plan, to the extent permissible under
Applicable Law. Any reference in this Plan to a "form," a "notice," an "election," a "consent,"
a "waiver," a "designation," a "policy" or to any other Plan- related communication includes an electronic
version thereof as permitted under Applicable Law.

 

(D)  Evidence. Anyone, including the Employer,
required to give data, statements or other information relevant under the terms of the Plan ("evidence") may do so by
certificate, affidavit, document or other form which the person to act in reliance may consider pertinent, reliable and genuine,
and to have been signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties. The Plan Administrator and the Trustee are protected
fully in acting and relying upon any evidence described under the immediately preceding sentence.

 

(E)  Plan Terms Binding. The Plan is binding
upon the Employer, Trustee, Plan Administrator, Custodian (and all other service providers to the Plan), upon Participants, Beneficiaries
and all other persons entitled to benefits, and upon the successors and assigns of the foregoing persons. See Section 8.11(C) as
to the Trust where the Employer in its Adoption Agreement elects to use a separate trust agreement.

 

    	79

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(F)  Employment Not Guaranteed.
Nothing contained in this Plan, or with respect to the establishment of the Trust, or any modification or any amendment to
the Plan or Trust, or in the creation of any Account, or with respect to the payment of any benefit, gives any Employee, Participant
or any Beneficiary any right to employment or to continued employment by the Employer, or any legal or equitable right against
the Employer, the Trustee, the Plan Administrator or any employee or agent thereof, except as expressly provided by the Plan, the
Trust, or Applicable Law.

 

(G)  Word Usage. Words used in the masculine
also apply to the feminine where applicable, and wherever the context of the Plan dictates, the plural includes the singular and
the singular includes the plural. Titles of Plan and Adoption Agreement sections are for reference only.

 

(H)  State Law. The law of the state of the
Employer‘s principal place of business will determine all questions arising with respect to the provisions of the Plan and
Trust, except to the extent superseded by Applicable Law. The Employer in Appendix B and subject to Applicable Law, may elect to
apply the law of another state or appropriate legal jurisdiction.

 

(I)  Parties to Litigation. Except as otherwise
provided by Applicable Law, a Participant or a Beneficiary is not a necessary party or required to receive notice of process in
any court proceeding involving the Plan, the Trust Fund or any fiduciary of the Plan. Any final judgment (not subject to further
appeal) entered in any such proceeding will be binding upon the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, Custodian, Participants
and Beneficiaries and upon their successors and assigns.

 

(J)  Fiduciaries Not Insurers. The Trustee,
the Plan Administrator and the Employer in no way guarantee the Trust Fund from loss or depreciation. The Employer does not guarantee
the payment of any money which may be or becomes due to any person from the Trust Fund. The liability of the Employer, the Plan
Administrator and the Trustee to make any distribution from the Trust Fund at any time and all times is limited to the then available
assets of the Trust.

 

(K)  Construction/Severability. The Plan, the
Adoption Agreement, the Trust and all other documents to which they refer, will be interpreted consistent with and to preserve
tax qualification of the Plan under Code §401(a) and tax exemption of the Trust under Code §501(a) and also consistent
with ERISA and other Applicable Law. To the extent permissible under Applicable Law, any provision which a court (or other entity
with binding authority to interpret the Plan) determines to be inconsistent with such construction and interpretation, is deemed
severed and is of no force or effect, and the remaining Plan terms will remain in full force and effect.

 

    	80

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

ARTICLE VIII

TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN, POWERS AND DUTIES

 

8.1 ACCEPTANCE. By its signature
on the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee or Custodian accepts the Trust created under the Plan and agrees to perform the obligations
the Plan imposes on the Trustee or Custodian.

 

8.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES.

 

(A)  Discretionary Trustee Powers. If the Employer
in its Adoption Agreement designates the Trustee as a discretionary Trustee, then the Trustee has full discretion and authority
with regard to the investment of the Trust Fund, except as to a Plan asset: (i) properly under the control or the direction of
an Investment Manager, ancillary trustee or other Plan fiduciary; (ii) subject to proper Employer or Named Fiduciary direction
of investment; or

(iii)  subject to proper Participant direction of
investment. The Trustee is authorized and empowered, but not by way of limitation, with the following powers:

 

(1)  General powers. To
invest consistent with and subject to Applicable Law any part or all of the Trust Fund in any common or preferred stocks, open-end
or closed-end mutual funds (including proprietary funds), put and call options traded on a national exchange, United States retirement
plan bonds, corporate bonds, debentures, convertible debentures, commercial paper, U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes and
other direct or indirect obligations of the United States Government or its agencies, improved or unimproved real estate situated
in the United States, limited partnerships, insurance contracts of any type, mortgages, notes or other property of any kind, real
or personal, to buy or sell options on common stock on a nationally recognized exchange with or without holding the underlying
common stock, to open and to maintain margin accounts, to engage in short sales, to buy and sell commodities, commodity options
and contracts for the future delivery of commodities, and to make any other investments the Trustee deems appropriate.

 

(2)  Cash/liquidity. To
retain in cash so much of the Trust Fund as it may deem advisable to satisfy liquidity needs of the Plan and to deposit any cash
held in the Trust Fund in a bank account at reasonable interest or without interest if the Trustee determines that such deposits
are reasonable or necessary to facilitate a Plan transaction or for other purposes, but consistent with the Trustee's duties under
Section 8.02(C).

 

(3)  Trustee's common/collective
funds. To invest, if the Trustee is a bank or similar financial institution supervised by the United States or by a state,
in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a bank related to the Trustee within the meaning of Code §414(b)) at a reasonable
rate of interest or in a common trust fund, as described in Code §584, or in a collective investment fund, the provisions
of which govern the investment of such assets and which the Plan incorporates by this reference, which the Trustee (or its affiliate,
as defined in Code §1504) maintains exclusively for the collective investment of money contributed by the bank (or the affiliate)
in its capacity as Trustee and which conforms to the rules of the Comptroller of the Currency.

 

(4)  Transact in real/personal
property. To manage, sell, contract to sell, grant options to purchase, convey, exchange, transfer, abandon, improve, repair,
insure, lease for any term even though commencing in the future or extending beyond the term of the Trust, and otherwise deal with
all property, real or personal, in such manner, for such considerations and on such terms and conditions as the Trustee decides.

 

(5)  Borrowing. To borrow
money, to assume indebtedness, extend mortgages and encumber by mortgage or pledge.

 

(6)  Claims. To compromise,
contest, arbitrate or abandon claims and demands affecting the investment of Trust assets, in the Trustee's discretion. However,
nothing in this Section 8.02(A)(6) requires a Participant or Beneficiary to arbitrate any claim under the Plan.

 

(7)  Voting/tender/exercise.
To have with respect to the Trust all of the rights of an individual owner, including the power to exercise any and all voting
rights associated with Trust assets, to give proxies, to participate in any voting trusts, mergers, consolidations or liquidations,
to tender shares and to exercise or sell stock subscriptions or conversion rights.

 

(8)  Mineral rights. To
lease for oil, gas and other mineral purposes and to create mineral severances by grant or reservation; to pool or unitize interests
in oil, gas and other minerals; and to enter into operating agreements and to execute division and transfer orders.

 

(9)  Title. To hold any
securities or other property in the name of the Trustee or its nominee, with depositories or agent depositories or in another form
as it may deem best, with or without disclosing the trust relationship. However, any securities held in a nominee or street name
must be held on behalf of the Plan by: (a) a bank or trust company that is subject to supervision by the United States or a State
or a nominee of such bank or trust company; (b) a broker or dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or a nominee
of such broker or dealer; or (c) a clearing agency as defined in Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Section 3(a)(23), or its nominee.

 

(10)  Hold pending dispute
resolution. To retain any funds or property subject to any dispute without liability for the payment of interest, and to decline
to make payment or delivery of the funds or property until a court of competent jurisdiction makes final adjudication.

 

(11)  Litigation. To begin,
maintain or defend any litigation necessary in connection with the administration of the Plan, except the Trustee is not obliged
nor required to do so unless indemnified to its satisfaction.

 

    	81

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(12)  Agents/reliance. The
Trustee may employ and pay from the Trust Fund reasonable compensation to agents, attorneys, accountants and other persons to advise
the Trustee as in its opinion may be necessary. The Trustee reasonably may delegate to any agent, attorney, accountant or other
person selected by it any non-Trustee power or duty vested in it by the Plan, and the Trustee may act reasonably or refrain from
acting on the advice or opinion of any agent, attorney, accountant or other person so selected.

 

(13)  Employer stock/real
property. The Trustee (or as applicable, Investment Manager, Employer or Participant) may invest in qualifying Employer securities
or in qualifying Employer real property, as defined in and as limited by ERISA.

 

(a)   Profit Sharing Plans/401(k)
Plans. If the Employer's Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan or a 401(k) Plan, the aggregate investments in (acquisitions and holdings
of) qualifying Employer securities and in qualifying Employer real property may comprise up to 100% of the value of Plan assets,
unless the Employer in Appendix B elects to restrict such investments to 10% of the value of Plan assets determined immediately
after the acquisition (or to some other percentage of value which is less than 100%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, except where
permitted under ERISA §407(b)(2), if the Plan includes a 401(k) arrangement, a Participant's Elective Deferral Account accumulated
in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, including earnings thereon, may not be invested more than 10% by value in qualifying
employer securities and qualifying employer real property, unless such investments are directed by the Participant or the Participant's
Beneficiary.

 

(b)   Voting/distribution.
If the Plan invests in qualifying Employer securities, the Plan Administrator may adopt a uniform and nondiscriminatory policy
providing for the exercise of voting rights, distribution restrictions, repurchase, put, call or right of first refusal rules,
or other rights and restrictions affecting the qualifying Employer securities. Any such policy may not be contrary to Applicable
Law.

 

(14)  Orphaned plan. If
the Trustee in accordance with Applicable Law determines that the Employer has abandoned the Plan, the Trustee (if qualified to
so act) may appoint itself as a Qualified Termination Administrator ("QTA") under Section 11.05(B) for purposes of terminating
the Plan and distributing all Plan Accounts. As a QTA, the Trustee may undertake all acts authorized under Applicable Law to wind-up
the Plan, including causing the Trust to pay from Trust assets to the QTA and to other service providers a reasonable fee for services
rendered.

 

(15)  Catch-all. To perform
any and all other acts which in the Trustee's judgment are necessary or appropriate for the proper and advantageous management,
investment and distribution of the Trust and which are not contrary to Applicable Law.

 

(B)  Nondiscretionary (directed) Trustee/Custodian
Powers. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement may designate the Trustee as a nondiscretionary Trustee. The Employer in its
Adoption Agreement in addition to designating a discretionary or nondiscretionary Trustee, may appoint a Custodian to hold all
or any portion of the Trust Assets. Except as otherwise provided herein: (i) a Custodian has all of the same powers and duties
as a nondiscretionary Trustee; (ii) the nondiscretionary Trustee or Custodian has all of the same powers as a discretionary Trustee
in Section 8.02(A) except that the nondiscretionary Trustee or Custodian only may exercise such powers pursuant to a proper written
direction; and (iii) the nondiscretionary Trustee or Custodian has all the same duties as a discretionary Trustee under Section
8.02(C). A "proper written direction" means the written direction of a Plan fiduciary or of a Participant with authority
over the Trust asset which is the subject of the direction and which is consistent with the Plan terms and Applicable Law.

 

(1)  Modification of powers/duties.
The Employer and the nondiscretionary Trustee (or the Custodian) in a Nonstandardized Plan or Volume Submitter Adoption Agreement,
on Appendix C may limit the powers or duties of the Custodian or the nondiscretionary Trustee to any combination of powers under
Section 8.02(A) and to any combination of duties under Section 8.02(C) or otherwise may amend the Trust as described in Section
8.11.

 

(2)  Limited responsibility.
If there is a Custodian or a nondiscretionary Trustee under the Plan, then the Employer, in adopting this Plan, acknowledges
and agrees:

 

(a)   No discretion over
Trust assets. The nondiscretionary Trustee or Custodian does not have any discretion as to the investment or the re-investment
of the Trust Fund and the nondiscretionary Trustee or Custodian is acting solely as a directed fiduciary as to the assets comprising
the Trust Fund.

 

(b)   No review or recommendations.
The nondiscretionary Trustee or the Custodian does not have any duty to review or to make recommendations regarding investments
made pursuant to a proper written direction, except in accordance with Applicable Law.

 

(c)   No action unless
direction. The nondiscretionary Trustee or the Custodian must retain any investment obtained upon a proper written direction
until receipt of another proper written direction to dispose of such investment, except as may be contrary to Applicable Law.

 

(d)   No liability for
following orders. The nondiscretionary Trustee or the Custodian is not liable in any manner or for any reason for making, retaining
or disposing of any investment pursuant to any proper written direction.

 

(e)   Indemnity. The
Employer will indemnify, defend and hold the nondiscretionary Trustee or the Custodian harmless from any damages, costs or expenses,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, which the nondiscretionary Trustee or the Custodian may incur as a result of any claim asserted
against the nondiscretionary Trustee, the Custodian or the Trust arising out of the nondiscretionary Trustee's or Custodian's full
and timely compliance with any proper written direction.

 

    	82

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(3)  Limitation
of powers of certain Custodians. If a Custodian is a bank which, under its governing state law, does not possess trust powers,
then Sections 8.02(A)(1), (3) as it relates to common trust funds or collective investment funds, Sections 8.02(A)(4), (5), (7),
and (8), Section 8.09 and Article IX do not apply and the Custodian only has the power and the authority to exercise the remaining
powers under Section 8.02(A) and to perform the duties under Section 8.02(C).

 

(4)  QTA. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Section 8.02(B), a nondiscretionary Trustee or a Custodian, in accordance with Applicable Law, may
serve as a QTA under Section 8.02(A)(14) without regard to receipt of any proper written direction.

 

(5)  Trustee references. Except
as the Plan or the context otherwise require, "Trustee" includes nondiscretionary Trustee and Custodian.

 

(C)  Duties.
The Trustee or Custodian has the following duties:

 

(1)  ERISA. If ERISA applies
to the Plan and to the extent that ERISA so requires, to act: (a) solely in the interest of Participants and Beneficiaries for
the exclusive purposes of providing benefits under the Plan and defraying the reasonable expenses of Plan administration; (b) with
the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing as would a prudent person acting in a like capacity
and familiar with such matters; (c) by diversifying Trust investments so as to minimize the risk of large losses unless not prudent
under the circumstances to do so; and (d) in accordance with the Plan to the extent that the Plan is consistent with ERISA.

 

(2)  Investment policy. To
coordinate its investment policy with Plan financial needs as communicated to it by the Plan Administrator.

 

(3)  Trust accounting. To
furnish to the Employer and to the Plan Administrator an annual (or more frequently as required by Applicable Law) statement of
account showing the condition of the Trust Fund and all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by
the Trustee during the Plan Year covered by the statement and also stating the assets of the Trust held at the end of the Plan
Year, which accounts are conclusive on all persons, including the Employer and the Plan Administrator, except as to any act or
transaction concerning which the Employer or the Plan Administrator files with the Trustee written exceptions or objections within
90 days after the receipt of the accounts or for which ERISA authorizes a longer period within which to object. The Trustee also
may agree with the Employer or Plan Administrator to provide the information described in this Section 8.02(C) more frequently
than annually.

 

(4)  Trust valuation. If
the Trustee is a discretionary Trustee, to value the Trust Fund as of each Accounting Date to determine the fair market value of
each Participant's Account Balance in the Trust. The Trustee also must value the Trust Fund on such other Valuation Dates as directed
in writing by the Plan Administrator or as the Adoption Agreement or Applicable Law may require. If the Trustee is a nondiscretionary
Trustee (or in the case of Trust assets held by a Custodian) the Named Fiduciary will value the assets and will provide the valuation
to the Trustee (Custodian) unless the Trustee (Custodian) and the Named Fiduciary agree that the Trustee (Custodian) will conduct
the valuation. The Trustee (Custodian) may reasonably rely on any valuation the Named Fiduciary conducts and provides.

 

(5)  Distributions. To
credit and distribute the Trust Fund as the Plan Administrator directs. The Trustee is not obliged to inquire as to whether any
payee or distributee is entitled to any payment or whether the distribution is proper or within the terms of the Plan, or as to
the manner of making any payment or distribution. The Trustee is accountable only to the Plan Administrator for any payment or
distribution made by it in good faith on the order or direction of the Plan Administrator. The Trustee must promptly notify the
Plan Administrator of any unclaimed Plan payment or distribution and then dispose of the distribution in accordance with the Plan
Administrator's subsequent direction.

 

(6)  Fees/expenses. To
pay from the Trust Fund all reasonable Plan fees and expenses, and to allocate the fees and expenses to Plan Accounts, both as
the Plan Administrator directs under Section 7.04(C)(2). Any fee or expense that the Employer pays, directly or indirectly, is
not an Employer contribution to the Plan, provided the fee or the expense relates to the ordinary and necessary administration
of the Trust Fund.

 

(7)  Loans. To make loans
to a Participant or to a Beneficiary in accordance with the Plan Administrator's direction under Section 7.06.

 

(8)  Records/statements. To
keep the Trustee's Plan records open to the inspection of the Plan Administrator and the Employer at all reasonable times and to
permit the review or audit of such records from time to time by any person or persons as the Employer or Plan Administrator may
specify in writing. The Trustee must furnish the Plan Administrator with whatever information relating to the Trust Fund the Plan
Administrator considers necessary to perform its duties as Plan Administrator.

 

(9)  Tax returns. To file
all information and tax returns required of the Trustee under Applicable Law.

 

(10)  Incapacity. To follow
the direction of the Plan Administrator with regard to distributions in the latter's determination of any Participant or Beneficiary
incapacity under Section 7.05(F). The Trustee also will provide any reasonable information and take any reasonable action that
the Plan Administrator requests relating to a determination of incapacity or otherwise pertaining to the administration of the
Account of any incapacitated person.

 

(11)  Bond. The Trustee
must provide a bond for the faithful performance of its duties under the Trust to the extent required by Applicable Law.

 

    	83

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(D)  Limitations
Applicable to all Trustees.

 

(1)  Receipt of contributions.
The Trustee is accountable to the Employer for the Plan contributions made by the Employer, but the Trustee does not have any
duty to ensure that the contributions received comply with the provisions of the Plan. Except as may be required by Applicable
Law, the Trustee is not obliged to collect any contributions from the Employer, nor is the Trustee obliged to ensure that funds
deposited with it are deposited according to the provisions of the Plan.

 

(2)  Co-fiduciary
liability. Each fiduciary under the Plan is responsible solely for his/her or its own acts or omissions. A fiduciary does
not have any liability for another fiduciary's breach of fiduciary responsibility with respect to the Plan and the Trust
unless the fiduciary: (a) participates knowingly in or undertakes to conceal the breach; (b) has actual knowledge of the
breach and fails to take reasonable remedial action to remedy the breach; or (c) through negligence in performing his/her or
its own specific fiduciary responsibilities that give rise to fiduciary status, the fiduciary has enabled the other fiduciary
to commit a breach of the latter's fiduciary responsibility.

 

(3)  Limitation of Trustee
liability.

 

(a)   Apportionment of
duties. The Named Fiduciary, the Trustee(s) and any properly appointed Investment Manager may execute a written agreement as
a part of this Plan delineating the duties, responsibilities and liabilities of the Investment Manager or Trustee(s) with respect
to any part of the Trust Fund under the control of the Investment Manager or the Trustee(s).

 

(b)   If Investment Manager.
The Trustee is not liable for the acts or omissions of any Investment Manager the Named Fiduciary may appoint, nor is the Trustee
under any obligation to invest or otherwise to manage any asset of the Trust Fund which is subject to the management of a properly
appointed Investment Manager.

 

(c)   If other appointed
fiduciaries. The Trustee is not liable for the acts or omissions of any ancillary trustee or independent fiduciary properly
appointed under Section 8.07. However, if a discretionary Trustee, pursuant to the delegation described in Section 8.07, appoints
an ancillary trustee, the discretionary Trustee is responsible for the periodic review of the ancillary trustee's actions and must
exercise its delegated authority in accordance with the terms of the Plan and in a manner consistent with ERISA.

 

(d)   Indemnity. The
Employer and any Trustee may execute a written agreement as a part of this Plan and which is not contrary to Applicable Law, delineating
any indemnification agreement among the parties.

 

(E)  Multiple
Trustees.

 

(1)  Majority decisions. If
more than two persons act as Trustee, a decision of the majority of such persons controls with respect to any decision regarding
the administration or the investment of the Trust Fund or of any portion of the Trust Fund with respect to which such persons act
as Trustee. If there is more than one Trustee, the Trustees jointly will manage and control the assets of the Trust Fund (or those
Trust assets as to which they act as Trustee).

 

(2)  Allocation. Multiple
Trustees may allocate among themselves specific responsibilities or obligations or may authorize one or more of them, either individually
or in concert, to exercise any or all of the powers granted to the Trustee, or to perform any or all of the duties assigned to
the Trustee under Article VIII.

 

(3)  Signature. The signature
of only one Trustee is necessary to effect any transaction on behalf of the Trust (or as to those Trust assets as to which the
signatory acts as Trustee).

 

8.3 NAMED FIDUCIARY.

 

(A)  Definition of Named Fiduciary. See Section
1.36.

 

(B)  Duty of Named Fiduciary. The Named Fiduciary
under the Plan has the sole responsibility to control and to manage the operation and administration of the Plan. If the Named
Fiduciary is also the Trustee, the Named Fiduciary is solely responsible for the management and the control of the Trust Fund,
except Trust assets properly: (1) under the control or the direction of an Investment Manager, ancillary trustee or other Plan
fiduciary; or (2) subject to Employer or Participant direction of investment.

 

(C)  Appointment of Investment Manager. The
Named Fiduciary may appoint an Investment Manager.

 

8.4 DISTRIBUTION OF CASH OR PROPERTY.
The Trustee will make Plan distributions in the form of cash except where: (1) the required form of distribution is a QJSA or QPSA
which has not been waived; (2) the Plan is a Restated Plan and under the prior Plan, distribution in the form of property ("in-kind
distribution") is a Protected Benefit which the Employer has not eliminated by a Plan amendment under Section 11.02(C); (3)
the Plan Administrator adopts a written policy which provides for in-kind distribution; or (4) the Employer is terminating the
Plan, and in the reasonable judgment of the Trustee, some or all Plan assets, within a reasonable time for making final distribution
of Plan assets, may not be liquidated to cash or may not be so liquidated without undue loss in value. The Plan Administrator's
policy under clause (3) may restrict in-kind distributions to certain types of Trust investments or specify any other reasonable
and nondiscriminatory condition or restriction applicable to in-kind distributions. Under clause (4), the Trustee will make Plan
termination distributions to Participants and Beneficiaries in cash, in-kind or in a combination of these forms, in a reasonable
and nondiscriminatory manner which may take into account the preferences of the distributees. All in-kind distributions will be
made based on the current fair market value of the property, as determined by the Trustee, Custodian or Named Fiduciary.

 

    	84

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

8.5 TRUSTEE/CUSTODIAN FEES AND
EXPENSES. A Trustee or a Custodian will receive reasonable compensation and reimbursement for reasonable Trust expenses
actually incurred as Trustee or Custodian, as may be agreed upon from time to time by the Employer and the Trustee or the
Custodian. No person who is receiving full pay from the Employer may receive compensation (except for reimbursement of Plan
expenses) for services as Trustee or as Custodian. As the Plan Administrator directs following direction from the Employer
under Section 7.04(C), such fees and expenses will be paid by the Employer, or the Trustee or Custodian will charge the Trust
for the fees or expenses. If, within a reasonable time after a Plan related fee or expense is incurred (or if within the time
specified in any agreement between the Plan and the Trustee regarding payment of a fee or expense) the Plan Administrator
does not communicate the Employer's decision regarding payment or if the Employer does not pay the fee or expense, the
Trustee or Custodian may charge the Trust for such reasonable fees and expenses as are not settlor expenses.

 

8.6 THIRD PARTY RELIANCE. A person
dealing with the Trustee is not obligated to see to the proper application of any money paid or property delivered to the Trustee,
or to inquire whether the Trustee has acted pursuant to any of the terms of the Plan. Each person dealing with the Trustee may
act upon any notice, request or representation in writing by the Trustee, or by the Trustee's duly authorized agent, and is not
liable to any person in so acting. The certificate of the Trustee that it is acting in accordance with the Plan is conclusive in
favor of any person relying on the certificate.

 

8.7 APPOINTMENT OF ANCILLARY TRUSTEE
OR INDEPENDENT FIDUCIARY.

 

(A)  Appointment. The Employer, in writing,
may appoint any qualified person in any state to act as ancillary trustee with respect to a designated portion of the Trust Fund,
subject to any consent required under Section 1.65. An ancillary trustee must acknowledge in a writing separate from the Employer's
Adoption Agreement its acceptance of the terms and conditions of its appointment as ancillary trustee and its fiduciary status
under ERISA.

 

(B)  Powers. The ancillary trustee has the
rights, powers, duties and discretion as the Employer may delegate, subject to any limitations or directions specified in the agreement
appointing the ancillary trustee and to the terms of the Plan or of ERISA. The Employer may delegate its responsibilities under
this Section 8.07 to a discretionary Trustee under the Plan (subject to the acceptance by such discretionary Trustee of that delegation),
but the Employer may not delegate its responsibilities to a nondiscretionary Trustee or to a Custodian. The investment powers delegated
to the ancillary trustee may include any investment powers available under Section 8.02. The delegated investment powers may include
the right to invest any portion of the assets of the Trust Fund in a common trust fund, as described in Code §584, or in any
collective investment fund, the provisions of which govern the investment of such assets and which the Plan incorporates by this
reference, but only if the ancillary trustee is a bank or similar financial institution supervised by the United States or by a
state and the ancillary trustee (or its affiliate, as defined in Code §1504) maintains the common trust fund or collective
investment fund exclusively for the collective investment of money contributed by the ancillary trustee (or its affiliate) in a
trustee capacity and which conforms to the rules of the Comptroller of the Currency. The Employer also may appoint as an ancillary
trustee, the trustee of any group trust fund designated for investment pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.09.

 

(C)  Resignation/Removal. The ancillary trustee
may resign its position and the Employer may remove an ancillary trustee as provided in Section 8.08 regarding resignation and
removal of the Trustee or Custodian. In the event of such resignation or removal, the Employer may appoint another ancillary trustee
or may return the assets to the control and management of the Trustee.

 

(D)  Independent Fiduciary. If the DOL requires
engagement of an independent fiduciary to have control or management of all or a portion of the Trust Fund, the Employer will appoint
such independent fiduciary, as directed by the DOL. The independent fiduciary will have the duties, responsibilities and powers
prescribed by the DOL and will exercise those duties, responsibilities and powers in accordance with the terms, restrictions and
conditions established by the DOL and, to the extent not inconsistent with ERISA, the terms of the Plan. The independent fiduciary
must accept its appointment in writing and must acknowledge its status as a fiduciary of the Plan.

 

8.8 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL.

 

(A)  Resignation. The Trustee or the Custodian
may resign its position by giving written notice to the Employer and to the Plan Administrator. The Trustee's notice must specify
the effective date of the Trustee's resignation, which date must be at least 30 days following the date of the Trustee's notice,
unless the Employer consents in writing to shorter notice.

 

(B)  Removal. The Employer may remove a Trustee
or a Custodian by giving written notice to the affected party. The Employer's notice must specify the effective date of removal
which date must be at least 30 days following the date of the Employer's notice, except where the Employer reasonably determines
a shorter notice period or immediate removal is necessary to protect Plan assets.

 

(C)  Successor Appointment. In the event of
the resignation or the removal of a Trustee, where no other Trustee continues to serve, the Employer must appoint a successor Trustee
if it intends to continue the Plan. If two or more persons hold the position of Trustee, in the event of the removal of one such
person, during any period the selection of a replacement is pending, or during any period such person is unable to serve for any
reason, the remaining person or persons will act as the Trustee.

 

(1)  Default Successor Trustee.
If the Employer fails to appoint a successor Trustee as of the effective date of the Trustee resignation or removal and no
other Trustee remains, the Trustee will treat the Employer as having appointed itself as Trustee and as having filed the Employer's
acceptance of appointment as successor Trustee with the former Trustee. If state law prohibits the Employer from serving as successor
Trustee, the appointed successor Trustee is the president of a corporate Employer, the managing partner of a partnership Employer,
the managing member of a limited liability company Employer, the sole proprietor of a proprietorship Employer, or in the case of
any other entity type, such other person with title and responsibilities similar to the foregoing.

 

    	85

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(2)  Default Successor Custodian.
If the Employer removes and does not replace a Custodian, the Trustee will assume possession of Plan assets held by the former
Custodian.

 

(D)  Acceptance. Each successor Trustee succeeds
its predecessor Trustee by accepting in writing its appointment as successor Trustee and by filing the acceptance with the former
Trustee and the Plan Administrator without the signing or filing of any further statement.

 

(E)  Outgoing Trustee. The resigning or removed
Trustee, upon receipt of acceptance in writing of the Trust by the successor Trustee, must execute all documents and must perform
all acts necessary to vest the title to Plan assets of record in any successor Trustee. In addition, to the extent reasonably necessary
for the ongoing administration of the Plan, at the request of the Plan Administrator and the successor Trustee, the resigning or
removed Trustee must transfer records, provide information and otherwise cooperate in effecting the change of Trustees.

 

(F)  Successor Powers. Each successor Trustee
has and enjoys all of the powers, both discretionary and ministerial, conferred under the Plan upon its predecessor.

 

(G)  No Liability for Predecessor. A successor
Trustee is not personally liable for any act or failure to act of any predecessor Trustee, except as required under ERISA. With
the approval of the Employer and the Plan Administrator, a successor Trustee, with respect to the Plan, may accept the account
rendered and the property delivered to it by a predecessor Trustee without liability.

 

8.9 INVESTMENT IN GROUP TRUST FUND.
The Employer, by adopting this Plan, specifically authorizes the Trustee to invest all or any portion of the assets comprising
the Trust Fund in any group trust fund which at the time of the investment provides for the pooling of the assets of plans qualified
under Code §401(a), including a group trust fund that also permits the pooling of qualified plan assets with assets of an
individual retirement account that is exempt from taxation under Code §408(e) or assets of an eligible governmental plan under
Code §457(b) that is exempt from taxation under Code §457(g). This authorization applies solely to a group trust fund
exempt from taxation under Code §501(a) and the trust agreement of which satisfies the requirements of Revenue Ruling 81-100
(as modified and clarified by Revenue Ruling 2004- 67), or any successor thereto. The provisions of the group trust fund agreement,
as amended from time to time, are by this reference incorporated within this Plan and Trust. The provisions of the group trust
fund will govern any investment of Plan assets in that fund. To comply with Code §4975(d)(8) as to any group trust fund maintained
by a disqualified person, including the Trustee, the following provisions apply: (A) a discretionary Trustee or a nondiscretionary
Trustee may invest in any such fund at the direction of the Named Fiduciary who is independent of the Trustee and the Trustee's
affiliates; (B) a discretionary Trustee or a nondiscretionary Trustee (the latter as directed) may invest in any such fund which
the Employer specifies in Appendix C; and (C) notwithstanding (A) and (B) a discretionary Trustee may invest in its own funds as
described in Section 8.02(A)(3).

 

8.10  COMBINING TRUSTS OF
EMPLOYER'S PLANS. At the Employer's direction, the Trustee, for collective investment purposes, may combine into one trust
fund the Trust created under this Plan with the trust created under any other qualified retirement plan the Employer maintains.
However, the Trustee must maintain separate records of account for the assets of each Trust in order to reflect properly each Participant's
Account Balance under the qualified plans in which he/she is a participant.

 

8.11  AMENDMENT/SUBSTITUTION
OF TRUST.

 

(A)  Amendment/Standardized Plan. The Employer
in its Standardized Plan may not amend any provision of Article VIII (or any other provision of the Plan related to the Trust)
except the Employer in Appendix C (or in its Adoption Agreement as applicable) may specify the Trust year, the names of the Plan,
the Employer, the Trustee, the Custodian, the Plan Administrator, other fiduciaries or the name of any pooled trust in which the
Trust will participate.

 

(B)  Amendment/Nonstandardized or Volume Submitter
Plan. The Employer in its Nonstandardized or Volume Submitter Plan, in Appendix C (or in its Adoption Agreement as applicable):
(1) may amend the Plan or Trust as described in Section 8.11(A); or (2) may amend or override the administrative provisions of
Article VIII (or any other provision of the Plan related to the Trust), including provisions relating to Trust investment and Trustee
powers or duties.

 

(1)  Limitation. Any Trust
amendment under clause (2) of Section 8.11(B): (a) must not conflict with any other provisions of the Plan (except as expressly
are intended to override an existing Trust provision); (b) must not cause the Plan to violate Code §401(a); and (c) must be
made in accordance with Rev. Proc. 2005-16 or any successor thereto.

 

(C)  Substitution of Approved Trust. The Employer
subject to the conditions under Section 8.11(B)(1), may elect to substitute in place of Article VIII and the remaining trust provisions
of the basic plan document, any other trust or custodial account agreement that the IRS has approved for use with this Plan. If
the Employer elects to substitute an approved trust, the Trustee will not execute the Adoption Agreement but will instead execute
the substituted trust. The Trustee of the substituted trust agrees to be bound by all remaining Plan terms, other than those terms
which the substituted trust governs.

 

(D)  Formalities. All
Section 8.11 Trust amendments or substitutions are subject to Section 11.02 and require the written consent or signature of the
Trustee.

 

    	86

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

ARTICLE IX

PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSURANCE AND
INSURANCE COMPANY

 

9.1 INSURANCE BENEFIT.

 

(A)  General. The Employer may elect to provide
incidental life insurance benefits for Insurable Participants who consent to life insurance benefits by executing the appropriate
insurance company application form. The Trustee will not purchase any incidental life insurance benefit for any Participant prior
to a contribution allocation to the Participant's Account. At an insured Participant's written direction, the Trustee will use
all or any portion of the Participant's Employee Contributions, if any, to pay insurance premiums covering the Participant's life.

 

(B)  Insurance on Others. Unless the Plan is
a Money Purchase Pension Plan, the Trustee may purchase life insurance for the benefit of the Participant on the life of a family
member of the Participant.

 

(C)  Amount and Type of Coverage. The Employer
will direct the Trustee as to the insurance company and insurance agent through which the Trustee is to purchase the Contracts,
the amount of the coverage and the applicable Dividend plan.

 

(D)  Ownership. Each application for a Contract,
and the Contracts themselves, must designate the Trustee as sole owner, with the right reserved to the Trustee to exercise any
right or option contained in the Contracts, subject to the terms and provisions of this Plan. The Trustee must be the Contract
named beneficiary for the Account of the insured Participant. The Trustee will hold all Contracts issued under the Plan as Trust
assets.

 

(E)  Distribution. Proceeds of Contracts paid
to the Participant's Account under this Article IX are subject to the distribution requirements of Article VI. The Trustee will
not retain any such proceeds for the benefit of the Trust.

 

(F)  Premiums/Directed Investment. The Trustee
will charge the premiums on any Contract covering the life of a Participant against the Account of that Participant and will treat
the Contract as a directed investment of the Participant's Account, even if the Plan otherwise does not permit a Participant to
direct the investment of his/her own Account.

 

(G)  Uniformity. The Trustee must arrange,
where possible, for all Contracts issued on the lives of Participants under the Plan to have the same premium due date and all
ordinary life insurance Contracts to contain guaranteed cash values with as uniform basic options as are possible to obtain.

 

(H)  Custodians. The provisions of this Article
IX are not applicable, and the Plan may not invest in Contracts, if a Custodian signatory to the Adoption Agreement is a bank which
does not have trust powers from its governing state banking authority.

 

9.2 LIMITATIONS ON COVERAGE.

 

(A)  Incidental Insurance Benefits. The aggregate
of life insurance premiums paid for the benefit of a Participant, at all times, may not exceed the following percentages of the
aggregate of the Employer Contributions (including Elective Deferrals and forfeitures) allocated to any Participant's Account:
(1) 49% in the case of the purchase of ordinary life insurance Contracts; or (2) 25% in the case of the purchase of term life insurance
or universal life insurance Contracts. If the Trustee purchases a combination of ordinary life insurance Contract(s) and term life
insurance or universal life insurance Contract(s), then the sum of one-half of the premiums paid for the ordinary life insurance
Contract(s) and the premiums paid for the term life insurance or universal life insurance Contract(s) may not exceed 25% of the
Employer Contributions allocated to any Participant's Account.

 

(B)  Exception for Certain Profit Sharing Plans.
If the Plan is a Profit Sharing Plan or a 401(k) Plan, the incidental insurance benefits requirement of Section 9.02(A) does
not apply to the Plan if the Plan purchases life insurance benefits only from Employer Contributions accumulated in the Participant's
Account for at least two years, measured from the allocation date.

 

(C)  Exception for Other Amounts. The incidental
insurance benefit requirement of Section 9.02(A) does not apply to Contracts purchased: (1) with Employee Contributions; (2) with
Rollover Contributions; or (3) with Earnings on Employer Contributions.

 

9.3 DISPOSITION OF LIFE INSURANCE
PROTECTION.

 

(A)  Timing. The Trustee will not continue
any life insurance protection beyond the later of the Participant's: (1) Annuity Starting Date under Section 6.01(A)(2)(h), or
(2) Separation from Service. The Trustee, at the direction of the Plan Administrator, will make any transfer of Contract(s) as
soon as administratively practicable after the date specified under this Section 9.03(A).

 

(B)  Method. The Trustee may not transfer any
Contract under this Section 9.03 which contains a method of payment not specifically authorized by Article VI or which fails to
comply with the QJSA requirements, if applicable, of Section 6.04. In this regard, the Trustee either must convert such a Contract
to cash and distribute the cash instead of the Contract, or before making the transfer, must require the Issuing Company to delete
the unauthorized method of payment option from the Contract.

 

9.4 DIVIDENDS. Dividends are applied
to the Participant's Account on whose life the Issuing Company has issued the Contract. Dividends are applied to premium reduction
unless the Plan Administrator directs the Trustee to purchase insurance benefits or additional insurance benefits for the Participant.

 

    	87

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

9.5 LIMITATIONS ON INSURANCE COMPANY DUTIES.

 

(A)  Not a Party to Plan.
An insurance company, solely in its capacity as an Issuing Company: (1) is not a party to the Plan; and (2) is not responsible
for the Plan's validity.

 

(B)  No Responsibility for Others. Except as
required by Applicable Law, an Issuing Company has no responsibility or obligation under the Plan to Participants or Beneficiaries
for any act required of the Employer, the Plan Administrator, the Trustee, the Custodian or any other service provider to the Plan
(unless the Issuing Company also serves in such capacities).

 

(C)  Plan Terms. No insurance company, solely
in its capacity as an Issuing Company, need examine the terms of this Plan.

 

(D)  Reliance/Discharge. For the purpose of
making application to an Issuing Company and in the exercise of any right or option contained in any Contract, the Issuing Company
may rely upon the signature of the Trustee and is held harmless and completely discharged in acting at the direction and authorization
of the Trustee. An Issuing Company is discharged from all liability for any amount paid to the Trustee or paid in accordance with
the direction of the Trustee, and is not obliged to see to the distribution or further application of any amounts the Issuing Company
so pays.

 

9.6 RECORDS/INFORMATION. An Issuing
Company must keep such records and supply to the Plan Administrator or Trustee such information regarding its Contracts as may
be reasonably necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

 

9.7 CONFLICT WITH PLAN. In the event
of any conflict between the provisions of this Plan and the terms of any Contract issued in accordance with this Article IX, the
provisions of the Plan control.

 

9.8 APPENDIX B OVERRIDE. The Employer
in Appendix B may amend the provisions of this Article IX in any manner except as would be inconsistent with any other Plan provision
or with Applicable Law.

 

9.9 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of
this Article IX:

 

(A)  Contract(s). Contract or Contracts means
an ordinary life, term life or universal life insurance contract issued by an Issuing Company on the life of a Participant or other
person as authorized under this Article IX.

 

(B)  Dividends. Dividends means Contract dividends,
refunds of premiums and other credits.

 

(C)  Insurable Participant. Insurable Participant
means a Participant to whom an insurance company, upon an application being submitted in accordance with the Plan, will issue insurance
coverage, either as a standard risk or as a risk in an extra mortality classification.

 

(D)  Issuing Company. Issuing Company is any
life insurance company which has issued a policy upon application by the Trustee under the terms of this Plan.

 

    	88

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

ARTICLE X

TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

 

10.1  DETERMINATION OF
TOP-HEAVY STATUS.

 

(A)  Only Employer Plan. If
this Plan is the only qualified plan maintained by the Employer, the Plan is top-heavy for a Plan Year if the Top-Heavy Ratio as
of the Determination Date exceeds 60%.

 

(B)  If Other Plans. If the Employer maintains
other qualified plans (including a simplified employee pension plan), or maintained another such plan now terminated, this Plan
is top-heavy only if it is part of the Required Aggregation Group, and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Required Aggregation Group and
for the Permissive Aggregation Group, if any, each exceeds 60%.

 

(1)  Count all aggregated
plans. The Plan Administrator will calculate the Top-Heavy Ratio in the same manner as required by Section 10.06(K) taking
into account all plans within the Aggregation Group. The Plan Administrator will calculate the Top-Heavy Ratio with reference to
the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. If an aggregated plan does not have a Valuation Date coinciding
with the Determination Date, the Plan Administrator must value the Account Balance in the aggregated plan as of the most recent
Valuation Date falling within the twelve-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as Code §416 and applicable
Treasury regulations require for the first and for the second plan year of a Defined Benefit Plan.

 

(2)  Terminated plans. To
the extent the Plan Administrator must take into account distributions to a Participant, the Plan Administrator must include distributions
from a terminated plan which would have been part of the Required Aggregation Group if it were in existence on the Determination
Date.

 

(3)  Defined Benefit Plans/SEPs.
The Plan Administrator will calculate the present value of accrued benefits under Defined Benefit Plans or the account balances
under simplified employee pension plans included within the Aggregation Group in accordance with the terms of those plans and Code
§416 and the applicable Treasury regulations.

 

(C)  Defined Benefit Plans.

 

(1)  Use of uniform accrual.
If a Participant in a Defined Benefit Plan is a Non-Key Employee, the Plan Administrator will determine his/her accrued benefit
under the accrual method, if any, which is applicable uniformly to all Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer or, if
there is no uniform method, in accordance with the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule accrual method described
in Code §411(b)(1)(C).

 

(2)  Actuarial assumptions.
If the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan, the Plan Administrator will use the actuarial assumptions (interest and mortality
only) stated in that plan to calculate the present value of benefits from the Defined Benefit Plan.

 

(D)  Application of Top-Heavy Rules. The top-heavy
provisions of the Plan apply only for Plan Years in which Code §416 requires application of the top-heavy rules. If applicable,
the provisions of this Article X supersede any conflicting Plan or Adoption Agreement provisions, except as the context may otherwise
require.

 

10.2  TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM ALLOCATION.
The Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement applies to the Plan only in a Plan Year for which the Plan is top-heavy.

 

(A)  Allocation to Non-Keys. If the Plan is
top-heavy in any Plan Year each Non-Key Employee who is a Participant (as described in Section 10.06(H)) and employed by the Employer
on the last day of the Plan Year will receive a Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation for that Plan Year.

 

(B)  Additional Contribution/Allocation as Required.
The Plan Administrator first will allocate the Employer Contributions (and Participant forfeitures, if any) for the Plan Year
in accordance with the provisions of its Adoption Agreement. The Employer then will contribute an additional amount for the Account
of any Participant entitled under Section 10.02(A) to a Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation and whose contribution rate for the Plan Year
is less than the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation. The additional amount is the amount necessary to increase the Participant's allocation
rate to the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Plan Administrator will allocate the additional contribution to the Account of the
Participant on whose behalf the Employer makes the contribution.

 

(C)  No Plan Allocations. If, for a Plan Year,
there are no allocations of Employer Contributions or of forfeitures for any Key Employee, the Plan does not require any Top- Heavy
Minimum Allocation for the Plan Year, unless a Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation applies because of the maintenance by the Employer
of more than one plan.

 

10.3  PLAN WHICH WILL SATISFY
TOP- HEAVY. If the Plan is top-heavy, the Plan Administrator will determine if the Plan satisfies the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation
requirement under this Section 10.03.

 

(A)  Aggregation of Plans to Satisfy. The Plan
Administrator will aggregate all qualified plans the Employer maintains to determine if the Plan satisfies the Top-Heavy Minimum
Allocation requirement.

 

(B)  More Than One Defined Contribution Plan. If
the Employer maintains more than one Defined Contribution Plan in which a Non-Key Employee participates and the Non-Key Employee
receives less than the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation for a Plan Year in which the Plan is top-heavy, the Plan Administrator operationally
will determine to which plan the Employer will make the necessary additional contribution. If the Plan Administrator elects for
the Employer to make the additional contribution to this Plan, the Plan Administrator will allocate the contribution in accordance
with Section 10.02(B). If the Plan Administrator elects for the Employer to make the additional contribution to another plan, the
Plan Administrator must determine that the additional contribution is sufficient to satisfy the Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation.

 

    	89

    	 

    

 

 Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(C)  Defined Benefit Plan(s). If the Employer
maintains one or more Defined Benefit Plans in addition to this Plan and a Non-Key Employee participates in both types of plans,
the Plan Administrator operationally will determine if the Employer will make the necessary additional contribution to the Plan
to satisfy the top-heavy Minimum Allocation Rate or if the Employer will provide a required top-heavy minimum benefit in the Defined
Benefit Plan. If the Plan Administrator elects for the Employer to make the additional contribution to this Plan, the Top-Heavy
Minimum Allocation is 5%, irrespective of the Highest Contribution Rate, and the Plan Administrator will allocate the contribution
in accordance with Section 10.02(B). If the Plan Administrator elects for the Employer to satisfy the top-heavy minimum benefit
in a Defined Benefit Plan, the Plan Administrator must determine that such top-heavy minimum benefit is sufficient to satisfy the
top-heavy requirements in the Plan.

 

10.4  TOP-HEAVY VESTING.
If the Employer in its Adoption Agreement does not elect immediate vesting, the Employer must elect a top-heavy (or modified top-heavy)
vesting schedule. The specified top-heavy vesting schedule applies to all Accounts and Contribution Types not already subject to
greater vesting and applies to the Plan's first top- heavy Plan Year and to all subsequent Plan Years, except as the Employer in
its Adoption Agreement otherwise elects. If the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to apply the specified top-heavy vesting
schedule only in Plan Years in which the Plan is top-heavy, any change in the Plan's vesting schedule resulting from this election
is subject to Section 5.08, relating to vesting schedule amendments. As such, a Participant's vested percentage may not decrease
as a result of a change in the Plan's top- heavy status in a subsequent Plan Year. When applicable, the relevant top-heavy vesting
schedule applies to a Participant's entire Account Balance except as to those amounts which are already 100% Vested, and applies
to such amounts accrued before the Plan became top-heavy.

 

10.5  SAFE HARBOR/SIMPLE PLAN EXEMPTION.

 

(A)  Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. If in any Plan
Year: (1) the Plan Administrator allocates only Safe Harbor Contributions, Additional Matching Contributions and Elective Deferrals
to the Plan; and (2) there are no forfeitures to allocate for the Plan Year or the Plan Administrator allocates forfeitures in
the manner Section 3.07(A)(4) describes, the Plan will not be subject to the top- heavy requirements of this Article X for that
Plan Year. In accordance with Section 3.07(A)(4), the Employer in its Adoption Agreement may elect to apply forfeitures in such
a manner so as to preserve the top-heavy exemption under this Section 10.05(A). This Section 10.05(A) does not apply if the Employer
in its Adoption Agreement elects eligibility for Elective Deferrals which is earlier than the one Year of Service and age 21 eligibility
requirements the Employer elects to apply for the Safe Harbor Contributions, using the OEE rule under Section 4.06(C).

 

(B)  SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. A
SIMPLE 401(k) Plan under Section 3.10 is not subject to the provisions of this Article X.

 

10.6  DEFINITIONS. For
purposes of applying the top-heavy provisions of the Plan:

 

(A)  Compensation. Compensation means Compensation
as determined under Section 4.05(C) for Code §415 purposes and includes Compensation for the entire Plan Year.

 

(B)  Determination Date. Determination Date
means for any Plan Year, the Accounting Date of the preceding Plan Year or, in the case of the first Plan Year of the Plan, the
Accounting Date of the first Plan Year.

 

(C)  Determination (look-back) Period. Determination
Period means the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of distributions made for a reason other than Severance
from Employment, death or Disability, the determination period means the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date.

 

(D)  Employer. Employer means the Employer
that adopts this Plan and any Related Employer.

 

(E)  Highest Contribution Rate. Highest Contribution
Rate means for any Key Employee, all Employer Contributions (including Elective Deferrals, but not including Employer contributions
to Social Security and not including Catch-Up Deferrals) and forfeitures allocated to the Participant's Account for the Plan Year,
divided by his/her Compensation for the entire Plan Year. To determine a Key Employee's contribution rate, the Plan Administrator
must treat all qualified top-heavy Defined Contribution Plans maintained by the Employer (or by any Related Employer) as a single
plan.

 

(F)  Key Employee. Key Employee means,
as of any Determination Date, any Employee or former Employee (including a deceased former Employee) who, at any time during
the Determination Period: (i) has annual Compensation exceeding $130,000 (as adjusted under Code §416(i)(1)(A)) and is
an officer of the Employer; (ii) is a more than 5% owner of the Employer; or (iii) is a more than 1% owner of the Employer
and has annual Compensation exceeding $150,000.

 

(1)  Attribution. The
constructive ownership rules of Code §318 as modified by Code §416(i)(1)(B)(i) (or the principles of that Code section,
in the case of an unincorporated Employer) will apply to determine ownership in the Employer.

 

(2)  Maximum Officers. The
number of officers taken into account under Section 10.06(F) clause (i) will not exceed the greater of 3 or 10% of the total number
(after application of the Code §414(q) exclusions) of Employees, and in no event will exceed 50 officers.

 

    	90

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(3)  Applicable Law. The
Plan Administrator will make the determination of who is a Key Employee in accordance with Code §416(i)(1), the applicable
Treasury regulations and other Applicable Law.

 

(G)  Non-Key Employee. Non-Key Employee means
an Employee who is not a Key Employee.

 

(H)  Participant. Participant means any Employee
otherwise eligible to participate in the Plan, even if the Participant would not be entitled to other Plan allocations or would
receive a lesser allocation under the Plan terms.

 

(I)  Permissive Aggregation Group. Permissive
Aggregation Group means the Required Aggregation Group plus any other qualified plans maintained by the Employer, but only if such
group would satisfy in the aggregate the nondiscrimination requirements of Code

§401(a)(4) and the coverage requirements of Code §410.
The Plan Administrator will determine the Permissive

Aggregation Group.

 

(J)  Required Aggregation Group. Required Aggregation
Group means: (1) each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time
during the Determination Period (including terminated plans); and (2) any other qualified plan of the Employer which enables a
plan described in clause (1) to meet the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) or of Code §410.

 

(K)  Top-Heavy Ratio. Top-Heavy Ratio means
a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Account Balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date and the
denominator of which is the sum of the Account Balances for all Employees as of the Determination Date. The Plan Administrator
will include Catch-Up Deferrals and will disregard DECs in determining the Top-Heavy Ratio.

 

(1)  Amounts included. The
Plan Administrator must include in the Top-Heavy Ratio, as part of the Account Balances, any contribution not made as of the Determination
Date but includible under Code §416 and the applicable Treasury regulations, and distributions made within the Determination
Period.

 

(2)  Former Key Employees.
The Plan Administrator must calculate the Top-Heavy Ratio by disregarding the Account Balance (and distributions, if any, of
the Account Balance) of any Non-Key Employee who was formerly a Key Employee.

 

(3)  No Service during 1-year
look-back. The Plan Administrator must calculate the Top-Heavy Ratio by disregarding the Account Balance (including distributions,
if any, of the Account Balance) of an individual who has not received credit for at least one Hour of Service with the Employer
during the Determination Period, which for purposes of this Section 10.06(K)(3), means the 1-year period described in Section 10.06(C).

 

(4)  Distributions, Rollover
Contributions and Transfers. The Plan Administrator must calculate the Top-Heavy Ratio, including the extent to which it must
take into account distributions, Rollover Contributions and Transfers, in accordance with Code §416 and the applicable Treasury
regulations.

 

(L)  Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation. Top-Heavy
Minimum Allocation means an allocation equal to the lesser of 3% of the Non-Key Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year or the
highest contribution rate for the Plan Year made on behalf of any Key Employee multiplied by the Non-Key Employee's Plan Year Compensation.
For purposes of satisfying the Employer's Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation requirement, the Plan Administrator disregards the Elective
Deferrals allocated to a Non-Key Employee's Account in determining the Non-Key Employee's allocation rate. To determine a Non-Key
Employee's allocation rate, the Plan Administrator must treat all qualified top-heavy Defined Contribution Plans maintained by
the Employer (or by any Related Employer) as a single plan. If a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Employer which benefits
a Key Employee depends on this Plan to satisfy the nondiscrimination rules of Code §401(a)(4) or the coverage rules of Code
§410 (or another plan benefiting the Key Employee so depends on such Defined Benefit Plan), the top-heavy minimum allocation
is 3% of the Non-Key Employee's Compensation regardless of the contribution rate for the Key Employees.

 

    	91

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

ARTICLE XI

EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT, AMENDMENT, AND TERMINATION

  

11.1  EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT.

 

(A)  No Reversion/Diversion. Except as provided
under Section 3.01(H), the Employer does not have any beneficial interest in any asset of the Trust Fund and no part of any asset
in the Trust Fund may ever revert to or be repaid to the Employer, either directly or indirectly; nor, prior to the satisfaction
of all liabilities with respect to the Participants and their Beneficiaries under the Plan, may any part of the corpus or income
of the Trust Fund, or any asset of the Trust Fund, be (at any time) used for, or diverted to, purposes other than the exclusive
benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries and for defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan.

 

(B)  Initial Qualification. If the IRS, upon
the Employer's application for initial approval of this Plan, determines the Trust created under the Plan is not a qualified trust
exempt from Federal income tax, the Trustee, upon written notice from the Employer, will return the Employer Contributions and
the Earnings thereon to the Employer. This Section 11.01(B) applies only if the Employer makes the application for the determination
by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's tax return for the Taxable Year in which the Employer adopted the Plan,
or by such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. The Trustee must make the return of the Employer contribution
under this Section 11.01(B) within one year of a final disposition of the Employer's request for initial approval of the Plan.
The Employer's Plan and Trust will terminate upon the Trustee's return of the Employer Contributions.

 

11.2  AMENDMENT BY EMPLOYER.

 

(A)  Permitted Amendments. The Employer, consistent
with this Section 11.02 and other applicable Plan provisions, has the right, at any time to amend or to restate the Plan including
the Trust.

 

(1)  Adoption Agreement/Appendix
B overrides. The Employer may: (a) restate its Adoption Agreement (including converting the Plan to another type of plan using
a different Adoption Agreement approved for use with the Prototype or Volume Submitter Plan and as not inconsistent with Applicable
Law); (b) amend the elective provisions of the Adoption Agreement (changing an existing election or making a new election) in any
manner the Employer deems necessary or advisable and as not inconsistent with Applicable Law; and (c) elect in Appendix B any or
all of the basic plan overrides specified therein, including adding language to satisfy Code §§415 or 416 because of
the required aggregation of multiple plans.

 

(2)  Model amendments. The
Employer may adopt model amendments published by the IRS (the adoption of which the IRS provides will not cause the Plan to be
individually designed).

 

(3)  Interim amendments. The
Employer may make such good faith amendments as the Employer considers necessary to maintain the Plan's tax-qualified status or
to otherwise keep the Plan in compliance with Applicable Law.

 

(4)  Corrections. The
Employer may amend the Plan to correct typographical errors and cross-references, provided that these corrections do not change
the original intended meaning or impact any qualification requirements.

 

(B)  Amendment Formalities.

 

(1)  Writing. The Employer
must make all Plan amendments in writing. Each amendment must specify the amendment execution date and, if different from its execution
date, must specify the amendment's retroactive, current or prospective Effective Date.

 

(2)  Restatement. An Employer
may amend its Plan by means of a complete restatement of its Adoption Agreement. To restate its Plan, the Employer must complete,
and the Employer and Trustee or Custodian must execute, a new Adoption Agreement. See Section 8.11(C) if the Employer elects in
its Adoption Agreement to adopt a separate approved trust agreement.

 

(3)  Amendment (without restatement).
An Employer may amend its Plan without completion of a new Adoption Agreement by either: (a) completion and substitution of
one or more Adoption Agreement pages including a new Adoption Agreement Execution Page executed by the Employer and if applicable,
executed by the Trustee or Custodian; or (b) other written instrument amending the Adoption Agreement executed by the Employer
and if applicable, executed by the Trustee or Custodian. Except under Sections 4.08 or 8.11, to preserve the Plan's pre-approved
status under Section 7.09, the substantive language of any amendment under Section 11.02(B)(3), clause (b) (amendment other than
by substituted Adoption Agreement page) must reproduce without alteration, the relevant portion(s) of the Adoption Agreement text
and elections which the Employer is amending or must have the substantive effect of doing so such as incorporating by reference
the Adoption Agreement text into the amendment.

 

(4)  Effect of certain alterations.
Any restatement or amendment which is not permitted under this Section 11.02 or elsewhere in the Plan may result in the IRS
treating the Plan as an individually designed plan. See Section 7.09 for the effect of certain amendments adopted by the Employer
which will result in the Employer's Plan losing Prototype Plan or Volume Submitter Plan status.

 

(5)  Operational discretion
and policy not an amendment. A Plan amendment does not include the Plan Administrator's exercise of any operational discretion
the Plan accords to the Administrator, including but not limited to, the Plan Administrator's adoption, modification or termination
of any policy, rule or regulation in accordance with the Plan or any change to any Adoption Agreement checklist.

 

    	92

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(6)  Trustee/Custodian signature
to amendment. The Trustee or Custodian must execute any Adoption Agreement for a Restated Plan and also must execute any Plan
amendment which alters the Trust provisions of Article VIII or which otherwise affects the Trustee's or Custodian's duties under
the Plan.

 

(7)  Signatory Employer authority.
If the Plan has Participating Employers, only the Signatory Employer need execute any Plan amendment under this Section 11.02.
See Section 1.23(A).

 

(C)  Impermissible Amendment/Protected Benefits.

 

(1)  Exclusive benefit/no
reversion. The Employer may not amend the Plan to permit any of the Trust Fund (other than as required to pay any Trust taxes
and reasonable Plan administrative expenses) to be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the
Participants and Beneficiaries. An amendment may not cause any portion of the Trust Fund to revert to the Employer or to become
the Employer's property.

 

(2)  Alteration of Plan Administrator
or Trustee/Custodian duties. The Employer may not amend the Plan in any manner which affects the powers, duties or responsibilities
of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee or the Custodian without the written consent of the affected party. See Section 11.02(B)(6).

 

(3)  No cut-backs. An
amendment (including the adoption of this Plan as a restatement of an existing plan) may not decrease a Participant's Account Balance,
except  to the extent permitted under Code §412(c)(8), and except as provided under Applicable Law, may not reduce
or eliminate Protected Benefits determined immediately prior to the adoption date (or, if later, the Effective Date) of the amendment.
An amendment reduces or eliminates Protected Benefits if the amendment has the effect of either: (a) eliminating or reducing an
early retirement benefit or a retirement-type subsidy (as defined in Treasury regulations); or (b) except as provided under Applicable
Law, eliminating an optional form of benefit. An amendment does not impermissibly eliminate a Protected Benefit relating to the
method of distribution if after the amendment a Participant may receive a single sum payment at the same time or times as the method
of distribution eliminated by the amendment and such payment is based on the same or a greater portion of the Participant's Account
as the eliminated method of distribution. This Section 11.02(C)(3) applies to Transfers under 11.06 except as to certain Elective
Transfers under 11.06(E).

 

(4)  Disregard of amendment/Tracking
Protected Benefits. The Plan Administrator must disregard an amendment to the extent application of the amendment would fail
to satisfy this Section 11.02(C). The Plan Administrator, in an Adoption Agreement checklist, may maintain a list of Protected
Benefits it must retain.

 

11.3  AMENDMENT BY PROTOTYPE
SPONSOR/VOLUME SUBMITTER PRACTITIONER.

 

(A)  General. The Sponsor (or the M&P Mass
Submitter under Section 4.08 of Rev. Proc. 2005-16) or the Practitioner, without the Employer's consent, may amend the Plan and
Trust, from time to time: (1) to conform the Plan and Trust to any changes to the Code, regulations, revenue rulings, other statements
published by the IRS (including adoption of model, sample or other required good faith amendments that specifically provide that
their adoption will not cause such plan to be individually designed); or (2) to make corrections to the approved Plan.

 

(B)  Notice to Employers. The Sponsor or Practitioner
must make reasonable and diligent efforts to ensure adopting Employers have actually received and are aware of all Sponsor or Practitioner
generated Plan amendments and that such Employers complete and sign new Adoption Agreements when necessary.

 

(C)  Prohibited Amendments. Except under Section
11.03(A), the Sponsor or Practitioner may not amend the Plan in any manner which would modify any adopting Employer's Plan existing
Adoption Agreement election without the Employer's written consent. In addition, the Sponsor or Practitioner may not amend the
Plan in any manner which would violate Section 11.02(C).

 

(D)  Volume Submitter Practitioner limitations.
A Practitioner may no longer amend the Plan as to any adopting Employer which has amended its Plan in a manner as would result
in the type of plan not permitted under the Volume Submitter program or which would render the Plan an individually designed plan
not entitled to the Volume Submitter remedial amendment period cycle. If an Employer, because of a modification to the Plan is
required to obtain a favorable determination letter to have reliance, the Practitioner may not amend the Plan on behalf of the
adopting Employer unless the Employer obtains such a letter. If the Employer adopts this Plan as a restated Plan, the provisions
of this Section 11.03 permitting a Practitioner to amend the Plan apply on and after the date the Employer executes the restated
Plan; provided that such provisions may have applied on an earlier date (but not before February 17, 2005) if the prior Plan document
provided for such Practitioner amendments.

 

(E)  Mass Submitter Amendment. If the Sponsor
does not adopt the amendments made by the Mass Submitter, the Sponsor will no longer be the sponsor of an identical or minor modifier
Prototype Plan of the Mass Submitter.

 

11.4  FROZEN PLAN.

 

(A)  Employer Action to Freeze. The Employer
subject to Section 11.02(C) and by proper Employer action has the right, at any time, to suspend or discontinue all contributions
under the Plan and thereafter to continue to maintain the Plan as a Frozen Plan (subject to such suspension or discontinuance)
until the Employer terminates the Plan. During any period while the Plan is frozen, the Plan Administrator will continue to: (1)
allocate forfeitures, if any, in accordance with Section 3.07, irrespective of when the forfeitures occur; and (2) operate the
Plan in accordance with its terms other than those related to the making and allocation of additional (new) contributions. If the
Employer under a Profit Sharing Plan or a 401(k) Plan completely discontinues contributions (including Elective Deferrals), the
Plan Administrator will treat the Plan as a Frozen Plan.

 

    	93

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(B)  Vesting. Upon the Employer's freezing
under Section 11.04(A) of the Plan which is a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Plan, an affected Participant's right to his/her Account
Balance is 100% Vested, irrespective of the Vested percentage which otherwise would apply under Article V.

 

(C)  Not a Termination. A resolution or an
amendment to discontinue all future contributions, but otherwise to continue maintenance of this Plan, is not a Plan termination
for purposes of Section 11.05.

 

11.5  PLAN TERMINATION.

 

(A)  Employer Action to Terminate. The Employer
subject to Section 11.02(C) and by proper Employer action has the right, at any time, to terminate this Plan and the Trust created
and maintained under the Plan. Any termination of the Plan under this Section 11.05(A) is not effective until compliance with applicable
notice requirements under ERISA, if any. The Plan will terminate upon the first to occur of the following:

 

(1)  Specified date. The
Effective Date of termination specified by proper Employer action; or

 

(2)  Employer no longer exists.
The Effective Date of dissolution or merger of the Employer, unless a successor makes provision to continue the Plan, in which
event the successor must substitute itself as the Employer under this Plan.

 

(B)  QTA
Action to Terminate Abandoned Plan.

 

(1)  Definition of Qualified
Termination Administrator (QTA). A QTA is an entity which: (a) is eligible to serve as trustee or issuer of an individual retirement
account or of an individual retirement annuity; and (b) holds the assets of the abandoned Plan.

 

(2)  QTA procedure. A
QTA, after making reasonable efforts to contact the Employer, may make a determination that the Employer has abandoned the Plan
and give notice thereof to the DOL. The QTA then may: (i) update Plan records; (ii) calculate benefits; (iii) allocate assets and
expenses; (iv) report to DOL any delinquent contributions; (v) engage service providers and pay reasonable Plan expenses; (vi)
provide required notice to Participants and Beneficiaries regarding the Plan termination; (vii) distribute Plan benefits; (viii)
file the Form 5500 terminal report and give notice to DOL of completion of the termination; and (ix) take all other reasonable
and necessary actions to wind-up and terminate the Plan. A QTA will undertake all actions under this Section 11.05(B) in accordance
with Applicable Law, including Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption 2006- 06, relating to the QTA's services and compensation
for services.

 

(C)  Vesting. Upon either full or partial termination
of the Plan, an affected Participant's right to his/her Account Balance is 100% Vested, irrespective of the Vested percentage which
otherwise would apply under Article V.

 

(D)  General Procedure upon Termination. Upon
termination of the Plan, the distribution provisions of Article VI remain operative, with the following exceptions:

 

(1)  If no consent required.
If the Participant's Vested Account Balance does not exceed $5,000 (or exceeds $5,000 but the Participant has attained the
later of age 62 or Normal Retirement Age), the Plan Administrator will direct the Trustee to distribute in cash (subject to Section
8.04) the Participant's Vested Account Balance to him/her in a Lump-Sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Plan
terminates.

 

(2)  If consent required.
If the Participant's Vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 and the Participant has not attained the later of age 62 or Normal
Retirement Age, the Participant or the Beneficiary may elect to have the Trustee commence distribution in cash (subject to Section
8.04) of his/her Vested Account Balance in a Lump-Sum as soon as administratively practicable after the Plan terminates. If a Participant
with consent rights under this Section 11.05(D)(2) does not elect an immediate Lump- Sum distribution with spousal consent if required,
to liquidate the Trust, the Plan Administrator will instruct the Trustee or Custodian to purchase a deferred Annuity Contract for
the Participant which protects the Participant's distribution rights under the Plan.

 

(3)  Lower dollar amount.
As provided in Section 6.09, the Employer in Appendix B may provide for a lower dollar threshold than $5,000 under this Section
11.05(D).

 

(E)  Profit Sharing Plan. If the Plan is a
Profit Sharing Plan, in lieu of applying Section 11.05(D) and the distribution provisions of Article VI, the Plan Administrator
will direct the Trustee to distribute in cash (subject to Section 8.04) each Participant's Vested Account Balance, in a Lump-Sum,
as soon as administratively practicable after the termination of the Plan, irrespective of the amount of the Participant's Vested
Account Balance, the Participant's age and whether the Participant consents to the distribution.

 

(1)  Limitations. This
Section 11.05(E) does not apply if: (a) the Plan at termination provides for distribution of an Annuity Contract which is a Protected
Benefit and which the Employer may not (or does not) eliminate by Plan amendment; or (b) as of the period between the Plan termination
date and the final distribution of assets, the Employer maintains any other Defined Contribution Plan (other than an ESOP). If
clause (b) applies, the Plan Administrator to facilitate Plan termination may direct the Trustee to transfer the Account of any
non-consenting Participant to the other Defined Contribution Plan.

 

    	94

    	 

    

 

Defined Contribution Prototype
Plan

 

(F)  401(k) Plan Distribution Restrictions. If
the Plan is a 401(k) Plan or if the Plan as the result of a Transfer holds Restricted 401(k) Accounts under Section 6.01(C)(4)(b),
a Participant's Restricted 401(k) Accounts are distributable on account of Plan termination, as described in this Section 11.05,
only if: (i) the Employer (including any Related Employer, determined as of the Effective Date of Plan termination) does not maintain
an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan and the Plan Administrator distributes the Participant's entire Vested Account Balance
in a Lump- Sum; or (ii) the Participant otherwise is entitled under the Plan to a distribution of his/her Vested Account Balance.

 

(1)  Definition of Alternative
Defined Contribution Plan. An Alternative Defined Contribution Plan is a Defined Contribution Plan (other than an ESOP, simplified
employee pension plan, 403(b) plan, SIMPLE IRA or 457 plan) the Employer (or a Related Employer) maintains beginning at the Plan
termination Effective Date of the Plan and ending twelve months after the final distribution of assets. However, a plan is not
an Alternative Defined Contribution Plan if less than 2% of the Employees eligible to participate in the terminating Plan are eligible
to participate (beginning 12 months prior to and ending 12 months after the Plan's termination Effective Date) in the potential
Alternative Defined Contribution Plan.

 

(G)  Continuing Trust Provisions. The Trust
will continue until the Trustee in accordance with the direction of the Plan Administrator has distributed all of the benefits
under the Plan. On each Valuation Date, the Plan Administrator will credit any part of a Participant's Account Balance retained
in the Trust with its share of Earnings. Upon termination of the Plan, any suspense account under Section 4.01 will revert to the
Employer, subject to the conditions of the Treasury regulations permitting such a reversion.

 

(H)  Lost Participants. The Trustee will distribute
the Accounts of lost Participants in a terminating Plan in accordance with the Plan Administrator's direction under Section 7.07(B).

 

11.6  MERGER/DIRECT TRANSFER.

 

(A)  Authority. The Trustee, at the direction
of the Plan Administrator, possesses the specific authority to enter into merger agreements or direct transfer of assets agreements
with the trustees of other retirement plans described in Code §401(a), and to accept the direct transfer of plan assets to
the Trust, or to transfer Plan assets, as a party to any such agreement. This authority includes Nonelective Transfers described
in Section 11.06(D) and Elective Transfers described in Section 11.06(E).

 

(B)  Code §414(l) Requirements. The Trustee
may not consent to, or be a party to, any merger or consolidation with another plan, or to a transfer of assets or liabilities
to another plan (or from the other plan to this Plan), unless immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer, the surviving
plan provides each Participant a benefit equal to or greater in amount than the benefit each Participant would have received had
the transferring plan terminated immediately before the merger or the consolidation or the transfer; provided that 100% immediate
vesting is not required upon merger, consolidation or transfer, except if an Elective Transfer is made under Section 11.06(E)(3).

 

(C)  Administration of Transferred Amount. The
Trustee will hold, administer and distribute the transferred assets as a part of the Trust Fund and the Trustee must maintain a
separate Employer Contribution Account for the benefit of the Employee on whose behalf the Trustee accepted the Transfer in order
to reflect the value of the transferred assets and as necessary to preserve Protected Benefits.

 

(D)  Nonelective Transfers. The Trustee may
enter into an agreement with the trustee of any other plan described in Section 11.06(A) to transfer as a Nonelective Transfer
all or a portion of the Account(s) of one or more Participants to the other plan, or to receive Nonelective Transfers into the
Plan. A Nonelective Transfer is a Transfer without the consent or election of the affected Participant(s). In the event of a Nonelective
Transfer, the trustee of the transferee plan must preserve all Protected Benefits under the transferor plan, unless the trustee
or other appropriate party takes proper action to eliminate any of such Protected Benefits as Applicable Law may permit.

 

(E)  Elective Transfers. The Trustee may enter
into an agreement with the trustee of any other plan described in Section 11.06(A) to transfer as an Elective Transfer all or a
portion of the Account of a Participant or if applicable a Beneficiary who elects to transfer his/her Account or a portion thereof
to the other plan or to receive Elective Transfers into the Plan. The specific requirements for an Elective Transfer depend upon
the type of Elective Transfer that the Trustee will utilize to effect the Transfer, as described herein.

 

(1)  Code §411(d)(6)(D)
Transfer. A Code §411(d)(6)(D) Transfer means a Transfer under Code §411(d)(6)(D) between Defined Contribution Plans,
and which a Participant or Beneficiary elects following required statutory notice. Under this Section 11.06(E)(1), the Account
need not be distributable at the time of Transfer and Protected Benefits specifically relating to distribution methods do not carry
over to the transferee plan, except under Section 6.04 if applicable.

 

(2)  Acquisition or employment
change Transfer. An acquisition or employment change Transfer means a Transfer under Treas. Reg. §1.411(d)-4 Q/A-3(b),
between such Defined Contribution Plans as described therein, and which a Participant elects. Under this Section 11.06(E)(2), the
Account need not be distributable at the time of Transfer and Protected Benefits do not carry over to the transferee plan, except
under Section 6.04 if applicable.

 

(3)  Distributable event Transfer. A distributable
event Transfer means a Transfer under Treas. Reg. §1.411(d)-4 Q/A-3(c), between Code §401(a) plans, and which a Participant
elects. Under this Section 11.06(E)(3), the Account must be distributable at the time of Transfer, but not entirely as a Lump-Sum
which is an Eligible Rollover Distribution. Protected Benefits do not carry over to the transferee plan.

 

(F)  Pre-Participation Transfers. The Trustee
under this Section 11.06 may accept a Transfer of plan assets on behalf of an Employee prior to the date the Employee satisfies
the Plan's eligibility conditions or prior to reaching the Entry Date. If the Trustee accepts such a direct Transfer of plan assets,
the Plan Administrator and the Trustee must treat the Employee as a limited Participant as described in Section 3.08(C).

 

    	95

    	 

    

 

ARTICLE XII

MULTIPLE
EMPLOYER PLAN

[VOLUME SUBMITTER ONLY]

 

12.1  ELECTION/OVERRIDING
EFFECT. This Article XII does not apply unless the Employer establishes the Plan as a Multiple Employer Plan described in
Code §413(c) under a Volume Submitter Adoption Agreement. Article XII does not apply if the Plan is a Prototype Plan. If
the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement that the Plan is a Multiple Employer Plan, then the provisions of this Article XII
will apply as of the Effective Date the Employer elects in its Adoption Agreement to apply this Article XII. The provisions of
Article XII, if in effect, supersede any contrary provisions in the Plan or the Employer's Adoption Agreement.

 

12.2  DEFINITIONS. The
following definitions apply to this Article XII and supersede any conflicting definition in the Plan.

 

(A)  Employee. Employee means any common law
employee, Self-Employed Individual, Leased Employee or other person the Code treats as an employee of a Participating Employer
for purposes of the Participating Employer's qualified plan. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement or in a Participation Agreement
may designate any Employee, or class or group of Employees, as an Excluded Employee under Section 1.21(D).

 

(B)  Lead Employer. The Lead Employer means
the Signatory Employer to the Adoption Agreement Execution Page, and does not include any Related Employer or Participating Employer
except as described in the next sentence. The Lead Employer will be a Participating Employer only if the Lead Employer executes
a Participation Agreement to the Adoption Agreement. The Lead Employer has the same meaning as the Signatory Employer for purposes
of making Plan amendments and other purposes as described in Section 1.23(A) regardless of whether the Lead Employer is also a
Participating Employer under this Article XII. As to the right of a Lead Employer to terminate the participation of a Participating
Employer, see Section 12.12.

 

(C)  Participating Employer. A "Participating
Employer" is a trade or business which, with the consent of the Lead Employer, executes a Participation Agreement to the Adoption
Agreement. A Participating Employer is an Employer for all purposes of the Plan except as provided in Section 1.23. A Participating
Employer may, but need not be a Related Employer.

 

(D)  Professional Employer Organization (PEO).
A Professional Employer Organization (PEO) means an organization described in Rev. Proc. 2002-21. Plan references to Rev. Proc.
2002-21 also include any successor thereto. The Employer in its Adoption Agreement will specify whether the Lead Employer is a
PEO, and in such event, the term PEO is synonymous with the Lead Employer. If the Lead Employer is a PEO, then:

 

(1)  Client Organization ("CO").
Each Participating Employer (other than the PEO) is a Client Organization as that term is used in Rev. Proc. 2002-21.

 

(2)  Worksite Employee. A
Worksite Employee means a person on the PEO's payroll who receives amounts from the PEO for providing services to a CO pursuant
to a service agreement between the PEO and the CO. For all purposes of this Plan, a Worksite Employee will be deemed to be the
Employee of the CO for whom the Worksite Employee performs services, and not an Employee of the PEO.

 

12.3  PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER
ELECTIONS. In its Adoption Agreement, the Lead Employer will specify: (A) whether a Participating Employer may modify any of
the Adoption Agreement elections; (B) which elections the Participating Employer may modify; and (C) any restrictions on the modifications.
Any such modification will apply only to the Employees of that Participating Employer. The Participating Employer will make any
such modification by election on its Participation Agreement to the Lead Employer's Adoption Agreement. To the extent that the
Adoption Agreement does not permit modification of an election, any attempt by a Participating Employer to modify the election
has no effect on the Plan and the Participating Employer is bound by the Adoption Agreement terms as completed by the Lead Employer.

 

12.4  HCE
STATUS. The Plan Administrator will determine HCE status under Section 1.21(E) separately with respect to each Participating
Employer.

 

12.5  TESTING.

 

(A)  Separate Status. The Plan Administrator
will perform the tests listed in this Section 12.05(A) separately for each Participating Employer, with respect to the Employees
of that Participating Employer. For this purpose, the Employees of a Participating Employer, and their allocations and Accounts,
will be treated as though they were in separate plan. Any Plan correction under Section 7.8 will only affect the Employees of the
Participating Employer. The tests subject to this separate treatment are:

 

(1)  ADP. The ADP test
in Section 4.10(B).

 

(2)  ACP. The ACP test
in Section 4.10(C).

 

(3)  Nondiscrimination. Nondiscrimination
testing as described in Code §401(a)(4), the applicable Treasury regulations, and Sections 4.06 and 4.07.

 

(4)  Coverage. Coverage
testing as described in Code §410(b), the applicable Treasury regulations, and Sections 3.06(F) and 4.06.

 

(B)  Joint Status. The Plan Administrator will
perform the following tests for the Plan as whole, without regard to an Employee's employment by a particular Participating Employer:

 

(1)  Annual Additions Limit.
Applying the Annual Additions Limit in Section 4.05(B).

 

    	96

    	 

    

  

(2)  Elective Deferral Limit.
Applying the Elective Deferral Limit in Section 4.10(A).

 

(3)  Catch-Up Limit. Applying
the limit on Catch- Up Deferrals in Section 3.02(D).

 

12.6  TOP-HEAVY. The Plan will apply the provisions
of Article X separately to each Participating Employer. The Plan will be considered separate plans for each Participating Employer
and its Employees for purposes of determining whether such a separate plan is top-heavy or is entitled to the exemption described
in Section 10.05. For purposes of applying Article X to a Participating Employer, the Participating Employer and any business which
is a Related Employer to that Participating Employer are the "Employer." For purposes of Article X, the terms "Key
Employee" and "Non-Key Employee" will refer only to the Employees of that Participating Employer and/or its Related
Employers. If such a Participating Employer's separate Plan is top-heavy, then:

 

(A)  Highest Contribution Rate. The Plan Administrator
will determine the Highest Contribution Rate under Section 10.06(E) by reference to the Key Employees and their allocations in
the separate plan of that Participating Employer;

 

(B)  Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Plan
Administrator will determine the amount of any required Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation under Section 10.06(L) separately for that
separate plan; and

 

(C)  Plan Which Will Satisfy. The Participating
Employer will make any additional contributions Section 10.03 requires.

 

12.7  COMPENSATION.

 

(A)  Separate Determination. For the following
purposes, described in this Section 12.07(A), the Plan Administrator will determine separately a Participant's Compensation for
each Participating Employer. Under this determination, except as provided below, Compensation from a Participating Employer includes
Compensation paid by a Related Employer of that Participating Employer.

 

(1)  Nondiscrimination and
coverage. All of the separate tests listed in Section 12.05(A).

 

(2)  Top-Heavy. Application
of the top-heavy rules in Article X.

 

(3)  Allocations. Application
of allocations under Article III. However, the Employer's Adoption Agreement elections control the extent to which Compensation
for this purpose includes Compensation of Related Employers.

 

(4)  HCE determination. The
determination of an Employee's status as an HCE.

 

(B)  Joint Status. For all Plan purposes other
than those described in Section 12.07(A), including but not limited to determining the Annual Additions Limit in Section 4.05(B),
Compensation includes all Compensation paid by or for any Participating Employer or Related Employer.

 

12.8  SERVICE. An Employee's
Service includes all Hours of Service and Years of Service with any and all Participating Employers and their Related Employers.
An Employee who terminates employment with one Participating Employer and immediately commences employment with another Participating
Employer has not incurred a Separation from Service or a Severance from Employment.

 

12.9  REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS.
If a Participant is a more than 5% Owner (under Code §416(i) and Section 6.02(E)(7)(a)) of any Participating Employer for
which the Participant is an Employee in the Plan Year the Participant attains age 70 1/2, then the Participant's RBD under Section
6.02(E)(7) will be the April 1 following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

 

12.10  COOPERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION.

 

(A)  Cooperation. Each Participating Employer
agrees to timely provide to the Plan Administrator upon request all information the Plan Administrator deems necessary to ensure
the Plan is operated in accordance with Applicable Law. Each Participating Employer will cooperate fully with the Plan Administrator,
the Lead Employer, and with Plan fiduciaries and other proper Plan representatives in maintaining the qualified status of the Plan.
Such cooperation will include payment of such amounts into the Plan, to be allocated to Employees of the Participating Employer,
which are reasonably required to maintain the tax-qualified status of the Plan.

 

(B)  Indemnity. Each Participating Employer
will indemnify and hold harmless the Plan Administrator, the Lead Employer, the Plan, the Trustee, other Plan fiduciaries, other
Participating Employers, Participants and Beneficiaries, and as applicable, their subsidiaries, officers, directors, shareholders,
employees, and agents, and their respective successors and assigns, against any cause of action, loss, liability, damage, cost,
or expense of any nature whatsoever (including, but not limited to, attorney's fees and costs, whether or not suit is brought,
as well as all IRS or DOL Plan disqualification, fiduciary breach or other sanctions, compliance fees or penalties) arising out
of or relating to: (1) the Participating Employer's noncompliance with any of the Plan's terms or requirements; or (2) the Participating
Employer's intentional or negligent act or omission with regard to the Plan.

 

12.11  PEO TRANSITION RULES.
If the Lead Employer is a PEO, and the Article XII Effective Date is after the later of the Plan's Effective Date or Restated Effective
Date, then the following transition rules will apply to the Transition Year:

 

(A)  Definition of Transition Year. The Transition
Year is the Plan Year which includes the Article XII Effective Date.

 

(B)  Definition of Look-Back Year. The Look-Back
Year is the Plan Year immediately prior to the Transition Year.

 

(C)  Employee Status. Unless the PEO designates
otherwise in Appendix B, for Plan Years ending prior to the Transition Year the Worksite Employees will be deemed to be Employees
of the PEO, except as otherwise specified in this Article XII.

 

    	97

    	 

    

 

(D)  Distribution. The limitations of Section
6.01(C)(4) will not prohibit making any distribution required by Rev. Proc. 2002-21.

 

(E)  Top-heavy. The Determination Date under
Section 10.06(B) for the Transition Year is the last day of the Transition Year. In its Adoption Agreement, the PEO will specify
whether Employer Contributions for Worksite Employees for Plan Years prior to the Transition Year will be treated as contributions
by the PEO, or as contributions by the CO. If the contributions are treated as PEO contributions, then the Plan Administrator will
disregard Account Balances relating to those contributions (i.e., Employer Contribution Account Balances prior to the Transition
Year and Earnings thereon) in determining whether the separate plan of a Participating Employer is top-heavy for the Transition
Year and later Plan Years under Section 12.06.

 

(F)  ADP/ACP Testing. The Plan Administrator
will treat the Transition Year as the first Plan Year of the Plan for purposes of ADP and ACP testing of a CO's separate plan under
Section 12.05.

 

(G)  HCE Determination. If the Worksite Employee
performed services for the CO during the Look-Back Year, then only for purposes of determining HCE status, the Worksite Employee
will be deemed to be an Employee of the CO for the Transition Year and the CO will be deemed to have paid to the Worksite Employee
any Compensation the PEO paid to the Worksite Employee during the Transition Year.

 

(H)  Required Minimum Distributions. The following
rules apply with regard to each Worksite Employee who, prior to January 1, 2004: (i) attained age 70 1/2 (ii) was still on the
payroll of the PEO, and (iii) had not commenced receiving RMDs under Section 6.02.

 

(1)  Determination of 5% owner
status. The Plan Administrator will determine whether such a Worksite Employee is a more than 5% owner under Section 6.02(E)(7)(a)
based on whether the Worksite Employee is a more than 5% owner on the first day of the Transition Year. Alternatively, in Appendix
B, the PEO may specify that the determination is made with reference to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year the Worksite
Employee attained age 70 1/2.

 

(2)  Required Beginning Date.
The Required Beginning Date under Section 6.02(E)(7) of a more than 5% owner under Section 12.11(H)(1) will be April 1, 2005.

 

12.12  INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION.
Unless the Lead Employer provides otherwise in Appendix B, the Lead Employer may terminate the participation of any Participating
Employer (hereafter, "Terminated Employer") in this Plan. If the Lead Employer acts under this Section 12.12, the following
will occur:

 

(A)  Notice. The Lead Employer will give the
Terminated Employer a notice of the Lead Employer's intent to terminate the Terminated Employer's status as a Participating Employer
of the Plan. The Lead Employer will provide such notice not less than 30 days prior to the Effective Date of termination unless
the Lead Employer determines that the interests of Plan Participants requires earlier termination.

 

(B)  Spin-off. The Lead Employer will establish
a new Defined Contribution Plan, using the provisions of this Plan with any modifications contained in the Terminated Employer's
Participation Agreement, as a guide to establish a new Defined Contribution Plan (the "Spin-off Plan"). The Lead Employer
will direct the Trustee to transfer (in accordance with the rules of Code §414(l) and the provisions of Section 11.06) the
Accounts of the Employees of the Terminated Employer to the Spin-off Plan. The Terminated Employer will be the Employer, Plan Administrator,
and Sponsor of the Spin-off Plan. The Trustee of the Spin-off Plan will be the person or entity designated by the Terminated Employer,
or, in the absence of any such designation, the Terminated Employer itself. If state law prohibits the Terminated Employer from
serving as Trustee, the Trustee is the president of a corporate Terminated Employer, the managing partner of a partnership Terminated
Employer, the managing member of a limited liability company Terminated Employer, the sole proprietor of a proprietorship Terminated
Employer, or in the case of any other entity type, such other person with title and responsibilities similar to the foregoing.
Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Lead Employer may designate a financial institution as Trustee if the Lead Employer,
in its sole discretion, deems it necessary to protect the interests of the Participants. The Lead Employer may charge the Terminated
Employer or the Accounts of the Employees of the Terminated Employer with the reasonable expenses of establishing the Spin-off
Plan.

 

(C)  Alternatives. The Terminated Employer,
in lieu of the Lead Employer's creation of the Spin-off Plan under Section 12.12(B), may elect one of the two other alternatives
under Sections 12.12(C)(1) or (2) to effect the termination of its status as a Participating Employer. To elect an alternative,
the Terminated Employer must give notice to the Lead Employer of its choice, and must supply any documentation which the Lead Employer
reasonably may require as soon as is practical and before the Effective Date of termination. If the Lead Employer has not received
such notice and any required documentation within 5 days prior to the Effective Date of termination, the Lead Employer may proceed
with the Spin-off Plan under Section 12.12(B).

 

(1)  Distribution. The
Lead Employer will direct the Trustee to distribute the Account Balances of the Employees of the Terminated Employer as soon as
practical after termination. However, if such an Employee also is employed by another Participating Employer, the Trustee will
not distribute, but will continue to hold that Employee's Account Balance pursuant to the terms of the Plan. All Account Balances
distributed under this Section 12.12(C)(1) will be 100% Vested. However, no such distribution may violate the restrictions of Sections
6.01(C)(4)(b) and (c). If this Plan includes Restricted 401(k) Accounts under Section 6.01(C)(4)(b), the termination of the Participating
Employer's sponsorship of this Plan will be deemed to be a termination of the Plan and the Plan Year as to the Employees receiving
distributions under this Section 12.12(C)(1); however, the Terminated Employer must deliver to the Lead Employer such documentation
or other assurances that the Plan Administrator reasonably requires to affirm that the Terminated Employer has neither established
nor will establish a Alternative Defined Contribution Plan in violation of Section 11.05(F).

 

    	98

    	 

    

 

(2)  Transfer. The
Lead Employer will direct the Trustee to transfer (in accordance with the rules of Code §414(l) and the provisions of Section
11.06) the Accounts of the Employees of the Terminated Employer to a qualified plan the Terminated Employer maintains. Under this
Section 12.12(C)(2), the Terminated Employer must deliver to the Lead Employer in writing such identifying and other relevant
information regarding the transferee plan and must provide such assurances as the Lead Employer may reasonably require that the
transferee plan is a qualified plan.

 

(D)  Participants. The Employees of the Terminated
Employer will cease to be eligible to accrue additional benefits under the Plan with respect to Compensation paid by the Terminated
Employer, as of the Effective Date of the termination. To the extent that these Employees have accrued but unpaid contributions
as of such Effective Date, the Terminated Employer will pay such amounts to the Plan or to the Spin-off Plan no later than 30 days
after the Effective Date of termination, unless the Terminated Employer has elected the transfer alternative under Section 12.12(C)(2).

 

(E)  Consent. By its execution of the Participation
Agreement, the Terminated Employer specifically consents to the provisions of this Article XII, and in particular, this Section
12.12 and agrees to perform its responsibilities with regard to the Spin-off Plan, if necessary.

 

12.13  VOLUNTARY TERMINATION.
A Participating Employer (hereafter "Withdrawing Employer") may voluntarily withdraw from participation in the Plan at
any time. If and when a Withdrawing Employer wishes to withdraw, the following will occur:

 

(A)  Notice. The Withdrawing Employer will
inform the Lead Employer and the Plan Administrator of its intention to withdraw from the Plan. The Withdrawing Employer must give
the notice not less than 30 days prior to the Effective Date of its withdrawal.

 

(B)  Procedure. The Withdrawing Employer and
the Lead Employer will agree upon procedures for the orderly withdrawal of the Withdrawing Employer from the Plan. Such procedures,
as they relate to the Accounts of the Employees of the Withdrawing Employer, may include any alternative described in Sections
12.12(B) and (C).

 

(C)  Costs. The Withdrawing Employer will bear
all reasonable costs associated with withdrawal and transfer under this Section 12.13.

 

(D)  Participants. The Employees of the Withdrawing
Employer will cease to be eligible to accrue additional benefits under the Plan as to Compensation paid by the Withdrawing Employer,
as of the Effective Date of withdrawal. To the extent that such Employees have accrued but unpaid contributions as of such Effective
Date, the Withdrawing Employer will contribute such amounts to the Plan or the Spin-off Plan promptly after the Effective Date
of withdrawal, unless the Accounts are transferred to a qualified plan the Withdrawing Employer maintains.

 

    	99

    	 

    

 

DEFINITIONS

MASTER LIST

 

Account. 1.01

 

Account Balance. 1.02

 

Accounting Date. 1.03

 

Accrued Benefit. 1.02

 

ACP Limit. 4.10(C)(1)

 

ACP Participant. 4.11(A)

 

ACR (actual contribution ratio). 4.10(C)(5)(a)

 

Actual Method. 1.31(A)(1)

 

Actuarial Factor. 3.04(B)(5)(b)

 

Additional Matching Contribution. 1.34(G), 3.05(F)(1).

 

Ad-Hoc. 6.03(A)(6)

 

Administrative Checklist. 7.02(C)(2)

 

Adoption Agreement. 1.04

 

ADP Limit. 4.10(B)(1)

 

ADP Participant. 4.11(B)

 

ADR (actual deferral ratio). 4.10(B)(4)(a)

 

Advisory Letter. 1.05

 

Aggregate Contributions. 4.10(C)(2)

 

Allocable Income. 4.11(C)

 

Alternative Annuity. 1.06(B), 6.03(A)(5)

 

Alternative Defined Contribution Plan. 11.05(F)(1)

 

Alternative (general) 415 Compensation. 1.11(B)(4)

 

Anniversary Year. 2.02(C)(3)

 

Annual Additions. 4.05(A)

 

Annual Additions Limit. 4.05(B)

 

Annuity Contract. 1.06

 

Annuity Starting Date. 1.06(A), 6.01(A)(2)(h)

 

Appendix. 1.07

 

Applicable Contribution Rate. 4.10(D)(1)(b)

 

Applicable Law. 1.08

 

Associated Matching Contribution. 3.07(A)(1)(b)

 

Automatic Deferral. 1.20(C), 3.02(B)(1)

 

Automatic Deferral Amount/Increases. 3.02(B)(2)

 

Automatic Rollover. 6.08(D)

 

Basic Matching Contribution. 1.34(E), 3.05(E)(4)

 

Beneficiary. 1.09

 

Benefit Factor. 3.04(B)(5)(a)

 

Break in Service. 1.31(A)(3)(i), 2.03(A), 5.06(A)

 

Cash or Deferred Arrangement (CODA).
3.02(C)

 

Cash-Out Distribution. 5.04(A)(1)

 

Catch-Up Deferral. 1.20(D), 3.02(D)(2).

 

Catch-Up Eligible Participant. 3.02(D)(1)

 

Client Organization ("CO"). 12.02(D)(1)

 

Code. 1.10

 

Code §415 Aggregated Plan. 4.02(A)(1)

 

Code §415 Compensation. 1.11(B)(3)

 

Code §3401(a) Wages. 1.11(B)(2)

 

Collective Bargaining Employees. 1.21(D)(1)

 

Combined Plans Limitation. 4.02(B)(1)

 

Compensation. 1.11, 1.21(E)(3), 3.05(C), 3.11(C), 3.12(C)(4)(c),
4.05(C), 4.07(D), 4.07(E), 4.11(D), 10.06(A)

 

Contract(s). 9.09(A)

 

Contrary Election. 3.02(B)(4)

 

Contribution Types. 1.12

 

Cross-Over Date. 4.06(C)(1)(c)

 

Current Year Testing. 4.11(E)

 

Custodian. 1.65

 

DCD. 6.02(E)(3)

 

DCY. 6.02(E)(2)

 

Deductible Employee Contributions (DECs).
1.22, 3.13

 

Deemed Disability Compensation. 1.11(K)

 

Deemed 125 Compensation. 1.11(C)

 

    	100

    	 

    

 

Defined Benefit Plan. 1.14

 

Defined Contribution Plan. 1.13

 

Designated Beneficiary. 6.02(E)(1)

 

Designated IRA Contribution. 1.16

 

Determination Date. 10.06(B)

 

Determination (look-back) Period. 10.06(C)

 

Direct Rollover. 6.08(F)(1)

 

Disability. 1.15

 

Discretionary Matching Contribution. 1.34(B)

 

Discretionary Nonelective Contribution. 1.37(B)

 

Distribution Requiring Consent. 6.01(A)(2)(a)

 

Dividends. 9.09(B)

 

DOL. 1.17

 

Early Retirement Age. 5.01

 

Earned Income. 1.11(J)

 

Earnings. 1.18

 

Effective Date. 1.19

 

Elapsed Time Method. 1.31(A)(3)

 

Elective Deferrals. 1.20

 

Elective Deferral Limit. 4.10(A)(1)

 

Elective Transfer. 11.06(E)

 

Eligible Employee. 1.21(C)

 

Eligible Retirement Plan. 6.08(F)(2)

 

Eligible Rollover Distribution. 6.08(F)(3)

 

Eligibility Computation Period. 2.02(C)(1)

 

Employee. 1.21, 12.02(A)

 

Employee Contribution. 1.22

 

Employer. 1.23, 4.05(D), 10.06(D)

 

Employer Contribution. 1.24

 

Employment Commencement Date. 2.02(C)(4)

 

Enhanced Matching Contribution. 1.34(F), 3.05(E)(5).

 

Entry Date. 1.25, 2.02(D)(1).

 

EPCRS. 1.26

 

Equivalency Method. 1.31(A)(2)

 

ERISA. 1.27

 

Excess Aggregate Contributions. 4.10(C)(3)

 

Excess Amount. 4.05(E)

 

Excess Contributions. 4.10(B)(2)

 

Excess Deferral. 4.10(A)(2)

 

Excluded Compensation. 1.11(G)

 

Excluded Employee. 1.21(D)

 

Exempt Participants. 6.04(G)(1)

 

Final 401(k) Regulations Effective Date. 1.28

 

Fixed Matching Contribution. 1.34(A)

 

Fixed Nonelective Contribution. 1.37(A)

 

Forfeiture Break in Service. 5.06(B)

 

Frozen Plan. 1.40(B)

 

401(k) Plan. 1.29

 

401(m) Plan. 1.30

 

Gap Period. 4.11(F)

 

Gateway Contribution. 4.07(A)(1)

 

HCE. 1.21(E)

 

HCE Group. 4.10(B)(4)(b), 4.10(C)(5)(b), 4.11(G)

 

Highest Allocation Rate. 4.07(E)(1)

 

Highest Contribution Rate. 10.06(E)

 

Hour of Service. 1.31

 

Includible Employees. 4.06(C)(1)(a)

 

Individual Retirement Plan. 6.08(F)(4)

 

Initial Eligibility Computation Period.
2.02(C)(2)

 

In-Service Distribution. 6.01(C)(1)

 

Installments. 6.03(A)(4)

 

Insurable Participant. 9.09(C)

 

Investment Manager(s). 7.02(C)(8)

 

IRS. 1.32

 

Issuing Company. 9.09(D)

 

    	101

    	 

    

 

JLT. 6.02(E)(4)

 

Key Employee. 10.06(F)

 

Lead Employer. 1.23(B), 12.02(B)

 

Leased Employee. 1.21(B)

 

Life Annuity. 6.04(A)(4)

 

Life Expectancy. 6.02(E)(5)

 

Limitation Year. 1.33, 4.05(F)

 

Lookback Year. 12.11(B)

 

Lump–Sum. 6.03(A)(3)

 

M&P Plan. 1.48, 4.05(G)

 

Mandatory Distribution. 6.01(A)(1)(a)

 

Mass Submitter. 11.03(A)

 

Master Plan. 1.48

 

Matching Contribution. 1.34

 

Matching Rate. 4.10(D)(2)(b)

 

Modified AGI. 3.12(C)(4)(b)

 

Money Purchase Pension Contribution.
1.35 

 

Money Purchase Pension Plan. 1.35

 

Multiple Employer Plan. 1.40(A)

 

Named Fiduciary. 1.36, 8.03(A)

 

NHCE. 1.21(F)

 

NHCE Group. 4.10(B)(4)(b), 4.10(C)(5)(b), 4.11(H)

 

Nonelective Contribution. 1.37

 

Nonelective Transfer. 11.06(D)

 

Non-Key Employee. 10.06(G)

 

Nonresident Aliens. 1.21(D)(2)

 

Nonstandardized Plan. 1.04(A)

 

Nontransferable Annuity. 1.06(C)

 

Normal Retirement Age. 5.01

 

Operational QNEC. 3.03(C)(2)

 

Opinion Letter. 1.38

 

Otherwise Excludible Employees. 4.06(C)(1)(a)

 

Participant. 1.39, 10.06(H)

 

Participant-Directed Accounts. 7.04(A)(2)(b)

 

Participant's RMD Account Balance. 6.02(E)(6)

 

Participating Compensation. 1.11(H)(1)

 

Participating Employer. 1.23(D), 12.02(C)

 

Participation Agreement. 1.04(C)

 

Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees. 1.21(D)(4)

 

Period of Severance. 1.31(A)(3)(ii)

 

Permissive Aggregation Group. 10.06(I)

 

Plan. 1.40

 

Plan Administrator. 1.41

 

Plan Designated QNEC.  3.03(C)(1)

 

Plan Year. 1.42

 

Plan Year Compensation. 1.11(H)(2)

 

Pooled Accounts. 7.04(A)(2)(a)

 

Post-Severance Compensation. 1.11(I)

 

Practitioner. 1.43

 

Predecessor Employer. 1.44(A)

 

Predecessor Employer Service. 1.56(B)

 

Predecessor Plan. 1.44(B)

 

Predecessor Plan Service. 1.56(B)

 

Pre-Entry Compensation. 1.11(H)

 

Pre-Tax Deferral. 1.20(A)

 

Prevailing Wage Contract/Contribution.
1.45

 

Prior Year Testing. 4.11(I)

 

Professional Employer Organization
(PEO). 12.02(D)

 

Profit Sharing Plan. 1.46

 

Protected Benefit. 1.47

 

Prototype Plan/Master Plan (M&P Plan). 1.48

 

QDRO. 1.49

 

QJSA. 1.06(D), 6.04(A)(1), 6.04(A)(2)

 

QMAC. 1.34(C)

 

QNEC. 1.37(C)

 

QPSA. 1.06(E), 6.04(B)(1)

 

Qualified Military Service. 1.50

 

    	102

    	 

    

 

Qualified Termination Administrator
(QTA). 11.05(B)(1)

 

RBD. 6.02(E)(7)

 

Reclassified Employees. 1.21(D)(3)

 

Re-Employment Commencement Date. 2.02(C)(4)

 

Regular Matching Contribution. 1.34(D)

 

Related Employer. 1.23(C)

 

Related Employer Service. 1.56(A)

 

Related Group. 1.23(C)

 

Representative Contribution Rate. 4.10(D)(1)(a)

 

Representative Matching Rate. 4.10(D)(2)(a)

 

Required Aggregation Group. 10.06(J)

 

Restated Plan. 1.51

 

Restricted 401(k) Accounts. 6.01(C)(4)(b)(ii)

 

Restricted Pension Accounts. 6.01(C)(4)(c)(ii)

 

RMD. 6.02(E)(8)

 

Rollover Contribution. 1.52

 

Roth Deferral. 1.20(B)

 

Safe Harbor Contribution. 1.53, 3.05(E)(1)

 

Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. 1.29(B)

 

Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. 1.34(I), 3.05(E)(3).

 

Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. 1.37(E), 3.05(E)(2)

 

Salary Reduction Agreement. 1.54

 

Self-Employed Individual. 1.21(A)

 

Segregated Accounts. 7.04(A)(2)(c)

 

Separation from Service. 1.55

 

Service. 1.56

 

Severance from Employment. 1.55

 

Signatory Employer. 1.23(A)

 

SIMPLE Contribution. 1.57, 3.10(E)(1)

 

SIMPLE 401(k) Plan. 1.29(C)

 

SIMPLE Matching Contribution. 1.34(H), 3.10(E)(1).

 

SIMPLE Nonelective Contribution. 1.37(D), 3.10(E)(1)

 

SLT. 6.02(E)(9)

 

Sponsor. 1.58

 

Spouse. 7.05(A)(5)

 

Standardized Plan. 1.04(A)

 

Subsequent Eligibility Computation Period.
2.02(C)(5)

 

Successor Plan. 1.59

 

Survivor Annuity. 6.04(A)(4)

 

Target Benefit Contribution. 1.60

 

Target Benefit Plan. 1.60

 

Taxable Year. 1.61

 

Testing Year. 4.11(J)

 

Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation. 10.06(L)

 

Top-Heavy Ratio. 10.06(K)

 

Traditional 401(k) Plan. 1.29(A)

 

Transfer. 1.62

 

Transition Year. 12.11(A)

 

Trust. 1.63

 

Trust Fund. 1.64

 

Trustee. 1.65

 

ULT. 6.02(E)(10)

 

USERRA. 1.68

 

Valuation Date. 1.66, 7.04(B)(2)

 

Valuation Period. 7.04(B)(3)

 

VCY. 6.02(E)(11)

 

Vested/Vesting. 1.67

 

Vesting Computation Period. 5.05(B)

 

Volume Submitter Plan. 1.69

 

W-2 Wages. 1.11(B)(1)

 

Worksite Employee. 12.02(D)(2)

 

Year of Service. 2.02(A), 5.05(A)

 

    	103

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00224-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00224-of-00352.parquet"}]]